2006- 2013 Nissan Qashqai J10 Complete Service Repair Manual – PDF DOWNLOAD
FILE DETAILS:
2006- 2013 Nissan Qashqai J10 Complete Service Repair Manual – PDF DOWNLOAD
Language : English Pages : 9718
Downloadable : Yes
File Type : PDF
Size: 102 MB
DESCRIPTION:
2006- 2013 Nissan Qashqai J10 Complete Service Repair Manual – PDF DOWNLOAD
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL Description
This volume explains “Removal, Disassembly, Installation, Inspection and Adjustment” and “Trouble Diagnoses”. Terms
• The captions WARNING and CAUTION warn you of steps that must be followed to prevent personal injury and/or damage to some part of the vehicle.
WARNING indicates the possibility of personal injury if instructions are not followed.
CAUTION indicates the possibility of component damage if instructions are not followed.
BOLD TYPED STATEMENTS except WARNING and CAUTION give you helpful information.
Standard value: Tolerance at inspection and adjustment.
Limit value: The maximum or minimum limit value that should not be exceeded at inspection and adjustment. Units
• The UNITS given in this manual are primarily expressed as the SI UNIT (International System of Unit), and alternatively expressed in the metric system and in the yard/pound system.
Also with regard to tightening torque of bolts and nuts, there are descriptions both about range and about the
standard tightening torque. Contents :
• ALPHABETICAL INDEX is provided at the end of this manual so that you can rapidly find the item and page
you are searching for.
• A QUICK REFERENCE INDEX, a black tab (e.g. ) is provided on the first page. You can quickly find the
first page of each section by matching it to the section’s black tab.
• THE CONTENTS are listed on the first page of each section.
• THE TITLE is indicated on the upper portion of each page and shows the part or system.
• THE PAGE NUMBER of each section consists of two or three letters which designate the particular section
and a number (e.g. “BR-5”).
• THE SMALL ILLUSTRATIONS show the important steps such as inspection, use of special tools, knacks of
work and hidden or tricky steps which are not shown in the previous large illustrations.
Assembly, inspection and adjustment procedures for the complicated units such as the automatic transaxle
or transmission, etc. are presented in a step-by-step format where necessary.
TABLE OF CONTENTS:
2006- 2013 Nissan Qashqai J10 Complete Service Repair Manual – PDF DOWNLOAD
01-General Information.pdf........................................................................................................................................ 1
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
GENERAL INFORMATION........................................................................................................................................... 1
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL.................................................................................................................................... 3
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL................................................................................................................................ 3
Description....................................................................................................................................... 3
Terms............................................................................................................................................. 3
Units............................................................................................................................................. 3
Contents.......................................................................................................................................... 3
Relation between Illustrations and Descriptions................................................................................................... 4
Components........................................................................................................................................ 4
SYMBOLS....................................................................................................................................... 5
HOW TO FOLLOW TROUBLE DIAGNOSES....................................................................................................................... 6
Description....................................................................................................................................... 6
How to Follow Test Groups in Trouble Diagnosis.................................................................................................... 6
Key to Symbols Signifying Measurements or Procedures.............................................................................................. 7
HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS........................................................................................................................... 9
Connector symbols................................................................................................................................. 9
Sample/wiring diagram -example-................................................................................................................... 10
Description....................................................................................................................................... 11
SWITCH POSITIONS ............................................................................................................................. 11
MULTIPLE SWITCH............................................................................................................................... 12
ABBREVIATIONS......................................................................................................................................... 13
Abbreviation List................................................................................................................................. 13
TIGHTENING TORQUE OF STANDARD BOLTS................................................................................................................... 14
Description....................................................................................................................................... 14
Tightening Torque Table (New Standard Included)................................................................................................... 14
PREVIOUS STANDARD............................................................................................................................. 14
NEW STANDARD BASED ON ISO..................................................................................................................... 15
DISCRIMINATION OF BOLTS AND NUTS.............................................................................................................. 16
TERMINOLOGY........................................................................................................................................... 17
SAE J1930 Terminology List........................................................................................................................ 17
FEATURES OF NEW MODEL..................................................................................................................................... 21
IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION............................................................................................................................ 21
Model Variation................................................................................................................................... 21
Information About Identification or Model Code.................................................................................................... 22
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER......................................................................................................................... 22
VEHICLE Identification Number ARRANGEMENT..................................................................................................... 22
For Europe................................................................................................................................ 23
For Israel................................................................................................................................ 23
IDENTIFICATION PLATE ......................................................................................................................... 23
ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER.......................................................................................................................... 24
HR and MR ENGINE.......................................................................................................................... 24
M9R ENGINE................................................................................................................................ 24
ENGINE IDENTIFICATION (K9K ENGINE)............................................................................................................ 24
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE NUMBER ................................................................................................................... 25
CVT Unit (RE0F10A)........................................................................................................................ 25
6AT (RE6F01A)............................................................................................................................. 25
MANUAL TRANSAXLE NUMBER ...................................................................................................................... 25
5MT (RS5F92R)............................................................................................................................. 25
6MT (RS6F94R)............................................................................................................................. 26
6MT (RS6F52A)............................................................................................................................. 26
Dimensions........................................................................................................................................ 26
Wheels&Tires...................................................................................................................................... 26
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................ 27
PRECAUTIONS........................................................................................................................................... 27
Description....................................................................................................................................... 27
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"........................................................ 27
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service............................................................................................................ 27
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect......................................................................... 27
OPERATION PROCEDURE........................................................................................................................... 28
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................................................................................................... 28
General Precautions............................................................................................................................... 28
Three Way Catalyst................................................................................................................................ 30
Multiport Fuel Injection System or Engine Control System.......................................................................................... 30
Turbocharger (If Equipped)........................................................................................................................ 30
Hoses............................................................................................................................................. 30
HOSE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................................................................................................................. 30
HOSE CLAMPING................................................................................................................................. 31
Engine Oils....................................................................................................................................... 31
HEALTH PROTECTION PRECAUTIONS ................................................................................................................ 31
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PRECAUTIONS ......................................................................................................... 31
Air Conditioning.................................................................................................................................. 32
FUEL.............................................................................................................................................. 32
FUELUnleaded Premium Gasoline ................................................................................................................ 32
FUELDiesel Engine Fuel........................................................................................................................ 32
LIFTING POINT......................................................................................................................................... 33
Commercial Service Tools.......................................................................................................................... 33
Garage Jack and Safety Stand and 2-Pole Lift...................................................................................................... 33
Board-On Lift..................................................................................................................................... 34
TOW TRUCK TOWING...................................................................................................................................... 35
Tow Truck Towing.................................................................................................................................. 35
2WD MODELS.................................................................................................................................... 35
4WD MODELS.................................................................................................................................... 36
Vehicle Recovery (Freeing a Stuck Vehicle)........................................................................................................ 36
FRONT......................................................................................................................................... 36
REAR.......................................................................................................................................... 36
BASIC INSPECTION.......................................................................................................................................... 38
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT........................................................................................................... 38
Work Flow......................................................................................................................................... 38
WORK FLOW..................................................................................................................................... 38
Control Units and Electrical Parts................................................................................................................ 38
PRECAUTIONS................................................................................................................................... 38
Intermittent Incident............................................................................................................................. 39
DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................... 39
VEHICLE VIBRATION............................................................................................................................. 39
Connector & Harness....................................................................................................................... 39
Hint...................................................................................................................................... 40
Sensor & Relay............................................................................................................................ 40
Engine Compartment........................................................................................................................ 40
Behind the Instrument Panel............................................................................................................... 40
Under Seating Areas....................................................................................................................... 40
HEAT SENSITIVE................................................................................................................................ 40
FREEZING ..................................................................................................................................... 40
WATER INTRUSION............................................................................................................................... 41
ELECTRICAL LOAD .............................................................................................................................. 41
COLD OR HOT START UP ......................................................................................................................... 41
Circuit Inspection................................................................................................................................ 41
DESCRIPTION .................................................................................................................................. 41
.............................................................................................................................................. 42
Continuity Check Method................................................................................................................... 42
Voltage Check Method...................................................................................................................... 42
.............................................................................................................................................. 42
Resistance Check Method................................................................................................................... 43
Voltage Check Method...................................................................................................................... 43
GROUND INSPECTION ............................................................................................................................ 43
VOLTAGE DROP TESTS ........................................................................................................................... 44
Measuring Voltage Drop - Accumulated Method............................................................................................... 44
Measuring Voltage Drop - Steb-by-Step..................................................................................................... 44
CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT TEST .................................................................................................................... 45
CASE 1.................................................................................................................................... 45
CASE 2.................................................................................................................................... 46
CONSULT-III/GST CHECKING SYSTEM....................................................................................................................... 47
Description....................................................................................................................................... 47
CONSULT-III Function and System Application*2..................................................................................................... 47
CONSULT-III/GST Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit................................................................................................. 48
INSPECTION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................... 48
Wiring Diagram - CONSULT-III/GST CHECKING SYSTEM -................................................................................................ 49
02-Engine Mechanical.pdf.......................................................................................................................................... 53
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
ENGINE MECHANICAL............................................................................................................................................. 53
HR16DE.................................................................................................................................................... 59
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS..................................................................................................................................... 59
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING.............................................................................................. 59
NVH Troubleshooting - Engine Noise............................................................................................................ 59
Use the Chart Below to Help You Find the Cause of the Symptom................................................................................. 60
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................ 61
PRECAUTIONS....................................................................................................................................... 61
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover............................................................................................... 61
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect..................................................................... 61
OPERATION PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................... 61
Draining Engine Coolant....................................................................................................................... 61
Disconnecting Fuel Piping..................................................................................................................... 61
Removal and Disassembly....................................................................................................................... 62
Inspection, Repair and Replacement............................................................................................................ 62
Assembly and Installation..................................................................................................................... 62
Parts Requiring Angle Tightening.............................................................................................................. 62
Liquid Gasket................................................................................................................................. 62
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET.................................................................................................................. 62
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE ...................................................................................................... 62
PREPARATION........................................................................................................................................... 64
PREPARATION....................................................................................................................................... 64
Special Service Tools......................................................................................................................... 64
Commercial Service Tools...................................................................................................................... 65
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................ 68
DRIVE BELTS....................................................................................................................................... 68
Checking...................................................................................................................................... 68
Tension Adjustment............................................................................................................................ 68
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 69
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 69
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 69
AIR CLEANER FILTER................................................................................................................................ 71
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 71
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 71
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 71
SPARK PLUG........................................................................................................................................ 72
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 72
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 72
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 72
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 73
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 73
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 73
CAMSHAFT VALVE CLEARANCE.......................................................................................................................... 74
Inspection and Adjustment..................................................................................................................... 74
INSPECTION................................................................................................................................ 74
ADJUSTMENT................................................................................................................................ 75
COMPRESSION PRESSURE.............................................................................................................................. 77
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 77
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR..................................................................................................................................... 78
DRIVE BELT IDLER PULLEY........................................................................................................................... 78
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 78
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 78
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 78
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 78
AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT.......................................................................................................................... 80
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 80
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 80
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 80
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 81
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 81
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 81
INTAKE MANIFOLD................................................................................................................................... 82
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 82
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 82
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 82
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 83
Intake Manifold....................................................................................................................... 83
Electric Throttle Control Actuator.................................................................................................... 84
EXHAUST MANIFOLD.................................................................................................................................. 85
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 85
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 85
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 85
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 86
Exhaust Manifold...................................................................................................................... 86
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 86
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 86
Mounting Surface Distortion........................................................................................................... 86
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE....................................................................................................................... 88
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 88
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 88
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 88
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 90
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 92
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 92
Check on Fuel Leakage................................................................................................................. 92
OIL PAN (LOWER)................................................................................................................................... 93
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 93
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 93
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 93
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 94
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 95
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 95
IGNITION COIL, SPARK PLUG AND ROCKER COVER........................................................................................................ 96
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 96
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 96
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 96
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 97
TIMING CHAIN...................................................................................................................................... 99
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 99
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 99
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 99
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 102
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 106
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 106
Timing Chain.......................................................................................................................... 106
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 107
Inspection for Leaks.................................................................................................................. 107
CAMSHAFT.......................................................................................................................................... 108
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 108
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 108
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 108
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 114
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 118
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 118
Oil Filter............................................................................................................................ 119
Camshaft Runout....................................................................................................................... 119
Camshaft Cam Height................................................................................................................... 119
Camshaft Journal Oil Clearance........................................................................................................ 119
Camshaft End Play..................................................................................................................... 120
Camshaft Sprocket Runout.............................................................................................................. 120
Valve Lifter ......................................................................................................................... 121
Valve Lifter Clearance................................................................................................................ 121
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 121
Inspection for Leaks.................................................................................................................. 122
Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove...................................................................................... 122
OIL SEAL.......................................................................................................................................... 124
VALVE OIL SEAL................................................................................................................................ 124
VALVE OIL SEALRemoval and Installation.................................................................................................... 124
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................... 124
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................... 124
FRONT OIL SEAL................................................................................................................................ 124
FRONT OIL SEALRemoval and Installation.................................................................................................... 125
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................... 125
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................... 125
REAR OIL SEAL................................................................................................................................. 125
REAR OIL SEALRemoval and Installation..................................................................................................... 125
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................... 125
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................... 125
CYLINDER HEAD..................................................................................................................................... 127
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 127
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 127
DISASSEMBLY............................................................................................................................... 127
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 128
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 128
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 128
Disassembly and Assembly...................................................................................................................... 129
DISASSEMBLY............................................................................................................................... 129
ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................. 130
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 133
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 133
Cylinder Head Bolts Outer Diameter.................................................................................................... 133
Cylinder Head Distortion.............................................................................................................. 133
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................. 133
Valve Dimensions...................................................................................................................... 133
Valve Guide Clearance................................................................................................................. 133
Valve Seat Contact.................................................................................................................... 134
Valve Spring Squareness............................................................................................................... 134
Valve Spring Dimensions and Valve Spring Pressure Load................................................................................ 134
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 134
Inspection for Leaks.................................................................................................................. 134
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 136
ENGINE ASSEMBLY................................................................................................................................... 136
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 136
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 136
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 137
Outline............................................................................................................................... 137
Preparation........................................................................................................................... 137
Engine Room LH........................................................................................................................ 137
Engine Room RH........................................................................................................................ 137
Vehicle Underbody..................................................................................................................... 137
Removal............................................................................................................................... 138
Separation............................................................................................................................ 138
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 138
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 139
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 139
Inspection for Leaks.................................................................................................................. 139
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................. 140
ENGINE STAND SETTING.............................................................................................................................. 140
Setting....................................................................................................................................... 140
ENGINE UNIT....................................................................................................................................... 141
Disassembly................................................................................................................................... 141
Assembly...................................................................................................................................... 141
OIL PAN (UPPER)................................................................................................................................... 142
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 142
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 142
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 142
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 143
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 145
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 145
CYLINDER BLOCK.................................................................................................................................... 146
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 146
Disassembly and Assembly...................................................................................................................... 147
DISASSEMBLY............................................................................................................................... 147
ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................. 148
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 154
CRANKSHAFT END PLAY....................................................................................................................... 154
CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE............................................................................................................. 154
PISTON TO PISTON PIN OIL CLEARANCE........................................................................................................ 155
Piston Pin Hole Diameter ............................................................................................................. 155
Piston Pin Outer Diameter ............................................................................................................ 155
Piston to Piston Pin Oil Clearance.................................................................................................... 155
PISTON RING SIDE CLEARANCE................................................................................................................ 155
PISTON RING END GAP....................................................................................................................... 155
CONNECTING ROD BEND AND TORSION........................................................................................................... 155
CONNECTING ROD BIG END DIAMETER........................................................................................................... 156
CONNECTING ROD SMALL END CLEARANCE........................................................................................................ 156
Connecting Rod Small End Inner Diameter............................................................................................... 156
Piston Pin Outer Diameter............................................................................................................. 156
Connecting Rod Small End Clearance.................................................................................................... 157
CYLINDER BLOCK TOP SURFACE DISTORTION..................................................................................................... 157
MAIN BEARING HOUSING INNER DIAMETER....................................................................................................... 157
PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEARANCE......................................................................................................... 157
Cylinder Bore Inner Diameter.......................................................................................................... 158
Piston Skirt Diameter................................................................................................................. 158
Piston to Cylinder Bore Clearance..................................................................................................... 158
CRANKSHAFT MAIN JOURNAL DIAMETER.......................................................................................................... 158
CRANKSHAFT PIN JOURNAL DIAMETER .......................................................................................................... 159
OUT-OF-ROUND AND TAPER OF CRANKSHAFT...................................................................................................... 159
CRANKSHAFT RUNOUT ........................................................................................................................ 159
CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE...................................................................................................... 159
Method by Calculation................................................................................................................. 159
Method of Using Plastigage............................................................................................................ 159
MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE................................................................................................................ 160
Method by Calculation................................................................................................................. 160
Method of Using Plastigage............................................................................................................ 160
MAIN BEARING CRUSH HEIGHT ................................................................................................................ 160
CONNECTING ROD BEARING CRUSH HEIGHT....................................................................................................... 161
MAIN BEARING CAP BOLT OUTER DIAMETER ..................................................................................................... 161
CONNECTING ROD CAP BOLT OUTER DIAMETER ................................................................................................... 161
FLYWHEEL DEFLECTION ...................................................................................................................... 161
HOW TO SELECT PISTON AND BEARING.................................................................................................................. 163
Description................................................................................................................................... 163
Connecting Rod Bearing........................................................................................................................ 163
WHEN NEW CONNECTING ROD AND CRANKSHAFT ARE USED........................................................................................... 163
WHEN CONNECTING ROD AND CRANKSHAFT ARE REUSED............................................................................................. 163
Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table................................................................................................ 164
Connecting Rod Bearing Grade Table.................................................................................................... 164
Undersize Bearings Usage Guide........................................................................................................ 164
Main Bearing.................................................................................................................................. 165
HOW TO SELECT MAIN BEARING................................................................................................................ 165
When New Cylinder Block and Crankshaft Are Used....................................................................................... 165
When Cylinder Block and Crankshaft Are Reused......................................................................................... 165
Main Bearing Selection Table ......................................................................................................... 166
Main Bearing Grade Table ............................................................................................................. 166
Use Undersize Bearing Usage Guide..................................................................................................... 166
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................................................................................................................. 168
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)............................................................................................................. 168
General Specification......................................................................................................................... 168
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS.................................................................................................................... 168
Drive Belts................................................................................................................................... 168
BELT DEFLECTION:.......................................................................................................................... 168
BELT TENSION AND FREQUENCY:............................................................................................................... 168
Spark Plug.................................................................................................................................... 169
SPARK PLUG (PLATINUM-TIPPED TYPE) ........................................................................................................ 169
Exhaust Manifold.............................................................................................................................. 169
EXHAUST MANIFOLD.......................................................................................................................... 169
Camshaft...................................................................................................................................... 169
CAMSHAFT.................................................................................................................................. 169
VALVE LIFTER.............................................................................................................................. 170
VALVE CLEARANCE........................................................................................................................... 170
AVAILABLE VALVE LIFTER.................................................................................................................... 170
Cylinder Head................................................................................................................................. 171
CYLINDER HEAD............................................................................................................................. 171
VALVE DIMENSIONS.......................................................................................................................... 171
VALVE GUIDE............................................................................................................................... 172
VALVE SEAT................................................................................................................................ 172
VALVE SPRING.............................................................................................................................. 173
Cylinder Block................................................................................................................................ 173
CYLINDER BLOCK............................................................................................................................ 173
AVAILABLE PISTON.......................................................................................................................... 174
PISTON RING............................................................................................................................... 174
PISTON PIN................................................................................................................................ 174
CONNECTING ROD............................................................................................................................ 175
CRANKSHAFT................................................................................................................................ 175
Connecting Rod Bearing........................................................................................................................ 176
CONNECTING ROD BEARING GRADE TABLE........................................................................................................ 176
UNDERSIZE TABLE........................................................................................................................... 177
CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE...................................................................................................... 177
Main Bearing.................................................................................................................................. 177
MAIN BEARING GRADE TABLE.................................................................................................................. 177
UNDERSIZE TABLE........................................................................................................................... 177
MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE................................................................................................................ 177
MR20DE.................................................................................................................................................... 178
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS..................................................................................................................................... 178
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING.............................................................................................. 178
NVH troubleshooting Chart..................................................................................................................... 178
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................ 180
PRECAUTIONS....................................................................................................................................... 180
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover............................................................................................... 180
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect..................................................................... 180
OPERATION PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................... 180
Draining Engine Coolant....................................................................................................................... 180
Disconnecting Fuel Piping..................................................................................................................... 180
Removal and Disassembly....................................................................................................................... 181
Inspection, Repair and Replacement............................................................................................................ 181
Assembly and Installation..................................................................................................................... 181
Parts Requiring Angle Tightening.............................................................................................................. 181
Liquid Gasket................................................................................................................................. 181
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING.......................................................................................................... 181
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE....................................................................................................... 182
PREPARATION........................................................................................................................................... 183
PREPARATION....................................................................................................................................... 183
Special Service Tools......................................................................................................................... 183
Commercial Service Tools...................................................................................................................... 184
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................ 187
DRIVE BELTS....................................................................................................................................... 187
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 187
Checking...................................................................................................................................... 187
Tension Adjustment............................................................................................................................ 187
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 187
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 187
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 187
AIR CLEANER FILTER................................................................................................................................ 189
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 189
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 189
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 189
SPARK PLUG........................................................................................................................................ 190
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 190
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 190
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 190
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 190
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 191
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 191
CAMSHAFT VALVE CLEARANCE.......................................................................................................................... 192
Inspection and Adjustment..................................................................................................................... 192
INSPECTION................................................................................................................................ 192
ADJUSTMENT................................................................................................................................ 193
COMPRESSION PRESSURE.............................................................................................................................. 195
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 195
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR..................................................................................................................................... 196
DRIVE BELT AUTO-TENSIONER......................................................................................................................... 196
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 196
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 196
Removal................................................................................................................................... 196
Installation.............................................................................................................................. 196
AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT.......................................................................................................................... 197
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 197
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 197
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 197
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 198
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 198
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 198
INTAKE MANIFOLD................................................................................................................................... 199
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 199
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 199
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 199
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 200
Intake Manifold....................................................................................................................... 200
Electric Throttle Control Actuator.................................................................................................... 201
EXHAUST MANIFOLD.................................................................................................................................. 202
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 202
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 202
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 202
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 203
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 203
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 203
Surface Distortion.................................................................................................................... 204
OIL PAN (LOWER)................................................................................................................................... 205
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 205
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 206
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 206
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 206
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 207
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 207
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 207
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE....................................................................................................................... 208
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 208
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 208
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 208
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 210
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 211
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 211
Check on Fuel Leakage................................................................................................................. 211
IGNITION COIL , SPRAK PLUG AND ROCKER COVER....................................................................................................... 213
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 213
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 213
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 213
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 214
TIMING CHAIN...................................................................................................................................... 215
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 215
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 216
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 216
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 219
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 224
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 224
Timing Chain.......................................................................................................................... 224
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 224
Inspection for Leaks.................................................................................................................. 224
CAMSHAFT.......................................................................................................................................... 226
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 226
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 226
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 226
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 228
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 230
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 230
Camshaft Runout....................................................................................................................... 230
Camshaft Cam Height................................................................................................................... 230
Camshaft Journal Oil Clearance........................................................................................................ 230
Camshaft End Play..................................................................................................................... 231
Camshaft Sprocket Runout.............................................................................................................. 232
Valve Lifter ......................................................................................................................... 232
Valve Lifter Clearance................................................................................................................ 232
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 233
Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove...................................................................................... 233
OIL SEAL.......................................................................................................................................... 235
VALVE OIL SEAL................................................................................................................................ 235
VALVE OIL SEALRemoval and Installation.................................................................................................... 235
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................... 235
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................... 235
FRONT OIL SEAL................................................................................................................................ 235
FRONT OIL SEALRemoval and Installation.................................................................................................... 236
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................... 236
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................... 236
REAR OIL SEAL................................................................................................................................. 236
REAR OIL SEALRemoval and Installation..................................................................................................... 236
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................... 236
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................... 236
CYLINDER HEAD..................................................................................................................................... 238
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 238
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 238
DISSASEMBLY............................................................................................................................... 238
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 239
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 239
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 239
Disassembly and Assembly...................................................................................................................... 240
Disassembly............................................................................................................................... 240
Assembly.................................................................................................................................. 241
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 244
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 244
Cylinder Head Bolts Outer Diameter.................................................................................................... 244
Cylinder Head Distortion.............................................................................................................. 244
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................. 244
VALVE DIMENSIONS...................................................................................................................... 244
VALVE GUIDE CLEARANCE................................................................................................................. 244
VALVE SEAT CONTACT.................................................................................................................... 245
VALVE SPRING SQUARENESS............................................................................................................... 245
VALVE SPRING DIMENSIONS AND VALVE SPRING PRESSURE LOAD................................................................................ 245
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 245
Inspection for Leaks.................................................................................................................. 245
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 247
ENGINE ASSEMBLY................................................................................................................................... 247
M/T........................................................................................................................................... 247
M/TExploded View.......................................................................................................................... 247
2WD models............................................................................................................................ 247
4WD models............................................................................................................................ 247
M/TRemoval and Installation............................................................................................................... 248
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................... 248
Outline........................................................................................................................... 249
Preparation....................................................................................................................... 249
Engine Room LH.................................................................................................................... 249
Engine Room RH.................................................................................................................... 249
Vehicle Underbody................................................................................................................. 249
Removal........................................................................................................................... 249
Separation........................................................................................................................ 250
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................... 250
Engine Mounting Insulator (RH).................................................................................................... 250
M/TInspection............................................................................................................................. 251
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION......................................................................................................... 251
Inspection for Leaks.............................................................................................................. 251
CVT........................................................................................................................................... 251
CVTExploded View.......................................................................................................................... 252
CVTRemoval and Installation............................................................................................................... 252
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................... 253
Outline........................................................................................................................... 253
Preparation....................................................................................................................... 253
Engine Room LH.................................................................................................................... 253
Engine Room RH.................................................................................................................... 253
Vehicle Underbody................................................................................................................. 253
Removal........................................................................................................................... 254
Separation........................................................................................................................ 254
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................... 254
Engine mounting insulator (RH).................................................................................................... 255
Engine mounting insulator (LH).................................................................................................... 255
CVTInspection............................................................................................................................. 255
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION......................................................................................................... 255
Inspection for Leaks.............................................................................................................. 255
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................. 256
ENGINE STAND SETTING.............................................................................................................................. 256
Setting....................................................................................................................................... 256
ENGINE UNIT....................................................................................................................................... 258
Disassembly................................................................................................................................... 258
Assembly...................................................................................................................................... 258
OIL PAN (UPPER)................................................................................................................................... 259
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 259
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 260
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 260
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 260
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 262
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 262
CYLINDER BLOCK.................................................................................................................................... 263
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 263
Disassembly and Assembly...................................................................................................................... 264
Disassembly............................................................................................................................... 264
Assembly.................................................................................................................................. 266
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 272
CRANKSHAFT END PLAY....................................................................................................................... 272
CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE............................................................................................................. 272
PISTON TO PISTON PIN OIL CLEARANCE........................................................................................................ 273
Piston Pin Hole Diameter ............................................................................................................. 273
Piston Pin Outer Diameter ............................................................................................................ 273
Piston to Piston Pin Oil Clearance.................................................................................................... 273
PISTON RING SIDE CLEARANCE................................................................................................................ 273
PISTON RING END GAP....................................................................................................................... 274
CONNECTING ROD BEND AND TORSION........................................................................................................... 274
CONNECTING ROD BIG END DIAMETER........................................................................................................... 274
CONNECTING ROD BUSHING OIL CLEARANCE...................................................................................................... 275
Connecting Rod Bushing Inner Diameter................................................................................................. 275
Piston Pin Outer Diameter............................................................................................................. 275
Connecting Rod Bushing Oil Clearance.................................................................................................. 275
CYLINDER BLOCK TOP SURFACE DISTORTION..................................................................................................... 275
MAIN BEARING HOUSING INNER DIAMETER....................................................................................................... 276
PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEARANCE......................................................................................................... 276
Cylinder Bore Inner Diameter.......................................................................................................... 276
Piston Skirt Diameter................................................................................................................. 276
Piston to Cylinder Bore Clearance..................................................................................................... 277
CRANKSHAFT MAIN JOURNAL DIAMETER.......................................................................................................... 277
CRANKSHAFT PIN JOURNAL DIAMETER .......................................................................................................... 277
OUT-OF-ROUND AND TAPER OF CRANKSHAFT...................................................................................................... 277
CRANKSHAFT RUNOUT ........................................................................................................................ 277
CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE...................................................................................................... 278
Method by Calculation................................................................................................................. 278
Method of Using Plastigage............................................................................................................ 278
MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE................................................................................................................ 278
Method by Calculation................................................................................................................. 278
Method of Using Plastigage............................................................................................................ 279
MAIN BEARING CRUSH HEIGHT ................................................................................................................ 279
CONNECTING ROD BEARING CRUSH HEIGHT....................................................................................................... 279
MAIN BEARING CAP BOLT OUTER DIAMETER ..................................................................................................... 280
CONNECTING ROD CAP BOLT OUTER DIAMETER ................................................................................................... 280
CLOGGED OR DAMAGED OIL FILTER (FOR INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL)........................................................................... 280
FLYWHEEL DEFLECTION (M/T MODELS).......................................................................................................... 280
MOVEMENT AMOUNT OF FLYWHEEL (M/T MODELS).................................................................................................. 280
Movement Amount of Thrust (Fore-and-Aft) Direction.................................................................................... 280
Movement Amount in Radial (Rotation) Direction........................................................................................ 281
DRIVE PLATE DEFLECTION (CVT MODELS)....................................................................................................... 281
HOW TO SELECT PISTON AND BEARING.................................................................................................................. 282
Description................................................................................................................................... 282
Piston........................................................................................................................................ 282
WHEN NEW CYLINDER BLOCK IS USED........................................................................................................... 282
WHEN CYLINDER BLOCK IS REUSED............................................................................................................. 282
PISTON SELECTION TABLE.................................................................................................................... 283
Connecting Rod Bearing........................................................................................................................ 283
WHEN NEW CONNECTING ROD AND CRANKSHAFT ARE USED........................................................................................... 283
WHEN CONNECTING ROD AND CRANKSHAFT ARE REUSED............................................................................................. 283
CONNECTING ROD BEARING SELECTION TABLE.................................................................................................... 284
CONNECTING ROD BEARING GRADE TABLE........................................................................................................ 284
UNDERSIZE BEARINGS USAGE GUIDE............................................................................................................ 284
Main Bearing.................................................................................................................................. 285
WHEN NEW CYLINDER BLOCK AND CRANKSHAFT ARE USED........................................................................................... 285
WHEN CYLINDER BLOCK AND CRANKSHAFT ARE REUSED............................................................................................. 286
MAIN BEARING SELECTION TABLE (No. 1, 4 AND 5 JOURNAL)..................................................................................... 286
MAIN BEARING SELECTION TABLE (No. 2 AND 3 JOURNAL)........................................................................................ 287
MAIN BEARING GRADE TABLE (ALL JOURNALS)................................................................................................... 287
UNDERSIZE BEARING USAGE GUIDE............................................................................................................. 287
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................................................................................................................. 289
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)............................................................................................................. 289
General Specification......................................................................................................................... 289
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS.................................................................................................................... 289
Drive Belt.................................................................................................................................... 289
DRIVE BELT................................................................................................................................ 289
Spark Plug.................................................................................................................................... 289
SPARK PLUG................................................................................................................................ 289
Exhaust Manifold.............................................................................................................................. 289
EXHAUST MANIFOLD.......................................................................................................................... 289
Camshaft...................................................................................................................................... 290
CAMSHAFT.................................................................................................................................. 290
VALVE LIFTER.............................................................................................................................. 290
VALVE CLEARANCE........................................................................................................................... 290
AVAILABLE VALVE LIFTER.................................................................................................................... 290
Cylinder Head................................................................................................................................. 291
CYLINDER HEAD............................................................................................................................. 291
VALVE DIMENSIONS.......................................................................................................................... 292
VALVE GUIDE............................................................................................................................... 292
VALVE SEAT................................................................................................................................ 293
VALVE SPRING.............................................................................................................................. 293
Cylinder Block................................................................................................................................ 294
CYLINDER BLOCK............................................................................................................................ 294
AVAILABLE PISTON.......................................................................................................................... 294
PISTON RING............................................................................................................................... 295
PISTON PIN................................................................................................................................ 295
CONNECTING ROD............................................................................................................................ 295
CRANKSHAFT................................................................................................................................ 296
Connecting Rod Bearing........................................................................................................................ 297
CONNECTING ROD BEARING GRADE TABLE........................................................................................................ 297
UNDERSIZE TABLE........................................................................................................................... 298
CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE...................................................................................................... 298
Main Bearing.................................................................................................................................. 298
MAIN BEARING GRADE TABLE (ALL JOURNALS)................................................................................................... 298
UNDERSIZE TABLE........................................................................................................................... 298
MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE................................................................................................................ 298
K9K....................................................................................................................................................... 299
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS..................................................................................................................................... 299
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING.............................................................................................. 299
NVH Troubleshooting - Engine Noise............................................................................................................ 299
Use the Chart Below to Help You Find the Cause of the Symptom................................................................................. 300
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................ 301
PRECAUTIONS....................................................................................................................................... 301
Precaution for Drain Coolant.................................................................................................................. 301
Precaution for Disconnecting Fuel Piping...................................................................................................... 301
Precaution for Removal and Disassembly........................................................................................................ 301
Precaution for Inspection, Repair and Replacement............................................................................................. 301
Precaution for Assembly and Installation...................................................................................................... 301
Parts Requiring Angular Tightening............................................................................................................ 301
Precaution for Liquid Gasket.................................................................................................................. 301
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET.................................................................................................................. 301
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE ...................................................................................................... 302
Precaution for Diesel Equipment............................................................................................................... 302
CLEANLINESS............................................................................................................................... 302
SPECIAL FEATURES.......................................................................................................................... 305
Installation of Thread Inserts................................................................................................................ 306
PREPARATION........................................................................................................................................... 307
PREPARATION....................................................................................................................................... 307
Special Service Tools......................................................................................................................... 307
Commercial Service Tools...................................................................................................................... 309
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................ 312
DRIVE BELTS....................................................................................................................................... 312
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 312
Inspection and Adjustment..................................................................................................................... 312
INSPECTION................................................................................................................................ 312
ADJUSTMENT................................................................................................................................ 312
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 312
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 312
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 313
AIR CLEANER FILTER................................................................................................................................ 314
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 314
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 314
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 314
CAMSHAFT VALVE CLEARANCE.......................................................................................................................... 315
Inspection and Adjustment..................................................................................................................... 315
INSPECTION................................................................................................................................ 315
ADJUSTMENT................................................................................................................................ 315
COMPRESSION PRESSURE.............................................................................................................................. 316
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 316
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR..................................................................................................................................... 317
DRIVE BELT AUTO-TENSIONER......................................................................................................................... 317
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 317
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 317
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 317
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 317
AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT.......................................................................................................................... 318
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 318
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 318
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 318
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 318
CHARGE AIR COOLER................................................................................................................................. 319
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 319
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 319
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 319
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 320
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 320
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 320
EGR SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................ 321
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 321
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 321
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 321
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 322
CATALYST.......................................................................................................................................... 323
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 323
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 323
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 323
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 323
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 323
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 323
TURBOCHARGER...................................................................................................................................... 324
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 324
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 324
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 324
INSTALLTION............................................................................................................................... 324
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 325
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 325
EXHAUST MANIFOLD.................................................................................................................................. 326
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 326
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 326
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 326
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 326
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 327
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 327
GLOW PLUG......................................................................................................................................... 328
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 328
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 328
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 328
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 328
VACUUM PUMP....................................................................................................................................... 329
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 329
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 329
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 329
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 329
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 329
INSPECTION BEFORE REMOVAL................................................................................................................. 329
INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR.................................................................................................................. 330
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 330
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 330
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 330
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 331
OIL PAN........................................................................................................................................... 333
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 333
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 333
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 333
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 334
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 335
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 335
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 335
HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY PUMP......................................................................................................................... 336
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 336
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 336
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 336
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 336
ROCKER COVER...................................................................................................................................... 338
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 338
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 338
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 338
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 338
TIMING BELT....................................................................................................................................... 340
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 340
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 340
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 340
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 343
CAMSHAFT.......................................................................................................................................... 347
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 347
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 347
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 347
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 348
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 349
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 349
Camshaft Runout....................................................................................................................... 349
Camshaft Cam Height................................................................................................................... 349
Camshaft End Play..................................................................................................................... 349
Valve Lifter.......................................................................................................................... 350
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 351
ENGINE ASSEMBLY................................................................................................................................... 351
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 351
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 351
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 351
Description of Work................................................................................................................... 351
Preparation........................................................................................................................... 351
Engine Room........................................................................................................................... 352
Vehicle Underbody..................................................................................................................... 352
Removal............................................................................................................................... 352
Separation Work....................................................................................................................... 352
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 353
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 353
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 353
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................. 354
ENGINE STAND SETTING.............................................................................................................................. 354
Setting....................................................................................................................................... 354
CYLINDER HEAD..................................................................................................................................... 355
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 355
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 355
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 355
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 356
Disassembly and Assembly...................................................................................................................... 356
DISASSEMBLY............................................................................................................................... 356
ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................. 358
Cleaning...................................................................................................................................... 359
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 360
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 360
Cylinder Head Distortion.............................................................................................................. 360
Cylinder Head Height.................................................................................................................. 360
Valve protrusion...................................................................................................................... 360
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................. 360
Valve................................................................................................................................. 360
Valve Seat............................................................................................................................ 361
Valve Guide Clearance................................................................................................................. 361
Valve Spring.......................................................................................................................... 361
CYLINDER BLOCK.................................................................................................................................... 363
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 363
Disassembly and Assembly...................................................................................................................... 363
DISASSEMBLY............................................................................................................................... 363
Removing the Piston Pins.............................................................................................................. 367
ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................. 367
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 379
CYLINDER BLOCK TOP SURFACE DISTORTION..................................................................................................... 379
PISTON PROTRUSION......................................................................................................................... 379
CRANKSHAFT LATERAL PLAY................................................................................................................... 380
CONNECTING ROD BIG END LONGITUDINAL PLAY.................................................................................................. 380
PISTON DIAMETER........................................................................................................................... 380
PISTON RING THICKNESS..................................................................................................................... 380
PISTON RING SIDE CLEARANCE................................................................................................................ 380
PISTON RING END GAP....................................................................................................................... 381
CRANKSHAFT MAIN JOURNAL DIAMETER.......................................................................................................... 381
CRANKSHAFT PIN JOURNAL DIAMETER........................................................................................................... 381
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................................................................................................................. 382
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)............................................................................................................. 382
General Specification......................................................................................................................... 382
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS.................................................................................................................... 382
Drive Belt.................................................................................................................................... 382
DRIVE BELT................................................................................................................................ 382
Camshaft...................................................................................................................................... 382
CAMSHAFT.................................................................................................................................. 382
VALVE LIFTER.............................................................................................................................. 383
VALVE CLEARANCE........................................................................................................................... 383
AVAILABLE VALVE LIFTER.................................................................................................................... 383
Cylinder Head................................................................................................................................. 384
CYLINDER HEAD............................................................................................................................. 384
VALVE DIMENSIONS.......................................................................................................................... 384
VALVE GUIDE............................................................................................................................... 385
VALVE SEAT................................................................................................................................ 385
VALVE SPRING.............................................................................................................................. 386
Cylinder Block................................................................................................................................ 386
CYLINDER BLOCK............................................................................................................................ 386
PISTON MARKING............................................................................................................................ 386
PISTON.................................................................................................................................... 387
PISTON RING............................................................................................................................... 387
PISTON PIN................................................................................................................................ 387
CONNECTING ROD............................................................................................................................ 388
CRANKSHAFT................................................................................................................................ 388
Turbocharger.................................................................................................................................. 388
M9R....................................................................................................................................................... 389
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS..................................................................................................................................... 389
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING.............................................................................................. 389
NVH Troubleshooting - Engine Noise............................................................................................................ 389
Use the Chart Below to Help You Find the Cause of the Symptom................................................................................. 390
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................ 391
PRECAUTIONS....................................................................................................................................... 391
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover............................................................................................... 391
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect..................................................................... 391
OPERATION PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................... 391
Precaution for Drain Coolant.................................................................................................................. 391
Precaution for Disconnecting Fuel Piping...................................................................................................... 391
Precaution for Removal and Disassembly........................................................................................................ 391
Precaution for Inspection, Repair and Replacement............................................................................................. 392
Precaution for Assembly and Installation...................................................................................................... 392
Parts Requiring Angular Tightening............................................................................................................ 392
Precaution for Liquid Gasket.................................................................................................................. 392
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET.................................................................................................................. 392
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE ...................................................................................................... 392
Precaution for Diesel Equipment............................................................................................................... 393
CLEANLINESS............................................................................................................................... 393
SPECIAL FEATURES.......................................................................................................................... 395
PREPARATION........................................................................................................................................... 397
PREPARATION....................................................................................................................................... 397
Special Service Tools......................................................................................................................... 397
Commercial Service Tools...................................................................................................................... 398
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................ 400
DRIVE BELTS....................................................................................................................................... 400
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 400
Checking...................................................................................................................................... 400
Tension Adjustment............................................................................................................................ 400
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 400
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 400
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 401
AIR CLEANER FILTER................................................................................................................................ 402
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 402
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 402
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 402
COMPRESSION PRESSURE.............................................................................................................................. 403
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 403
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR..................................................................................................................................... 404
DRIVE BELT AUTO TENSIONER AND IDLER PULLEY........................................................................................................ 404
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 404
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 404
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 404
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 405
Multifunction support bracket......................................................................................................... 405
AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT.......................................................................................................................... 406
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 406
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 406
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 406
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 407
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 407
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 407
ENGINE COVER...................................................................................................................................... 408
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 408
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 408
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 408
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 408
CHARGE AIR COOLER................................................................................................................................. 409
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 409
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 409
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 409
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 409
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 410
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 410
EGR SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................ 411
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 411
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 411
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 411
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 412
EGR Cooler Tube....................................................................................................................... 412
EGR Volume Control Valve.............................................................................................................. 412
INTAKE MANIFOLD................................................................................................................................... 413
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 413
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 413
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 413
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 414
Intake Manifold....................................................................................................................... 414
Electric Throttle Control Actuator.................................................................................................... 414
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 415
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 415
Surface Distortion.................................................................................................................... 415
CATALYST.......................................................................................................................................... 416
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 416
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 416
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 416
INSTALLTION............................................................................................................................... 417
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor................................................................................................................. 417
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 417
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 417
TURBOCHARGER...................................................................................................................................... 418
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 418
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 418
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 418
INSTALLTION............................................................................................................................... 419
Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 1...................................................................................................... 419
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 419
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 419
Turbocharger.......................................................................................................................... 419
Turbocharger Boost Control............................................................................................................ 420
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 420
EXHAUST MANIFOLD.................................................................................................................................. 421
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 421
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 421
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 421
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 422
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 422
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 422
Surface Distortion.................................................................................................................... 422
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 422
OIL PAN (LOWER) AND OIL STRAINER.................................................................................................................. 423
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 423
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 423
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 423
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 424
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 425
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 425
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 425
GLOW PLUG......................................................................................................................................... 426
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 426
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 426
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 426
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 426
VACUUM PUMP....................................................................................................................................... 427
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 427
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 427
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 427
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 427
Vacuum pump........................................................................................................................... 427
OIL SEPARATOR..................................................................................................................................... 429
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 429
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 429
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 429
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 430
INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR.................................................................................................................. 431
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 431
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 431
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 431
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 432
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 433
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 433
FUEL PUMP......................................................................................................................................... 434
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 434
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 434
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 434
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 435
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 435
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 435
TIMING CHAIN...................................................................................................................................... 436
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 436
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 437
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 437
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 439
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 446
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 446
Inspection for Leaks.................................................................................................................. 446
CAMSHAFT.......................................................................................................................................... 447
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 447
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 447
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 448
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 449
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 451
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 451
Camshaft Journal oil clearance........................................................................................................ 451
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 451
Inspection for Leaks.................................................................................................................. 451
OIL SEAL.......................................................................................................................................... 453
FRONT OIL SEAL................................................................................................................................ 453
FRONT OIL SEALRemoval and Installation.................................................................................................... 453
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................... 453
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................... 453
REAR OIL SEAL................................................................................................................................. 453
REAR OIL SEALRemoval and Installation..................................................................................................... 453
REMOVAL............................................................................................................................... 453
INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................... 454
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 455
ENGINE ASSEMBLY................................................................................................................................... 455
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 455
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 455
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 456
Outline............................................................................................................................... 456
Preparation........................................................................................................................... 456
Engine Room LH........................................................................................................................ 456
Engine Room RH........................................................................................................................ 456
Vehicle Underbody..................................................................................................................... 456
Removal............................................................................................................................... 457
Separation............................................................................................................................ 458
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 458
Preparation........................................................................................................................... 458
Installation.......................................................................................................................... 459
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 459
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 459
Inspection for Leaks.................................................................................................................. 460
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................. 461
ENGINE STAND SETTING.............................................................................................................................. 461
Setting....................................................................................................................................... 461
ENGINE UNIT....................................................................................................................................... 462
Disassembly................................................................................................................................... 462
Assembly...................................................................................................................................... 462
OIL PAN (UPPER)................................................................................................................................... 463
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 463
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 463
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 463
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 464
CYLINDER HEAD..................................................................................................................................... 466
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 466
Disassembly and Assembly...................................................................................................................... 466
DISASSEMBLY............................................................................................................................... 466
ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................. 468
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 470
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................. 470
Cylinder Head Distortion.............................................................................................................. 470
VALVE DIMENSIONS...................................................................................................................... 470
VALVE GUIDE CLEARANCE................................................................................................................. 470
VALVE SEAT CONTACT.................................................................................................................... 470
VALVE SPRING DIMENSIONS AND VALVE SPRING PRESSURE LOAD................................................................................ 471
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................................................................................................................. 472
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)............................................................................................................. 472
General Specification......................................................................................................................... 472
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS.................................................................................................................... 472
Drive Belts................................................................................................................................... 472
DRIVE BELT................................................................................................................................ 472
Intake Manifold............................................................................................................................... 472
INTAKE MANIFOLD........................................................................................................................... 472
Exhaust Manifold.............................................................................................................................. 472
EXHAUST MANIFOLD.......................................................................................................................... 472
Turbocharger.................................................................................................................................. 473
Camshaft...................................................................................................................................... 473
CAMSHAFT.................................................................................................................................. 473
Cylinder Head................................................................................................................................. 473
CYLINDER HEAD............................................................................................................................. 473
VALVE DIMENSIONS.......................................................................................................................... 473
VALVE GUIDE............................................................................................................................... 474
VALVE SEAT................................................................................................................................ 474
VALVE SPRING.............................................................................................................................. 475
03-Engine Lubrication.pdf......................................................................................................................................... 476
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................... 476
HR16DE.................................................................................................................................................... 478
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................... 478
DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................... 478
Engine Lubrication System..................................................................................................................... 478
Engine Lubrication System Schematic........................................................................................................... 478
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................ 479
PRECAUTIONS....................................................................................................................................... 479
Liquid Gasket................................................................................................................................. 479
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE....................................................................................................... 479
PREPARATION........................................................................................................................................... 480
PREPARATION....................................................................................................................................... 480
Special Service Tools......................................................................................................................... 480
Commercial Service Tools...................................................................................................................... 480
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................ 481
ENGINE OIL........................................................................................................................................ 481
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 481
ENGINE OIL LEVEL.......................................................................................................................... 481
ENGINE OIL APPEARANCE..................................................................................................................... 481
ENGINE OIL LEAKAGE ....................................................................................................................... 481
OIL PRESSURE CHECK........................................................................................................................ 481
Draining...................................................................................................................................... 482
Refilling..................................................................................................................................... 483
OIL FILTER........................................................................................................................................ 484
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 484
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 484
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 484
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 484
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 484
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................................................................................................................. 485
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)............................................................................................................. 485
Periodical Maintenance Specification.......................................................................................................... 485
ENGINE OIL CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE)......................................................................................................... 485
Engine Oil Pressure........................................................................................................................... 485
MR20DE.................................................................................................................................................... 486
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................... 486
DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................... 486
Engine Lubrication System..................................................................................................................... 486
Engine Lubrication System Schematic........................................................................................................... 486
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................ 487
PRECAUTIONS....................................................................................................................................... 487
Liquid Gasket................................................................................................................................. 487
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE....................................................................................................... 487
PREPARATION........................................................................................................................................... 488
PREPARATION....................................................................................................................................... 488
Special Service Tools......................................................................................................................... 488
Commercial Service Tools...................................................................................................................... 488
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................ 489
ENGINE OIL........................................................................................................................................ 489
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 489
ENGINE OIL LEVEL.......................................................................................................................... 489
ENGINE OIL APPEARANCE..................................................................................................................... 489
ENGINE OIL LEAKAGE ....................................................................................................................... 489
OIL PRESSURE CHECK........................................................................................................................ 489
Draining...................................................................................................................................... 490
Refilling..................................................................................................................................... 491
OIL FILTER........................................................................................................................................ 492
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 492
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 492
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 492
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 492
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 492
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR..................................................................................................................................... 493
OIL COOLER........................................................................................................................................ 493
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 493
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 493
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 493
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 493
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 494
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 494
Oil Cooler............................................................................................................................ 494
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 494
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................................................................................................................. 495
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)............................................................................................................. 495
Periodical Maintenance Specification.......................................................................................................... 495
ENGINE OIL CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE)......................................................................................................... 495
Engine Oil Pressure........................................................................................................................... 495
K9K....................................................................................................................................................... 496
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................ 496
PRECAUTIONS....................................................................................................................................... 496
Precaution for Liquid Gasket.................................................................................................................. 496
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET.................................................................................................................. 496
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE ...................................................................................................... 496
PREPARATION........................................................................................................................................... 497
PREPARATION....................................................................................................................................... 497
Special Service Tools......................................................................................................................... 497
Commercial Service Tools...................................................................................................................... 497
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................ 498
ENGINE OIL........................................................................................................................................ 498
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 498
OIL LEVEL AND MUDDINESS................................................................................................................... 498
OIL LEAKAGE............................................................................................................................... 498
OIL PRESSURE CHECK........................................................................................................................ 498
Draining...................................................................................................................................... 499
Refilling..................................................................................................................................... 499
OIL FILTER........................................................................................................................................ 500
Replacement................................................................................................................................... 500
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 500
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 500
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR..................................................................................................................................... 501
OIL FILTER BRACKET................................................................................................................................ 501
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 501
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 501
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 501
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 501
OIL COOLER........................................................................................................................................ 502
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 502
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 502
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 502
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 502
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 503
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 503
OIL PUMP.......................................................................................................................................... 504
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 504
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 504
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 504
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 504
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................................................................................................................. 505
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)............................................................................................................. 505
Periodical Maintenance Specification.......................................................................................................... 505
ENGINE OIL CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE)......................................................................................................... 505
Engine Oil Pressure........................................................................................................................... 505
M9R....................................................................................................................................................... 506
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................... 506
DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................... 506
Engine Lubrication System..................................................................................................................... 506
Engine Lubrication System Schematic........................................................................................................... 506
PREPARATION........................................................................................................................................... 507
PREPARATION....................................................................................................................................... 507
Special Service Tools......................................................................................................................... 507
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................ 508
ENGINE OIL........................................................................................................................................ 508
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 508
ENGINE OIL LEVEL.......................................................................................................................... 508
ENGINE OIL APPEARANCE..................................................................................................................... 508
ENGINE OIL LEAKAGE ....................................................................................................................... 508
OIL PRESSURE CHECK........................................................................................................................ 508
Draining...................................................................................................................................... 509
Refilling..................................................................................................................................... 509
OIL FILTER........................................................................................................................................ 510
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 510
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 510
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 510
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 510
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 510
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR..................................................................................................................................... 511
OIL COOLER........................................................................................................................................ 511
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 511
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 511
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 511
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 512
Oil Cooler............................................................................................................................ 512
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 512
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 512
Oil Cooler............................................................................................................................ 512
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 512
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................................................................................................................. 513
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)............................................................................................................. 513
Periodical Maintenance Specification.......................................................................................................... 513
ENGINE OIL CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE)......................................................................................................... 513
Engine Oil Pressure........................................................................................................................... 513
04-Engine Cooling.pdf............................................................................................................................................. 514
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................... 514
HR16DE.................................................................................................................................................... 517
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................... 517
DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................... 517
Engine Cooling System......................................................................................................................... 517
Engine Cooling System Schematic............................................................................................................... 517
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS..................................................................................................................................... 518
OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS........................................................................................................................ 518
Troubleshooting Chart......................................................................................................................... 518
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................ 520
PRECAUTIONS....................................................................................................................................... 520
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER".................................................... 520
PREPARATION........................................................................................................................................... 521
PREPARATION....................................................................................................................................... 521
Special Service Tools......................................................................................................................... 521
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................ 522
ENGINE COOLANT.................................................................................................................................... 522
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 522
LEVEL .................................................................................................................................... 522
LEAKAGE................................................................................................................................... 522
Draining...................................................................................................................................... 522
Refilling..................................................................................................................................... 522
Flushing...................................................................................................................................... 523
RADIATOR.......................................................................................................................................... 525
RESERVOIR TANK CAP............................................................................................................................ 525
RESERVOIR TANK CAPInspection.............................................................................................................. 525
RADIATOR...................................................................................................................................... 525
RADIATORInspection........................................................................................................................ 525
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR..................................................................................................................................... 526
RADIATOR.......................................................................................................................................... 526
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 526
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 526
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 526
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 527
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 527
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 527
COOLING FAN....................................................................................................................................... 528
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 528
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 528
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 528
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 528
Disassembly and Assembly...................................................................................................................... 528
DISASSEMBLY............................................................................................................................... 528
ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................. 529
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 529
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................. 529
Cooling Fan........................................................................................................................... 529
WATER PUMP........................................................................................................................................ 530
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 530
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 530
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 530
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 530
Water pump............................................................................................................................ 530
Water pump pulley..................................................................................................................... 531
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 531
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 531
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 531
THERMOSTAT........................................................................................................................................ 532
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 532
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 532
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 532
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 532
Thermostat ........................................................................................................................... 532
Water Inlet........................................................................................................................... 533
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 533
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 533
Thermostat............................................................................................................................ 533
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 533
WATER OUTLET...................................................................................................................................... 534
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 534
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 534
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 534
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 534
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 535
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 535
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................................................................................................................. 536
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)............................................................................................................. 536
Periodical Maintenance Specification.......................................................................................................... 536
ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE)..................................................................................................... 536
Radiator...................................................................................................................................... 536
RESERVOIR TANK CAP........................................................................................................................ 536
RADIATOR.................................................................................................................................. 536
Thermostat.................................................................................................................................... 536
MR20DE.................................................................................................................................................... 537
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................... 537
DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................... 537
M/T........................................................................................................................................... 537
M/TEngine Cooling System.................................................................................................................. 537
M/TEngine Cooling System Schematic........................................................................................................ 537
CVT........................................................................................................................................... 538
CVTEngine Cooling System.................................................................................................................. 538
CVTEngine Cooling System Schematic........................................................................................................ 538
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS..................................................................................................................................... 539
OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS........................................................................................................................ 539
Troubleshooting Chart......................................................................................................................... 539
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................ 541
PRECAUTIONS....................................................................................................................................... 541
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER".................................................... 541
PREPARATION........................................................................................................................................... 542
PREPARATION....................................................................................................................................... 542
Special Service Tools......................................................................................................................... 542
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................ 543
ENGINE COOLANT.................................................................................................................................... 543
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 543
LEVEL .................................................................................................................................... 543
LEAKAGE................................................................................................................................... 543
Draining...................................................................................................................................... 543
Refilling..................................................................................................................................... 543
Flushing...................................................................................................................................... 544
RADIATOR.......................................................................................................................................... 546
RESERVOIR TANK CAP............................................................................................................................ 546
RESERVOIR TANK CAPInspection.............................................................................................................. 546
RADIATOR...................................................................................................................................... 546
RADIATORInspection........................................................................................................................ 546
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR..................................................................................................................................... 547
RADIATOR.......................................................................................................................................... 547
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 547
M/T models................................................................................................................................ 547
CVT models................................................................................................................................ 547
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 548
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 548
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 549
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 549
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 549
COOLING FAN....................................................................................................................................... 550
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 550
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 550
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 550
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 550
Disassembly and Assembly...................................................................................................................... 550
DISASSEMBLY............................................................................................................................... 550
ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................. 551
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 551
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................. 551
Cooling Fan........................................................................................................................... 551
WATER PUMP........................................................................................................................................ 552
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 552
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 552
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 552
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 552
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 552
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 552
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 553
THERMOSTAT........................................................................................................................................ 554
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 554
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 554
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 554
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 555
Thermostat ........................................................................................................................... 555
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 555
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 555
Thermostat............................................................................................................................ 555
Heater Thermostat (CVT models)........................................................................................................ 555
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 556
WATER OUTLET...................................................................................................................................... 557
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 557
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 557
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 557
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 558
Water Control Valve................................................................................................................... 558
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 558
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 558
Water Control Valve................................................................................................................... 558
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 558
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................................................................................................................. 559
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)............................................................................................................. 559
Periodical Maintenance Specification.......................................................................................................... 559
ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE)..................................................................................................... 559
Radiator...................................................................................................................................... 559
RESERVOIR TANK CAP........................................................................................................................ 559
RADIATOR.................................................................................................................................. 559
Thermostat.................................................................................................................................... 559
Heater Thermostat (CVT models)................................................................................................................ 559
Water Control Valve........................................................................................................................... 559
K9K....................................................................................................................................................... 560
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................... 560
DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................... 560
Engine Cooling System......................................................................................................................... 560
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS..................................................................................................................................... 561
OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS........................................................................................................................ 561
Troubleshooting Chart......................................................................................................................... 561
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................ 563
PRECAUTIONS....................................................................................................................................... 563
Precaution for Liquid Gasket.................................................................................................................. 563
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET.................................................................................................................. 563
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE ...................................................................................................... 563
PREPARATION........................................................................................................................................... 564
PREPARATION....................................................................................................................................... 564
Special Service Tools......................................................................................................................... 564
Commercial Service Tools...................................................................................................................... 564
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................ 565
ENGINE COOLANT.................................................................................................................................... 565
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 565
LEVEL .................................................................................................................................... 565
LEAKAGE................................................................................................................................... 565
Draining...................................................................................................................................... 565
Refilling..................................................................................................................................... 565
Flushing...................................................................................................................................... 566
RADIATOR.......................................................................................................................................... 568
RADIATOR CAP.................................................................................................................................. 568
RADIATOR CAPInspection.................................................................................................................... 568
RADIATOR...................................................................................................................................... 568
RADIATORInspection........................................................................................................................ 568
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR..................................................................................................................................... 569
RADIATOR.......................................................................................................................................... 569
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 569
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 569
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 569
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 570
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 570
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 570
COOLING FAN....................................................................................................................................... 571
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 571
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 571
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 571
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 571
Disassembly and Assembly...................................................................................................................... 571
DISASSEMBLY............................................................................................................................... 571
ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................. 572
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 572
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................. 572
Cooling Fan........................................................................................................................... 572
WATER PUMP........................................................................................................................................ 573
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 573
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 573
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 573
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 573
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 573
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 573
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 574
WATER OUTLET AND THERMOSTAT ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................. 575
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 575
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 575
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 575
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 575
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 575
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 575
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 576
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................................................................................................................. 577
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)............................................................................................................. 577
Periodical Maintenance Specification.......................................................................................................... 577
ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE)..................................................................................................... 577
Radiator...................................................................................................................................... 577
Thermostat.................................................................................................................................... 577
M9R....................................................................................................................................................... 578
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................... 578
DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................... 578
M/T........................................................................................................................................... 578
M/TEngine Cooling System.................................................................................................................. 578
M/TEngine Cooling System Schematic........................................................................................................ 578
A/T........................................................................................................................................... 579
A/TEngine Cooling System.................................................................................................................. 579
A/TEngine Cooling System Schematic........................................................................................................ 579
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS..................................................................................................................................... 580
OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS........................................................................................................................ 580
Troubleshooting Chart......................................................................................................................... 580
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................ 582
PRECAUTIONS....................................................................................................................................... 582
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER".................................................... 582
PREPARATION........................................................................................................................................... 583
PREPARATION....................................................................................................................................... 583
Special Service Tools......................................................................................................................... 583
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................ 584
ENGINE COOLANT.................................................................................................................................... 584
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 584
LEVEL .................................................................................................................................... 584
LEAKAGE................................................................................................................................... 584
Draining...................................................................................................................................... 584
Refilling..................................................................................................................................... 584
Flushing...................................................................................................................................... 585
RADIATOR.......................................................................................................................................... 587
RESERVOIR TANK CAP............................................................................................................................ 587
RESERVOIR TANK CAPInspection.............................................................................................................. 587
RADIATOR...................................................................................................................................... 587
RADIATORInspection........................................................................................................................ 587
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR..................................................................................................................................... 588
RADIATOR.......................................................................................................................................... 588
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 588
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 588
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 588
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 588
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 589
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 589
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 589
COOLING FAN....................................................................................................................................... 590
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 590
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 590
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 590
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 590
Disassembly and Assembly...................................................................................................................... 591
DISASSEMBLY............................................................................................................................... 591
ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................. 591
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 591
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................. 591
Cooling Fan........................................................................................................................... 591
WATER PIPING...................................................................................................................................... 592
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 592
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 592
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 592
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 592
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 593
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 593
WATER OUTLET AND THERMOSTAT ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................. 594
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 594
M/T models................................................................................................................................ 594
A/T models................................................................................................................................ 594
Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 595
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 595
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 596
Water outlet and thermostat assembly.................................................................................................. 596
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 596
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................. 596
Water outlet and thermostat assembly.................................................................................................. 596
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................. 596
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................. 597
WATER PUMP........................................................................................................................................ 597
Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 597
Disassembly and Assembly...................................................................................................................... 597
REMOVAL................................................................................................................................... 597
INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................. 597
Water pump............................................................................................................................ 598
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 598
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................. 598
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................................................................................................................. 599
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)............................................................................................................. 599
Periodical Maintenance Specification.......................................................................................................... 599
ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE)..................................................................................................... 599
Radiator...................................................................................................................................... 599
RESERVOIR TANK CAP........................................................................................................................ 599
RADIATOR.................................................................................................................................. 599
Water Outlet and Thermostat Assembly.......................................................................................................... 599
05A-Engine Control System (HR16DE).pdf............................................................................................................................ 600
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (HR16DE)................................................................................................................................ 600
HR16DE (WITH EURO-OBD).................................................................................................................................... 609
BASIC INSPECTION...................................................................................................................................... 609
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW..................................................................................................................... 609
Work Flow..................................................................................................................................... 609
OVERALL SEQUENCE.......................................................................................................................... 609
DETAILED FLOW............................................................................................................................. 609
Diagnostic Work Sheet......................................................................................................................... 611
DESCRIPTION............................................................................................................................... 611
WORKSHEET SAMPLE.......................................................................................................................... 612
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT......................................................................................................................... 613
BASIC INSPECTION.............................................................................................................................. 613
BASIC INSPECTIONSpecial Repair Requirement................................................................................................ 613
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................ 616
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITDescription................................................................................. 616
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITSpecial Repair Requirement.................................................................. 616
IDLE SPEED.................................................................................................................................... 616
IDLE SPEEDDescription..................................................................................................................... 617
IDLE SPEEDSpecial Repair Requirement...................................................................................................... 617
IGNITION TIMING............................................................................................................................... 617
IGNITION TIMINGDescription................................................................................................................ 617
IGNITION TIMINGSpecial Repair Requirement................................................................................................. 617
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING.................................................................................................. 617
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNINGDescription................................................................................... 617
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNINGSpecial Repair Requirement.................................................................... 617
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING....................................................................................................... 618
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNINGDescription........................................................................................ 618
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNINGSpecial Repair Requirement......................................................................... 618
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING...................................................................................................................... 618
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNINGDescription....................................................................................................... 618
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNINGSpecial Repair Requirement........................................................................................ 618
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR....................................................................................................... 620
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEARDescription........................................................................................ 620
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEARSpecial Repair Requirement......................................................................... 620
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................... 621
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM............................................................................................................................. 621
System Diagram................................................................................................................................ 621
System Description............................................................................................................................ 622
Component Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 622
Component Description......................................................................................................................... 626
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM................................................................................................................... 627
System Diagram................................................................................................................................ 627
System Description............................................................................................................................ 627
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART................................................................................................................. 627
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................ 628
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION..................................................................................... 628
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)...................................................................................... 628
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL....................................................................................................... 628
FUEL INJECTION TIMING..................................................................................................................... 629
FUEL SHUT-OFF............................................................................................................................. 629
Component Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 630
Component Description......................................................................................................................... 634
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................... 635
System Diagram................................................................................................................................ 635
System Description............................................................................................................................ 635
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART................................................................................................................. 635
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................ 635
Component Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 636
Component Description......................................................................................................................... 640
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL...................................................................................................................... 641
System Diagram................................................................................................................................ 641
System Description............................................................................................................................ 641
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART................................................................................................................. 641
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................ 641
Component Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 642
Component Description......................................................................................................................... 646
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)............................................................................................................. 647
System Diagram................................................................................................................................ 647
System Description............................................................................................................................ 647
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART................................................................................................................. 647
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM......................................................................................................................... 647
SET OPERATION............................................................................................................................. 647
ACCELERATE OPERATION...................................................................................................................... 647
CANCEL OPERATION.......................................................................................................................... 647
COAST OPERATION........................................................................................................................... 648
RESUME OPERATION.......................................................................................................................... 648
Component Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 649
Component Description......................................................................................................................... 653
CAN COMMUNICATION................................................................................................................................. 654
System Description............................................................................................................................ 654
COOLING FAN CONTROL............................................................................................................................... 655
System Diagram................................................................................................................................ 655
System Description............................................................................................................................ 655
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART................................................................................................................. 655
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................ 655
Cooling Fan Operation................................................................................................................. 656
Cooling Fan Relay Operation........................................................................................................... 656
Component Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 657
Component Description......................................................................................................................... 661
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM....................................................................................................................... 662
System Diagram................................................................................................................................ 662
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING......................................................................................................... 662
System Description............................................................................................................................ 663
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART................................................................................................................. 663
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................ 663
Component Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 664
Component Description......................................................................................................................... 668
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL....................................................................................................................... 669
System Diagram................................................................................................................................ 669
System Description............................................................................................................................ 669
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART................................................................................................................. 669
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................ 669
Component Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 670
Component Description......................................................................................................................... 674
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM.................................................................................................................. 675
Diagnosis Description......................................................................................................................... 675
INTRODUCTION.............................................................................................................................. 675
TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC.................................................................................................................. 675
DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATA................................................................................................................. 675
DTC and 1st Trip DTC.................................................................................................................. 675
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data...................................................................................... 676
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC...................................................................................................... 676
How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC..................................................................................................... 677
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE.......................................................................................................... 677
SRT Item.............................................................................................................................. 678
SRT Set Timing........................................................................................................................ 678
SRT Service Procedure................................................................................................................. 679
How to Display SRT Status............................................................................................................. 679
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR (MI)................................................................................................................ 680
Description........................................................................................................................... 680
On Board Diagnostic System Function................................................................................................... 680
MI Flashing Without DTC............................................................................................................... 681
Diagnostic Test Mode I - Bulb Check................................................................................................... 681
Diagnostic Test Mode I - Malfunction Warning.......................................................................................... 681
Diagnostic Test Mode II - Self-diagnostic Results..................................................................................... 681
Diagnostic Test Mode II - Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor.............................................................................. 682
How to Switch Diagnostic Test Mode ................................................................................................... 683
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)........................................................................ 683
OBD System Operation Chart................................................................................................................ 683
Relationship Between MI, 1st Trip DTC, DTC and Detectable Items....................................................................... 683
Summary Chart......................................................................................................................... 684
...................................................................................................................................... 684
...................................................................................................................................... 685
...................................................................................................................................... 686
...................................................................................................................................... 687
CONSULT-III Function.......................................................................................................................... 688
FUNCTION.................................................................................................................................. 688
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION................................................................................ 688
WORK SUPPORT MODE......................................................................................................................... 689
Work Item............................................................................................................................. 690
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE.................................................................................................................... 690
Self Diagnostic Item.................................................................................................................. 690
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data...................................................................................... 690
DATA MONITOR MODE......................................................................................................................... 690
Monitored Item........................................................................................................................ 691
ACTIVE TEST MODE.......................................................................................................................... 694
Test Item............................................................................................................................. 694
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE............................................................................................................... 694
SRT STATUS Mode....................................................................................................................... 694
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode................................................................................................................. 694
DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode................................................................................................................. 695
Diagnosis Tool Function....................................................................................................................... 695
DESCRIPTION............................................................................................................................... 695
FUNCTION.................................................................................................................................. 695
INSPECTION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................... 695
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS................................................................................................................................... 697
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE........................................................................................................... 697
Description................................................................................................................................... 697
Component Function Check...................................................................................................................... 697
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 698
OVERALL SEQUENCE.......................................................................................................................... 698
DETAILED PROCEDURE........................................................................................................................ 699
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................................................................................................................... 705
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 705
U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................ 709
Description................................................................................................................................... 709
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 709
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 709
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 709
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 709
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN).......................................................................................................................... 710
Description................................................................................................................................... 710
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 710
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 710
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 710
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 710
P0011 IVT CONTROL................................................................................................................................. 711
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 711
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 711
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 711
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 712
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 713
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR........................................................................................................................... 715
Description................................................................................................................................... 715
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 715
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 715
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 715
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 716
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 717
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR........................................................................................................................... 720
Description................................................................................................................................... 720
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 720
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 720
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 720
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 721
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 721
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR........................................................................................................................... 723
Description................................................................................................................................... 723
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 723
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 723
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 723
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 724
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 724
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR............................................................................................................................ 726
Description................................................................................................................................... 726
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 726
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 726
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 726
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 726
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 728
Special Repair Requirement.................................................................................................................... 728
P0132 HO2S1....................................................................................................................................... 729
Description................................................................................................................................... 729
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 729
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 729
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 729
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 730
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 731
P0133 HO2S1....................................................................................................................................... 733
Description................................................................................................................................... 733
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 733
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 733
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 733
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 734
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 736
P0134 HO2S1....................................................................................................................................... 739
Description................................................................................................................................... 739
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 739
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 739
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 739
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 740
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 741
P0135 HO2S1 HEATER................................................................................................................................ 744
Description................................................................................................................................... 744
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................ 744
OPERATION................................................................................................................................. 744
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 744
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 744
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 744
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 744
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 746
P0138 HO2S2....................................................................................................................................... 747
Description................................................................................................................................... 747
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 747
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 747
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 747
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 748
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 749
P0139 HO2S2....................................................................................................................................... 752
Description................................................................................................................................... 752
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 752
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 752
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 752
Component Function Check...................................................................................................................... 754
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 755
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 756
P0141 HO2S2 HEATER................................................................................................................................ 759
Description................................................................................................................................... 759
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................ 759
OPERATION................................................................................................................................. 759
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 759
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 759
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 759
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 759
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 761
P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION.............................................................................................................. 762
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 762
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 762
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 762
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 763
P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION.............................................................................................................. 766
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 766
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 766
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 766
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 767
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR............................................................................................................................ 770
Description................................................................................................................................... 770
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 770
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 770
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 770
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 770
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 772
Special Repair Requirement.................................................................................................................... 772
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE......................................................................................................... 773
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 773
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 773
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 773
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 774
P0327, P0328 KS................................................................................................................................... 779
Description................................................................................................................................... 779
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 779
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 779
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 779
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 779
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 780
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)............................................................................................................................ 781
Description................................................................................................................................... 781
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 781
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 781
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 781
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 782
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 784
P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE).......................................................................................................................... 785
Description................................................................................................................................... 785
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 785
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 785
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 785
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 786
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 787
P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION................................................................................................................. 789
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 789
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 789
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 789
Component Function Check...................................................................................................................... 790
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 791
P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE........................................................................................... 794
Description................................................................................................................................... 794
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 794
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 794
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 794
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 794
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 795
P0500 VSS......................................................................................................................................... 797
Description................................................................................................................................... 797
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 797
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 797
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 797
Component Function Check...................................................................................................................... 798
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 798
P0605 ECM......................................................................................................................................... 799
Description................................................................................................................................... 799
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 799
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 799
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 799
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 800
P1065 ECM......................................................................................................................................... 801
Description................................................................................................................................... 801
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 801
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 801
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 801
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 801
P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.................................................................................................................. 803
Description................................................................................................................................... 803
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 803
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 803
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 803
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 803
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 804
P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR.......................................................................................................... 805
Description................................................................................................................................... 805
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 805
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 805
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 805
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 805
Special Repair Requirement.................................................................................................................... 806
P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION.......................................................................................................... 807
Description................................................................................................................................... 807
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 807
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 807
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 807
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 807
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 810
Special Repair Requirement.................................................................................................................... 810
P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY......................................................................................................... 811
Description................................................................................................................................... 811
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 811
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 811
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 811
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 811
P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR...................................................................................................................... 814
Description................................................................................................................................... 814
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 814
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 814
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 814
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 814
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 815
Special Repair Requirement.................................................................................................................... 815
P1143 HO2S1....................................................................................................................................... 816
Description................................................................................................................................... 816
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 816
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 816
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 816
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 817
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 818
P1144 HO2S1....................................................................................................................................... 821
Description................................................................................................................................... 821
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 821
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 821
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 821
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 822
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 823
P1146 HO2S2....................................................................................................................................... 826
Description................................................................................................................................... 826
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 826
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 826
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 826
Component Function Check...................................................................................................................... 828
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 829
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 830
P1147 HO2S2....................................................................................................................................... 833
Description................................................................................................................................... 833
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 833
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 833
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 833
Component Function Check...................................................................................................................... 835
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 836
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 837
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE...................................................................................................................... 840
Description................................................................................................................................... 840
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 840
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 840
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 840
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 840
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE..................................................................................................................... 841
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 841
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 841
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 841
Component Function Check...................................................................................................................... 841
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 842
P1225 TP SENSOR................................................................................................................................... 845
Description................................................................................................................................... 845
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 845
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 845
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 845
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 845
Special Repair Requirement.................................................................................................................... 846
P1226 TP SENSOR................................................................................................................................... 847
Description................................................................................................................................... 847
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 847
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 847
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 847
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 847
Special Repair Requirement.................................................................................................................... 848
P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY......................................................................................................................... 849
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 849
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 849
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 849
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 849
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH........................................................................................................................ 851
Description................................................................................................................................... 851
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 851
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 851
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 851
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 851
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 853
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH........................................................................................................................... 854
Description................................................................................................................................... 854
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 854
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 854
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 854
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 855
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)...................................................................................................... 858
Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch)..................................................................................................... 858
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)....................................................................................................... 859
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR................................................................................................................... 860
Description................................................................................................................................... 860
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 860
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 860
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 860
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 860
P1706 PNP SWITCH.................................................................................................................................. 862
Description................................................................................................................................... 862
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 862
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 862
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 862
Component Function Check...................................................................................................................... 863
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 863
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH................................................................................................................................ 865
Description................................................................................................................................... 865
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 865
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 865
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 865
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 865
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)....................................................................................................... 866
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR........................................................................................................................... 867
Description................................................................................................................................... 867
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 867
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 867
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 867
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 867
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 869
Special Repair Requirement.................................................................................................................... 869
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR........................................................................................................................... 870
Description................................................................................................................................... 870
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 870
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 870
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 870
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 870
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 872
Special Repair Requirement.................................................................................................................... 873
P2135 TP SENSOR................................................................................................................................... 874
Description................................................................................................................................... 874
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 874
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 874
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 874
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 874
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 876
Special Repair Requirement.................................................................................................................... 876
P2138 APP SENSOR.................................................................................................................................. 877
Description................................................................................................................................... 877
DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................... 877
DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................... 877
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................ 877
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 877
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 879
Special Repair Requirement.................................................................................................................... 880
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH................................................................................................................................. 881
Description................................................................................................................................... 881
Component Function Check...................................................................................................................... 881
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 881
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)...................................................................................................... 883
Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch)..................................................................................................... 883
ASCD INDICATOR.................................................................................................................................... 885
Description................................................................................................................................... 885
Component Function Check...................................................................................................................... 885
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 885
COOLING FAN....................................................................................................................................... 886
Description................................................................................................................................... 886
Component Function Check...................................................................................................................... 886
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 886
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)...................................................................................................... 887
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL............................................................................................................................ 888
Description................................................................................................................................... 888
Component Function Check...................................................................................................................... 888
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 888
FUEL INJECTOR..................................................................................................................................... 890
Description................................................................................................................................... 890
Component Function Check...................................................................................................................... 890
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 890
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 891
FUEL PUMP......................................................................................................................................... 893
Description................................................................................................................................... 893
Component Function Check...................................................................................................................... 893
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 893
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump).............................................................................................................. 895
IGNITION SIGNAL................................................................................................................................... 896
Description................................................................................................................................... 896
Component Function Check...................................................................................................................... 896
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 896
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor).................................................................................... 899
Component Inspection (Condenser).............................................................................................................. 899
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR............................................................................................................................. 901
Description................................................................................................................................... 901
Component Function Check...................................................................................................................... 901
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 901
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION.................................................................................................................... 902
Description................................................................................................................................... 902
Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................... 902
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR....................................................................................................................... 903
Description................................................................................................................................... 903
Component Function Check...................................................................................................................... 903
Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................... 903
ECU DIAGNOSIS......................................................................................................................................... 905
ECM............................................................................................................................................... 905
Reference Value............................................................................................................................... 905
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL.............................................................................................................. 905
TERMINAL LAYOUT........................................................................................................................... 908
PHYSICAL VALUES........................................................................................................................... 908
Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM -...................................................................................................... 916
Fail Safe..................................................................................................................................... 926
NON DTC RELATED ITEM...................................................................................................................... 926
DTC RELATED ITEM.......................................................................................................................... 927
DTC Inspection Priority Chart................................................................................................................. 928
DTC Index..................................................................................................................................... 929
How to Set SRT Code........................................................................................................................... 930
DRIVING PATTERN........................................................................................................................... 931
Test Value and Test Limit..................................................................................................................... 932
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS..................................................................................................................................... 933
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.................................................................................................................... 933
Symptom Table................................................................................................................................. 933
SYSTEM - BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM...................................................................................................... 933
SYSTEM - ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER........................................................................................................ 934
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION........................................................................................................................ 937
Description................................................................................................................................... 937
FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED)....................................................................................... 937
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................ 938
PRECAUTIONS....................................................................................................................................... 938
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER".................................................... 938
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover............................................................................................... 938
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service........................................................................................................ 938
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine.................................................................................................... 939
General Precautions........................................................................................................................... 939
PREPARATION........................................................................................................................................... 942
PREPARATION....................................................................................................................................... 942
Special Service Tools......................................................................................................................... 942
Commercial Service Tools...................................................................................................................... 943
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................ 944
FUEL PRESSURE..................................................................................................................................... 944
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 944
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE..................................................................................................................... 944
...................................................................................................................................... 944
...................................................................................................................................... 944
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK....................................................................................................................... 944
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM....................................................................................................................... 946
Inspection.................................................................................................................................... 946
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................................................................................................................. 947
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)............................................................................................................. 947
Idle Speed.................................................................................................................................... 947
Ignition Timing............................................................................................................................... 947
Calculated Load Value......................................................................................................................... 947
Mass Air Flow Sensor.......................................................................................................................... 947
HR16DE (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)................................................................................................................................. 948
BASIC INSPECTION...................................................................................................................................... 948
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW..................................................................................................................... 948
Work Flow..................................................................................................................................... 948
OVERALL SEQUENCE.......................................................................................................................... 948
DETAILED FLOW............................................................................................................................. 948
Diagnostic Work Sheet......................................................................................................................... 950
DESCRIPTION............................................................................................................................... 950
WORKSHEET SAMPLE.......................................................................................................................... 951
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT......................................................................................................................... 952
BASIC INSPECTION.............................................................................................................................. 952
BASIC INSPECTIONSpecial Repair Requirement................................................................................................ 952
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................ 955
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITDescription................................................................................. 955
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITSpecial Repair Requirement.................................................................. 955
IDLE SPEED.................................................................................................................................... 955
IDLE SPEEDDescription..................................................................................................................... 956
IDLE SPEEDSpecial Repair Requirement...................................................................................................... 956
IGNITION TIMING............................................................................................................................... 956
IGNITION TIMINGDescription................................................................................................................ 956
IGNITION TIMINGSpecial Repair Requirement................................................................................................. 956
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING.................................................................................................. 956
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNINGDescription................................................................................... 956
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNINGSpecial Repair Requirement.................................................................... 956
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING....................................................................................................... 957
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNINGDescription........................................................................................ 957
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNINGSpecial Repair Requirement......................................................................... 957
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING...................................................................................................................... 957
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNINGDescription....................................................................................................... 957
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNINGSpecial Repair Requirement........................................................................................ 957
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR....................................................................................................... 959
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEARDescription........................................................................................ 959
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEARSpecial Repair Requirement......................................................................... 959
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................... 960
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM............................................................................................................................. 960
System Diagram................................................................................................................................ 960
System Description............................................................................................................................ 961
Component Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 961
Component Description......................................................................................................................... 965
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM................................................................................................................... 966
System Diagram................................................................................................................................ 966
System Description............................................................................................................................ 966
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART................................................................................................................. 966
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................ 967
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION..................................................................................... 967
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)...................................................................................... 967
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL....................................................................................................... 967
FUEL INJECTION TIMING..................................................................................................................... 968
FUEL SHUT-OFF............................................................................................................................. 968
Component Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 969
Component Description......................................................................................................................... 973
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................... 974
System Diagram................................................................................................................................ 974
System Description............................................................................................................................ 974
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART................................................................................................................. 974
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................ 974
Component Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 975
Component Description......................................................................................................................... 979
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL...................................................................................................................... 980
System Diagram................................................................................................................................ 980
System Description............................................................................................................................ 980
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART................................................................................................................. 980
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................ 980
Component Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 981
Component Description......................................................................................................................... 985
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)............................................................................................................. 986
System Diagram................................................................................................................................ 986
System Description............................................................................................................................ 986
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART................................................................................................................. 986
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM......................................................................................................................... 986
SET OPERATION............................................................................................................................. 986
ACCELERATE OPERATION...................................................................................................................... 986
CANCEL OPERATION.......................................................................................................................... 986
COAST OPERATION........................................................................................................................... 987
RESUME OPERATION.......................................................................................................................... 987
Component Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 988
Component Description......................................................................................................................... 992
CAN COMMUNICATION................................................................................................................................. 993
System Description............................................................................................................................ 993
COOLING FAN CONTROL............................................................................................................................... 994
System Diagram................................................................................................................................ 994
System Description............................................................................................................................ 994
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART................................................................................................................. 994
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................ 994
Cooling Fan Operation................................................................................................................. 995
Cooling Fan Relay Operation........................................................................................................... 995
Component Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 996
Component Description.........................................................................................................................1000
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................1001
System Diagram................................................................................................................................1001
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING.........................................................................................................1001
System Description............................................................................................................................1002
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.................................................................................................................1002
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................1002
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................1003
Component Description.........................................................................................................................1007
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL.......................................................................................................................1008
System Diagram................................................................................................................................1008
System Description............................................................................................................................1008
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.................................................................................................................1008
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................1008
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................1009
Component Description.........................................................................................................................1013
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM..................................................................................................................1014
Diagnosis Description.........................................................................................................................1014
INTRODUCTION..............................................................................................................................1014
TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC..................................................................................................................1014
DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATA.................................................................................................................1014
DTC and 1st Trip DTC..................................................................................................................1014
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data......................................................................................1014
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC......................................................................................................1015
How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC.....................................................................................................1015
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR (MI)................................................................................................................1015
Description...........................................................................................................................1015
On Board Diagnostic System Function...................................................................................................1015
How to Switch Diagnostic Test Mode....................................................................................................1016
Diagnostic Test Mode I - Bulb Check...................................................................................................1017
Diagnostic Test Mode I - Malfunction Warning..........................................................................................1017
Diagnostic Test Mode II - Self-diagnostic Results.....................................................................................1017
Diagnostic Test Mode II - Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Monitor..............................................................................1018
CONSULT-III Function..........................................................................................................................1018
FUNCTION..................................................................................................................................1018
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION................................................................................1019
INSPECTION PROCEDURE......................................................................................................................1020
WORK SUPPORT MODE.........................................................................................................................1020
Work Item.............................................................................................................................1020
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE....................................................................................................................1020
Self Diagnostic Item..................................................................................................................1020
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data......................................................................................1020
DATA MONITOR MODE.........................................................................................................................1021
Monitored Item........................................................................................................................1021
ACTIVE TEST MODE..........................................................................................................................1024
Test Item.............................................................................................................................1024
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................1026
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE...........................................................................................................1026
Description...................................................................................................................................1026
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1026
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1027
OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................1027
DETAILED PROCEDURE........................................................................................................................1028
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................1034
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1034
U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................1038
Description...................................................................................................................................1038
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1038
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1038
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1038
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1038
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)..........................................................................................................................1039
Description...................................................................................................................................1039
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1039
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1039
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1039
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1039
P0011 IVT CONTROL.................................................................................................................................1040
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1040
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1040
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1040
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1041
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1041
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1043
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR...........................................................................................................................1044
Description...................................................................................................................................1044
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1044
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1044
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1044
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1045
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1046
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR...........................................................................................................................1049
Description...................................................................................................................................1049
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1049
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1049
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1049
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1050
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1050
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR............................................................................................................................1052
Description...................................................................................................................................1052
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1052
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1052
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1052
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1052
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1054
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1054
P0132 HO2S1.......................................................................................................................................1055
Description...................................................................................................................................1055
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1055
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1055
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1055
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1056
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1057
P0134 HO2S1.......................................................................................................................................1059
Description...................................................................................................................................1059
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1059
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1059
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1059
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1060
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1061
P0138 HO2S2.......................................................................................................................................1063
Description...................................................................................................................................1063
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1063
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1063
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1063
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1064
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1065
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR............................................................................................................................1068
Description...................................................................................................................................1068
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1068
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1068
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1068
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1068
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1070
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1070
P0327, P0328 KS...................................................................................................................................1071
Description...................................................................................................................................1071
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1071
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1071
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1071
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1071
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1072
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)............................................................................................................................1073
Description...................................................................................................................................1073
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1073
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1073
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1073
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1074
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1076
P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)..........................................................................................................................1077
Description...................................................................................................................................1077
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1077
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1077
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1077
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1078
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1079
P0605 ECM.........................................................................................................................................1081
Description...................................................................................................................................1081
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1081
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1081
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1081
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1082
P1065 ECM.........................................................................................................................................1083
Description...................................................................................................................................1083
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1083
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1083
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1083
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1083
P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE..................................................................................................................1085
Description...................................................................................................................................1085
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1085
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1085
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1085
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1085
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1086
P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR..........................................................................................................1087
Description...................................................................................................................................1087
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1087
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1087
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1087
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1087
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1088
P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION..........................................................................................................1089
Description...................................................................................................................................1089
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1089
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1089
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1089
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1089
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1092
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1092
P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY.........................................................................................................1093
Description...................................................................................................................................1093
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1093
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1093
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1093
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1093
P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR......................................................................................................................1096
Description...................................................................................................................................1096
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1096
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1096
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1096
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1096
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1097
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1097
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE......................................................................................................................1098
Description...................................................................................................................................1098
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1098
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1098
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1098
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1098
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE.....................................................................................................................1099
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1099
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1099
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1099
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1099
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1100
P1225 TP SENSOR...................................................................................................................................1103
Description...................................................................................................................................1103
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1103
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1103
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1103
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1103
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1104
P1226 TP SENSOR...................................................................................................................................1105
Description...................................................................................................................................1105
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1105
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1105
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1105
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1105
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1106
P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY.........................................................................................................................1107
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1107
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1107
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1107
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1107
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH........................................................................................................................1109
Description...................................................................................................................................1109
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1109
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1109
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1109
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1109
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1111
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH...........................................................................................................................1112
Description...................................................................................................................................1112
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1112
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1112
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1112
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1113
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1114
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)......................................................................................................1117
Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch).....................................................................................................1117
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch).......................................................................................................1118
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR...................................................................................................................1119
Description...................................................................................................................................1119
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1119
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1119
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1119
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1119
P1706 PNP SWITCH..................................................................................................................................1121
Description...................................................................................................................................1121
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1121
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1121
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1121
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1122
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1122
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH................................................................................................................................1124
Description...................................................................................................................................1124
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1124
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1124
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1124
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1124
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch).......................................................................................................1125
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR...........................................................................................................................1126
Description...................................................................................................................................1126
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1126
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1126
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1126
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1126
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1128
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1128
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR...........................................................................................................................1129
Description...................................................................................................................................1129
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1129
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1129
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1129
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1129
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1131
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1132
P2135 TP SENSOR...................................................................................................................................1133
Description...................................................................................................................................1133
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1133
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1133
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1133
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1133
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1135
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1135
P2138 APP SENSOR..................................................................................................................................1136
Description...................................................................................................................................1136
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1136
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1136
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1136
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1136
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1138
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1139
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH.................................................................................................................................1140
Description...................................................................................................................................1140
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1140
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1140
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)......................................................................................................1142
Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch).....................................................................................................1142
ASCD INDICATOR....................................................................................................................................1144
Description...................................................................................................................................1144
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1144
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1144
COOLING FAN.......................................................................................................................................1145
Description...................................................................................................................................1145
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1145
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1145
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)......................................................................................................1146
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL............................................................................................................................1147
Description...................................................................................................................................1147
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1147
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1147
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.................................................................................................1149
Description...................................................................................................................................1149
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1149
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1149
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1151
FUEL INJECTOR.....................................................................................................................................1152
Description...................................................................................................................................1152
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1152
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1152
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1153
FUEL PUMP.........................................................................................................................................1155
Description...................................................................................................................................1155
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1155
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1155
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump)..............................................................................................................1157
HO2S1.............................................................................................................................................1158
Description...................................................................................................................................1158
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1158
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1159
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1161
HO2S1 HEATER......................................................................................................................................1163
Description...................................................................................................................................1163
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................1163
OPERATION.................................................................................................................................1163
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1163
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1163
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1165
HO2S2.............................................................................................................................................1166
Description...................................................................................................................................1166
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1166
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1167
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1168
HO2S2 HEATER......................................................................................................................................1170
Description...................................................................................................................................1170
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................1170
OPERATION.................................................................................................................................1170
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1170
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1170
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1172
IAT SENSOR........................................................................................................................................1173
Description...................................................................................................................................1173
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1173
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1173
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1174
IGNITION SIGNAL...................................................................................................................................1175
Description...................................................................................................................................1175
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1175
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1175
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)....................................................................................1178
Component Inspection (Condenser)..............................................................................................................1178
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR.............................................................................................................................1180
Description...................................................................................................................................1180
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1180
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1180
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION....................................................................................................................1181
Description...................................................................................................................................1181
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1181
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR.......................................................................................................................1182
Description...................................................................................................................................1182
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1182
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1182
VSS...............................................................................................................................................1184
Description...................................................................................................................................1184
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1184
ECU DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................1185
ECM...............................................................................................................................................1185
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................1185
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................1185
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................1188
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................1188
Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM -......................................................................................................1195
Fail Safe.....................................................................................................................................1205
NON DTC RELATED ITEM......................................................................................................................1205
DTC RELATED ITEM..........................................................................................................................1206
DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................1207
DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................1207
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................1210
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS....................................................................................................................1210
Symptom Table.................................................................................................................................1210
SYSTEM - BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM......................................................................................................1210
SYSTEM - ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER........................................................................................................1211
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION........................................................................................................................1214
Description...................................................................................................................................1214
FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED).......................................................................................1214
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................1215
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................1215
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................1215
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................1215
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service........................................................................................................1215
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine....................................................................................................1216
General Precautions...........................................................................................................................1216
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................1219
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................1219
Special Service Tools.........................................................................................................................1219
Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................1220
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................1221
FUEL PRESSURE.....................................................................................................................................1221
Inspection....................................................................................................................................1221
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE.....................................................................................................................1221
......................................................................................................................................1221
......................................................................................................................................1221
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK.......................................................................................................................1221
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................1223
Inspection....................................................................................................................................1223
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................1224
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................1224
Idle Speed....................................................................................................................................1224
Ignition Timing...............................................................................................................................1224
05B-Engine Control System (K9K).pdf...............................................................................................................................1225
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (K9K)...................................................................................................................................1225
K9K.......................................................................................................................................................1230
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................1230
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................1230
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................1230
OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................1230
Diagnostics Malfunctions..............................................................................................................1230
Conformity Check......................................................................................................................1231
Customer Complaints - Malfunction finding chart.......................................................................................1231
Malfunction Finding Procedure (Wiring Check)..........................................................................................1231
REMINDERS.................................................................................................................................1231
Trouble Diagnosis:....................................................................................................................1231
Conformity Check......................................................................................................................1232
Customer Complaints - Trouble Diagnosis...............................................................................................1232
SAFETY ADVICE.........................................................................................................................1232
Diagnostic Work Sheet.........................................................................................................................1232
DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................1232
WORKSHEET SAMPLE..........................................................................................................................1233
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.........................................................................................................................1234
BASIC INSPECTION..............................................................................................................................1234
BASIC INSPECTIONDescription...............................................................................................................1234
BASIC INSPECTIONSpecial Repair Requirement (TEST 1: Low Pressure Fuel Supply System Check)................................................1234
BASIC INSPECTIONSpecial Repair Requirement (TEST 2: Internal Fuel Transfer Pump Check)....................................................1235
BASIC INSPECTIONSpecial Repair Requirement [TEST 3: High Pressure Supply Pump (Pressure Control Valve) Check].............................1235
BASIC INSPECTIONSpecial Repair Requirement [TEST 4: High Pressure Supply Pump (Volumetric Control Valve) Check]...........................1236
BASIC INSPECTIONSpecial Repair Requirement (TEST 5: Rail High Pressure Regulation Check)..................................................1239
BASIC INSPECTIONSpecial Repair Requirement (TEST 6: Major Leak in Fuel Injectors/Fuel Injectors Open).....................................1243
BASIC INSPECTIONSpecial Repair Requirement (TEST 7: Incorrect Fuel Injection Quantity)....................................................1244
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................1245
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITDescription.................................................................................1245
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITSpecial Repair Requirement..................................................................1245
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING.............................................................................................1246
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNINGDescription..............................................................................1246
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNINGSpecial Repair Requirement...............................................................1246
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................1248
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................1248
System Diagram................................................................................................................................1248
System Description............................................................................................................................1249
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................1249
Component Description.........................................................................................................................1252
FUEL INJECTION CONTROL............................................................................................................................1253
System Description............................................................................................................................1253
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................1253
High Pressure Supply Pump.............................................................................................................1253
Fuel Injector (Piezo Type)............................................................................................................1253
Engine Synchronisation................................................................................................................1254
Quantity of Fuel Injected and Control of Start of Injection...........................................................................1254
Station to Station Flow Regulation....................................................................................................1254
Cylinder Balancing Control............................................................................................................1254
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................1255
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL........................................................................................................................1259
Vacuum Hose Drawing...........................................................................................................................1259
System Description............................................................................................................................1259
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................1260
EGR SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................1264
System Description............................................................................................................................1264
EGR SYSTEM................................................................................................................................1264
EGR Valve Control.....................................................................................................................1264
Measurement of the Fresh Air Flow.....................................................................................................1264
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................1264
IDLE SPEED CONTROL................................................................................................................................1268
System Diagram................................................................................................................................1268
System Description............................................................................................................................1268
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................1269
ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL.............................................................................................................................1273
System Description............................................................................................................................1273
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................1273
GLOW CONTROL......................................................................................................................................1277
System Description............................................................................................................................1277
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................1277
COOLING FAN CONTROL...............................................................................................................................1281
System Description............................................................................................................................1281
COOLING FAN OPERATION WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING.............................................................................................1281
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................1282
CAN COMMUNICATION.................................................................................................................................1286
System Description............................................................................................................................1286
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM..................................................................................................................1287
Diagnosis Description.........................................................................................................................1287
GLOW LAMP.................................................................................................................................1287
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE LIGHT..........................................................................................................1287
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR ....................................................................................................................1287
DTCs Causing MI to Light..............................................................................................................1287
ENGINE WARNING LIGHT .....................................................................................................................1287
HOW TO ERASE DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND 2ND TRIP DTC...........................................................................................1287
MI OPERATION CHART........................................................................................................................1287
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................1289
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................1289
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1289
P0001 FUEL PUMP...................................................................................................................................1292
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1292
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1292
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1292
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1293
P0002 FUEL PUMP...................................................................................................................................1294
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1294
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1294
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1294
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1295
P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION.......................................................................................................................1296
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1296
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1296
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1296
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1297
P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.............................................................................................................1299
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1299
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1299
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1299
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1300
P0069 TC BOOST SENSOR, BARO SENSOR CORRELATION....................................................................................................1301
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1301
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1301
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1301
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1302
P0087 FUEL PUMP...................................................................................................................................1303
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1303
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1303
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1303
P0090 FUEL PUMP...................................................................................................................................1305
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1305
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1305
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1305
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1306
P0100 MAF SENSOR..................................................................................................................................1307
Description...................................................................................................................................1307
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1307
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1307
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1307
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1309
P0101 MAF SENSOR..................................................................................................................................1310
Description...................................................................................................................................1310
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1310
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1310
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1310
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1312
P0110 IAT SENSOR..................................................................................................................................1313
Description...................................................................................................................................1313
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1313
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1313
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1313
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1314
P0115 ECT SENSOR..................................................................................................................................1315
Description...................................................................................................................................1315
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1315
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1315
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1315
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1316
P0120 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR..........................................................................................................1317
Description...................................................................................................................................1317
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1317
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1317
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1317
P0180 FPT SENSOR..................................................................................................................................1319
Description...................................................................................................................................1319
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1319
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1319
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1319
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1320
P0190 FRP SENSOR..................................................................................................................................1321
Description...................................................................................................................................1321
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1321
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1321
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1321
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1322
P0200 FUEL INJECTOR...............................................................................................................................1323
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1323
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1323
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1323
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1324
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 FUEL INJECTOR..........................................................................................................1325
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1325
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1325
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1325
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1326
P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE.....................................................................................................................1327
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1327
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1327
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1327
P0225 APP SENSOR..................................................................................................................................1330
Description...................................................................................................................................1330
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1330
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1330
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1330
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1331
P0235 TC BOOST SENSOR.............................................................................................................................1333
Description...................................................................................................................................1333
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1333
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1333
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1333
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1334
P0335 CKP SENSOR..................................................................................................................................1335
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1335
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1335
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1335
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1336
P0340 CMP SENSOR..................................................................................................................................1337
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1337
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1337
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1337
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1338
P0380 GLOW RELAY..................................................................................................................................1340
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1340
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1340
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1340
P0381 GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................1342
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1342
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1342
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1342
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1343
P0409 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR............................................................................................1344
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1344
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1344
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1344
P0487 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE....................................................................................................................1346
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1346
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1346
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1346
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1347
P0488 EGR SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................1348
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1348
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1348
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1348
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1350
P0500 VSS.........................................................................................................................................1351
Description...................................................................................................................................1351
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1351
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1351
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1351
P0530 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR.................................................................................................................1352
Description...................................................................................................................................1352
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1352
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1352
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1352
P0560 BATTERY VOLTAGE.............................................................................................................................1354
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1354
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1354
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1354
P0571 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH...........................................................................................................................1357
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1357
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1357
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1357
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1358
P0575 ASCD STEERING SWITCH........................................................................................................................1360
Description...................................................................................................................................1360
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1360
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1360
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1360
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1361
P0606 ECM.........................................................................................................................................1363
Description...................................................................................................................................1363
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1363
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1363
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1363
P0641 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY.........................................................................................................................1365
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1365
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1365
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1365
P0651 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY.........................................................................................................................1367
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1367
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1367
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1367
P0685 ECM RELAY...................................................................................................................................1369
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1369
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1369
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1369
P0812 PNP SWITCH..................................................................................................................................1371
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1371
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1371
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1371
P0830 ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH..........................................................................................................................1372
Description...................................................................................................................................1372
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1372
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1372
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1372
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1373
P1089 FUEL PUMP...................................................................................................................................1374
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1374
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1374
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1374
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION..........................................................................................................1376
Description...................................................................................................................................1376
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1376
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1376
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1376
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1377
P2120 APP SENSOR..................................................................................................................................1379
Description...................................................................................................................................1379
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1379
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1379
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1379
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1380
P2226 BARO SENSOR.................................................................................................................................1381
Description...................................................................................................................................1381
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1381
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1381
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1381
P2263 TC SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................1382
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1382
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1382
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1382
P2299 ACCELERATOR/BRAKE PEDAL POSITION INCONSISTENCY..............................................................................................1384
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1384
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1384
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1384
P2413 EGR SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................1387
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1387
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1387
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1387
P2502 BATTERY VOLTAGE.............................................................................................................................1390
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1390
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1390
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1390
P2610 ENGINE SAFETY STOP..........................................................................................................................1391
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1391
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1391
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1391
ASCD INDICATOR....................................................................................................................................1393
Description...................................................................................................................................1393
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1393
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1393
COOLING FAN.......................................................................................................................................1394
Description...................................................................................................................................1394
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1394
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1394
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)......................................................................................................1396
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)......................................................................................................1396
STOP LAMP SWITCH..................................................................................................................................1397
Description...................................................................................................................................1397
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1397
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1397
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1398
ECU DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................1399
ECM...............................................................................................................................................1399
Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM -......................................................................................................1399
DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................1409
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................1412
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS....................................................................................................................1412
Symptom Table.................................................................................................................................1412
NOT COMMUNICATION WITH THE ECM....................................................................................................................1413
Description...................................................................................................................................1413
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1413
ENGINE DOES NOT START OR STARTS WITH DIFFICULTY...................................................................................................1414
Description...................................................................................................................................1414
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1414
STARTING DIFFICULT WITH COLD ENGINE...............................................................................................................1416
Description...................................................................................................................................1416
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1416
IMPOSSIBLE TO SHUT OFF ENGINE.....................................................................................................................1418
Description...................................................................................................................................1418
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1418
ENGINE IDLE SPEED TOO HIGH........................................................................................................................1419
Description...................................................................................................................................1419
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1419
ENGINE IDLE SPEED TOO LOW OR UNSTABLE.............................................................................................................1420
Description...................................................................................................................................1420
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1420
ENGINE STALLING...................................................................................................................................1422
Description...................................................................................................................................1422
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1422
NO OR VERY LITTLE ACCELERATION, INCREASE IN ENGINE SPEED..........................................................................................1424
Description...................................................................................................................................1424
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1424
ENGINE BUCKING....................................................................................................................................1427
Description...................................................................................................................................1427
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1427
ERRATIC ACCELERATION..............................................................................................................................1429
Description...................................................................................................................................1429
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1429
NO ENGINE BRAKING.................................................................................................................................1431
Description...................................................................................................................................1431
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1431
LOSS OF POWER.....................................................................................................................................1432
Description...................................................................................................................................1432
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1432
TOO MUCH POWER....................................................................................................................................1435
Description...................................................................................................................................1435
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1435
OVERSPEED AT IDLE SPEED OR ON RELEASING BRAKE.....................................................................................................1437
Description...................................................................................................................................1437
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1437
EXCESSIVE CONSUMPTION.............................................................................................................................1438
Description...................................................................................................................................1438
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1438
ENGINE KNOCK......................................................................................................................................1440
Description...................................................................................................................................1440
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1440
ENGINE OVERHEATING................................................................................................................................1442
Description...................................................................................................................................1442
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1442
ENGINE SMOKES WHEN STARTED........................................................................................................................1443
Description...................................................................................................................................1443
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1443
ENGINE EMITS BLUE SMOKE...........................................................................................................................1444
Description...................................................................................................................................1444
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1444
ENGINE SMOKES WHEN REVVED.........................................................................................................................1446
Description...................................................................................................................................1446
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1446
ENGINE EMITS WHITE SMOKE (ESPECIALLY WHEN STARTING)...............................................................................................1447
Description...................................................................................................................................1447
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1447
EMISSION CONTROL NOT SATISFACTORY.................................................................................................................1448
Description...................................................................................................................................1448
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1448
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................1450
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................1450
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................1450
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................1450
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine....................................................................................................1450
General Precautions...........................................................................................................................1451
ENGINE RUNNING............................................................................................................................1453
FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR.................................................................................................................1453
FUEL INJECTOR.............................................................................................................................1453
Cleanliness...................................................................................................................................1453
Cleanliness...............................................................................................................................1453
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH CONTAMINATION...................................................................................................1453
INSTRUCTIONS TO BE FOLLOWED BEFORE CARRYING OUT ANY WORK..............................................................................1453
INSTRUCTIONS TO BE FOLLOWED WHEN CARRYING OUT ANY WORK................................................................................1454
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................1455
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................1455
Idle Speed....................................................................................................................................1455
05C-Engine Control System (MR20DE).pdf............................................................................................................................1456
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (MR20DE)................................................................................................................................1456
MR20DE (WITH EURO-OBD)....................................................................................................................................1465
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................1465
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................1465
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................1465
OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................1465
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................1465
Diagnostic Work Sheet.........................................................................................................................1467
DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................1467
WORKSHEET SAMPLE..........................................................................................................................1468
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.........................................................................................................................1469
BASIC INSPECTION..............................................................................................................................1469
BASIC INSPECTIONSpecial Repair Requirement................................................................................................1469
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................1472
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITDescription.................................................................................1472
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITSpecial Repair Requirement..................................................................1472
IDLE SPEED....................................................................................................................................1473
IDLE SPEEDDescription.....................................................................................................................1473
IDLE SPEEDSpecial Repair Requirement......................................................................................................1473
IGNITION TIMING...............................................................................................................................1473
IGNITION TIMINGDescription................................................................................................................1473
IGNITION TIMINGSpecial Repair Requirement.................................................................................................1473
VIN REGISTRATION..............................................................................................................................1473
VIN REGISTRATIONDescription...............................................................................................................1473
VIN REGISTRATIONSpecial Repair Requirement................................................................................................1473
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING..................................................................................................1474
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNINGDescription...................................................................................1474
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNINGSpecial Repair Requirement....................................................................1474
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING.......................................................................................................1474
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNINGDescription........................................................................................1474
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNINGSpecial Repair Requirement.........................................................................1474
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING......................................................................................................................1474
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNINGDescription.......................................................................................................1474
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNINGSpecial Repair Requirement........................................................................................1474
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR.......................................................................................................1476
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEARDescription........................................................................................1476
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEARSpecial Repair Requirement.........................................................................1476
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................1477
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................1477
System Diagram................................................................................................................................1477
System Description............................................................................................................................1478
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................1478
Component Description.........................................................................................................................1482
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM...................................................................................................................1484
System Diagram................................................................................................................................1484
System Description............................................................................................................................1484
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.................................................................................................................1484
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................1485
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION.....................................................................................1485
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)......................................................................................1485
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL.......................................................................................................1485
FUEL INJECTION TIMING.....................................................................................................................1486
FUEL SHUT-OFF.............................................................................................................................1486
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................1486
Component Description.........................................................................................................................1491
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................1492
System Diagram................................................................................................................................1492
System Description............................................................................................................................1492
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.................................................................................................................1492
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................1492
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................1493
Component Description.........................................................................................................................1497
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL......................................................................................................................1498
System Diagram................................................................................................................................1498
System Description............................................................................................................................1498
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.................................................................................................................1498
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................1498
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................1499
Component Description.........................................................................................................................1503
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD).............................................................................................................1504
System Diagram................................................................................................................................1504
System Description............................................................................................................................1504
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.................................................................................................................1504
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................1504
SET OPERATION.............................................................................................................................1504
ACCELERATE OPERATION......................................................................................................................1504
CANCEL OPERATION..........................................................................................................................1504
COAST OPERATION...........................................................................................................................1505
RESUME OPERATION..........................................................................................................................1505
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................1506
Component Description.........................................................................................................................1510
CAN COMMUNICATION.................................................................................................................................1511
System Description............................................................................................................................1511
COOLING FAN CONTROL...............................................................................................................................1512
System Diagram................................................................................................................................1512
System Description............................................................................................................................1512
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.................................................................................................................1512
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................1512
Cooling Fan Operation.................................................................................................................1513
Cooling Fan Relay Operation...........................................................................................................1513
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................1514
Component Description.........................................................................................................................1518
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................1519
System Diagram................................................................................................................................1519
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING.........................................................................................................1519
System Description............................................................................................................................1520
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.................................................................................................................1520
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................1521
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................1522
Component Description.........................................................................................................................1526
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL.......................................................................................................................1527
System Diagram................................................................................................................................1527
System Description............................................................................................................................1527
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.................................................................................................................1527
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................1527
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................1528
Component Description.........................................................................................................................1532
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM..................................................................................................................1533
Diagnosis Description.........................................................................................................................1533
INTRODUCTION..............................................................................................................................1533
TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC..................................................................................................................1533
DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATA.................................................................................................................1533
DTC and 1st Trip DTC..................................................................................................................1533
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data......................................................................................1534
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC......................................................................................................1534
How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC.....................................................................................................1535
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE..........................................................................................................1535
SRT Item..............................................................................................................................1536
SRT Set Timing........................................................................................................................1536
SRT Service Procedure.................................................................................................................1537
How to Display SRT Code...............................................................................................................1538
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR (MI)................................................................................................................1538
Description...........................................................................................................................1538
On Board Diagnostic System Function...................................................................................................1539
Diagnostic Test Mode I - Bulb Check...................................................................................................1539
Diagnostic Test Mode I - Malfunction Warning..........................................................................................1539
Diagnostic Test Mode II - Self-diagnostic Results.....................................................................................1539
Diagnostic Test Mode II - Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Monitor..............................................................................1540
How to Switch Diagnostic Test Mode....................................................................................................1541
OBD System Operation Chart................................................................................................................1541
Relationship Between MI, 1st Trip DTC, DTC and Detectable Items.......................................................................1541
Summary Chart.........................................................................................................................1542
......................................................................................................................................1542
......................................................................................................................................1543
......................................................................................................................................1544
......................................................................................................................................1546
CONSULT-III Function..........................................................................................................................1546
FUNCTION..................................................................................................................................1546
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION................................................................................1547
WORK SUPPORT MODE.........................................................................................................................1548
Work Item.............................................................................................................................1548
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE....................................................................................................................1548
Self Diagnostic Item..................................................................................................................1548
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data......................................................................................1548
DATA MONITOR MODE.........................................................................................................................1549
Monitored Item........................................................................................................................1549
ACTIVE TEST MODE..........................................................................................................................1552
Test Item.............................................................................................................................1552
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE...............................................................................................................1552
SRT STATUS Mode.......................................................................................................................1552
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode.................................................................................................................1552
DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode.................................................................................................................1552
Diagnosis Tool Function.......................................................................................................................1553
DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................1553
FUNCTION..................................................................................................................................1553
INSPECTION PROCEDURE......................................................................................................................1553
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................1555
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE...........................................................................................................1555
Description...................................................................................................................................1555
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1555
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1556
OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................1556
DETAILED PROCEDURE........................................................................................................................1557
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................1563
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1563
U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................1567
Description...................................................................................................................................1567
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1567
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1567
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1567
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1567
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)..........................................................................................................................1568
Description...................................................................................................................................1568
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1568
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1568
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1568
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1568
P0011 IVT CONTROL.................................................................................................................................1569
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1569
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1569
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1569
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1570
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1571
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR...........................................................................................................................1573
Description...................................................................................................................................1573
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1573
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1573
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1573
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1574
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1575
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR...........................................................................................................................1578
Description...................................................................................................................................1578
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1578
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1578
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1578
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1579
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1580
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR...........................................................................................................................1581
Description...................................................................................................................................1581
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1581
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1581
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1581
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1582
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1582
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR............................................................................................................................1584
Description...................................................................................................................................1584
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1584
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1584
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1584
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1584
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1586
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1586
P0132 HO2S1.......................................................................................................................................1587
Description...................................................................................................................................1587
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1587
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1587
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1587
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1588
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1589
P0133 HO2S1.......................................................................................................................................1591
Description...................................................................................................................................1591
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1591
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1591
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1591
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1592
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1594
P0134 HO2S1.......................................................................................................................................1597
Description...................................................................................................................................1597
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1597
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1597
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1597
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1598
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1599
P0135 HO2S1 HEATER................................................................................................................................1602
Description...................................................................................................................................1602
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................1602
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1602
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1602
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1602
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1602
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1603
P0138 HO2S2.......................................................................................................................................1605
Description...................................................................................................................................1605
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1605
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1605
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1605
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1606
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1607
P0139 HO2S2.......................................................................................................................................1609
Description...................................................................................................................................1609
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1609
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1609
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1609
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1611
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1612
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1613
P0141 HO2S2 HEATER................................................................................................................................1615
Description...................................................................................................................................1615
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................1615
OPERATION.................................................................................................................................1615
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1615
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1615
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1615
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1615
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1617
P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION..............................................................................................................1618
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1618
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1618
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1618
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1619
P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION..............................................................................................................1622
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1622
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1622
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1622
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1623
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR............................................................................................................................1626
Description...................................................................................................................................1626
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1626
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1626
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1626
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1626
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1628
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1628
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE.........................................................................................................1629
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1629
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1629
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1629
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1630
P0327, P0328 KS...................................................................................................................................1634
Description...................................................................................................................................1634
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1634
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1634
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1634
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1634
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1635
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)............................................................................................................................1636
Description...................................................................................................................................1636
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1636
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1636
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1636
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1637
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1639
P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)..........................................................................................................................1640
Description...................................................................................................................................1640
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1640
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1640
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1640
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1641
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1642
P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION.................................................................................................................1644
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1644
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1644
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1644
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1645
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1646
P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE...........................................................................................1649
Description...................................................................................................................................1649
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1649
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1649
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1649
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1649
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1650
P0500 VSS.........................................................................................................................................1652
Description...................................................................................................................................1652
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1652
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1652
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1652
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1653
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1653
P0605 ECM.........................................................................................................................................1654
Description...................................................................................................................................1654
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1654
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1654
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1654
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1655
P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE..................................................................................................................1656
Description...................................................................................................................................1656
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1656
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1656
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1656
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1656
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1657
P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR..........................................................................................................1659
Description...................................................................................................................................1659
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1659
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1659
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1659
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1659
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1660
P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION..........................................................................................................1661
Description...................................................................................................................................1661
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1661
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1661
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1661
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1661
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1664
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1664
P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY.........................................................................................................1665
Description...................................................................................................................................1665
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1665
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1665
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1665
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1665
P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR......................................................................................................................1668
Description...................................................................................................................................1668
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1668
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1668
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1668
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1668
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1669
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1669
P1143 HO2S1.......................................................................................................................................1670
Description...................................................................................................................................1670
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1670
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1670
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1670
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1671
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1672
P1144 HO2S1.......................................................................................................................................1675
Description...................................................................................................................................1675
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1675
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1675
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1675
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1676
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1677
P1146 HO2S2.......................................................................................................................................1680
Description...................................................................................................................................1680
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1680
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1680
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1680
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1682
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1683
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1684
P1147 HO2S2.......................................................................................................................................1687
Description...................................................................................................................................1687
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1687
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1687
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1687
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1689
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1690
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1691
P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................................1694
Description...................................................................................................................................1694
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1694
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1694
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1694
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1694
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE......................................................................................................................1695
Description...................................................................................................................................1695
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1695
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1695
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1695
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1695
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE.....................................................................................................................1696
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1696
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1696
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1696
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1696
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1697
P1225 TP SENSOR...................................................................................................................................1700
Description...................................................................................................................................1700
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1700
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1700
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1700
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1700
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1701
P1226 TP SENSOR...................................................................................................................................1702
Description...................................................................................................................................1702
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1702
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1702
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1702
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1702
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1703
P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY.........................................................................................................................1704
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1704
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1704
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1704
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1704
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH........................................................................................................................1706
Description...................................................................................................................................1706
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1706
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1706
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1706
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1706
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1708
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH...........................................................................................................................1709
Description...................................................................................................................................1709
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1709
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1709
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1709
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1710
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)......................................................................................................1714
Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch).....................................................................................................1715
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch).......................................................................................................1715
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR...................................................................................................................1716
Description...................................................................................................................................1716
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1716
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1716
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1716
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1716
P1706 PNP SWITCH..................................................................................................................................1718
Description...................................................................................................................................1718
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1718
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1718
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1718
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1719
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1719
P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR)...................................................................................................1721
Description...................................................................................................................................1721
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1721
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1721
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1721
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1721
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH................................................................................................................................1722
Description...................................................................................................................................1722
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1722
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1722
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1722
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1722
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch).......................................................................................................1723
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR...........................................................................................................................1725
Description...................................................................................................................................1725
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1725
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1725
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1725
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1725
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1727
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1727
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR...........................................................................................................................1728
Description...................................................................................................................................1728
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1728
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1728
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1728
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1728
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1730
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1731
P2135 TP SENSOR...................................................................................................................................1732
Description...................................................................................................................................1732
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1732
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1732
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1732
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1732
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1734
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1734
P2138 APP SENSOR..................................................................................................................................1735
Description...................................................................................................................................1735
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1735
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1735
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1735
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1735
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1737
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1738
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH.................................................................................................................................1739
Description...................................................................................................................................1739
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1739
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1739
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)......................................................................................................1741
Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch).....................................................................................................1742
ASCD INDICATOR....................................................................................................................................1743
Description...................................................................................................................................1743
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1743
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1743
COOLING FAN.......................................................................................................................................1744
Description...................................................................................................................................1744
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1744
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1744
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)......................................................................................................1746
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)......................................................................................................1746
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL............................................................................................................................1747
Description...................................................................................................................................1747
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1747
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1747
FUEL INJECTOR.....................................................................................................................................1749
Description...................................................................................................................................1749
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1749
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1749
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1750
FUEL PUMP.........................................................................................................................................1752
Description...................................................................................................................................1752
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1752
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1752
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump)..............................................................................................................1754
IGNITION SIGNAL...................................................................................................................................1755
Description...................................................................................................................................1755
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1755
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1755
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)....................................................................................1758
Component Inspection (Condenser)..............................................................................................................1758
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR.............................................................................................................................1760
Description...................................................................................................................................1760
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1760
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1760
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION....................................................................................................................1761
Description...................................................................................................................................1761
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1761
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR.......................................................................................................................1762
Description...................................................................................................................................1762
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1762
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1762
ECU DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................1764
ECM...............................................................................................................................................1764
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................1764
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................1764
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................1767
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................1767
Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM -......................................................................................................1775
Fail Safe.....................................................................................................................................1785
NON DTC RELATED ITEM......................................................................................................................1785
DTC RELATED ITEM..........................................................................................................................1786
DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................1787
DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................1788
How to Set SRT Code...........................................................................................................................1790
DRIVING PATTERN...........................................................................................................................1791
Test Value and Test Limit.....................................................................................................................1792
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................1793
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................1793
Symptom Table.................................................................................................................................1793
SYSTEM - BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM......................................................................................................1793
SYSTEM - ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER........................................................................................................1794
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION........................................................................................................................1797
Description...................................................................................................................................1797
FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED).......................................................................................1797
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................1798
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................1798
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................1798
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................1798
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and CVT............................................................................................1798
General Precautions...........................................................................................................................1799
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................1802
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................1802
Special Service Tools.........................................................................................................................1802
Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................1803
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................1804
FUEL PRESSURE.....................................................................................................................................1804
Inspection....................................................................................................................................1804
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE.....................................................................................................................1804
......................................................................................................................................1804
......................................................................................................................................1804
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK.......................................................................................................................1804
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................1806
Inspection....................................................................................................................................1806
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................1807
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................1807
Idle Speed....................................................................................................................................1807
Ignition Timing...............................................................................................................................1807
Calculated Load Value.........................................................................................................................1807
Mass Air Flow Sensor..........................................................................................................................1807
MR20DE (WITHOUT EURO-OBD).................................................................................................................................1808
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................1808
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................1808
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................1808
OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................1808
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................1808
Diagnostic Work Sheet.........................................................................................................................1810
DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................1810
WORKSHEET SAMPLE..........................................................................................................................1811
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.........................................................................................................................1812
BASIC INSPECTION..............................................................................................................................1812
BASIC INSPECTIONSpecial Repair Requirement................................................................................................1812
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................1815
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITDescription.................................................................................1815
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITSpecial Repair Requirement..................................................................1815
IDLE SPEED....................................................................................................................................1816
IDLE SPEEDDescription.....................................................................................................................1816
IDLE SPEEDSpecial Repair Requirement......................................................................................................1816
IGNITION TIMING...............................................................................................................................1816
IGNITION TIMINGDescription................................................................................................................1816
IGNITION TIMINGSpecial Repair Requirement.................................................................................................1816
VIN REGISTRATION..............................................................................................................................1816
VIN REGISTRATIONDescription...............................................................................................................1816
VIN REGISTRATIONSpecial Repair Requirement................................................................................................1816
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING..................................................................................................1817
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNINGDescription...................................................................................1817
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNINGSpecial Repair Requirement....................................................................1817
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING.......................................................................................................1817
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNINGDescription........................................................................................1817
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNINGSpecial Repair Requirement.........................................................................1817
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING......................................................................................................................1817
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNINGDescription.......................................................................................................1817
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNINGSpecial Repair Requirement........................................................................................1817
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR.......................................................................................................1819
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEARDescription........................................................................................1819
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEARSpecial Repair Requirement.........................................................................1819
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................1820
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................1820
System Diagram................................................................................................................................1820
System Description............................................................................................................................1821
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................1821
Component Description.........................................................................................................................1825
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM...................................................................................................................1827
System Diagram................................................................................................................................1827
System Description............................................................................................................................1827
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.................................................................................................................1827
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................1828
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION.....................................................................................1828
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)......................................................................................1828
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL.......................................................................................................1828
FUEL INJECTION TIMING.....................................................................................................................1829
FUEL SHUT-OFF.............................................................................................................................1829
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................1829
Component Description.........................................................................................................................1834
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................1835
System Diagram................................................................................................................................1835
System Description............................................................................................................................1835
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.................................................................................................................1835
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................1835
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................1836
Component Description.........................................................................................................................1840
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL......................................................................................................................1841
System Diagram................................................................................................................................1841
System Description............................................................................................................................1841
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.................................................................................................................1841
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................1841
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................1842
Component Description.........................................................................................................................1846
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD).............................................................................................................1847
System Diagram................................................................................................................................1847
System Description............................................................................................................................1847
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.................................................................................................................1847
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................1847
SET OPERATION.............................................................................................................................1847
ACCELERATE OPERATION......................................................................................................................1847
CANCEL OPERATION..........................................................................................................................1847
COAST OPERATION...........................................................................................................................1848
RESUME OPERATION..........................................................................................................................1848
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................1849
Component Description.........................................................................................................................1853
CAN COMMUNICATION.................................................................................................................................1854
System Description............................................................................................................................1854
COOLING FAN CONTROL...............................................................................................................................1855
System Diagram................................................................................................................................1855
System Description............................................................................................................................1855
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.................................................................................................................1855
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................1855
Cooling Fan Operation.................................................................................................................1856
Cooling Fan Relay Operation...........................................................................................................1856
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................1857
Component Description.........................................................................................................................1861
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................1862
System Diagram................................................................................................................................1862
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING.........................................................................................................1862
System Description............................................................................................................................1863
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.................................................................................................................1863
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................1864
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................1865
Component Description.........................................................................................................................1869
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL.......................................................................................................................1870
System Diagram................................................................................................................................1870
System Description............................................................................................................................1870
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.................................................................................................................1870
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................1870
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................1871
Component Description.........................................................................................................................1875
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM..................................................................................................................1876
Diagnosis Description.........................................................................................................................1876
INTRODUCTION..............................................................................................................................1876
TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC..................................................................................................................1876
DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATA.................................................................................................................1876
DTC and 1st Trip DTC..................................................................................................................1876
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data......................................................................................1876
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC......................................................................................................1877
How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC.....................................................................................................1877
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR (MI)................................................................................................................1877
Description...........................................................................................................................1877
On Board Diagnostic System Function...................................................................................................1878
Diagnostic Test Mode I - Bulb Check...................................................................................................1878
Diagnostic Test Mode I - Malfunction Warning..........................................................................................1878
Diagnostic Test Mode II - Self-diagnostic Results.....................................................................................1878
Diagnostic Test Mode II - Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Monitor..............................................................................1879
How to Switch Diagnostic Test Mode....................................................................................................1880
CONSULT-III Function..........................................................................................................................1880
FUNCTION..................................................................................................................................1880
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION................................................................................1881
WORK SUPPORT MODE.........................................................................................................................1882
Work Item.............................................................................................................................1882
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE....................................................................................................................1882
Self Diagnostic Item..................................................................................................................1882
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data......................................................................................1882
DATA MONITOR MODE.........................................................................................................................1883
Monitored Item........................................................................................................................1883
ACTIVE TEST MODE..........................................................................................................................1886
Test Item.............................................................................................................................1886
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................1887
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE...........................................................................................................1887
Description...................................................................................................................................1887
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1887
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1888
OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................1888
DETAILED PROCEDURE........................................................................................................................1889
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................1895
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1895
U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................1899
Description...................................................................................................................................1899
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1899
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1899
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1899
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1899
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)..........................................................................................................................1900
Description...................................................................................................................................1900
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1900
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1900
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1900
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1900
P0011 IVT CONTROL.................................................................................................................................1901
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1901
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1901
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1901
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1902
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1903
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR...........................................................................................................................1905
Description...................................................................................................................................1905
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1905
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1905
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1905
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1906
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1907
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR...........................................................................................................................1910
Description...................................................................................................................................1910
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1910
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1910
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1910
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1911
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1911
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR............................................................................................................................1913
Description...................................................................................................................................1913
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1913
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1913
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1913
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1913
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1915
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1915
P0132 HO2S1.......................................................................................................................................1916
Description...................................................................................................................................1916
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1916
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1916
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1916
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1917
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1918
P0134 HO2S1.......................................................................................................................................1920
Description...................................................................................................................................1920
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1920
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1920
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1920
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1921
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1922
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR............................................................................................................................1924
Description...................................................................................................................................1924
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1924
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1924
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1924
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1924
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1926
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1926
P0327, P0328 KS...................................................................................................................................1927
Description...................................................................................................................................1927
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1927
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1927
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1927
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1927
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1928
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)............................................................................................................................1929
Description...................................................................................................................................1929
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1929
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1929
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1929
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1930
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1932
P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)..........................................................................................................................1933
Description...................................................................................................................................1933
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1933
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1933
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1933
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1934
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1935
P0605 ECM.........................................................................................................................................1937
Description...................................................................................................................................1937
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1937
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1937
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1937
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1938
P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE..................................................................................................................1939
Description...................................................................................................................................1939
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1939
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1939
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1939
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1939
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1940
P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR..........................................................................................................1942
Description...................................................................................................................................1942
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1942
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1942
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1942
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1942
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1943
P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION..........................................................................................................1944
Description...................................................................................................................................1944
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1944
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1944
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1944
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1944
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1947
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1947
P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY.........................................................................................................1948
Description...................................................................................................................................1948
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1948
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1948
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1948
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1948
P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR......................................................................................................................1951
Description...................................................................................................................................1951
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1951
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1951
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1951
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1951
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1952
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1952
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE......................................................................................................................1953
Description...................................................................................................................................1953
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1953
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1953
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1953
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1953
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE.....................................................................................................................1954
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1954
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1954
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1954
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1954
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1955
P1225 TP SENSOR...................................................................................................................................1958
Description...................................................................................................................................1958
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1958
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1958
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1958
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1958
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1959
P1226 TP SENSOR...................................................................................................................................1960
Description...................................................................................................................................1960
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1960
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1960
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1960
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1960
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1961
P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY.........................................................................................................................1962
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1962
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1962
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1962
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1962
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH........................................................................................................................1964
Description...................................................................................................................................1964
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1964
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1964
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1964
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1964
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1966
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH...........................................................................................................................1967
Description...................................................................................................................................1967
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1967
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1967
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1967
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1968
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1969
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)......................................................................................................1973
Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch).....................................................................................................1973
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch).......................................................................................................1974
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR...................................................................................................................1975
Description...................................................................................................................................1975
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1975
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1975
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1975
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1975
P1706 PNP SWITCH..................................................................................................................................1977
Description...................................................................................................................................1977
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1977
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1977
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1977
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1978
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1978
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH................................................................................................................................1980
Description...................................................................................................................................1980
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1980
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1980
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1980
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1980
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch).......................................................................................................1981
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR...........................................................................................................................1983
Description...................................................................................................................................1983
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1983
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1983
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1983
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1983
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1985
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1985
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR...........................................................................................................................1986
Description...................................................................................................................................1986
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1986
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1986
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1986
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1986
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1988
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1989
P2135 TP SENSOR...................................................................................................................................1990
Description...................................................................................................................................1990
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1990
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1990
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1990
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1990
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1992
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1992
P2138 APP SENSOR..................................................................................................................................1993
Description...................................................................................................................................1993
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................1993
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................1993
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................1993
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1993
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................1995
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................1996
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH.................................................................................................................................1997
Description...................................................................................................................................1997
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................1997
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................1997
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)......................................................................................................1999
Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch).....................................................................................................2000
ASCD INDICATOR....................................................................................................................................2001
Description...................................................................................................................................2001
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................2001
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2001
COOLING FAN.......................................................................................................................................2002
Description...................................................................................................................................2002
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................2002
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2002
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)......................................................................................................2004
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)......................................................................................................2004
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL............................................................................................................................2005
Description...................................................................................................................................2005
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................2005
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2005
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.................................................................................................2007
Description...................................................................................................................................2007
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................2007
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2007
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2009
FUEL INJECTOR.....................................................................................................................................2010
Description...................................................................................................................................2010
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................2010
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2010
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2011
FUEL PUMP.........................................................................................................................................2013
Description...................................................................................................................................2013
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................2013
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2013
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump)..............................................................................................................2015
HO2S1.............................................................................................................................................2016
Description...................................................................................................................................2016
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................2016
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2017
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2019
HO2S1 HEATER......................................................................................................................................2021
Description...................................................................................................................................2021
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................2021
OPERATION.................................................................................................................................2021
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................2021
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2021
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2023
HO2S2.............................................................................................................................................2024
Description...................................................................................................................................2024
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................2024
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2025
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2026
HO2S2 HEATER......................................................................................................................................2028
Description...................................................................................................................................2028
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................2028
OPERATION.................................................................................................................................2028
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................2028
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2028
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2030
IAT SENSOR........................................................................................................................................2031
Description...................................................................................................................................2031
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................2031
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2031
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2032
IGNITION SIGNAL...................................................................................................................................2033
Description...................................................................................................................................2033
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................2033
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2033
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)....................................................................................2036
Component Inspection (Condenser)..............................................................................................................2036
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR.............................................................................................................................2038
Description...................................................................................................................................2038
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................2038
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2038
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION....................................................................................................................2039
Description...................................................................................................................................2039
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2039
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR.......................................................................................................................2040
Description...................................................................................................................................2040
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................2040
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2040
VSS...............................................................................................................................................2042
Description...................................................................................................................................2042
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2042
ECU DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................2043
ECM...............................................................................................................................................2043
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................2043
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................2043
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................2046
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................2046
Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM -......................................................................................................2054
Fail Safe.....................................................................................................................................2064
NON DTC RELATED ITEM......................................................................................................................2064
DTC RELATED ITEM..........................................................................................................................2065
DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................2066
DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................2066
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................2068
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................2068
Symptom Table.................................................................................................................................2068
SYSTEM - BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM......................................................................................................2068
SYSTEM - ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER........................................................................................................2069
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION........................................................................................................................2072
Description...................................................................................................................................2072
FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED).......................................................................................2072
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................2073
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................2073
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................2073
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................2073
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and CVT............................................................................................2073
General Precautions...........................................................................................................................2074
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................2077
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................2077
Special Service Tools.........................................................................................................................2077
Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................2078
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................2079
FUEL PRESSURE.....................................................................................................................................2079
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2079
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE.....................................................................................................................2079
......................................................................................................................................2079
......................................................................................................................................2079
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK.......................................................................................................................2079
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................2081
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2081
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................2082
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................2082
Idle Speed....................................................................................................................................2082
Ignition Timing...............................................................................................................................2082
Mass Air Flow Sensor..........................................................................................................................2082
05D-Engine Control System (M9R).pdf...............................................................................................................................2083
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (M9R)...................................................................................................................................2083
M9R.......................................................................................................................................................2089
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................2089
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................2089
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................2089
OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................2089
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................2089
Diagnostic Work Sheet.........................................................................................................................2091
DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................2091
WORKSHEET SAMPLE..........................................................................................................................2092
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.........................................................................................................................2093
BASIC INSPECTION..............................................................................................................................2093
BASIC INSPECTIONSpecial Repair Requirement................................................................................................2093
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................2094
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITDescription.................................................................................2094
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITSpecial Repair Requirement..................................................................2094
IDLE SPEED....................................................................................................................................2095
IDLE SPEEDDescription.....................................................................................................................2095
IDLE SPEEDSpecial Repair Requirement......................................................................................................2095
ZFC VALUE RESET...............................................................................................................................2095
ZFC VALUE RESETDescription................................................................................................................2095
ZFC VALUE RESETSpecial Repair Requirement.................................................................................................2096
INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION........................................................................................................2096
INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATIONDescription.........................................................................................2096
INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATIONSpecial Repair Requirement..........................................................................2096
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING VALUE CLEAR.................................................................................2097
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING VALUE CLEAR Description.................................................................2097
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING VALUE CLEAR Special Repair Requirement..................................................2097
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING.............................................................................................2097
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNINGDescription..............................................................................2097
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNINGSpecial Repair Requirement...............................................................2097
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING VALUE CLEAR...........................................................................................2098
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING VALUE CLEARDescription............................................................................2098
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING VALUE CLEARSpecial Repair Requirement.............................................................2098
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING.......................................................................................................2098
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNINGDescription........................................................................................2098
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNINGSpecial Repair Requirement.........................................................................2098
SERVICE REGENERATION..........................................................................................................................2098
SERVICE REGENERATIONDescription...........................................................................................................2098
SERVICE REGENERATIONSpecial Repair Requirement............................................................................................2099
DPF DATA CLEAR................................................................................................................................2099
DPF DATA CLEARDescription.................................................................................................................2099
DPF DATA CLEARSpecial Repair Requirement..................................................................................................2099
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR LEARNING VALUE CLEAR....................................................................................................2099
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR LEARNING VALUE CLEARDescription.....................................................................................2099
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR LEARNING VALUE CLEARSpecial Repair Requirement......................................................................2100
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................2101
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................2101
System Diagram................................................................................................................................2101
System Description............................................................................................................................2102
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................2102
Component Description.........................................................................................................................2106
FUEL INJECTION CONTROL............................................................................................................................2107
System Description............................................................................................................................2107
FUEL INJECTION CONTROL....................................................................................................................2107
System Diagram........................................................................................................................2107
System Description....................................................................................................................2107
START CONTROL.............................................................................................................................2108
System Diagram........................................................................................................................2108
System Description....................................................................................................................2108
IDLE CONTROL..............................................................................................................................2108
System Diagram........................................................................................................................2109
System Description....................................................................................................................2109
NORMAL CONTROL............................................................................................................................2109
System Diagram........................................................................................................................2110
System Description....................................................................................................................2110
MAXIMUM AMOUNT CONTROL....................................................................................................................2110
System Diagram........................................................................................................................2110
System Description....................................................................................................................2110
FUELCUT CONTROL...........................................................................................................................2111
System Diagram........................................................................................................................2111
System Description....................................................................................................................2111
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................2112
Component Description.........................................................................................................................2116
FUEL INJECTION TIMING CONTROL SYSTEM..............................................................................................................2117
System Diagram................................................................................................................................2117
System Description............................................................................................................................2117
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.................................................................................................................2117
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................2117
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................2118
Component Description.........................................................................................................................2122
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD).............................................................................................................2123
System Diagram................................................................................................................................2123
System Description............................................................................................................................2123
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.................................................................................................................2123
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................2123
SET OPERATION.............................................................................................................................2123
ACCELERATE OPERATION......................................................................................................................2123
CANCEL OPERATION..........................................................................................................................2123
COAST OPERATION...........................................................................................................................2124
RESUME OPERATION..........................................................................................................................2124
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................2125
Component Description.........................................................................................................................2129
CAN COMMUNICATION.................................................................................................................................2130
System Description............................................................................................................................2130
COOLING FAN CONTROL...............................................................................................................................2131
System Diagram................................................................................................................................2131
System Description............................................................................................................................2131
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.................................................................................................................2131
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................2131
Cooling Fan Operation.................................................................................................................2132
Cooling Fan Relay Operation...........................................................................................................2132
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................2133
Component Description.........................................................................................................................2137
DPF...............................................................................................................................................2138
System Diagram................................................................................................................................2138
System Description............................................................................................................................2139
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.....................................................................................................................2139
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................2139
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................2141
Component Description.........................................................................................................................2145
EGR SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................2146
System Description............................................................................................................................2146
EGR VALVE CONTROL.........................................................................................................................2146
System Diagram........................................................................................................................2146
System Description....................................................................................................................2146
EGR COOLER BYPASS CONTROL.................................................................................................................2147
System Diagram........................................................................................................................2147
System Description....................................................................................................................2148
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................2148
Component Description.........................................................................................................................2152
ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL.............................................................................................................................2153
System Diagram................................................................................................................................2153
System Description............................................................................................................................2153
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.................................................................................................................2153
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................2153
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................2154
Component Description.........................................................................................................................2158
GLOW CONTROL......................................................................................................................................2159
System Diagram................................................................................................................................2159
System Description............................................................................................................................2159
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.................................................................................................................2159
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................2159
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................2160
Component Description.........................................................................................................................2164
IDLE SPEED CONTROL................................................................................................................................2165
System Diagram................................................................................................................................2165
System Description............................................................................................................................2165
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.................................................................................................................2165
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................2165
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................2166
Component Description.........................................................................................................................2170
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL .......................................................................................................................2171
System Description............................................................................................................................2171
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL................................................................................................................2171
System Diagram........................................................................................................................2171
System Description....................................................................................................................2172
TURBOCHARGER COOLING CONTROL..............................................................................................................2173
System Diagram........................................................................................................................2173
System Description....................................................................................................................2173
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................2174
Component Description.........................................................................................................................2178
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM..................................................................................................................2179
Diagnosis Description.........................................................................................................................2179
INTRODUCTION..............................................................................................................................2179
THREE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................2179
DTC AND 1ST/2ND TRIP DTC..................................................................................................................2179
How to Read DTC and 1st/2nd Trip DTC..................................................................................................2179
How to Erase DTC......................................................................................................................2179
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR (MI)................................................................................................................2180
Description...........................................................................................................................2180
On Board Diagnostic System Function...................................................................................................2180
Diagnostic Test Mode I - Bulb Check...................................................................................................2180
Diagnostic Test Mode I - Malfunction Warning..........................................................................................2180
OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART................................................................................................................2180
Relationship Between MI, 1st/2nd Trip DTC, DTC, and Detectable Items..................................................................2181
Summary Chart.........................................................................................................................2181
Relationship Between MI, DTC, 1st/ 2ndtrip DTC and Driving Patterns...................................................................2181
CONSULT-III Function..........................................................................................................................2183
FUNCTION..................................................................................................................................2183
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION................................................................................2183
WORK SUPPORT MODE.........................................................................................................................2184
Work Item.............................................................................................................................2184
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE......................................................................................................................2185
Self Diagnostic Item..................................................................................................................2185
DATA MONITOR MODE.........................................................................................................................2185
ACTIVE TEST MODE..........................................................................................................................2190
Diagnosis Tool Function.......................................................................................................................2190
DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................2190
FUNCTION..................................................................................................................................2191
INSPECTION PROCEDURE......................................................................................................................2191
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................2193
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................2193
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2193
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................2196
Description...................................................................................................................................2196
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2196
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2196
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2196
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2196
P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION.......................................................................................................................2197
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2197
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2197
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2197
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2197
P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.............................................................................................................2199
Description...................................................................................................................................2199
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2199
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2199
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2199
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2199
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2200
P0089 FUEL PUMP...................................................................................................................................2201
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2201
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2201
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2201
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2201
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2202
P0090 FUEL PUMP...................................................................................................................................2203
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2203
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2203
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2203
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2203
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2204
P0100 MAF SENSOR..................................................................................................................................2205
Description...................................................................................................................................2205
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2205
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2205
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2205
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2205
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2207
P0101 MAF SENSOR..................................................................................................................................2208
Description...................................................................................................................................2208
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2208
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2208
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2208
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2209
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2210
P0110 IAT SENSOR..................................................................................................................................2212
Description...................................................................................................................................2212
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2212
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2212
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2212
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2212
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2213
P0115 ECT SENSOR..................................................................................................................................2214
Description...................................................................................................................................2214
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2214
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2214
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2214
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2214
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2215
P0120 TP SENSOR...................................................................................................................................2216
Description...................................................................................................................................2216
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2216
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2216
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2216
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2216
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2217
P0130 A/F SENSOR 1................................................................................................................................2219
Description...................................................................................................................................2219
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2219
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2219
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2219
P0131 A/F SENSOR 1................................................................................................................................2221
Description...................................................................................................................................2221
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2221
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2221
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2221
P0133 A/F SENSOR 1................................................................................................................................2223
Description...................................................................................................................................2223
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2223
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2223
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2223
P0134 A/F SENSOR 1................................................................................................................................2225
Description...................................................................................................................................2225
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2225
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2225
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2225
P0135 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER.........................................................................................................................2227
Description...................................................................................................................................2227
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................2227
OPERATION.................................................................................................................................2227
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2227
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2227
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2227
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2227
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2229
P0180 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR.....................................................................................................................2230
Description...................................................................................................................................2230
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2230
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2230
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2230
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2230
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2231
P0190 FRP SENSOR..................................................................................................................................2232
Description...................................................................................................................................2232
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2232
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2232
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2232
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2232
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2233
P0200 FUEL INJECTOR...............................................................................................................................2235
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2235
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2235
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2235
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2235
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 FUEL INJECTOR..........................................................................................................2237
Description...................................................................................................................................2237
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2237
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2237
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2237
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2237
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2238
P0225 APP SENSOR..................................................................................................................................2240
Description...................................................................................................................................2240
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2240
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2240
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2240
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2240
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2242
P0235 TC BOOST SENSOR.............................................................................................................................2243
Description...................................................................................................................................2243
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2243
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2243
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2243
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2243
P0263, P0266, P0269, P0272 FUEL INJECTOR..........................................................................................................2245
Description...................................................................................................................................2245
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2245
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2245
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2245
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2245
P0297 SERVICE REGENERATION........................................................................................................................2246
Description...................................................................................................................................2246
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2246
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2246
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2246
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE.........................................................................................................2247
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2247
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2247
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2247
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2247
P0335 CKP SENSOR..................................................................................................................................2249
Description...................................................................................................................................2249
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2249
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2249
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2249
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2249
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2250
P0340 CMP SENSOR..................................................................................................................................2251
Description...................................................................................................................................2251
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2251
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2251
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2251
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2251
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2253
P0380 GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................2254
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2254
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2254
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2254
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2254
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2256
P0409 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR............................................................................................2257
Description...................................................................................................................................2257
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2257
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2257
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2257
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2257
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2258
P0470 EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR.................................................................................................................2260
Description...................................................................................................................................2260
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2260
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2260
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2260
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2260
P0487 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE....................................................................................................................2262
Description...................................................................................................................................2262
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2262
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2262
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2262
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2262
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2263
P0488 EGR SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................2264
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2264
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2264
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2264
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2264
P0500 VSS.........................................................................................................................................2266
Description...................................................................................................................................2266
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2266
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2266
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2266
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2266
P0530 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR.................................................................................................................2267
Description...................................................................................................................................2267
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2267
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2267
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2267
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2267
P0544 EGT SENSOR 1................................................................................................................................2269
Description...................................................................................................................................2269
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2269
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2269
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2269
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2269
P0560 BATTERY VOLTAGE.............................................................................................................................2271
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2271
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2271
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2271
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2271
P0564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH........................................................................................................................2274
Description...................................................................................................................................2274
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2274
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2274
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2274
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2274
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2276
P0571 BPP SWITCH..................................................................................................................................2277
Description...................................................................................................................................2277
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2277
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2277
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2277
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2277
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2279
P0575 ASCD STEERING SWITCH........................................................................................................................2280
Description...................................................................................................................................2280
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2280
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2280
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2280
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2280
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2281
P0606 ECM.........................................................................................................................................2283
Description...................................................................................................................................2283
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2283
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2283
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2283
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2283
P060B ECM.........................................................................................................................................2285
Description...................................................................................................................................2285
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2285
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2285
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2285
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2285
P0611 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE...................................................................................................................2287
Description...................................................................................................................................2287
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2287
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2287
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2287
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2287
P062B ECM.........................................................................................................................................2289
Description...................................................................................................................................2289
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2289
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2289
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2289
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2289
P062F ECM.........................................................................................................................................2291
Description...................................................................................................................................2291
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2291
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2291
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2291
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2291
P0641 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY.........................................................................................................................2293
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2293
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2293
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2293
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2293
P0651 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY.........................................................................................................................2295
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2295
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2295
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2295
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2295
P0670 GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................2298
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2298
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2298
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2298
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2298
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2299
P0685 ECM RELAY...................................................................................................................................2300
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2300
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2300
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2300
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2300
P0697 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY.........................................................................................................................2302
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2302
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2302
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2302
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2302
P1201, P1202, P1203, P1204 FUEL INJECTOR..........................................................................................................2304
Description...................................................................................................................................2304
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2304
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2304
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2304
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2304
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2305
P1435 DPF REGENERATION............................................................................................................................2306
Description...................................................................................................................................2306
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2306
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2306
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2306
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2307
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2307
P1436 DPF REGENERATION............................................................................................................................2308
Description...................................................................................................................................2308
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2308
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2308
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2308
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2309
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2309
P1607 ECM.........................................................................................................................................2310
Description...................................................................................................................................2310
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2310
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2310
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2310
P2002 DPF.........................................................................................................................................2311
Description...................................................................................................................................2311
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2311
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2311
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2311
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2312
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2312
P2031 EGT SENSOR 2................................................................................................................................2313
Description...................................................................................................................................2313
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2313
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2313
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2313
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2314
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2314
P2080 EGT SENSOR 1................................................................................................................................2316
Description...................................................................................................................................2316
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2316
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2316
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2316
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2316
P2100 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION..........................................................................................................2318
Description...................................................................................................................................2318
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2318
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2318
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2318
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2318
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2319
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................2320
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION..........................................................................................................2321
Description...................................................................................................................................2321
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2321
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2321
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2321
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2321
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2322
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................2323
P2120 APP SENSOR..................................................................................................................................2324
Description...................................................................................................................................2324
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2324
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2324
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2324
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2324
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2326
P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY...........................................................................................................2327
Component Description.........................................................................................................................2327
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2327
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2327
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2327
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2327
P2226 BARO SENSOR.................................................................................................................................2329
Description...................................................................................................................................2329
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2329
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2329
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2329
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2329
P2231 A/F SENSOR 1................................................................................................................................2331
Description...................................................................................................................................2331
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2331
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2331
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2331
P2263 TC SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................2333
Description...................................................................................................................................2333
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2333
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2333
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2333
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2333
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2335
P2293 FRP CONTROL SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................2336
Description...................................................................................................................................2336
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2336
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2336
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2336
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2336
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2337
P2294 FRP CONTROL VALVE...........................................................................................................................2338
Description...................................................................................................................................2338
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2338
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2338
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2338
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2338
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2339
P2299 ACCELERATOR/BRAKE PEDAL POSITION INCONSISTENCY..............................................................................................2340
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2340
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2340
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2340
P2425 EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE..............................................................................................2343
Description...................................................................................................................................2343
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2343
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2343
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2343
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2343
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2344
P242A EGT SENSOR 3................................................................................................................................2345
Description...................................................................................................................................2345
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2345
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2345
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2345
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2346
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2347
P242F DPF.........................................................................................................................................2348
Description...................................................................................................................................2348
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2348
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2348
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2348
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2349
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2349
P2452 DIFFERENTIAL EXHAUST PRESSURE SENSOR........................................................................................................2350
Description...................................................................................................................................2350
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2350
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2350
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2350
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2350
P2453 DIFFERENTIAL EXHAUST PRESSURE SENSOR........................................................................................................2352
Description...................................................................................................................................2352
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2352
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2352
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2352
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2352
P2505 ECM POWER SUPPLY............................................................................................................................2353
Description...................................................................................................................................2353
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2353
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2353
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2353
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2353
P2600 TC COOLING PUMP.............................................................................................................................2355
Description...................................................................................................................................2355
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2355
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2355
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2355
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2355
Component Inspection (Turbocharger Cooling Pump)..............................................................................................2357
Component Inspection (Turbocharger Cooling Pump Relay)........................................................................................2357
P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1................................................................................................................................2359
Description...................................................................................................................................2359
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2359
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2359
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2359
P3031 SERVICE REGENERATION........................................................................................................................2361
Description...................................................................................................................................2361
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2361
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2361
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2361
ASCD INDICATOR....................................................................................................................................2362
Description...................................................................................................................................2362
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................2362
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2362
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH......................................................................................................................2363
Description...................................................................................................................................2363
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................2363
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2363
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2364
COOLING FAN.......................................................................................................................................2365
Description...................................................................................................................................2365
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................2365
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2365
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)......................................................................................................2367
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)......................................................................................................2368
ECU DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................2369
ECM...............................................................................................................................................2369
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................2369
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................2369
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................2374
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................2374
Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM -......................................................................................................2384
Fail Safe.....................................................................................................................................2396
DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................2397
DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................2397
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................2401
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS....................................................................................................................2401
Symptom Table.................................................................................................................................2401
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................2407
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................2407
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................2407
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.....................................................................2407
OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................2407
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................2408
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine....................................................................................................2408
General Precautions...........................................................................................................................2408
ENGINE RUNNING............................................................................................................................2410
FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR.................................................................................................................2410
FUEL INJECTOR.............................................................................................................................2410
Cleanliness...................................................................................................................................2410
Cleanliness...............................................................................................................................2410
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH CONTAMINATION...................................................................................................2411
INSTRUCTIONS TO BE FOLLOWED BEFORE CARRYING OUT ANY WORK..............................................................................2411
INSTRUCTIONS TO BE FOLLOWED WHEN CARRYING OUT ANY WORK................................................................................2411
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................2412
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................2412
Special Service Tools.........................................................................................................................2412
Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................2412
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................2413
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................2413
Idle Speed....................................................................................................................................2413
06-Fuel System.pdf................................................................................................................................................2414
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
FUEL SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................................2414
HR16DE, MR20DE............................................................................................................................................2416
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................2416
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................2416
General Precautions...........................................................................................................................2416
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................2417
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................2417
Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................2417
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................2418
FUEL SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................2418
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2418
Quick Connector...............................................................................................................................2418
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................2419
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY........................................................................................2419
2WD...........................................................................................................................................2419
2WDExploded View..........................................................................................................................2419
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................2419
2WDRemoval and Installation...............................................................................................................2419
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................2419
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................2421
Fuel Level Sensor Unit, Fuel Filter and Fuel Pump Assembly........................................................................2421
Quick Connector...................................................................................................................2421
Inspection Hole Cover.............................................................................................................2422
2WDInspection.............................................................................................................................2422
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................2422
4WD...........................................................................................................................................2422
4WDExploded View..........................................................................................................................2422
Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................2422
4WDRemoval and Installation...............................................................................................................2423
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................2423
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................2424
Fuel Level Sensor Unit, Fuel Filter and Fuel Pump Assembly and Sub Fuel Level Sensor Assembly.....................................2425
Quick Connector...................................................................................................................2425
Inspection Hole Cover.............................................................................................................2425
4WDInspection.............................................................................................................................2425
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................2425
FUEL TANK.........................................................................................................................................2426
2WD...........................................................................................................................................2426
2WDExploded View..........................................................................................................................2426
2WD...................................................................................................................................2426
2WDRemoval and Installation...............................................................................................................2426
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................2426
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................2427
Fuel Filler Hose .................................................................................................................2427
EVAP Hose ........................................................................................................................2427
2WDInspection.............................................................................................................................2428
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................2428
4WD...........................................................................................................................................2428
4WDExploded View..........................................................................................................................2428
4WD...................................................................................................................................2428
4WDRemoval and Installation...............................................................................................................2428
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................2428
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................2429
Fuel Filler Hose .................................................................................................................2429
EVAP Hose ........................................................................................................................2429
4WDInspection.............................................................................................................................2430
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................2430
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................2431
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................2431
Fuel Tank.....................................................................................................................................2431
Standard and Limit........................................................................................................................2431
K9K.......................................................................................................................................................2432
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................2432
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................2432
Special Service Tools.........................................................................................................................2432
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................2433
FUEL SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................2433
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2433
FUEL FILTER.......................................................................................................................................2434
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2434
Replacement...................................................................................................................................2434
Water Draining................................................................................................................................2434
Air Bleeding..................................................................................................................................2435
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2435
INSPECTION AFTER REPLACEMENT..............................................................................................................2435
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................2436
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT............................................................................................................................2436
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2436
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2436
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2436
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2437
FUEL TANK.........................................................................................................................................2438
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2438
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2438
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2438
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2440
Installation of Fuel Tank Mounting Band...............................................................................................2440
Installation of fuel Filler Hose......................................................................................................2440
Installation of EVAP Hose.............................................................................................................2440
Installation of Vent Hose.............................................................................................................2440
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2440
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................2440
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................2441
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................2441
Fuel Tank.....................................................................................................................................2441
M9R.......................................................................................................................................................2442
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................2442
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................2442
General Precautions...........................................................................................................................2442
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................2443
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................2443
Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................2443
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................2444
FUEL SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................2444
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2444
Quick Connector...............................................................................................................................2444
FUEL FILTER.......................................................................................................................................2445
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2445
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2445
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2445
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2445
Water Draining................................................................................................................................2446
Air Bleeding..................................................................................................................................2446
Fuel Filter Sensor (With Fuel Filter Warning).................................................................................................2446
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2447
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................2447
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................2448
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT............................................................................................................................2448
2WD...........................................................................................................................................2448
2WDExploded View..........................................................................................................................2448
2WDRemoval and Installation...............................................................................................................2448
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................2448
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................2450
Fuel Level Sensor Unit............................................................................................................2450
Quick Connector...................................................................................................................2450
Inspection Hole Cover.............................................................................................................2450
2WDInspection.............................................................................................................................2450
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................2450
4WD...........................................................................................................................................2450
4WDExploded View..........................................................................................................................2451
4WDRemoval and Installation...............................................................................................................2451
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................2451
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................2453
Fuel Level Sensor Unit and Sub Fuel Level Sensor Unit.............................................................................2453
Quick Connector...................................................................................................................2453
Inspection Hole Cover.............................................................................................................2454
4WDInspection.............................................................................................................................2454
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................2454
FUEL TANK.........................................................................................................................................2455
2WD...........................................................................................................................................2455
2WDExploded View..........................................................................................................................2455
2WDRemoval and Installation...............................................................................................................2455
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................2455
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................2456
Fuel Filler Hose .................................................................................................................2456
2WDInspection.............................................................................................................................2456
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................2456
4WD...........................................................................................................................................2456
4WDExploded View..........................................................................................................................2457
4WDRemoval and Installation...............................................................................................................2457
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................2457
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................2459
Fuel Filler Hose .................................................................................................................2459
4WDInspection.............................................................................................................................2459
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................2459
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................2460
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................2460
Fuel Tank.....................................................................................................................................2460
Standard and Limit........................................................................................................................2460
07-Exhaust System.pdf.............................................................................................................................................2461
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
EXHAUST SYSTEM................................................................................................................................................2461
HR16DE....................................................................................................................................................2462
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................2462
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................2462
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2462
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................2463
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................2463
Special Service Tools.........................................................................................................................2463
Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................2463
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................2464
EXHAUST SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................2464
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2464
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................2465
EXHAUST SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................2465
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2465
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2465
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2465
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2466
Exhaust Manifold to Exhaust Front Tube................................................................................................2466
Exhaust Front Tube to Main Muffler....................................................................................................2466
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2466
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................2466
MR20DE....................................................................................................................................................2467
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................2467
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................2467
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2467
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................2468
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................2468
Special Service Tools.........................................................................................................................2468
Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................2468
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................2469
EXHAUST SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................2469
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2469
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................2470
EXHAUST SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................2470
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2470
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2470
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2470
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2471
Exhaust Manifold to Exhaust Front Tube................................................................................................2471
Exhaust Front Tube to Main Muffler....................................................................................................2471
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2472
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................2472
K9K.......................................................................................................................................................2473
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................2473
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................2473
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2473
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................2474
EXHAUST SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................2474
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2474
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................2475
EXHAUST SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................2475
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2475
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2475
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2475
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2475
Exhaust Manifold to Exhaust Front Tube................................................................................................2476
Exhaust Front Tube to Main Muffler....................................................................................................2476
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2476
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................2476
M9R.......................................................................................................................................................2477
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................2477
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................2477
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2477
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................2478
EXHAUST SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................2478
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2478
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................2479
EXHAUST SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................2479
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2479
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2479
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2479
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2480
Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor........................................................................................................2480
Differential Exhaust Pressure Sensor..................................................................................................2480
Exhaust Front Tube and Main Muffler...................................................................................................2480
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2480
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................2480
08-Starting System.pdf............................................................................................................................................2481
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
STARTING SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................................2481
BASIC INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................................2482
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.........................................................................................................................2482
K9K MODELS........................................................................................................................................2482
K9K MODELSWork Flow...........................................................................................................................2482
OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................2482
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................2483
M9R/HR16DE/MR20DE MODELS..........................................................................................................................2484
M9R/HR16DE/MR20DE MODELSWork Flow.............................................................................................................2485
OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................2485
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................2485
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS........................................................................................................................................2488
STARTING SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................2488
System Diagram....................................................................................................................................2488
System Description................................................................................................................................2488
Component Parts Location..........................................................................................................................2489
Component Description.............................................................................................................................2489
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS.......................................................................................................................................2490
B TERMINAL CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................2490
Description.......................................................................................................................................2490
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................2490
S TERMINAL CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................2491
Description.......................................................................................................................................2491
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................2491
STARTING SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................2492
Wiring Diagram - STARTING SYSTEM (M/T MODELS) -...................................................................................................2492
Wiring Diagram - STARTING SYSTEM (A/T MODELS) -...................................................................................................2495
Wiring Diagram - STARTING SYSTEM (CVT MODELS) -...................................................................................................2498
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................2501
STARTING SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................2501
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................................2501
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................2502
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................2502
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"........................................................2502
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................2503
STARTER MOTOR.........................................................................................................................................2503
K9K MODELS........................................................................................................................................2503
K9K MODELSExploded View.......................................................................................................................2503
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2503
K9K MODELSRemoval and Installation............................................................................................................2503
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2503
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2503
M9R MODELS........................................................................................................................................2503
M9R MODELSExploded View.......................................................................................................................2503
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2503
DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................2504
Type: 194262..........................................................................................................................2504
M9R MODELSRemoval and Installation............................................................................................................2505
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2505
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2505
M9R MODELSDisassembly and Assembly............................................................................................................2505
ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................2505
M9R MODELSInspection..........................................................................................................................2505
INSPECTION................................................................................................................................2505
Solenoid Switch Check.................................................................................................................2505
Pinion/Clutch Check...................................................................................................................2506
Brush Check...........................................................................................................................2506
Brush Spring Check....................................................................................................................2506
Brush Holder Check....................................................................................................................2506
Yoke Check............................................................................................................................2507
Armature Check........................................................................................................................2507
HR16DE MODELS.....................................................................................................................................2508
HR16DE MODELSExploded View....................................................................................................................2508
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2508
DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................2509
Type: M000T32171......................................................................................................................2509
HR16DE MODELSRemoval and Installation.........................................................................................................2509
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2509
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2509
HR16DE MODELSDisassembly and Assembly.........................................................................................................2510
ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................2510
Pinion Protrusion Length Adjustment...................................................................................................2510
HR16DE MODELSInspection.......................................................................................................................2510
INSPECTION................................................................................................................................2510
Magnetic Switch Check.................................................................................................................2510
Pinion/Clutch Check...................................................................................................................2511
Brush Check...........................................................................................................................2511
Brush Spring Check....................................................................................................................2511
Brush Holder Check....................................................................................................................2511
Yoke Check............................................................................................................................2512
Armature Check........................................................................................................................2512
MR20DE MODELS.....................................................................................................................................2513
MR20DE MODELSExploded View....................................................................................................................2513
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2513
DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................2514
Type: S114-902A.......................................................................................................................2514
MR20DE MODELSRemoval and Installation.........................................................................................................2514
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2514
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2515
MR20DE MODELSDisassembly and Assembly.........................................................................................................2515
ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................2515
Pinion Protrusion Length Adjustment...................................................................................................2515
MR20DE MODELSInspection.......................................................................................................................2515
INSPECTION................................................................................................................................2515
Magnetic Switch Check.................................................................................................................2515
Pinion/Clutch Check...................................................................................................................2516
Brush Check...........................................................................................................................2516
Brush Spring Check....................................................................................................................2516
Brush Holder Check....................................................................................................................2516
Yoke Check............................................................................................................................2517
Armature Check........................................................................................................................2517
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).....................................................................................................................2519
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................2519
Starter Motor.....................................................................................................................................2519
09-Acceleretor Control System.pdf.................................................................................................................................2520
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................2520
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................2521
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................2521
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"........................................................2521
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................2522
ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM............................................................................................................................2522
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................2522
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................2522
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................2522
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................2522
Inspection........................................................................................................................................2522
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.................................................................................................................2522
10-Clutch.pdf.....................................................................................................................................................2524
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
CLUTCH........................................................................................................................................................2524
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................2525
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..................................................................................................2525
NVH Troubleshooting Chart.........................................................................................................................2525
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................2527
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................2527
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...................................................................................................2527
Service Notice or Precautions for Clutch..........................................................................................................2527
PREPARATION...............................................................................................................................................2528
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................2528
Special Service Tools.............................................................................................................................2528
Commercial Service Tools..........................................................................................................................2528
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE....................................................................................................................................2529
CLUTCH PEDAL..........................................................................................................................................2529
Inspection and Adjustment.........................................................................................................................2529
INSPECTION....................................................................................................................................2529
ADJUSTMENT....................................................................................................................................2529
CLUTCH FLUID..........................................................................................................................................2530
Inspection........................................................................................................................................2530
CLUTCH FLUID LEVEL............................................................................................................................2530
Air Bleeding Procedure............................................................................................................................2530
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................2532
CLUTCH PEDAL..........................................................................................................................................2532
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................2532
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................2532
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................2532
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................2532
Inspection........................................................................................................................................2533
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL......................................................................................................................2533
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER................................................................................................................................2534
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................2534
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................2534
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................2534
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................2535
CLUTCH PIPING.........................................................................................................................................2537
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................2537
Hydraulic Layout..................................................................................................................................2538
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................2538
REMOVAL ......................................................................................................................................2538
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................2538
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................2539
CSC (CONCENTRIC SLAVE CYLINDER).......................................................................................................................2539
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................2539
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................2539
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................2540
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................2540
CLUTCH DISC AND CLUTCH COVER..........................................................................................................................2541
HR16DE, MR20DE....................................................................................................................................2541
HR16DE, MR20DEExploded View...................................................................................................................2541
HR16DE, MR20DERemoval and Installation........................................................................................................2541
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2541
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2541
HR16DE, MR20DEInspection......................................................................................................................2542
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................2542
CLUTCH DISC...........................................................................................................................2542
CLUTCH COVER..........................................................................................................................2542
K9K...............................................................................................................................................2543
K9KExploded View..............................................................................................................................2543
K9KRemoval and Installation...................................................................................................................2543
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2543
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2543
K9KInspection.................................................................................................................................2544
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................2544
CLUTCH DISC...........................................................................................................................2544
CLUTCH COVER..........................................................................................................................2544
M9R...............................................................................................................................................2545
M9RExploded View..............................................................................................................................2545
M9RRemoval and Installation...................................................................................................................2545
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2545
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2545
M9RInspection.................................................................................................................................2546
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................2546
CLUTCH DISC...........................................................................................................................2546
CLUTCH COVER..........................................................................................................................2546
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).....................................................................................................................2547
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................2547
Clutch Control System.............................................................................................................................2547
Clutch Pedal......................................................................................................................................2547
Clutch Disc.......................................................................................................................................2547
Clutch Cover......................................................................................................................................2547
11-Transmission and Transaxle.pdf.................................................................................................................................2548
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
TRANSAXLE & TRANSMISSION......................................................................................................................................2548
5MT: RS5F92R..............................................................................................................................................2558
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................2558
M/T SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................2558
System Diagram................................................................................................................................2558
CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW......................................................................................................................2558
System Description............................................................................................................................2558
DOUBLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZER..................................................................................................................2558
REVERSE GEAR NOISE PREVENTION FUNCTION (SYNCHRONIZING METHOD).............................................................................2558
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................2560
POSITION SWITCH...................................................................................................................................2560
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH...........................................................................................................................2560
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCHComponent Parts Location...............................................................................................2560
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCHComponent Inspection...................................................................................................2560
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH............................................................................................................2560
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCHComponent Parts Location................................................................................2560
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCHComponent Inspection....................................................................................2560
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................2562
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..............................................................................................2562
NVH Troubleshooting Chart.....................................................................................................................2562
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................2563
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................2563
Service Notice or Precautions for Manual Transaxle............................................................................................2563
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................2564
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................2564
Special Service Tools.........................................................................................................................2564
Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................2565
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................2567
GEAR OIL..........................................................................................................................................2567
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2567
Draining......................................................................................................................................2567
Refilling.....................................................................................................................................2567
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2567
LEAKAGE...................................................................................................................................2567
LEVEL.....................................................................................................................................2567
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................2568
SIDE OIL SEAL.....................................................................................................................................2568
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2568
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2568
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2568
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2568
CONTROL LINKAGE...................................................................................................................................2569
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2569
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2569
REMOVAL ..................................................................................................................................2569
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2571
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2571
AIR BREATHER HOSE.................................................................................................................................2572
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2572
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2572
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2572
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2572
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2573
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY................................................................................................................................2573
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2573
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2573
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2573
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2574
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................2575
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY................................................................................................................................2575
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2575
CASE AND HOUSING..........................................................................................................................2575
SHAFT AND GEAR............................................................................................................................2576
SHIFT FORK AND FORK ROD...................................................................................................................2577
FINAL DRIVE...............................................................................................................................2578
Disassembly...................................................................................................................................2579
Assembly......................................................................................................................................2584
Adjustment....................................................................................................................................2589
MAINSHAFT REAR BEARING PRELOAD............................................................................................................2589
INPUT SHAFT AND GEAR..............................................................................................................................2591
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2591
Disassembly...................................................................................................................................2591
Assembly......................................................................................................................................2591
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2591
INPUT SHAFT AND GEAR......................................................................................................................2591
SYNCHRONIZER..............................................................................................................................2591
Synchronizer Hub and Coupling Sleeve..................................................................................................2591
Baulk Ring............................................................................................................................2591
BEARING...................................................................................................................................2592
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR................................................................................................................................2593
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2593
Disassembly...................................................................................................................................2593
Assembly......................................................................................................................................2593
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2594
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR........................................................................................................................2594
SYNCHRONIZER..............................................................................................................................2595
Synchronizer Hub and Coupling Sleeve..................................................................................................2595
Baulk Ring............................................................................................................................2595
BEARING...................................................................................................................................2595
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEAR......................................................................................................................2596
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2596
Disassembly...................................................................................................................................2596
Assembly......................................................................................................................................2596
FINAL DRIVE.......................................................................................................................................2597
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2597
Disassembly...................................................................................................................................2597
Assembly......................................................................................................................................2597
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2597
GEAR, WASHER, SHAFT AND CASE..............................................................................................................2597
BEARING...................................................................................................................................2597
SHIFT FORK AND FORK ROD...........................................................................................................................2599
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2599
Disassembly...................................................................................................................................2599
Assembly......................................................................................................................................2599
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2599
FORK ROD AND SHIFT FORK...................................................................................................................2599
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................2600
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................2600
General Specification.........................................................................................................................2600
TRANSAXLE.................................................................................................................................2600
FINAL GEAR................................................................................................................................2600
6MT: RS6F94R..............................................................................................................................................2602
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................2602
M/T SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................2602
System Diagram................................................................................................................................2602
CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW......................................................................................................................2602
System Description............................................................................................................................2603
TRIPLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZER..................................................................................................................2603
REVERSE GEAR NOISE PREVENTION FUNCTION (SYNCHRONIZING METHOD).............................................................................2603
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................2604
POSITION SWITCH...................................................................................................................................2604
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH...........................................................................................................................2604
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCHComponent Parts Location...............................................................................................2604
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCHComponent Inspection...................................................................................................2604
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH............................................................................................................2604
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCHComponent Parts Location................................................................................2604
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCHComponent Inspection....................................................................................2604
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................2606
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..............................................................................................2606
NVH Troubleshooting Chart.....................................................................................................................2606
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................2607
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................2607
Service Notice or Precautions for Manual Transaxle............................................................................................2607
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................2608
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................2608
Special Service Tools.........................................................................................................................2608
Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................2609
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................2611
GEAR OIL..........................................................................................................................................2611
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2611
Draining......................................................................................................................................2611
Refilling.....................................................................................................................................2611
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2611
LEAKAGE...................................................................................................................................2611
LEVEL.....................................................................................................................................2611
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................2612
SIDE OIL SEAL.....................................................................................................................................2612
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2612
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2612
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2612
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2612
CONTROL LINKAGE...................................................................................................................................2613
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2613
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2613
REMOVAL ..................................................................................................................................2613
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2615
Install the select cable (the control device assembly side) with the following procedure..............................................2615
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2616
AIR BREATHER HOSE.................................................................................................................................2617
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2617
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2617
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2617
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2617
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2618
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY................................................................................................................................2618
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2618
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2619
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2619
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2620
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................2621
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY................................................................................................................................2621
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2621
CASE AND HOUSING..........................................................................................................................2621
SHAFT AND GEAR............................................................................................................................2622
SHIFT FORK AND FORK ROD...................................................................................................................2624
FINAL DRIVE...............................................................................................................................2625
Disassembly...................................................................................................................................2626
Assembly......................................................................................................................................2632
INPUT SHAFT AND GEAR..............................................................................................................................2638
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2638
Disassembly...................................................................................................................................2638
Assembly......................................................................................................................................2639
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2640
INPUT SHAFT AND GEAR......................................................................................................................2640
SYNCHRONIZER..............................................................................................................................2641
Synchronizer Hub and Coupling Sleeve..................................................................................................2641
Baulk Ring............................................................................................................................2641
BEARING...................................................................................................................................2641
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR................................................................................................................................2642
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2642
Disassembly...................................................................................................................................2642
Assembly......................................................................................................................................2643
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2645
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR........................................................................................................................2645
SYNCHRONIZER..............................................................................................................................2645
Synchronizer Hub and Coupling Sleeve..................................................................................................2645
Baulk Ring............................................................................................................................2646
BEARING...................................................................................................................................2646
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEAR......................................................................................................................2647
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2647
Disassembly...................................................................................................................................2647
Assembly......................................................................................................................................2648
FINAL DRIVE.......................................................................................................................................2649
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2649
Disassembly...................................................................................................................................2649
Assembly......................................................................................................................................2649
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2650
GEAR, WASHER, SHAFT AND CASE..............................................................................................................2650
BEARING...................................................................................................................................2650
SHIFT FORK AND FORK ROD...........................................................................................................................2652
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2652
Disassembly...................................................................................................................................2652
Assembly......................................................................................................................................2652
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2652
FORK ROD AND SHIFT FORK...................................................................................................................2652
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................2653
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................2653
General Specification.........................................................................................................................2653
TRANSAXLE.................................................................................................................................2653
FINAL GEAR................................................................................................................................2653
6MT: RS6F52A..............................................................................................................................................2655
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................2655
M/T SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................2655
System Diagram................................................................................................................................2655
CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW......................................................................................................................2655
System Description............................................................................................................................2657
DOUBLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZER..................................................................................................................2657
MR20DE................................................................................................................................2657
M9R...................................................................................................................................2657
TRIPLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZER..................................................................................................................2657
MR20DE................................................................................................................................2657
M9R...................................................................................................................................2657
REVERSE GEAR NOISE PREVENTION FUNCTION (SYNCHRONIZING METHOD).............................................................................2657
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................2658
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH...............................................................................................................................2658
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................2658
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2658
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH................................................................................................................2659
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................2659
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2659
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................2660
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..............................................................................................2660
NVH Troubleshooting Chart.....................................................................................................................2660
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................2661
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................2661
Service Notice or Precautions for Manual Transaxle............................................................................................2661
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................2662
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................2662
Special Service Tools.........................................................................................................................2662
Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................2665
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................2667
GEAR OIL..........................................................................................................................................2667
2WD...........................................................................................................................................2667
2WDExploded View..........................................................................................................................2667
2WDDraining...............................................................................................................................2667
2WDRefilling..............................................................................................................................2667
2WDInspection.............................................................................................................................2667
LEAKAGE...............................................................................................................................2667
LEVEL.................................................................................................................................2667
4WD...........................................................................................................................................2668
4WDExploded View..........................................................................................................................2668
4WDDraining...............................................................................................................................2668
4WDRefilling..............................................................................................................................2668
4WDInspection.............................................................................................................................2668
LEAKAGE...............................................................................................................................2668
LEVEL.................................................................................................................................2669
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................2670
SIDE OIL SEAL.....................................................................................................................................2670
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2670
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2670
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2670
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2670
CONTROL LINKAGE...................................................................................................................................2671
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2671
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2671
REMOVAL ..................................................................................................................................2671
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2673
Install the select cable (the control device assembly side) with the following procedure..............................................2673
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2674
AIR BREATHER HOSE.................................................................................................................................2675
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2675
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2675
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2675
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2675
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2676
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY................................................................................................................................2676
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2676
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2677
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2677
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2678
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................2679
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY................................................................................................................................2679
2WD...........................................................................................................................................2679
2WDExploded View..........................................................................................................................2679
CASE AND HOUSING......................................................................................................................2679
SHAFT AND GEAR........................................................................................................................2679
SHIFT FORK AND FORK ROD...............................................................................................................2681
FINAL DRIVE...........................................................................................................................2682
2WDDisassembly............................................................................................................................2683
2WDAssembly...............................................................................................................................2690
2WDAdjustment.............................................................................................................................2700
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING PRELOAD.....................................................................................................2700
REVERSE IDLER GEAR END PLAY...........................................................................................................2701
INPUT SHAFT END PLAY..................................................................................................................2702
STRIKING ROD END PLAY.................................................................................................................2703
MAINSHAFT END PLAY....................................................................................................................2703
4WD...........................................................................................................................................2707
4WDExploded View..........................................................................................................................2707
CASE AND HOUSING......................................................................................................................2707
SHAFT AND GEAR........................................................................................................................2708
SHIFT FORK AND FORK ROD...............................................................................................................2710
FINAL DRIVE...........................................................................................................................2711
4WDDisassembly............................................................................................................................2712
4WDAssembly...............................................................................................................................2720
4WDAdjustment.............................................................................................................................2731
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING PRELOAD.....................................................................................................2731
REVERSE IDLER GEAR END PLAY...........................................................................................................2732
INPUT SHAFT END PLAY..................................................................................................................2732
STRIKING ROD END PLAY.................................................................................................................2733
MAINSHAFT END PLAY....................................................................................................................2734
INPUT SHAFT AND GEAR..............................................................................................................................2738
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2738
Disassembly...................................................................................................................................2738
Assembly......................................................................................................................................2739
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2743
INPUT SHAFT AND GEAR......................................................................................................................2743
SYNCHRONIZER..............................................................................................................................2743
Synchronizer Hub and Coupling Sleeve..................................................................................................2743
Baulk Ring and Spread Spring..........................................................................................................2743
Baulk Ring Clearance for Single Cone Synchronizer (4th, 5th, and 6th).................................................................2743
Baulk Ring Clearance for Double Cone Synchronizer (3rd)...............................................................................2743
BEARING...................................................................................................................................2744
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR................................................................................................................................2745
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2745
Disassembly...................................................................................................................................2745
Assembly......................................................................................................................................2746
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2750
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR........................................................................................................................2750
SYNCHRONIZER..............................................................................................................................2751
Synchronizer Hub and Coupling Sleeve..................................................................................................2751
Baulk Ring and Spread Spring..........................................................................................................2751
Baulk Ring Clearance for Double Cone Synchronizer.....................................................................................2751
Baulk Ring Clearance for Triple Cone Synchronizer.....................................................................................2752
BEARING...................................................................................................................................2753
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEAR......................................................................................................................2754
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2754
Disassembly...................................................................................................................................2754
Assembly......................................................................................................................................2754
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2754
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEAR..............................................................................................................2754
SYNCHRONIZER..............................................................................................................................2754
Synchronizer Hub and Coupling Sleeve..................................................................................................2754
Baulk Ring............................................................................................................................2755
Baulk Ring Clearance for Single Cone Synchronizer (Reverse)...........................................................................2755
BEARING...................................................................................................................................2755
FINAL DRIVE.......................................................................................................................................2756
2WD...........................................................................................................................................2756
2WDExploded View..........................................................................................................................2756
2WDDisassembly............................................................................................................................2756
2WDAssembly...............................................................................................................................2756
2WDInspection.............................................................................................................................2759
INSPECTION BEFORE DISASSEMBLY.........................................................................................................2759
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................2759
Gear, Washer, Shaft, And Case.....................................................................................................2759
Bearing...........................................................................................................................2759
4WD...........................................................................................................................................2759
4WDExploded View..........................................................................................................................2760
4WDDisassembly............................................................................................................................2760
DIFFERENTIAL CASE.....................................................................................................................2760
OUTPUT GEAR...........................................................................................................................2760
4WDAssembly...............................................................................................................................2761
DIFFERENTIAL CASE.....................................................................................................................2761
OUTPUT GEAR...........................................................................................................................2764
4WDInspection.............................................................................................................................2765
INSPECTION BEFORE DISASSEMBLY.........................................................................................................2765
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................2766
Gear, Washer, Shaft, and Case.....................................................................................................2766
Gear..............................................................................................................................2766
Bearing...........................................................................................................................2766
SHIFT FORK AND FORK ROD...........................................................................................................................2767
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2767
Disassembly...................................................................................................................................2767
Assembly......................................................................................................................................2767
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2768
STRIKING ROD ASSEMBLY AND RETURN SPRING...................................................................................................2768
FORK ROD AND SHIFT FORK...................................................................................................................2768
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................2770
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................2770
General Specifications........................................................................................................................2770
TRANSAXLE.................................................................................................................................2770
FINAL GEAR................................................................................................................................2771
End Play......................................................................................................................................2771
Baulk Ring Clearance..........................................................................................................................2771
MR20DE....................................................................................................................................2771
M9R.......................................................................................................................................2772
Dimension.....................................................................................................................................2773
Differential Side Bearing Preload.............................................................................................................2773
Differential Side Gear Clearance..............................................................................................................2773
6AT: RE6F01A..............................................................................................................................................2774
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................2774
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................2774
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................2774
INTRODUCTION..............................................................................................................................2774
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................2774
Diagnostic Work Sheet.........................................................................................................................2775
INFORMATION FROM CUSTOMER.................................................................................................................2775
DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET.....................................................................................................................2776
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................2777
A/T SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................2777
Cross-Sectional View..........................................................................................................................2777
System Diagram................................................................................................................................2778
System Description............................................................................................................................2778
DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................2778
CLUTCH/BRAKE, PRESSURE SWITCH, SOLENOID VALVE AND BAND CHART..............................................................................2778
POWER TRANSMISSION........................................................................................................................2779
“.....................................................................................................................................2779
“.....................................................................................................................................2780
“.....................................................................................................................................2780
“.....................................................................................................................................2781
“.....................................................................................................................................2783
“.....................................................................................................................................2784
“.....................................................................................................................................2786
“.....................................................................................................................................2787
“.....................................................................................................................................2788
“.....................................................................................................................................2789
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................2791
Component Description.........................................................................................................................2792
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM................................................................................................................................2793
System Diagram................................................................................................................................2793
System Description............................................................................................................................2794
TCM FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................2794
Input/Output Signal of TCM............................................................................................................2794
CAN COMMUNICATION.........................................................................................................................2795
LINE PRESSURE CONTROL.....................................................................................................................2795
Line Pressure Control is Based On The TCM Line Pressure Characteristic Pattern........................................................2795
SHIFT CONTROL.............................................................................................................................2797
Shift Change..........................................................................................................................2797
ASC (Adoptive Shift Control)..........................................................................................................2797
NEUTRAL IDLE CONTROL......................................................................................................................2798
LOCK-UP CONTROL...........................................................................................................................2798
Torque Converter Clutch Control Valve Control.........................................................................................2798
Slip Lock-up Control (Except Driving in Manual Mode)..................................................................................2799
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................2800
Component Description.........................................................................................................................2800
A/T ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................2800
EXCEPT A/T ASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................2801
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................2803
System Description............................................................................................................................2803
SHIFT LOCK OPERATION at P POSITION........................................................................................................2803
When Brake Pedal Is Not Depressed (No Selector Operation Allowed).....................................................................2803
When Brake Pedal Is Depressed (Shift Operation Allowed)...............................................................................2803
P POSITION HOLD MECHANISM (IGNITION SWITCH LOCK)..........................................................................................2803
KEY LOCK MECHANISM........................................................................................................................2804
Key Lock Status.......................................................................................................................2804
Key Unlock Status.....................................................................................................................2804
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................2805
Component Description.........................................................................................................................2805
SHIFT LOCK................................................................................................................................2805
KEY LOCK..................................................................................................................................2805
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM..................................................................................................................2806
Diagnosis Description.........................................................................................................................2806
DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................2806
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR (MI)................................................................................................................2806
Description...........................................................................................................................2806
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TCM)............................................................................................................................2807
CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)...........................................................................................................2807
CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS.............................................................................................................2807
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS...................................................................................................................2807
Display Items List....................................................................................................................2807
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................2808
Display Items List....................................................................................................................2808
Diagnostic Tool Function......................................................................................................................2809
..........................................................................................................................................2809
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................2810
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................2810
Description...................................................................................................................................2810
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2810
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2810
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2810
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2810
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)..........................................................................................................................2811
Description...................................................................................................................................2811
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2811
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2811
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2811
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2811
P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH................................................................................................................2812
Description...................................................................................................................................2812
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2812
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2812
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2812
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2812
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2814
P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR................................................................................................................2815
Description...................................................................................................................................2815
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2815
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2815
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2815
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2815
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2816
P0717 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR...................................................................................................................2817
Description...................................................................................................................................2817
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2817
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2817
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2817
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2817
P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T....................................................................................................................2821
Description...................................................................................................................................2821
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2821
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2821
DTC COMFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2821
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2821
P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL.........................................................................................................................2825
Description...................................................................................................................................2825
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2825
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2825
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2825
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2825
P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK -UP).............................................................................................................2827
Description...................................................................................................................................2827
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2827
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2827
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2827
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2827
P0745 LINE PRESSURE LINEAR SOLENOID VALVE.........................................................................................................2829
Description...................................................................................................................................2829
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2829
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2829
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2829
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2829
P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR....................................................................................................................2831
Description...................................................................................................................................2831
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2831
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2831
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2831
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2831
P1721 ESTM VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL...................................................................................................................2833
Description...................................................................................................................................2833
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2833
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2833
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2833
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2833
P1730 A/T INTERLOCK...............................................................................................................................2835
Description...................................................................................................................................2835
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2835
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2835
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2835
Judgment of A/T Interlock.....................................................................................................................2835
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2835
P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING......................................................................................................................2838
Description...................................................................................................................................2838
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2838
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2838
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2838
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2838
P1732 GEAR RATIO..................................................................................................................................2840
Description...................................................................................................................................2840
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2840
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2840
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2840
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2840
P1743 LOCK-UP AND LOW AND REVERSE BRAKE LINEAR SOLENOID VALVE.....................................................................................2843
Description...................................................................................................................................2843
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2843
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2843
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2843
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2843
P1746 LOW CLUTCH LINEAR SOLENOID VALVE............................................................................................................2845
Description...................................................................................................................................2845
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2845
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2845
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2845
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2845
P1747 2-6 BRAKE LINEAR SOLENOID VALVE.............................................................................................................2847
Description...................................................................................................................................2847
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2847
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2847
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2847
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2847
P1748 3-5 REVERSE CLUTCH LINEAR SOLENOID VALVE....................................................................................................2849
Description...................................................................................................................................2849
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2849
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2849
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2849
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2849
P1749 HIGH CLUTCH LINEAR SOLENOID VALVE...........................................................................................................2851
Description...................................................................................................................................2851
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2851
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2851
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2851
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2851
P1750 LOW CLUTCH SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE.............................................................................................................2853
Description...................................................................................................................................2853
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2853
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2853
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2853
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2853
P1755 LOW AND REVERSE BRAKE SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE..................................................................................................2855
Description...................................................................................................................................2855
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2855
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2855
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2855
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2855
P1787 MEAN EFFECTIVE TORQUE SIGNAL................................................................................................................2857
Description...................................................................................................................................2857
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2857
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2857
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2857
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2857
P1788 ENGINE TORQUE WITHOUT GB REQUEST SIGNAL.....................................................................................................2858
Description...................................................................................................................................2858
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2858
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2858
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2858
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2858
P1790 LOW CLUTCH PRESSURE SWITCH..................................................................................................................2859
Description...................................................................................................................................2859
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2859
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2859
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2859
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2859
P1792 2-6 BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH...................................................................................................................2861
Description...................................................................................................................................2861
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2861
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2861
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2861
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2861
P1793 3-5 REVERSE CLUTCH PRESSURE SWITCH..........................................................................................................2863
Description...................................................................................................................................2863
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2863
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2863
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2863
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2863
P1794 HIGH CLUTCH PRESSURE SWITCH.................................................................................................................2865
Description...................................................................................................................................2865
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2865
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2865
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2865
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2865
P1795 LOW AND REVERSE BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH.......................................................................................................2867
Description...................................................................................................................................2867
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2867
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2867
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2867
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2867
P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH..........................................................................................................................2869
Description...................................................................................................................................2869
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2869
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2869
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2869
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2869
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2871
MANUAL MODE SWITCH........................................................................................................................2871
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT..............................................................................................................2872
Description...................................................................................................................................2872
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2872
SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................2873
Description...................................................................................................................................2873
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................2873
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2873
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................2874
Description...................................................................................................................................2874
Wiring Diagram - A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM -......................................................................................................2874
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................2876
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2877
Component Inspection (Shift Lock Brake Switch)................................................................................................2878
Component Inspection (Shift Lock Solenoid)....................................................................................................2878
ECU DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................2879
TCM...............................................................................................................................................2879
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................2879
VALUES ON DIAGNOSIS TOOL..................................................................................................................2879
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................2882
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................2882
Wiring Diagram - A/T CONTROL SYSTEM -.........................................................................................................2885
Fail-Safe.....................................................................................................................................2888
FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION........................................................................................................................2889
DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................2891
DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................2891
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................2893
SYSTEM SYMPTOM....................................................................................................................................2893
Symptom Table.................................................................................................................................2893
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................2913
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................2913
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................2913
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.....................................................................2913
OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................2913
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................2914
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of A/T and Engine.............................................................................................2914
Removal and Installation Procedure for A/T Assembly Connector.................................................................................2914
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2914
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2914
General Precautions...........................................................................................................................2915
Service Notice or Precaution..................................................................................................................2916
OBD SELF-DIAGNOSIS........................................................................................................................2916
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................2917
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................2917
Special Service Tool..........................................................................................................................2917
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................2918
A/T FLUID.........................................................................................................................................2918
Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................2918
A/T FLUID LEAKAGE AND A/T FLUID LEVEL CHECK...............................................................................................2918
A/T FLUID CONDITION CHECK.................................................................................................................2919
Changing......................................................................................................................................2919
STALL TEST........................................................................................................................................2921
Inspection and Judgment.......................................................................................................................2921
INSPECTION................................................................................................................................2921
JUDGMENT OF STALL TEST....................................................................................................................2921
LINE PRESSURE TEST................................................................................................................................2922
Inspection and Judgment.......................................................................................................................2922
INSPECTION................................................................................................................................2922
Line Pressure Test Procedure..........................................................................................................2922
JUDGMENT OF LINE PRESSURE TEST............................................................................................................2922
ROAD TEST.........................................................................................................................................2924
Description...................................................................................................................................2924
Check Before Engine Is Started................................................................................................................2924
Check Starting The Engine.....................................................................................................................2924
Cruise Test - Part 1..........................................................................................................................2925
Cruise Test - Part 2..........................................................................................................................2926
Cruise Test - Part 3..........................................................................................................................2926
A/T POSITION......................................................................................................................................2928
Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................2928
INSPECTION................................................................................................................................2928
ADJUSTMENT................................................................................................................................2928
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................2929
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE.......................................................................................................................2929
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2929
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2929
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2929
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2929
CONTROL DEVICE....................................................................................................................................2930
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2930
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2930
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2930
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2933
Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................2933
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................2933
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................2933
CONTROL CABLE.....................................................................................................................................2934
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2934
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2934
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2934
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2935
Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................2935
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................2935
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................2935
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE...............................................................................................................................2936
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2936
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2936
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2936
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2937
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2938
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................2938
AIR BREATHER HOSE.................................................................................................................................2939
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2939
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2939
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2939
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2939
FLUID COOLER SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................2941
WATER HOSE....................................................................................................................................2941
WATER HOSEExploded View...................................................................................................................2941
WATER HOSERemoval and Installation........................................................................................................2941
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................2941
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................2942
WATER HOSEInspection......................................................................................................................2942
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2943
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................2943
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2943
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2943
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................2943
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................2944
Inspection....................................................................................................................................2945
INSPECTION BEFORE INSTALLATION............................................................................................................2945
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................2945
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................2947
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................2947
General Specification.........................................................................................................................2947
Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs...................................................................................................2947
Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releases................................................................................................2948
Stall Speed...................................................................................................................................2948
Line Pressure.................................................................................................................................2948
Turbine Revolution Sensor.....................................................................................................................2948
Vehicle Speed Sensor A/T......................................................................................................................2948
Torque Converter..............................................................................................................................2948
CVT: RE0F10A..............................................................................................................................................2949
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................2949
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................2949
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................2949
INTRODUCTION..............................................................................................................................2949
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................2949
Diagnostic Work Sheet.........................................................................................................................2950
INFORMATION FROM CUSTOMER.................................................................................................................2950
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET......................................................................................................................2951
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.........................................................................................................................2952
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................2952
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITService After Replacing TCM and Transaxle Assembly..........................................2952
SERVICE AFTER REPLACING TCM AND TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY....................................................................................2952
PATTERN A.............................................................................................................................2952
PATTERN B.............................................................................................................................2952
Calibration Data..................................................................................................................2953
PATTERN C.............................................................................................................................2953
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................2954
CVT SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................2954
System Diagram................................................................................................................................2954
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................2955
MECHANICAL SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................2956
Cross-Sectional View..........................................................................................................................2956
System Diagram................................................................................................................................2957
System Description............................................................................................................................2957
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................2958
Component Description.........................................................................................................................2958
HYDRAULIC CONTROL SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................2960
System Diagram................................................................................................................................2960
System Description............................................................................................................................2960
LINE PRESSURE AND SECONDARY PRESSURE CONTROL..............................................................................................2960
Normal Control........................................................................................................................2961
Feedback Control......................................................................................................................2961
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................2962
Component Description.........................................................................................................................2962
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................2962
EXCEPT TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................2963
CONTROL SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................2964
System Diagram................................................................................................................................2964
System Description............................................................................................................................2964
TCM FUNCTION .............................................................................................................................2964
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL OF TCM................................................................................................................2964
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................2966
Component Description.........................................................................................................................2966
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................2966
EXCEPT TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................2967
LOCK-UP AND SELECT CONTROL SYSTEM.................................................................................................................2968
System Diagram................................................................................................................................2968
System Description............................................................................................................................2968
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH AND SELECT CONTROL VALVE CONTROL .................................................................................2968
Lock-up Released .....................................................................................................................2968
Lock-up Applied.......................................................................................................................2968
Select Control........................................................................................................................2968
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................2969
Component Description.........................................................................................................................2969
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................2969
EXCEPT TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................2970
SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................2971
System Diagram................................................................................................................................2971
System Description............................................................................................................................2971
“.........................................................................................................................................2971
“.........................................................................................................................................2971
DOWNHILL ENGINE BRAKE CONTROL (AUTO ENGINE BRAKE CONTROL).................................................................................2971
ACCELERATION CONTROL......................................................................................................................2971
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................2972
Component Description.........................................................................................................................2973
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................2973
EXCEPT TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................2973
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................2974
System Description............................................................................................................................2974
SHIFT LOCK OPERATION at P POSITION........................................................................................................2974
When Brake Pedal Is Not Depressed (No Selector Operation Allowed).....................................................................2974
When Brake Pedal Is Depressed (Shift Operation Allowed)...............................................................................2974
P POSITION HOLD MECHANISM (IGNITION SWITCH LOCK)..........................................................................................2974
KEY LOCK MECHANISM........................................................................................................................2975
Key Lock Status.......................................................................................................................2975
Key Unlock Status.....................................................................................................................2975
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................2976
Component Description.........................................................................................................................2976
SHIFT LOCK................................................................................................................................2976
KEY LOCK..................................................................................................................................2976
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM..................................................................................................................2977
Diagnosis Description.........................................................................................................................2977
DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................2977
OBD FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................2977
ONE OR TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC OF OBD....................................................................................................2977
One Trip Detection Logic..............................................................................................................2977
Two Trip Detection Logic..............................................................................................................2977
OBD DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC).........................................................................................................2977
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC......................................................................................................2977
How to Erase DTC......................................................................................................................2978
......................................................................................................................................2978
......................................................................................................................................2978
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR (MI)................................................................................................................2978
Description...........................................................................................................................2978
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TCM)............................................................................................................................2979
CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)...........................................................................................................2979
FUNCTION..................................................................................................................................2979
WORK SUPPORT MODE.........................................................................................................................2979
Display Item List.....................................................................................................................2979
Engine Brake Adjustment...............................................................................................................2979
Check CVT Fluid Deterioration Date....................................................................................................2979
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE...............................................................................................................2979
Display Items List....................................................................................................................2979
DATA MONITOR MODE.........................................................................................................................2980
Display Items List....................................................................................................................2980
Diagnostic Tool Function......................................................................................................................2983
..........................................................................................................................................2983
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................2984
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................2984
Description...................................................................................................................................2984
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2984
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2984
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2984
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2984
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)..........................................................................................................................2985
Description...................................................................................................................................2985
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2985
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2985
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2985
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2985
P0703 STOP LAMP SWITCH............................................................................................................................2986
Description...................................................................................................................................2986
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2986
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2986
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2986
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2986
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2986
P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH................................................................................................................2988
Description...................................................................................................................................2988
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2988
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2988
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2988
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2989
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2989
P0710 CVT FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR................................................................................................................2991
Description...................................................................................................................................2991
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2991
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2991
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2991
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2991
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................2992
CVT FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR..............................................................................................................2992
P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRI SPEED SENSOR).......................................................................................................2993
Description...................................................................................................................................2993
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2993
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2993
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2993
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2993
P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR CVT (SECONDARY SPEED SENSOR)...........................................................................................2996
Description...................................................................................................................................2996
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2996
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2996
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2996
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2996
P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL.........................................................................................................................2999
Description...................................................................................................................................2999
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................2999
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................2999
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................2999
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2999
P0730 BELT DAMAGE.................................................................................................................................3001
Description...................................................................................................................................3001
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3001
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3001
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3001
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3001
P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE......................................................................................................3002
Description...................................................................................................................................3002
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3002
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3002
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3002
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3002
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3003
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE....................................................................................................3003
P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK -UP).............................................................................................................3004
Description...................................................................................................................................3004
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3004
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3004
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3004
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3004
P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE................................................................................................................3006
Description...................................................................................................................................3006
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3006
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3006
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3006
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3006
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3007
PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A (LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE)..........................................................................3007
P0746 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A PERFORMANCE (LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE)......................................................................3008
Description...................................................................................................................................3008
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3008
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3008
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3008
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3008
P0776 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B PERFORMANCE (SEC PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE).......................................................................3010
Description...................................................................................................................................3010
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3010
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3010
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3010
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3010
P0778 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B ELECTRICAL (SEC PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE)........................................................................3012
Description...................................................................................................................................3012
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3012
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3012
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3012
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3012
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3013
PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B (SECONDARY PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE).....................................................................3013
P0826 MANUAL MODE SWITCH..........................................................................................................................3014
Description...................................................................................................................................3014
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3014
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3014
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3014
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3014
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3016
MANUAL MODE SWITCH........................................................................................................................3016
P0840 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR A (SEC PRESSURE SENSOR)..................................................................................3017
Description...................................................................................................................................3017
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3017
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3017
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3017
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3017
P0841 PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION....................................................................................................................3020
Description...................................................................................................................................3020
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3020
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3020
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3020
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3020
P0845 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR B (PRI PRESSURE SENSOR)..................................................................................3022
Description...................................................................................................................................3022
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3022
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3022
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3022
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3022
P0868 SECONDARY PRESSURE DOWN.....................................................................................................................3025
Description...................................................................................................................................3025
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3025
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3025
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3025
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3025
P1701 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (POWER SUPPLY)..................................................................................................3027
Description...................................................................................................................................3027
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3027
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3027
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3027
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3027
P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR....................................................................................................................3029
Description...................................................................................................................................3029
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3029
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3029
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3029
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3029
P1722 ESTM VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL...................................................................................................................3030
Description...................................................................................................................................3030
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3030
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3030
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3030
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3030
P1723 CVT SPEED SENSOR FUNCTION...................................................................................................................3032
Description...................................................................................................................................3032
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3032
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3032
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3032
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3032
P1726 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL SYSTEM............................................................................................................3034
Description...................................................................................................................................3034
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3034
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3034
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3034
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3034
P1740 LOCK-UP SELECT SOLENOID VALVE...............................................................................................................3035
Description...................................................................................................................................3035
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3035
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3035
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3035
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3035
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3036
LOCK-UP SELECT SOLENOID VALVE.............................................................................................................3036
P1745 LINE PRESSURE CONTROL.......................................................................................................................3037
Description...................................................................................................................................3037
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3037
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3037
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3037
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3037
P1777 STEP MOTOR..................................................................................................................................3038
Description...................................................................................................................................3038
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3038
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3038
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3038
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3038
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3039
STEP MOTOR................................................................................................................................3039
P1778 STEP MOTOR - FUNCTION.......................................................................................................................3040
Description...................................................................................................................................3040
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3040
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3040
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3040
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3040
SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................3042
Description...................................................................................................................................3042
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................3042
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3042
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................3043
Description...................................................................................................................................3043
Wiring Diagram - CVT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM -......................................................................................................3043
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................3045
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3046
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch).......................................................................................................3047
Component Inspection (Shift Lock Solenoid)....................................................................................................3047
ECU DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................3048
TCM...............................................................................................................................................3048
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................3048
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................3048
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................3049
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................3050
Wiring Diagram - CVT CONTROL SYSTEM -.........................................................................................................3052
Fail-safe.....................................................................................................................................3055
FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION .......................................................................................................................3055
Output Speed Sensor (Secondary Speed Sensor)..........................................................................................3055
Input Speed Sensor (Primary Speed Sensor).............................................................................................3056
PNP Switch............................................................................................................................3056
Manual Mode Switch....................................................................................................................3056
CVT Fluid Temperature Sensor..........................................................................................................3056
Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor A (Secondary Pressure Sensor)......................................................................3056
Pressure Control Solenoid A (Line Pressure Solenoid)..................................................................................3056
Pressure Control Solenoid B (Secondary Pressure Solenoid).............................................................................3056
Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid......................................................................................................3056
Step Motor............................................................................................................................3056
CVT Lock-up Select Solenoid...........................................................................................................3056
TCM Power Supply (Memory Back-up).....................................................................................................3056
DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................3056
DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................3057
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................3058
SYSTEM SYMPTOM....................................................................................................................................3058
Symptom Table.................................................................................................................................3058
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................3069
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................3069
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................3069
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.....................................................................3069
OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................3069
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................3070
Precaution for On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of CVT and Engine..............................................................................3070
Precaution for TCM and CVT Assembly Replacement...............................................................................................3070
EEPROM ERASING PATTERNS...................................................................................................................3070
Removal and Installation Procedure for CVT Unit Connector.....................................................................................3070
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3070
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3071
Precaution....................................................................................................................................3071
Service Notice or Precaution..................................................................................................................3072
OBD SELF-DIAGNOSIS........................................................................................................................3072
ATFTEMP COUNT Conversion Table ...............................................................................................................3073
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................3074
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................3074
Special Service Tool..........................................................................................................................3074
Commercial Service Tool.......................................................................................................................3074
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................3076
CVT FLUID.........................................................................................................................................3076
Inspection....................................................................................................................................3076
CHECKING CVT FLUID........................................................................................................................3076
CVT FLUID CONDITION.......................................................................................................................3076
Changing......................................................................................................................................3077
STALL TEST........................................................................................................................................3078
Inspection and Judgment.......................................................................................................................3078
INSPECTION................................................................................................................................3078
JUDGMENT..................................................................................................................................3078
LINE PRESSURE TEST................................................................................................................................3080
Inspection and Judgment.......................................................................................................................3080
INSPECTION................................................................................................................................3080
Line Pressure Test Port...............................................................................................................3080
Line Pressure Test Procedure..........................................................................................................3080
Line Pressure.........................................................................................................................3081
JUDGMENT..................................................................................................................................3081
ROAD TEST.........................................................................................................................................3082
Description...................................................................................................................................3082
DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................3082
CONSULT-III SETTING PROCEDURE.............................................................................................................3082
Check before Engine Is Started................................................................................................................3082
Check at Idle.................................................................................................................................3083
Cruise Test...................................................................................................................................3084
CVT POSITION......................................................................................................................................3086
Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................3086
INSPECTION................................................................................................................................3086
ADJUSTMENT................................................................................................................................3086
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................3087
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE.......................................................................................................................3087
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3087
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3087
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3087
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3087
CONTROL DEVICE....................................................................................................................................3088
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3088
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3088
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3088
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3091
Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................3091
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................3091
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................3091
CONTROL CABLE.....................................................................................................................................3092
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3092
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3092
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3092
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3093
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................3093
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................3093
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE...............................................................................................................................3094
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3094
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3094
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3094
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3095
OIL PAN...........................................................................................................................................3097
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3097
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3097
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3097
INSTALLTION...............................................................................................................................3097
Inspection....................................................................................................................................3098
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................3098
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH................................................................................................................3099
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3099
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3099
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3099
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3099
Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................3099
ADJUSTMENT OF PNP SWITCH..................................................................................................................3099
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION ............................................................................................................3100
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLAION..............................................................................................................3100
PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR..............................................................................................................................3101
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3101
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3101
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3101
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3101
SECONDARY SPEED SENSOR............................................................................................................................3102
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3102
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3102
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3102
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3102
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE OIL SEAL........................................................................................................................3103
2WD...........................................................................................................................................3103
2WDExploded View..........................................................................................................................3103
2WDRemoval and Installation...............................................................................................................3103
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3103
INSTALLTION...........................................................................................................................3103
2WDInspection.............................................................................................................................3104
4WD...........................................................................................................................................3104
4WDExploded View..........................................................................................................................3104
4WDRemoval and Installation...............................................................................................................3104
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3104
INSTALLTION...........................................................................................................................3104
4WDInspection.............................................................................................................................3105
OIL PUMP FITTING BOLT.............................................................................................................................3106
Description...................................................................................................................................3106
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3106
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3106
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3106
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3106
AIR BREATHER HOSE.................................................................................................................................3107
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3107
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3107
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3107
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3107
FLUID COOLER SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................3108
WATER HOSE....................................................................................................................................3108
WATER HOSEExploded View...................................................................................................................3108
WATER HOSERemoval and Installation........................................................................................................3108
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3108
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3109
FLUID COOLER..................................................................................................................................3109
FLUID COOLERExploded view ................................................................................................................3110
FLUID COOLERRemoval and Installation......................................................................................................3110
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3110
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3111
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3113
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY................................................................................................................................3113
2WD...........................................................................................................................................3113
2WDExploded View..........................................................................................................................3113
2WDRemoval and Installation...............................................................................................................3113
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3113
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3114
2WDInspection.............................................................................................................................3116
INSPECTION BE FORE INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................3116
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................3116
4WD...........................................................................................................................................3116
4WDExploded View..........................................................................................................................3117
4WDRemoval and Installation...............................................................................................................3117
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3117
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3118
4WDInspection.............................................................................................................................3120
INSPECTION BE FORE INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................3120
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................3120
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................3121
TORQUE CONVERTER AND CONVERTER HOUSING OIL SEAL...................................................................................................3121
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3121
Disassembly...................................................................................................................................3121
Assembly......................................................................................................................................3121
Inspection....................................................................................................................................3122
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................3122
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................3123
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................3123
General Specification.........................................................................................................................3123
Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears.............................................................................................................3123
Stall Speed...................................................................................................................................3123
Line Pressure.................................................................................................................................3123
Solenoid Valves...............................................................................................................................3124
CVT Fluid Temperature Sensor..................................................................................................................3124
Primary Speed Sensor..........................................................................................................................3124
Secondary Speed Sensor........................................................................................................................3124
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3124
12-Driveline.pdf..................................................................................................................................................3125
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
DRIVELINE.....................................................................................................................................................3125
TRANSFER: TY30A...........................................................................................................................................3129
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................3129
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................3129
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................3129
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................3129
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................3130
4WD SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................3130
System Diagram................................................................................................................................3130
CONTROL DIAGRAM...........................................................................................................................3130
CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW (M/T, A/T)...........................................................................................................3130
CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW (CVT)................................................................................................................3131
System Description............................................................................................................................3132
DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................3132
AUTO Mode.............................................................................................................................3132
LOCK Mode.............................................................................................................................3132
2WD Mode..............................................................................................................................3132
POWER TRANSFER DIAGRAM....................................................................................................................3132
OPERATION PRINCIPLE.......................................................................................................................3133
Electric Controlled Coupling..........................................................................................................3133
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................3133
LHD MODELS................................................................................................................................3133
RHD MODELS................................................................................................................................3134
Component Description.........................................................................................................................3135
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (4WD CONTROL UNIT)...............................................................................................................3136
CONSULT-III Function (ALL MODE AWD/4WD).......................................................................................................3136
FUNCTION..................................................................................................................................3136
SELF-DIAG RESULT MODE.....................................................................................................................3136
Display Item List.....................................................................................................................3136
How to Erase Self-Diagnostic Results..................................................................................................3136
DATA MONITOR MODE.........................................................................................................................3136
Display Item List.....................................................................................................................3136
ACTIVE TEST MODE..........................................................................................................................3137
Description...........................................................................................................................3137
Test Item.............................................................................................................................3137
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................3138
C1201 4WD CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................................3138
Description...................................................................................................................................3138
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3138
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3138
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3138
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3138
C1203 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)...............................................................................................3139
Description...................................................................................................................................3139
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3139
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3139
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3139
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3139
C1204 4WD SOLENOID................................................................................................................................3140
Description...................................................................................................................................3140
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3140
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3140
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3140
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3140
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3142
C1205 4WD ACTUATOR RELAY..........................................................................................................................3143
Description...................................................................................................................................3143
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3143
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3143
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3143
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3143
C1209 MODE SW.....................................................................................................................................3144
Description...................................................................................................................................3144
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3144
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3144
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3144
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3144
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3145
C1210 ECM.........................................................................................................................................3147
Description...................................................................................................................................3147
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3147
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3147
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3147
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3147
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................3148
Description...................................................................................................................................3148
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3148
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3148
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3148
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3148
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)..........................................................................................................................3149
Description...................................................................................................................................3149
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3149
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3149
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3149
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3149
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................3150
Description...................................................................................................................................3150
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3150
4WD WARNING LAMP..................................................................................................................................3152
Description...................................................................................................................................3152
4WD WARNING LAMP INDICATION...............................................................................................................3152
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3152
4WD INDICATOR LAMP................................................................................................................................3153
Description...................................................................................................................................3153
4WD INDICATOR LAMP AND LOCK INDICATOR LAMP................................................................................................3153
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3153
LOCK INDICATOR LAMP...............................................................................................................................3154
Description...................................................................................................................................3154
4WD INDICATOR LAMP AND LOCK INDICATOR LAMP................................................................................................3154
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3154
ECU DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................3155
4WD CONTROL UNIT..................................................................................................................................3155
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................3155
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................3155
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................3156
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................3156
Wiring Diagram - 4WD SYSTEM -.................................................................................................................3158
Fail Safe.....................................................................................................................................3160
4WD system................................................................................................................................3160
DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................3161
DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................3161
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................3162
4WD SYSTEM SYMPTOMS...............................................................................................................................3162
Symptom Table.................................................................................................................................3162
4WD WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON.................................................................................................................3163
Description...................................................................................................................................3163
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3163
4WD WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF................................................................................................................3164
Description...................................................................................................................................3164
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3164
HEAVY TIGHT-CORNER BRAKING SYMPTOM OCCURS.........................................................................................................3165
Description...................................................................................................................................3165
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3165
VEHICLE DOES NOT ENTER 4WD MODE...................................................................................................................3166
Description...................................................................................................................................3166
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3166
4WD WARNING LAMP BLINKS QUICKLY...................................................................................................................3167
Description...................................................................................................................................3167
4WD WARNING LAMP BLINKS SLOWLY....................................................................................................................3168
Description...................................................................................................................................3168
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3168
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION........................................................................................................................3169
Description...................................................................................................................................3169
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..............................................................................................3170
NVH Troubleshooting Chart.....................................................................................................................3170
M/T MODELS................................................................................................................................3170
CVT MODELS................................................................................................................................3170
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................3172
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................3172
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................3172
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................3172
Service Notice or Precautions for Transfer....................................................................................................3172
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................3174
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................3174
M/T, A/T......................................................................................................................................3174
M/T, A/TSpecial Service Tools.............................................................................................................3174
M/T, A/TCommercial Service Tools..........................................................................................................3176
CVT...........................................................................................................................................3177
CVTSpecial Service Tools..................................................................................................................3177
CVTCommercial Service Tools...............................................................................................................3179
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................3180
TRANSFER OIL......................................................................................................................................3180
Inspection....................................................................................................................................3180
OIL LEAKAGE...............................................................................................................................3180
OIL LEVEL.................................................................................................................................3180
Draining......................................................................................................................................3180
Refilling.....................................................................................................................................3180
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................3181
4WD CONTROL UNIT..................................................................................................................................3181
LHD...........................................................................................................................................3181
LHDExploded View..........................................................................................................................3181
LHDRemoval and Installation...............................................................................................................3181
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3181
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3181
RHD...........................................................................................................................................3181
RHDExploded View..........................................................................................................................3182
RHDRemoval and Installation...............................................................................................................3182
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3182
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3182
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3183
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................3183
MR20DE (M/T)..................................................................................................................................3183
MR20DE (M/T)Exploded View.................................................................................................................3183
MR20DE (M/T)Removal and Installation......................................................................................................3183
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3183
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3183
MR20DE (CVT)..................................................................................................................................3184
MR20DE (CVT)Exploded View.................................................................................................................3184
MR20DE (CVT)Removal and Installation......................................................................................................3184
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3184
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3185
M9R...........................................................................................................................................3185
M9RExploded View..........................................................................................................................3185
M9RRemoval and Installation...............................................................................................................3186
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3186
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3186
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................3187
ADAPTER CASE......................................................................................................................................3187
M/T, A/T......................................................................................................................................3187
M/T, A/TExploded View.....................................................................................................................3187
M/T, A/TDisassembly.......................................................................................................................3188
M/T, A/TAssembly..........................................................................................................................3188
M/T, A/TInspection After Disassembly......................................................................................................3189
CASE..................................................................................................................................3189
CVT...........................................................................................................................................3189
CVTExploded View..........................................................................................................................3190
CVTDisassembly............................................................................................................................3191
CVTAssembly...............................................................................................................................3191
CVTInspection After Disassembly...........................................................................................................3192
CASE..................................................................................................................................3192
RING GEAR SHAFT...................................................................................................................................3193
M/T, A/T......................................................................................................................................3193
M/T, A/TExploded View.....................................................................................................................3193
M/T, A/TDisassembly.......................................................................................................................3194
M/T, A/TAssembly..........................................................................................................................3195
M/T, A/TInspection After Disassembly......................................................................................................3196
GEAR AND SHAFT........................................................................................................................3196
BEARING...............................................................................................................................3196
SHIM..................................................................................................................................3196
CASE..................................................................................................................................3196
CVT...........................................................................................................................................3196
CVTExploded View..........................................................................................................................3197
CVTDisassembly............................................................................................................................3198
CVTAssembly...............................................................................................................................3199
CVTInspection After Disassembly...........................................................................................................3200
GEAR AND SHAFT........................................................................................................................3200
BEARING...............................................................................................................................3200
SHIM..................................................................................................................................3200
CASE..................................................................................................................................3200
DRIVE PINION......................................................................................................................................3201
M/T, A/T......................................................................................................................................3201
M/T, A/TExploded View.....................................................................................................................3201
M/T, A/TDisassembly.......................................................................................................................3202
M/T, A/TAssembly..........................................................................................................................3203
M/T, A/TAdjustment........................................................................................................................3204
BACKLASH..............................................................................................................................3204
TOOTH CONTACT.........................................................................................................................3204
DRIVE PINION BEARING PRELOAD..........................................................................................................3206
TOTAL PRELOAD.........................................................................................................................3206
COMPANION FLANGE RUNOUT...............................................................................................................3207
ADJUSTING SHIM SELECTION..............................................................................................................3207
Measuring Point...................................................................................................................3207
Ring Gear Adjusting Shim (Adapter Case Side)......................................................................................3208
Ring Gear Adjusting Shim (Transfer Case Side).....................................................................................3210
Drive Pinion Adjusting Shim.......................................................................................................3212
M/T, A/TInspection After Disassembly......................................................................................................3213
GEAR AND SHAFT........................................................................................................................3213
BEARING...............................................................................................................................3213
SHIM..................................................................................................................................3213
CASE..................................................................................................................................3213
CVT...........................................................................................................................................3213
CVTExploded View..........................................................................................................................3214
CVTDisassembly............................................................................................................................3215
CVTAssembly...............................................................................................................................3216
CVTAdjustment.............................................................................................................................3217
BACKLASH..............................................................................................................................3217
TOOTH CONTACT.........................................................................................................................3217
DRIVE PINION BEARING PRELOAD..........................................................................................................3219
TOTAL PRELOAD.........................................................................................................................3219
COMPANION FLANGE RUNOUT...............................................................................................................3220
ADJUSTING SHIM SELECTION..............................................................................................................3220
Measuring Point...................................................................................................................3220
Ring Gear Adjusting Shim (Adapter Case Side)......................................................................................3221
Ring Gear Adjusting Shim (Transfer Case Side).....................................................................................3223
Drive Pinion Adjusting Shim.......................................................................................................3225
CVTInspection After Disassembly...........................................................................................................3226
GEAR AND SHAFT........................................................................................................................3226
BEARING...............................................................................................................................3226
SHIM..................................................................................................................................3226
CASE..................................................................................................................................3226
TRANSFER CASE.....................................................................................................................................3227
M/T, A/T......................................................................................................................................3227
M/T, A/TExploded View.....................................................................................................................3227
M/T, A/TDisassembly.......................................................................................................................3228
M/T, A/TAssembly..........................................................................................................................3228
M/T, A/TInspection........................................................................................................................3229
CASE..................................................................................................................................3229
CVT...........................................................................................................................................3229
CVTExploded View..........................................................................................................................3230
CVTDisassembly............................................................................................................................3231
CVTAssembly...............................................................................................................................3231
CVTInspection.............................................................................................................................3232
CASE..................................................................................................................................3232
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................3233
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................3233
General Specifications........................................................................................................................3233
Preload Torque................................................................................................................................3233
Backlash......................................................................................................................................3233
Companion Flange Runout.......................................................................................................................3233
REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3F SPL18-DOJ75......................................................................................................................3234
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................3234
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..............................................................................................3234
NVH Troubleshooting Chart.....................................................................................................................3234
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................3235
REAR PROPELLER SHAFT..............................................................................................................................3235
Inspection....................................................................................................................................3235
NOISE.....................................................................................................................................3235
VIBRATION.................................................................................................................................3235
RUNOUT MEASURING POINT....................................................................................................................3235
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................3236
REAR PROPELLER SHAFT..............................................................................................................................3236
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3236
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3236
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3236
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3237
Inspection....................................................................................................................................3238
APPEARANCE................................................................................................................................3238
PROPELLER SHAFT RUNOUT....................................................................................................................3238
JOURNAL AXIAL PLAY........................................................................................................................3238
CENTER BEARING............................................................................................................................3238
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................3239
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................3239
General Specifications........................................................................................................................3239
Propeller Shaft Runout........................................................................................................................3239
Journal Axial Play............................................................................................................................3239
REAR FINAL DRIVE: R145....................................................................................................................................3240
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................3240
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..............................................................................................3240
NVH Troubleshooting Chart.....................................................................................................................3240
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................3241
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................3241
Service Notice or Precautions for Rear Final Drive............................................................................................3241
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................3242
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................3242
Special Service Tools.........................................................................................................................3242
Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................3243
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................3245
REAR FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY.........................................................................................................................3245
System Diagram................................................................................................................................3245
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................3246
REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL........................................................................................................................3246
Inspection....................................................................................................................................3246
OIL LEAKEGE...............................................................................................................................3246
OIL LEVEL.................................................................................................................................3246
Draining......................................................................................................................................3246
Refilling.....................................................................................................................................3246
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................3247
FRONT OIL SEAL....................................................................................................................................3247
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3247
MR20DE....................................................................................................................................3247
M9R.......................................................................................................................................3247
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3248
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3248
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3248
SIDE OIL SEAL.....................................................................................................................................3250
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3250
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3250
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3250
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3250
ELECTRIC CONTROLLED COUPLING......................................................................................................................3251
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3251
MR20DE....................................................................................................................................3251
M9R.......................................................................................................................................3251
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3252
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3252
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3253
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3255
REAR FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY.........................................................................................................................3255
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3255
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3255
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3255
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3255
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................3257
ELECTRIC CONTROLLED COUPLING......................................................................................................................3257
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3257
MR20DE....................................................................................................................................3257
M9R.......................................................................................................................................3258
Disassembly...................................................................................................................................3259
Assembly......................................................................................................................................3259
Adjustment....................................................................................................................................3261
COMPANION FLANGE RUNOUT...................................................................................................................3261
Inspection After Disassembly..................................................................................................................3261
DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................3262
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3262
MR20DE....................................................................................................................................3262
M9R.......................................................................................................................................3263
Disassembly...................................................................................................................................3264
Assembly......................................................................................................................................3265
Inspection After Disassembly..................................................................................................................3268
DRIVE PINION......................................................................................................................................3269
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3269
MR20DE....................................................................................................................................3269
M9R.......................................................................................................................................3270
Disassembly...................................................................................................................................3270
Assembly......................................................................................................................................3272
Adjustment....................................................................................................................................3275
TOTAL PRELOAD TORQUE......................................................................................................................3275
DRIVE GEAR RUNOUT.........................................................................................................................3275
TOOTH CONTACT.............................................................................................................................3276
BACKLASH..................................................................................................................................3278
Inspection After Disassembly..................................................................................................................3278
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................3280
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................3280
General Specification.........................................................................................................................3280
Drive Gear Runout.............................................................................................................................3280
Differential Side Gear Clearance..............................................................................................................3280
Preload Torque................................................................................................................................3280
Backlash......................................................................................................................................3280
Companion Flange Runout.......................................................................................................................3280
13-Front Axle.pdf.................................................................................................................................................3281
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
FRONT AXLE....................................................................................................................................................3281
2WD.......................................................................................................................................................3283
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................3283
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..............................................................................................3283
NVH Troubleshooting Chart.....................................................................................................................3283
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................3284
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................3284
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................3284
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.....................................................................3284
OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................3284
Precautions for Drive Shaft...................................................................................................................3284
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................3286
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................3286
Special Service Tool..........................................................................................................................3286
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................3287
FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE.......................................................................................................................3287
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3287
Inspection....................................................................................................................................3287
MOUNTING INSPECTION.......................................................................................................................3287
WHEEL BEARING INSPECTION..................................................................................................................3287
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT.................................................................................................................................3288
Inspection....................................................................................................................................3288
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................3289
FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE.......................................................................................................................3289
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3289
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3289
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3289
Wheel Hub and Bearing Assembly........................................................................................................3289
Steering Knuckle......................................................................................................................3290
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3290
Inspection....................................................................................................................................3290
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................3290
Ball Joint Inspection.................................................................................................................3290
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................3290
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT BOOT............................................................................................................................3291
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3291
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3291
DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................3292
Replacement...................................................................................................................................3295
WHEEL SIDE................................................................................................................................3295
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT.................................................................................................................................3299
HR16DE MODELS.................................................................................................................................3299
HR16DE MODELSExploded View................................................................................................................3299
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3299
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................3299
HR16DE MODELSRemoval and Installation.....................................................................................................3301
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3301
Left Side.........................................................................................................................3301
Right Side........................................................................................................................3301
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3301
Left Side.........................................................................................................................3301
Right Side........................................................................................................................3301
HR16DE MODELSDisassembly and Assembly.....................................................................................................3302
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................3302
Transaxle Assembly Side...........................................................................................................3302
Support Bearing...................................................................................................................3302
Dynamic Damper....................................................................................................................3303
Wheel Side........................................................................................................................3303
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................3303
Transaxle Assembly Side...........................................................................................................3304
Support Bearing...................................................................................................................3305
Dynamic Damper....................................................................................................................3305
Wheel Side........................................................................................................................3306
HR16DE MODELSInspection...................................................................................................................3306
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................3306
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................3306
Shaft.............................................................................................................................3306
Dynamic Damper....................................................................................................................3306
Joint Sub-Assembly (Wheel Side)...................................................................................................3306
Housing and Spider assembly (Transaxle Side)......................................................................................3306
Support Bearing (Right Side)......................................................................................................3306
Support Bearing Bracket (Right Side)..............................................................................................3306
MR20DE MODELS.................................................................................................................................3306
MR20DE MODELSExploded View................................................................................................................3307
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3307
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................3307
MR20DE MODELSRemoval and Installation.....................................................................................................3309
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3309
Left Side.........................................................................................................................3309
Right Side........................................................................................................................3309
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3309
Left Side.........................................................................................................................3309
Right Side........................................................................................................................3309
MR20DE MODELSDisassembly and Assembly.....................................................................................................3310
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................3310
Transaxle Assembly Side...........................................................................................................3310
Support Bearing...................................................................................................................3311
Dynamic Damper....................................................................................................................3311
Wheel Side........................................................................................................................3311
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................3312
Transaxle Assembly Side...........................................................................................................3312
Support Bearing...................................................................................................................3313
Dynamic Damper....................................................................................................................3314
Wheel Side........................................................................................................................3314
MR20DE MODELSInspection...................................................................................................................3314
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................3314
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................3315
Shaft.............................................................................................................................3315
Dynamic Damper....................................................................................................................3315
Joint Sub-Assembly (Wheel Side)...................................................................................................3315
Housing and Spider assembly (Transaxle Side)......................................................................................3315
Support Bearing (Right Side)......................................................................................................3315
Support Bearing Bracket (Right Side)..............................................................................................3315
K9K MODELS....................................................................................................................................3315
K9K MODELSExploded View...................................................................................................................3315
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3315
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................3316
K9K MODELSRemoval and Installation........................................................................................................3317
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3317
Left Side.........................................................................................................................3317
Right Side........................................................................................................................3317
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3318
Left Side.........................................................................................................................3318
Right Side........................................................................................................................3318
K9K MODELSDisassembly and Assembly........................................................................................................3318
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................3318
Transaxle Assembly Side...........................................................................................................3318
Support Bearing...................................................................................................................3319
Dynamic Damper....................................................................................................................3320
Wheel Side........................................................................................................................3320
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................3320
Transaxle Assembly Side...........................................................................................................3320
Support Bearing...................................................................................................................3322
Dynamic Damper....................................................................................................................3322
Wheel Side........................................................................................................................3322
K9K MODELSInspection......................................................................................................................3323
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................3323
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................3323
Shaft.............................................................................................................................3323
Dynamic Damper....................................................................................................................3323
Joint Sub-Assembly (Wheel Side)...................................................................................................3323
Housing and Spider assembly (Transaxle Side)......................................................................................3323
Support Bearing (Right Side)......................................................................................................3323
Support Bearing Bracket (Right Side)..............................................................................................3323
M9R MODELS....................................................................................................................................3323
M9R MODELSExploded View...................................................................................................................3323
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3323
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................3324
M9R MODELSRemoval and Installation........................................................................................................3325
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3325
Left Side.........................................................................................................................3325
Right Side........................................................................................................................3325
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3325
Left Side.........................................................................................................................3325
Right Side........................................................................................................................3326
M9R MODELSDisassembly and Assembly........................................................................................................3326
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................3326
Transaxle Side....................................................................................................................3326
Support Bearing...................................................................................................................3326
Dynamic Damper....................................................................................................................3327
Wheel Side........................................................................................................................3327
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................3328
Transaxle Assembly Side...........................................................................................................3328
Support Bearing...................................................................................................................3329
Dynamic Damper....................................................................................................................3329
Wheel Side........................................................................................................................3330
M9R MODELSInspection......................................................................................................................3330
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................3330
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................3330
Shaft.............................................................................................................................3330
Dynamic Damper....................................................................................................................3330
Joint Sub-Assembly (Wheel Side)...................................................................................................3330
Housing and Spider assembly (Transaxle Side)......................................................................................3330
Support Bearing (Right Side)......................................................................................................3330
Support Bearing Bracket (Right Side)..............................................................................................3330
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................3331
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................3331
Wheel Bearing.................................................................................................................................3331
Drive Shaft...................................................................................................................................3331
HR16DE....................................................................................................................................3331
MR20DE....................................................................................................................................3331
M/T models............................................................................................................................3331
CVT models............................................................................................................................3332
K9K.......................................................................................................................................3333
M9R.......................................................................................................................................3333
4WD.......................................................................................................................................................3335
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................3335
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..............................................................................................3335
NVH Troubleshooting Chart.....................................................................................................................3335
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................3336
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................3336
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................3336
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.....................................................................3336
OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................3336
Precautions for Drive Shaft...................................................................................................................3336
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................3338
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................3338
Special Service Tool..........................................................................................................................3338
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................3339
FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE.......................................................................................................................3339
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3339
Inspection....................................................................................................................................3339
MOUNTING INSPECTION.......................................................................................................................3339
WHEEL BEARING INSPECTION..................................................................................................................3339
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT.................................................................................................................................3340
Inspection....................................................................................................................................3340
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................3341
FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE.......................................................................................................................3341
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3341
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3341
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3341
Wheel Hub and Bearing Assembly........................................................................................................3341
Steering Knuckle......................................................................................................................3342
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3342
Inspection....................................................................................................................................3342
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................3342
Ball Joint Inspection.................................................................................................................3342
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................3342
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT BOOT............................................................................................................................3343
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3343
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3343
DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................3344
Replacement...................................................................................................................................3346
WHEEL SIDE................................................................................................................................3346
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT.................................................................................................................................3350
MR20DE MODELS.................................................................................................................................3350
MR20DE MODELSExploded View................................................................................................................3350
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3350
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................3350
MR20DE MODELSRemoval and Installation.....................................................................................................3352
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3352
Left Side.........................................................................................................................3352
Right Side........................................................................................................................3352
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3352
Left Side.........................................................................................................................3352
Right Side........................................................................................................................3352
MR20DE MODELSDisassembly and Assembly.....................................................................................................3353
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................3353
Transaxle Assembly Side...........................................................................................................3353
Support Bearing...................................................................................................................3354
Dynamic Damper....................................................................................................................3354
Wheel Side........................................................................................................................3354
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................3355
Transaxle Assembly Side...........................................................................................................3355
Support Bearing...................................................................................................................3356
Dynamic Damper....................................................................................................................3357
Wheel Side........................................................................................................................3357
MR20DE MODELSInspection...................................................................................................................3357
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................3357
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................3358
Shaft.............................................................................................................................3358
Joint Sub-Assembly (Wheel Side)...................................................................................................3358
Housing and Spider assembly (Transaxle Side)......................................................................................3358
Dynamic Damper (Right Side).......................................................................................................3358
Support Bearing (Right Side)......................................................................................................3358
Support Bearing Bracket (Right Side)..............................................................................................3358
M9R MODELS....................................................................................................................................3358
M9R MODELSExploded View...................................................................................................................3358
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3358
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................3359
M9R MODELSRemoval and Installation........................................................................................................3360
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3360
Left Side.........................................................................................................................3360
Right Side........................................................................................................................3360
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3360
Left Side.........................................................................................................................3360
Right Side........................................................................................................................3361
M9R MODELSDisassembly and Assembly........................................................................................................3361
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................3361
Transaxle Side....................................................................................................................3361
Support Bearing...................................................................................................................3361
Dynamic Damper....................................................................................................................3362
Wheel Side........................................................................................................................3362
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................3363
Transaxle Assembly Side...........................................................................................................3363
Support Bearing...................................................................................................................3364
Dynamic Damper....................................................................................................................3364
Wheel Side........................................................................................................................3365
M9R MODELSInspection......................................................................................................................3365
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................3365
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................3365
Shaft.............................................................................................................................3365
Dynamic Damper....................................................................................................................3365
Joint Sub-Assembly (Wheel Side)...................................................................................................3365
Housing and Spider assembly (Transaxle Side)......................................................................................3365
Support Bearing (Right Side)......................................................................................................3365
Support Bearing Bracket (Right Side)..............................................................................................3365
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................3366
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................3366
Wheel Bearing.................................................................................................................................3366
Drive Shaft...................................................................................................................................3366
MR20DE....................................................................................................................................3366
M/T models............................................................................................................................3366
CVT models............................................................................................................................3366
M9R.......................................................................................................................................3367
M/T models............................................................................................................................3367
A/T models............................................................................................................................3368
14-Rear Axle.pdf..................................................................................................................................................3369
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
REAR AXLE.....................................................................................................................................................3369
2WD.......................................................................................................................................................3370
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................3370
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..............................................................................................3370
NVH Troubleshooting Chart.....................................................................................................................3370
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................3371
REAR WHEEL HUB AND HOUSING........................................................................................................................3371
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3371
Inspection....................................................................................................................................3371
MOUNTING INSPECTION.......................................................................................................................3371
WHEEL BEARING INSPECTION..................................................................................................................3371
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................3372
REAR WHEEL HUB....................................................................................................................................3372
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3372
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3372
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3372
Wheel Hub and Bearing Assembly........................................................................................................3372
INSTALLTION...............................................................................................................................3372
Inspection....................................................................................................................................3372
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................3372
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................3372
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................3373
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................3373
Wheel Bearing.................................................................................................................................3373
4WD.......................................................................................................................................................3374
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................3374
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..............................................................................................3374
NVH Troubleshooting Chart.....................................................................................................................3374
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................3375
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................3375
Precautions for Drive Shaft...................................................................................................................3375
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................3376
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................3376
Special Service Tool..........................................................................................................................3376
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................3377
REAR WHEEL HUB AND HOUSING........................................................................................................................3377
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3377
Inspection....................................................................................................................................3377
MOUNTING INSPECTION.......................................................................................................................3377
WHEEL BEARING INSPECTION..................................................................................................................3377
REAR DRIVE SHAFT..................................................................................................................................3378
Inspection....................................................................................................................................3378
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................3379
REAR WHEEL HUB AND HOUSING........................................................................................................................3379
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3379
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3379
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3379
Wheel Hub and Bearing Assembly........................................................................................................3379
INSTALLTION...............................................................................................................................3379
Inspection....................................................................................................................................3380
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................3380
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................3380
REAR DRIVE SHAFT..................................................................................................................................3381
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3381
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3381
DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................3381
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3381
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3381
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3382
Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................3382
DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................3382
Final Drive Side......................................................................................................................3382
Wheel Side............................................................................................................................3383
ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................3383
Final drive Side......................................................................................................................3383
Wheel Side............................................................................................................................3384
Inspection....................................................................................................................................3386
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................3386
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSENBLY..............................................................................................................3386
Shaft.................................................................................................................................3386
Joint Sub-Assembly (Wheel Side).......................................................................................................3386
Housing and Spider assembly (Final Drive Side)........................................................................................3386
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................3388
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................3388
Wheel Bearing.................................................................................................................................3388
Drive Shaft...................................................................................................................................3388
15-Front Suspension.pdf...........................................................................................................................................3389
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
FRONT SUSPENSION..............................................................................................................................................3389
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................3390
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..................................................................................................3390
NVH Troubleshooting Chart.........................................................................................................................3390
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................3391
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................3391
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"........................................................3391
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.........................................................................3391
OPERATION PROCEDURE...........................................................................................................................3391
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...................................................................................................3392
Precautions for Suspension........................................................................................................................3392
PREPARATION...............................................................................................................................................3393
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................3393
Special Service Tool..............................................................................................................................3393
Commercial Service Tool...........................................................................................................................3393
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE....................................................................................................................................3394
FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................3394
Inspection........................................................................................................................................3394
MOUNTING INSPECTION...........................................................................................................................3394
BALL JOINT AXIAL END PLAY.....................................................................................................................3394
STRUT ASSEMBLY................................................................................................................................3394
WHEEL ALIGNMENT.......................................................................................................................................3395
Wheel Alignment Inspection........................................................................................................................3395
INSPECTION....................................................................................................................................3395
Description...............................................................................................................................3395
Preliminary Check.........................................................................................................................3395
CAMBER, CASTER, AND KINGPIN INCLINATION ANGLES................................................................................................3395
Using a CCK Gauge.........................................................................................................................3395
Toe-In....................................................................................................................................3396
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................3397
FRONT COIL SPRING AND STRUT...........................................................................................................................3397
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................3397
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3398
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3398
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3398
Disassembly and Assembly..........................................................................................................................3398
DISASSEMBLY...................................................................................................................................3398
ASSEMBLY......................................................................................................................................3399
Inspection........................................................................................................................................3400
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.................................................................................................................3400
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................3400
Strut.....................................................................................................................................3400
Strut Mounting Insulator and Rubber Parts Inspection......................................................................................3400
Coil Spring...............................................................................................................................3400
TRANSVERSE LINK.......................................................................................................................................3401
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................3401
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3402
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3402
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3402
Inspection........................................................................................................................................3402
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL......................................................................................................................3402
Visual Inspection.........................................................................................................................3402
Ball Joint Inspection.....................................................................................................................3402
Swing Torque Inspection...................................................................................................................3402
Axial End Play Inspection.................................................................................................................3402
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.................................................................................................................3403
FRONT STABILIZER......................................................................................................................................3404
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................3404
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3405
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3405
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3405
Inspection........................................................................................................................................3405
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL......................................................................................................................3405
FRONT SUSPENSION MEMBER...............................................................................................................................3406
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................3406
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3407
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3407
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3407
Inspection........................................................................................................................................3407
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL......................................................................................................................3407
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.................................................................................................................3407
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3408
FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................3408
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................3408
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3409
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3409
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3409
Inspection........................................................................................................................................3409
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL......................................................................................................................3409
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.................................................................................................................3409
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).....................................................................................................................3410
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................3410
Wheel Alignment...................................................................................................................................3410
Ball Joint........................................................................................................................................3410
Wheel Height......................................................................................................................................3410
16-Rear Suspension.pdf............................................................................................................................................3412
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
REAR SUSPENSION...............................................................................................................................................3412
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................3413
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..................................................................................................3413
NVH Troubleshooting Chart.........................................................................................................................3413
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................3414
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................3414
Precautions for Suspension........................................................................................................................3414
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE....................................................................................................................................3415
REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................3415
Inspection and Adjustment.........................................................................................................................3415
MOUNTING INSPECTION...........................................................................................................................3415
SHOCK ABSORBER................................................................................................................................3415
WHEEL ALIGNMENT.......................................................................................................................................3416
Wheel Alignment Inspection........................................................................................................................3416
INSPECTION....................................................................................................................................3416
Description...............................................................................................................................3416
Preliminary Check.........................................................................................................................3416
Camber....................................................................................................................................3416
Toe-In....................................................................................................................................3416
Adjustment........................................................................................................................................3417
CAMBER........................................................................................................................................3417
TOE-IN........................................................................................................................................3417
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................3418
COIL SPRING...........................................................................................................................................3418
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................3418
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3418
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3418
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3419
Inspection........................................................................................................................................3419
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL......................................................................................................................3419
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.................................................................................................................3419
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER...................................................................................................................................3420
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................3420
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3420
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3420
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3420
Inspection........................................................................................................................................3421
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL......................................................................................................................3421
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLION...................................................................................................................3421
SUSPENSION ARM........................................................................................................................................3422
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................3422
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3422
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3422
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3423
Inspection........................................................................................................................................3423
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL......................................................................................................................3423
Visual Inspection.........................................................................................................................3423
INSPECTION AFTRE INSTALLATION.................................................................................................................3423
LOWER LINK............................................................................................................................................3424
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................3424
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3424
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3424
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3425
Inspection........................................................................................................................................3425
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL......................................................................................................................3425
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.................................................................................................................3425
UPPER LINK............................................................................................................................................3426
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................3426
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3426
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3426
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3427
Inspection........................................................................................................................................3427
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL......................................................................................................................3427
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.................................................................................................................3427
REAR STABILIZER.......................................................................................................................................3428
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................3428
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3428
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3428
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3429
Inspection........................................................................................................................................3429
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL......................................................................................................................3429
REAR SUSPENSION MEMBER................................................................................................................................3430
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................3430
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3430
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3430
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3431
Inspection........................................................................................................................................3431
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL......................................................................................................................3431
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.................................................................................................................3431
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3432
REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................3432
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................3432
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3432
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3432
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3432
Inspection........................................................................................................................................3433
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL......................................................................................................................3433
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.................................................................................................................3433
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).....................................................................................................................3434
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................3434
Wheel Alignment...................................................................................................................................3434
Wheel Height......................................................................................................................................3434
17-Road Wheels and Tires.pdf......................................................................................................................................3435
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
ROAD WHEELS & TIRES...........................................................................................................................................3435
PREPARATION...............................................................................................................................................3436
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................3436
Commercial Service Tools..........................................................................................................................3436
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................3437
ROAD WHEEL TIRE ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................3437
Adjustment........................................................................................................................................3437
TIRE RORATION.................................................................................................................................3437
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).....................................................................................................................3438
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................3438
Road Wheel........................................................................................................................................3438
Tire..............................................................................................................................................3438
18-Brake System.pdf...............................................................................................................................................3439
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
BRAKE SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................................3439
LHD.......................................................................................................................................................3442
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................3442
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..............................................................................................3442
NVH Troubleshooting Chart.....................................................................................................................3442
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................3443
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................3443
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................3443
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.....................................................................3443
OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................3443
Precaution for Brake System...................................................................................................................3443
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................3445
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................3445
Commercial Service Tool.......................................................................................................................3445
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................3446
BRAKE PEDAL.......................................................................................................................................3446
Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................3446
INSPECTION................................................................................................................................3446
Brake Pedal Height....................................................................................................................3446
ASCD brake Switch and Stop Lamp Switch................................................................................................3446
Brake Pedal Play......................................................................................................................3446
Depressed Brake Pedal Height..........................................................................................................3446
ADJUSTMENT................................................................................................................................3447
Brake Pedal Height....................................................................................................................3447
ASCD brake Switch and Stop Lamp Switch................................................................................................3447
Brake Pedal Play......................................................................................................................3447
BRAKE FLUID.......................................................................................................................................3449
Inspection....................................................................................................................................3449
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL.........................................................................................................................3449
BRAKE LINE................................................................................................................................3449
Draining......................................................................................................................................3449
Refilling.....................................................................................................................................3449
Bleeding Brake System.........................................................................................................................3450
BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER.............................................................................................................................3451
Inspection....................................................................................................................................3451
FLUID LEAK................................................................................................................................3451
BRAKE BOOSTER.....................................................................................................................................3452
Inspection....................................................................................................................................3452
OPERATION.................................................................................................................................3452
AIR TIGHT.................................................................................................................................3452
FRONT DISC BRAKE..................................................................................................................................3453
BRAKE PAD.....................................................................................................................................3453
BRAKE PADInspection.......................................................................................................................3453
PAD WEAR..............................................................................................................................3453
DISC ROTOR....................................................................................................................................3453
DISC ROTORInspection......................................................................................................................3453
APPEARANCE............................................................................................................................3453
RUNOUT................................................................................................................................3453
THICKNESS.............................................................................................................................3453
REAR DISC BRAKE...................................................................................................................................3454
BRAKE PAD.....................................................................................................................................3454
BRAKE PADInspection.......................................................................................................................3454
PAD WEAR..............................................................................................................................3454
DISC ROTOR....................................................................................................................................3454
DISC ROTORInspection......................................................................................................................3454
APPEARANCE............................................................................................................................3454
RUNOUT................................................................................................................................3454
THICKNESS.............................................................................................................................3454
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................3455
BRAKE PEDAL.......................................................................................................................................3455
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3455
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3455
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3455
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3455
Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................3456
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................3456
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................3456
BRAKE PIPING......................................................................................................................................3457
FRONT (WITHOUT ESP)...........................................................................................................................3457
FRONT (WITHOUT ESP)Exploded View..........................................................................................................3457
FRONT (WITHOUT ESP)Hydraulic Piping.......................................................................................................3458
FRONT (WITHOUT ESP)Removal and Installation...............................................................................................3458
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3458
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3458
FRONT (WITHOUT ESP)Inspection.............................................................................................................3459
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATOIN.........................................................................................................3459
FRONT (WITH ESP)..............................................................................................................................3459
FRONT (WITH ESP)Exploded View.............................................................................................................3460
FRONT (WITH ESP)Hydraulic Piping..........................................................................................................3461
FRONT (WITH ESP)Removal and Installation..................................................................................................3461
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3461
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3461
FRONT (WITH ESP)Inspection................................................................................................................3462
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATOIN.........................................................................................................3462
REAR..........................................................................................................................................3462
REARExploded View.........................................................................................................................3462
REARHydraulic Piping......................................................................................................................3463
REARRemoval and Installation..............................................................................................................3463
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3463
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3463
REARInspection............................................................................................................................3464
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................3464
BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER.............................................................................................................................3465
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3465
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3465
REMOVAL ..................................................................................................................................3465
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3466
Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................3466
DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................3466
ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................3466
Inspection....................................................................................................................................3467
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................3467
Fluid Leak............................................................................................................................3467
BRAKE BOOSTER.....................................................................................................................................3468
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3468
Removal and installation......................................................................................................................3468
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3468
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3469
Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................3469
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................3469
Output Rod Length Inspection..........................................................................................................3469
Input Rod Length Inspection...........................................................................................................3469
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................3469
Operation.............................................................................................................................3469
Air Tight.............................................................................................................................3469
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLTION..............................................................................................................3470
VACUUM LINES......................................................................................................................................3471
HR16DE/MR20DE MODELS..........................................................................................................................3471
HR16DE/MR20DE MODELSExploded View.........................................................................................................3471
HR16DE/MR20DE MODELSRemoval and Installation..............................................................................................3471
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3471
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3471
HR16DE/MR20DE MODELSInspection............................................................................................................3471
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................3471
Appearance........................................................................................................................3471
Check Valve Airtightness..........................................................................................................3471
K9K MODELS....................................................................................................................................3472
K9K MODELSExploded View...................................................................................................................3472
K9K MODELSRemoval and Installation........................................................................................................3472
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3472
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3472
K9K MODELSInspection......................................................................................................................3473
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................3473
Appearance........................................................................................................................3473
Check Valve Airtightness..........................................................................................................3473
M9R MODELS....................................................................................................................................3473
M9R MODELSExploded View...................................................................................................................3473
M9R MODELSRemoval and Installation........................................................................................................3473
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3473
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3474
M9R MODELSInspection......................................................................................................................3474
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................3474
Appearance........................................................................................................................3474
Check Valve Airtightness..........................................................................................................3474
FRONT DISC BRAKE..................................................................................................................................3475
BRAKE PAD.....................................................................................................................................3475
BRAKE PADExploded View....................................................................................................................3475
BRAKE PADRemoval and Installation.........................................................................................................3475
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3475
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3475
BRAKE PADInspection and Adjustment........................................................................................................3476
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................3476
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................3476
Brake Burnishing Procedure........................................................................................................3476
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................3476
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLYExploded View.......................................................................................................3477
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLYRemoval and Installation............................................................................................3477
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3477
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3478
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLYDisassembly and Assembly............................................................................................3478
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................3478
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................3479
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLYInspection and Adjustment...........................................................................................3479
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................3479
Cylinder Body.....................................................................................................................3479
Torque Member.....................................................................................................................3480
Piston............................................................................................................................3480
Sliding Pin and Sliding Pin Boot..................................................................................................3480
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................3480
Brake Burnishing Procedure........................................................................................................3480
REAR DISC BRAKE...................................................................................................................................3481
BRAKE PAD.....................................................................................................................................3481
BRAKE PADExploded View....................................................................................................................3481
BRAKE PADRemoval and Installation.........................................................................................................3481
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3481
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3482
BRAKE PADInspection and Adjustment........................................................................................................3482
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................3482
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................3482
Brake Burnishing Procedure........................................................................................................3482
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................3482
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLYExploded View.......................................................................................................3483
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLYRemoval and Installation............................................................................................3483
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3483
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3484
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLYDisassembly and Assembly............................................................................................3484
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................3484
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................3485
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLYInspection and Adjustment...........................................................................................3485
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................3485
Cylinder Body.....................................................................................................................3485
Torque Member.....................................................................................................................3486
Piston............................................................................................................................3486
Sliding Pin Bolt and Sliding Pin Boot.............................................................................................3486
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................3486
Brake Burnishing Procedure........................................................................................................3486
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................3487
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................3487
General Specifications........................................................................................................................3487
Brake Pedal...................................................................................................................................3487
Brake Booster.................................................................................................................................3487
Front Disc Brake..............................................................................................................................3487
Rear Disc Brake...............................................................................................................................3487
RHD.......................................................................................................................................................3489
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................3489
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..............................................................................................3489
NVH Troubleshooting Chart.....................................................................................................................3489
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................3490
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................3490
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................3490
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.....................................................................3490
OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................3490
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................3491
Precaution for Brake System...................................................................................................................3491
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................3492
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................3492
Commercial Service Tool.......................................................................................................................3492
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................3493
BRAKE PEDAL.......................................................................................................................................3493
Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................3493
INSPECTION................................................................................................................................3493
Brake Pedal Height....................................................................................................................3493
ASCD brake Switch and Stop Lamp Switch................................................................................................3493
Brake Pedal Play......................................................................................................................3493
Depressed Brake Pedal Height..........................................................................................................3493
ADJUSTMENT................................................................................................................................3494
Brake Pedal Height....................................................................................................................3494
ASCD brake Switch and Stop Lamp Switch................................................................................................3494
Brake Pedal Play......................................................................................................................3494
BRAKE FLUID.......................................................................................................................................3496
Inspection....................................................................................................................................3496
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL.........................................................................................................................3496
BRAKE LINE................................................................................................................................3496
Draining......................................................................................................................................3496
Refilling.....................................................................................................................................3496
Bleeding Brake System.........................................................................................................................3497
BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER.............................................................................................................................3498
Inspection....................................................................................................................................3498
FLUID LEAK................................................................................................................................3498
BRAKE BOOSTER.....................................................................................................................................3499
Inspection....................................................................................................................................3499
OPERATION.................................................................................................................................3499
AIR TIGHT.................................................................................................................................3499
FRONT DISC BRAKE..................................................................................................................................3500
BRAKE PAD.....................................................................................................................................3500
BRAKE PADInspection.......................................................................................................................3500
PAD WEAR..............................................................................................................................3500
DISC ROTOR....................................................................................................................................3500
DISC ROTORInspection......................................................................................................................3500
APPEARANCE............................................................................................................................3500
RUNOUT................................................................................................................................3500
THICKNESS.............................................................................................................................3500
REAR DISC BRAKE...................................................................................................................................3501
BRAKE PAD.....................................................................................................................................3501
BRAKE PADInspection.......................................................................................................................3501
PAD WEAR..............................................................................................................................3501
DISC ROTOR....................................................................................................................................3501
DISC ROTORInspection......................................................................................................................3501
APPEARANCE............................................................................................................................3501
RUNOUT................................................................................................................................3501
THICKNESS.............................................................................................................................3501
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................3502
BRAKE PEDAL.......................................................................................................................................3502
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3502
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3502
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3502
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3502
Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................3503
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................3503
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................3503
BRAKE PIPING......................................................................................................................................3504
FRONT (WITHOUT ESP)...........................................................................................................................3504
FRONT (WITHOUT ESP)Exploded View..........................................................................................................3504
FRONT (WITHOUT ESP)Hydraulic Piping.......................................................................................................3505
FRONT (WITHOUT ESP)Removal and Installation...............................................................................................3505
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3505
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3505
FRONT (WITHOUT ESP)Inspection.............................................................................................................3506
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATOIN.........................................................................................................3506
FRONT (WITH ESP)..............................................................................................................................3506
FRONT (WITH ESP)Exploded View.............................................................................................................3507
FRONT (WITH ESP)Hydraulic Piping..........................................................................................................3508
FRONT (WITH ESP)Removal and Installation..................................................................................................3508
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3508
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3508
FRONT (WITH ESP)Inspection................................................................................................................3509
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATOIN.........................................................................................................3509
REAR..........................................................................................................................................3509
REARExploded View.........................................................................................................................3509
REARHydraulic Piping......................................................................................................................3510
REARRemoval and Installation..............................................................................................................3510
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3510
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3510
REARInspection............................................................................................................................3511
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................3511
BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER.............................................................................................................................3512
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3512
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3512
REMOVAL ..................................................................................................................................3512
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3513
Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................3513
DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................3513
ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................3513
Inspection....................................................................................................................................3514
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................3514
Fluid Leak............................................................................................................................3514
BRAKE BOOSTER.....................................................................................................................................3515
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3515
Removal and installation......................................................................................................................3515
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3515
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3515
Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................3516
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................3516
Output Rod Length Inspection..........................................................................................................3516
Input Rod Length Inspection...........................................................................................................3516
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................3516
Operation.............................................................................................................................3516
Air Tight.............................................................................................................................3516
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLTION..............................................................................................................3517
VACUUM LINES......................................................................................................................................3518
HR16DE/MR20DE MODELS..........................................................................................................................3518
HR16DE/MR20DE MODELSExploded View.........................................................................................................3518
HR16DE/MR20DE MODELSRemoval and Installation..............................................................................................3518
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3518
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3518
HR16DE/MR20DE MODELSInspection............................................................................................................3518
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................3518
Appearance........................................................................................................................3518
Check Valve Airtightness..........................................................................................................3518
K9K MODELS....................................................................................................................................3519
K9K MODELSExploded View...................................................................................................................3519
K9K MODELSRemoval and Installation........................................................................................................3519
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3519
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3519
K9K MODELSInspection......................................................................................................................3520
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................3520
Appearance........................................................................................................................3520
Check Valve Airtightness..........................................................................................................3520
M9R MODELS....................................................................................................................................3520
M9R MODELSExploded View...................................................................................................................3520
M9R MODELSRemoval and Installation........................................................................................................3521
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3521
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3521
M9R MODELSInspection......................................................................................................................3521
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................3521
Appearance........................................................................................................................3521
Check Valve Airtightness..........................................................................................................3521
FRONT DISC BRAKE..................................................................................................................................3522
BRAKE PAD.....................................................................................................................................3522
BRAKE PADExploded View....................................................................................................................3522
BRAKE PADRemoval and Installation.........................................................................................................3522
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3522
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3522
BRAKE PADInspection and Adjustment........................................................................................................3523
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................3523
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................3523
Brake Burnishing Procedure........................................................................................................3523
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................3523
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLYExploded View.......................................................................................................3524
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLYRemoval and Installation............................................................................................3524
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3524
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3525
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLYDisassembly and Assembly............................................................................................3525
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................3525
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................3526
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLYInspection and Adjustment...........................................................................................3526
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................3526
Cylinder Body.....................................................................................................................3526
Torque Member.....................................................................................................................3527
Piston............................................................................................................................3527
Sliding Pin and Sliding Pin Boot..................................................................................................3527
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................3527
Brake Burnishing Procedure........................................................................................................3527
REAR DISC BRAKE...................................................................................................................................3528
BRAKE PAD.....................................................................................................................................3528
BRAKE PADExploded View....................................................................................................................3528
BRAKE PADRemoval and Installation.........................................................................................................3528
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3528
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3529
BRAKE PADInspection and Adjustment........................................................................................................3529
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................3529
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................3529
Brake Burnishing Procedure........................................................................................................3529
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................3529
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLYExploded View.......................................................................................................3530
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLYRemoval and Installation............................................................................................3530
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3530
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3531
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLYDisassembly and Assembly............................................................................................3531
DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................3531
ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................3532
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLYInspection and Adjustment...........................................................................................3532
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................3532
Cylinder Body.....................................................................................................................3532
Torque Member.....................................................................................................................3533
Piston............................................................................................................................3533
Sliding Pin Bolt and Sliding Pin Boot.............................................................................................3533
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................3533
Brake Burnishing Procedure........................................................................................................3533
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................3534
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................3534
General Specifications........................................................................................................................3534
Brake Pedal...................................................................................................................................3534
Brake Booster.................................................................................................................................3534
Front Disc Brake..............................................................................................................................3534
Rear Disc Brake...............................................................................................................................3534
19-Parking Brake System.pdf.......................................................................................................................................3536
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................3536
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE....................................................................................................................................3537
PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................3537
Inspection and Adjustment.........................................................................................................................3537
INSPECTION....................................................................................................................................3537
Lever Stroke..............................................................................................................................3537
Inspect Components........................................................................................................................3537
ADJUSTMENT....................................................................................................................................3537
PARKING BRAKE SHOE....................................................................................................................................3539
Inspection........................................................................................................................................3539
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................3540
PARKING BRAKE CONTROL.................................................................................................................................3540
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................3540
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3540
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3540
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3540
Adjustment........................................................................................................................................3541
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.................................................................................................................3541
PARKING BRAKE SHOE....................................................................................................................................3542
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................3542
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3542
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3542
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3543
Inspection and Adjustment.........................................................................................................................3543
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL......................................................................................................................3543
Brake Lining Thickness Inspection.........................................................................................................3543
Drum Inner Diameter Inspection............................................................................................................3543
Other Inspections.........................................................................................................................3544
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.................................................................................................................3544
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).....................................................................................................................3545
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................3545
Parking Drum Brake................................................................................................................................3545
Parking Brake Control.............................................................................................................................3545
20-Brake Control System.pdf.......................................................................................................................................3546
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................3546
ABS.......................................................................................................................................................3551
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................3551
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................3551
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................3551
OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................3551
DETAIED FLOW..............................................................................................................................3551
Diagnostic Work Sheet.........................................................................................................................3553
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................3554
ABS...............................................................................................................................................3554
System Diagram................................................................................................................................3554
System Description............................................................................................................................3554
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................3555
Component Description.........................................................................................................................3556
EBD...............................................................................................................................................3558
System Diagram................................................................................................................................3558
System Description............................................................................................................................3558
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................3559
Component Description.........................................................................................................................3560
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)]..................................................................................3562
CONSULT-III Function (ABS)....................................................................................................................3562
FUNCTION..................................................................................................................................3562
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE....................................................................................................................3562
Operation Procedure...................................................................................................................3562
How to Erase Self-diagnosis Results...................................................................................................3562
Display Item List.....................................................................................................................3562
DATA MONITOR MODE.........................................................................................................................3562
Display Item List.....................................................................................................................3562
ACTIVE TEST MODE..........................................................................................................................3563
Test Item.............................................................................................................................3563
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................3565
C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR-1.........................................................................................................3565
Description...................................................................................................................................3565
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3565
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3565
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3565
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3565
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3567
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR-2.........................................................................................................3568
Description...................................................................................................................................3568
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3568
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3568
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3568
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3568
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3570
C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................3571
Description...................................................................................................................................3571
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3571
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3571
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3571
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3571
C1110, C1153 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)........................................................................................3573
Description...................................................................................................................................3573
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3573
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3573
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3573
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3573
C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM...............................................................................................................3574
Description...................................................................................................................................3574
PUMP......................................................................................................................................3574
MOTOR.....................................................................................................................................3574
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3574
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3574
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3574
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3574
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3575
C1113 G SENSOR....................................................................................................................................3576
Description...................................................................................................................................3576
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3576
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3576
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3576
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3576
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3577
C1114 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................3578
Description...................................................................................................................................3578
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3578
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3578
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3578
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3578
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3579
C1115 WHEEL SENSOR................................................................................................................................3580
Description...................................................................................................................................3580
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3580
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3580
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3580
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3580
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3581
C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH............................................................................................................................3583
Description...................................................................................................................................3583
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3583
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3583
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3583
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3583
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3584
C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 IN ABS SOL.............................................................................................................3585
Description...................................................................................................................................3585
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3585
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3585
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3585
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3585
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3586
C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 OUT ABS SOL............................................................................................................3587
Description...................................................................................................................................3587
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3587
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3587
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3587
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3587
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3588
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................3589
Description...................................................................................................................................3589
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3589
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3589
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3589
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH..........................................................................................................................3590
Description...................................................................................................................................3590
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................3590
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3590
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3591
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH..............................................................................................................................3592
Description...................................................................................................................................3592
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3592
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................3592
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3592
ABS WARNING LAMP..................................................................................................................................3594
Description...................................................................................................................................3594
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................3594
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3594
BRAKE WARNING LAMP................................................................................................................................3595
Description...................................................................................................................................3595
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................3595
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3595
ECU DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................3596
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT).....................................................................................................3596
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................3596
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................3596
Wiring Diagram - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM -.......................................................................................................3598
Fail-Safe.....................................................................................................................................3601
ABS, EBD SYSTEM...........................................................................................................................3601
DTC No. Index.................................................................................................................................3602
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................3603
EXCESSIVE ABS FUNCTION OPERATION FREQUENCY........................................................................................................3603
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3603
UNEXPECTED PEDAL REACTION.........................................................................................................................3604
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3604
THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG......................................................................................................................3605
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3605
ABS FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE.....................................................................................................................3606
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3606
PEDAL VIBRATION OR ABS OPERATION SOUND OCCURS.....................................................................................................3607
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3607
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION........................................................................................................................3608
Description...................................................................................................................................3608
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................3609
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................3609
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................3609
Precaution for Brake System...................................................................................................................3609
Precaution for Brake Control..................................................................................................................3609
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................3610
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................3610
Special Service Tool..........................................................................................................................3610
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................3611
WHEEL SENSOR......................................................................................................................................3611
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR............................................................................................................................3611
FRONT WHEEL SENSORExploded View...........................................................................................................3611
FRONT WHEEL SENSORRemoval and Installation................................................................................................3611
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3611
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3611
REAR WHEEL SENSOR.............................................................................................................................3611
REAR WHEEL SENSORExploded View............................................................................................................3612
REAR WHEEL SENSORRemoval and Installation.................................................................................................3612
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3612
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3612
SENSOR ROTOR......................................................................................................................................3613
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR............................................................................................................................3613
FRONT SENSOR ROTORExploded View...........................................................................................................3613
FRONT SENSOR ROTORRemoval and Installation................................................................................................3613
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3613
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3613
REAR SENSOR ROTOR.............................................................................................................................3613
REAR SENSOR ROTORExploded View............................................................................................................3613
REAR SENSOR ROTORRemoval and Installation.................................................................................................3613
2WD MODELS............................................................................................................................3613
Removal...........................................................................................................................3613
Installation......................................................................................................................3613
4WD MODELS............................................................................................................................3613
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT).....................................................................................................3614
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3614
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3615
LHD MODELS................................................................................................................................3615
Removal...............................................................................................................................3615
Installation..........................................................................................................................3616
RHD MODELS................................................................................................................................3616
Removal...............................................................................................................................3616
Installation..........................................................................................................................3616
G SENSOR..........................................................................................................................................3617
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3617
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3617
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3617
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3617
ESP/TCS/ABS...............................................................................................................................................3618
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................3618
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................3618
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................3618
PRECAUTIONS FOR DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................3618
OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................3619
DETAIED FLOW..............................................................................................................................3619
Diagnostic Work Sheet.........................................................................................................................3621
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.........................................................................................................................3622
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................3622
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITDescription.................................................................................3622
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITSpecial Repair Requirement..................................................................3622
ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION..........................................................................................3622
ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITIONDescription...........................................................................3622
ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITIONSpecial Repair Requirement............................................................3622
ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION..................................................................................3622
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................3624
ESP...............................................................................................................................................3624
System Diagram................................................................................................................................3624
System Description............................................................................................................................3624
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................3625
Component Description.........................................................................................................................3627
TCS...............................................................................................................................................3628
System Diagram................................................................................................................................3628
System Description............................................................................................................................3628
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................3629
Component Description.........................................................................................................................3631
ABS...............................................................................................................................................3632
System Diagram................................................................................................................................3632
System Description............................................................................................................................3632
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................3633
Component Description.........................................................................................................................3635
EBD...............................................................................................................................................3636
System Diagram................................................................................................................................3636
System Description............................................................................................................................3636
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................3637
Component Description.........................................................................................................................3639
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)]..................................................................................3640
CONSULT-III Function (ABS)....................................................................................................................3640
FUNCTION..................................................................................................................................3640
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE....................................................................................................................3640
Operation Procedure...................................................................................................................3640
How to Erase Self-diagnosis Results...................................................................................................3640
Display Item List.....................................................................................................................3640
DATA MONITOR MODE.........................................................................................................................3640
Display Item List.....................................................................................................................3640
ACTIVE TEST MODE..........................................................................................................................3642
Test Item.............................................................................................................................3642
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................3644
C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR-1.........................................................................................................3644
Description...................................................................................................................................3644
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3644
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3644
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3644
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3644
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3646
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................3646
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR-2.........................................................................................................3647
Description...................................................................................................................................3647
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3647
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3647
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3647
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3647
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3649
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................3649
C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................3650
Description...................................................................................................................................3650
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3650
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3650
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3650
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3650
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................3651
C1110, C1153, C1170 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT).................................................................................3652
Description...................................................................................................................................3652
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3652
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3652
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3652
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3652
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................3652
C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM...............................................................................................................3654
Description...................................................................................................................................3654
PUMP......................................................................................................................................3654
MOTOR.....................................................................................................................................3654
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3654
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3654
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3654
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3654
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3655
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................3655
C1114 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................3657
Description...................................................................................................................................3657
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3657
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3657
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3657
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3657
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3658
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................3658
C1115 WHEEL SENSOR................................................................................................................................3659
Description...................................................................................................................................3659
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3659
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3659
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3659
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3659
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3660
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................3661
C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH............................................................................................................................3662
Description...................................................................................................................................3662
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3662
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3662
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3662
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3662
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3663
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................3664
C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 IN ABS SOL.............................................................................................................3665
Description...................................................................................................................................3665
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3665
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3665
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3665
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3665
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3666
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................3667
C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 OUT ABS SOL............................................................................................................3668
Description...................................................................................................................................3668
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3668
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3668
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3668
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3668
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3669
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................3670
C1130, C1131, C1132 ENGINE SIGNAL.................................................................................................................3671
Description...................................................................................................................................3671
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3671
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3671
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3671
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3671
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................3671
C1142 PRESS SENSOR................................................................................................................................3672
Description...................................................................................................................................3672
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3672
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3672
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3672
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3672
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3673
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................3673
C1143, C1144 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR................................................................................................................3674
Description...................................................................................................................................3674
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3674
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3674
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3674
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3674
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3675
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................3675
C1145 YAW RATE SENSOR.............................................................................................................................3677
Description...................................................................................................................................3677
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3677
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3677
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3677
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3677
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3679
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................3679
C1146 G SENSOR....................................................................................................................................3680
Description...................................................................................................................................3680
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3680
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3680
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3680
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3680
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3681
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................3681
C1147, C1148, C1149, C1150 USV/HSV LINE...........................................................................................................3682
Description...................................................................................................................................3682
USV1, USV2 (CUT VALVE)....................................................................................................................3682
HSV1, HSV2 (SUCTION VALVE)................................................................................................................3682
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3682
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3682
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3682
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3682
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3683
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................3684
C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH....................................................................................................................3685
Description...................................................................................................................................3685
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3685
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3685
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................3685
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3685
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3686
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................3687
U1000, U1002 CAN COMM CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................3688
Description...................................................................................................................................3688
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................3688
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................3688
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3688
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................3688
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH..............................................................................................................................3689
Description...................................................................................................................................3689
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3689
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................3689
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3689
ESP OFF SWITCH....................................................................................................................................3691
Description...................................................................................................................................3691
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................3691
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3691
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................3692
ABS WARNING LAMP..................................................................................................................................3693
Description...................................................................................................................................3693
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................3693
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3693
BRAKE WARNING LAMP................................................................................................................................3694
Description...................................................................................................................................3694
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................3694
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3694
ESP OFF INDICATOR LAMP............................................................................................................................3695
Description...................................................................................................................................3695
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................3695
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3695
SLIP INDICATOR LAMP...............................................................................................................................3696
Description...................................................................................................................................3696
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................3696
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3696
ECU DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................3697
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT).....................................................................................................3697
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................3697
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................3697
Wiring Diagram - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM -.......................................................................................................3700
Fail-Safe.....................................................................................................................................3703
ABS, EBD SYSTEM...........................................................................................................................3703
ESP/TCS SYSTEM............................................................................................................................3704
DTC No. Index.................................................................................................................................3704
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................3706
EXCESSIVE ABS FUNCTION OPERATION FREQUENCY........................................................................................................3706
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3706
UNEXPECTED PEDAL REACTION.........................................................................................................................3707
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3707
THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG......................................................................................................................3708
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3708
ABS FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE.....................................................................................................................3709
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3709
PEDAL VIBRATION OR ABS OPERATION SOUND OCCURS.....................................................................................................3710
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3710
VEHICLE JERKS DURING ESP/TCS/ABS CONTROL..........................................................................................................3711
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................3711
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION........................................................................................................................3712
Description...................................................................................................................................3712
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................3713
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................3713
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................3713
Precaution for Brake System...................................................................................................................3713
Precaution for Brake Control..................................................................................................................3713
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................3715
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................3715
Special Service Tool..........................................................................................................................3715
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................3716
WHEEL SENSOR......................................................................................................................................3716
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR............................................................................................................................3716
FRONT WHEEL SENSORExploded View...........................................................................................................3716
FRONT WHEEL SENSORRemoval and Installation................................................................................................3716
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3716
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3716
REAR WHEEL SENSOR.............................................................................................................................3716
REAR WHEEL SENSORExploded View............................................................................................................3717
REAR WHEEL SENSORRemoval and Installation.................................................................................................3717
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3717
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3717
SENSOR ROTOR......................................................................................................................................3718
FRONT SENSOR ROTOR............................................................................................................................3718
FRONT SENSOR ROTORExploded View...........................................................................................................3718
FRONT SENSOR ROTORRemoval and Installation................................................................................................3718
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................3718
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................3718
REAR SENSOR ROTOR.............................................................................................................................3718
REAR SENSOR ROTORExploded View............................................................................................................3718
REAR SENSOR ROTORRemoval and Installation.................................................................................................3718
2WD MODELS............................................................................................................................3718
Removal...........................................................................................................................3718
Installation......................................................................................................................3718
4WD MODELS............................................................................................................................3718
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT).....................................................................................................3719
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3719
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3720
LHD MODELS................................................................................................................................3720
Removal...............................................................................................................................3720
Installation..........................................................................................................................3721
RHD MODELS................................................................................................................................3721
Removal...............................................................................................................................3721
Installation..........................................................................................................................3721
YAW RATE/SIDE G SENSOR............................................................................................................................3722
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3722
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3722
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3722
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3722
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR.............................................................................................................................3723
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................3723
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................3723
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3723
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3723
21-Steering System.pdf............................................................................................................................................3724
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
STEERING SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................................3724
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................3725
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..................................................................................................3725
NVH Troubleshooting Chart.........................................................................................................................3725
2WD MODELS....................................................................................................................................3725
4WD MODELS....................................................................................................................................3725
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................3727
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................3727
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"........................................................3727
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.........................................................................3727
OPERATION PROCEDURE...........................................................................................................................3727
Service Notice or Precautions for Steering System.................................................................................................3727
PREPARATION...............................................................................................................................................3729
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................3729
Special Service Tools.............................................................................................................................3729
Commercial Service Tools..........................................................................................................................3729
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE....................................................................................................................................3730
STEERING WHEEL........................................................................................................................................3730
Inspection........................................................................................................................................3730
STEERING WHEEL AXIAL END PLAY.................................................................................................................3730
STEERING WHEEL PLAY...........................................................................................................................3730
NEUTRAL POSITION STEERING WHEEL...............................................................................................................3730
STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE..................................................................................................................3730
FRONT WHEEL TURNING ANGLE.....................................................................................................................3731
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................3732
STEERING WHEEL........................................................................................................................................3732
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................3732
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3732
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3732
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3732
STEERING COLUMN.......................................................................................................................................3733
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................3733
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3733
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3733
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3734
Inspection........................................................................................................................................3734
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL......................................................................................................................3734
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.................................................................................................................3735
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE.............................................................................................................................3736
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................3736
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................3736
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY......................................................................................................................3736
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3738
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3738
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3738
Disassembly and Assembly..........................................................................................................................3738
DISASSEMBLY...................................................................................................................................3738
ASSEMBLY......................................................................................................................................3738
Inspection........................................................................................................................................3739
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.................................................................................................................3739
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................3739
Boot......................................................................................................................................3739
Gear Housing Assembly.....................................................................................................................3739
Outer Socket..............................................................................................................................3739
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).....................................................................................................................3741
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................3741
General Specifications............................................................................................................................3741
Steering Wheel Axial End Play and Play............................................................................................................3741
Steering Wheel Turning Force......................................................................................................................3741
Steering Angle....................................................................................................................................3741
Steering Column Operating Range...................................................................................................................3741
Rack Stroke.......................................................................................................................................3742
Socket Swing Force and Rotating Torque............................................................................................................3742
Socket Axial End Play.............................................................................................................................3743
Inner Socket Length...............................................................................................................................3743
22-Steering Control System.pdf....................................................................................................................................3744
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
STEERING CONTROL SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................3744
BASIC INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................................3746
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.........................................................................................................................3746
Work Flow.........................................................................................................................................3746
DETAIED FLOW..................................................................................................................................3746
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS........................................................................................................................................3747
EPS SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................3747
System Diagram....................................................................................................................................3747
System Description................................................................................................................................3747
Component Parts Location..........................................................................................................................3748
Component Description.............................................................................................................................3749
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (EPS CONTROL UNIT)...................................................................................................................3750
CONSULT-III Function (EPS)........................................................................................................................3750
FUNCTION......................................................................................................................................3750
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE........................................................................................................................3750
Display Item List.........................................................................................................................3750
DATA MONITOR MODE.............................................................................................................................3750
Display Item List.........................................................................................................................3750
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS.......................................................................................................................................3751
C1601 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY............................................................................................................................3751
Description.......................................................................................................................................3751
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3751
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3751
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................3751
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................3751
Special Repair Requirement........................................................................................................................3752
C1604 TORQUE SENSOR...................................................................................................................................3753
Description.......................................................................................................................................3753
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3753
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3753
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................3753
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................3753
Special Repair Requirement........................................................................................................................3753
C1606 EPS MOTOR.......................................................................................................................................3754
Description.......................................................................................................................................3754
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3754
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3754
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................3754
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................3754
Special Repair Requirement........................................................................................................................3754
C1607 EEPROM..........................................................................................................................................3755
Description.......................................................................................................................................3755
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3755
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3755
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................3755
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................3755
Special Repair Requirement........................................................................................................................3755
C1608 CONTROL UNIT....................................................................................................................................3756
Description.......................................................................................................................................3756
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3756
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3756
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................3756
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................3756
Special Repair Requirement........................................................................................................................3757
U1200 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL (ABS)......................................................................................................................3758
Description.......................................................................................................................................3758
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3758
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3758
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................3758
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................3758
Special Repair Requirement........................................................................................................................3758
U14FF VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL (METER)....................................................................................................................3759
Description.......................................................................................................................................3759
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3759
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3759
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................3759
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................3759
Special Repair Requirement........................................................................................................................3759
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................3760
Description.......................................................................................................................................3760
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3760
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3760
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................3760
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................3760
Special Repair Requirement........................................................................................................................3760
ECU DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................3761
EPS CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................3761
Reference Value...................................................................................................................................3761
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..................................................................................................................3761
TERMINAL LAYOUT...............................................................................................................................3762
PHYSICAL VALUES...............................................................................................................................3762
Wiring Diagram - ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED POWER STEERING SYSTEM - ...............................................................................3763
Fail-Safe.........................................................................................................................................3765
DTC No. Index.....................................................................................................................................3766
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................3767
EPS WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON.....................................................................................................................3767
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................3767
EPS WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF....................................................................................................................3768
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................3768
STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE IS HEAVY OR LIGHT........................................................................................................3770
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................3770
UNBALANCE STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE AND RETURN BETWEEN RIGHT AND LEFT..............................................................................3771
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................3771
UNBALANCE STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE (TORQUE VARIATION).............................................................................................3772
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................3772
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................3773
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................3773
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"........................................................3773
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.........................................................................3773
OPERATION PROCEDURE...........................................................................................................................3773
Service Notice or Precautions for EPS System......................................................................................................3773
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................3775
EPS CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................3775
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3775
23-Seat Belt.pdf..................................................................................................................................................3776
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
SEAT BELT.....................................................................................................................................................3776
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................3777
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................3777
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"........................................................3777
Precaution for Seat Belt Service..................................................................................................................3777
AFTER A COLLISION.............................................................................................................................3777
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................3778
FRONT SEAT BELT.......................................................................................................................................3778
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR...............................................................................................................................3778
SEAT BELT RETRACTORInspection.................................................................................................................3778
AFTER A COLLISION.........................................................................................................................3778
PRELIMINARY CHECKS........................................................................................................................3778
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR ON-VEHICLE CHECK......................................................................................................3779
Emergency Locking Retractors (ELR) and Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR).............................................................3779
ELR Function Stationary Check.........................................................................................................3779
ALR Function Stationary Check.........................................................................................................3779
ELR Function Moving Check.............................................................................................................3779
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR OFF-VEHICLE CHECK.....................................................................................................3779
SEAT BELT RETRACTORExploded View..............................................................................................................3781
SEAT BELT RETRACTORRemoval and Installation...................................................................................................3781
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3781
REMOVAL OF DRIVER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR.....................................................................................................3782
REMOVAL OF PASSENGER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR..................................................................................................3782
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3782
SEAT BELT BUCKLE..................................................................................................................................3782
SEAT BELT BUCKLEInspection....................................................................................................................3783
AFTER A COLLISION.........................................................................................................................3783
PRELIMINARY CHECKS........................................................................................................................3783
SEAT BELT BUCKLEExploded View.................................................................................................................3783
SEAT BELT BUCKLERemoval and Installation......................................................................................................3784
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3784
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3784
REAR SEAT BELT........................................................................................................................................3785
OUTER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR.........................................................................................................................3785
OUTER SEAT BELT RETRACTORInspection...........................................................................................................3785
AFTER A COLLISION.........................................................................................................................3785
PRELIMINARY CHECKS........................................................................................................................3785
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR ON-VEHICLE CHECK......................................................................................................3785
Emergency Locking Retractors (ELR) and Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR).............................................................3785
ELR Function Stationary Check.........................................................................................................3785
ALR Function Stationary Check.........................................................................................................3786
ELR Function Moving Check.............................................................................................................3786
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR OFF-VEHICLE CHECK.....................................................................................................3786
OUTER SEAT BELT RETRACTORExploded View........................................................................................................3787
OUTER SEAT BELT RETRACTORRemoval and Installation.............................................................................................3787
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3787
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3788
CENTER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR........................................................................................................................3788
CENTER SEAT BELT RETRACTORInspection..........................................................................................................3788
AFTER A COLLISION.........................................................................................................................3788
PRELIMINARY CHECKS........................................................................................................................3788
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR ON-VEHICLE CHECK......................................................................................................3788
Emergency Locking Retractors (ELR) and Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR).............................................................3788
ELR Function Stationary Check.........................................................................................................3789
ALR Function Stationary Check.........................................................................................................3789
ELR Function Moving Check.............................................................................................................3789
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR OFF-VEHICLE CHECK.....................................................................................................3789
CENTER SEAT BELT RETRACTORExploded View.......................................................................................................3790
CENTER SEAT BELT RETRACTORRemoval and Installation............................................................................................3790
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3790
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3791
SEAT BELT BUCKLE..................................................................................................................................3791
SEAT BELT BUCKLEInspection....................................................................................................................3791
AFTER A COLLISION.........................................................................................................................3791
PRELIMINARY CHECKS........................................................................................................................3791
SEAT BELT BUCKLEExploded View.................................................................................................................3792
SEAT BELT BUCKLERemoval and Installation......................................................................................................3792
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................3792
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................3792
LATCH SYSTEM FOR CHILDREN.............................................................................................................................3793
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................3793
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3793
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3793
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3793
TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT......................................................................................................................3794
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3794
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3794
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3794
24-Seat Belt Control System.pdf...................................................................................................................................3795
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
SEAT BELT CONTROL SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................3795
BASIC INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................................3797
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.........................................................................................................................3797
Work Flow.........................................................................................................................................3797
DETAILED FLOW.................................................................................................................................3797
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS........................................................................................................................................3798
SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP................................................................................................................................3798
System Diagram....................................................................................................................................3798
System Description................................................................................................................................3798
DRIVER SIDE SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP OPEARATION.................................................................................................3798
PASSENGER SIDE SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP OPERATION...............................................................................................3798
REAR SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP OPEATION..........................................................................................................3798
Component Parts Location..........................................................................................................................3799
Component Description.............................................................................................................................3799
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS.......................................................................................................................................3800
INDICATOR UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................3800
Component Function Check..........................................................................................................................3800
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................3800
FRONT SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH (DRIVER SIDE)...........................................................................................................3801
Description.......................................................................................................................................3801
Component Function Check..........................................................................................................................3801
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................3801
Component Inspection..............................................................................................................................3802
FRONT SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE)........................................................................................................3803
Description.......................................................................................................................................3803
Component Function Check..........................................................................................................................3803
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................3803
Component Inspection (seat belt buckle switch passenger side).....................................................................................3805
Component Inspection (occupant detection unit)....................................................................................................3805
REAR SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH..........................................................................................................................3807
Description.......................................................................................................................................3807
Component Function Check..........................................................................................................................3807
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................3807
Component Inspection .............................................................................................................................3808
ALTERNATOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................3810
Description.......................................................................................................................................3810
Component Function Check..........................................................................................................................3810
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................3810
ECU DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................3812
COMBINATION METER.....................................................................................................................................3812
Reference Value...................................................................................................................................3812
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..................................................................................................................3812
TERMINAL LAYOUT...............................................................................................................................3814
PHYSICAL VALUES...............................................................................................................................3814
Wiring Diagram - SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP CONTROL SYSTEM -..........................................................................................3818
Fail Safe.........................................................................................................................................3820
DTC Index.........................................................................................................................................3821
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................3822
DRIVER SIDE SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP DOES NOT OPERATE...................................................................................................3822
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................3822
PASSENGER SIDE SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP DOES NOT OPERATE................................................................................................3823
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................3823
REAR SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP DOES NOT OPERATE..........................................................................................................3824
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................3824
WARNING LAMP DOES NOT OPERATE EXCEPT FOR DRIVER SIDE..................................................................................................3825
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................3825
REAR SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP DOSE NOT TURN OFF AFTER A LAPSE OF SPECIFIED TIME.........................................................................3826
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................3826
PASSENGER SEAT IS OCCUPIED BUT SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP DOES NOT LIGHT UP...............................................................................3827
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................3827
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................3828
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................3828
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"........................................................3828
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................3829
INDICATOR UNIT........................................................................................................................................3829
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................3829
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3829
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3829
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3829
25-SRS Air Bag.pdf................................................................................................................................................3830
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
SRS AIRBAG....................................................................................................................................................3830
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................3831
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................3831
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"........................................................3831
Service...........................................................................................................................................3831
PREPARATION...............................................................................................................................................3832
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................3832
Special Service Tool..............................................................................................................................3832
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................3833
DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE.................................................................................................................................3833
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................3833
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3833
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3833
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3834
SPIRAL CABLE..........................................................................................................................................3835
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................3835
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3835
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3835
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3836
FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE........................................................................................................................3837
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................3837
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3837
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3837
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3838
SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE...........................................................................................................................3839
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................3839
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3839
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3839
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3840
FRONT SIDE AIR BAG MODULE.............................................................................................................................3841
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................3841
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3841
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3841
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3842
CRASH ZONE SENSOR.....................................................................................................................................3843
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................3843
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3843
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3843
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3843
SIDE AIR BAG (SATELLITE) SENSOR.......................................................................................................................3844
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................3844
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3844
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3844
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3844
DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT.................................................................................................................................3845
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................3845
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3845
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................3845
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3845
ECU DISCRIMINATED NO..........................................................................................................................3846
FRONT SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER.........................................................................................................................3847
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................3847
DISPOSAL OF AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER................................................................................................3848
Caution for Air Bag Module and Seat Belt Pre-tensioner............................................................................................3848
CHECKING DEPLOYMENT TOOL......................................................................................................................3848
Connecting to Battery.....................................................................................................................3848
Deployment Tool Check.....................................................................................................................3848
Air Bag Deployment Tool Lamp Illumination Chart (Battery Connected).......................................................................3848
DEPLOYMENT OF AIR BAG MODULE (OUTSIDE OF VEHICLE).............................................................................................3849
Deployment of Driver Air Bag Module (Outside of Vehicle)..................................................................................3849
DEPLOYMENT OF AIR BAG MODULE (OUTSIDE OF VEHICLE).............................................................................................3849
Deployment of Front Passenger Air Bag Module (Outside of Vehicle).........................................................................3849
DEPLOYMENT OF AIR BAG MODULE (OUTSIDE VEHICLE)................................................................................................3850
Deployment of Side Curtain Air Bag Module (Outside of Vehicle)............................................................................3850
DEPLOYMENT OF AIR BAG MODULE (OUTSIDE VEHICLE)................................................................................................3851
Deployment of Front Side Air Bag Module (Outside of Vehicle)..............................................................................3851
DEPLOYMENT OF SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER (OUTSIDE OF VEHICLE)....................................................................................3852
Deployment of Front Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (Outside of Vehicle)..........................................................................3852
DEPLOYMENT OF SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER (OUTSIDE OF VEHICLE)....................................................................................3853
Deployment of Front Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner 2 (Outside of Vehicle)........................................................................3853
DISPOSING OF AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER.......................................................................................3854
26-SRS Air Bag Control System.pdf.................................................................................................................................3855
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
SRS AIRBAG CONTROL SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................3855
BASIC INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................................3859
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW........................................................................................................................3859
Work Flow.........................................................................................................................................3859
OVERALL SEQUENCE..............................................................................................................................3859
DETAILED FLOW.................................................................................................................................3860
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS........................................................................................................................................3861
SRS AIR BAG SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................3861
System Diagram....................................................................................................................................3861
System Description................................................................................................................................3861
This SRS Air Bag System has the following function............................................................................................3861
Component Parts Location..........................................................................................................................3862
Component Description.............................................................................................................................3863
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AIRBAG).............................................................................................................................3864
Diagnosis Description.............................................................................................................................3864
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION............................................................................................................................3864
HOW TO PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR QUICK AND ACCURATE REPAIR................................................................................3864
Information from Customer.................................................................................................................3864
Preliminary Check.........................................................................................................................3864
HOW TO ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS (With CONSULT-III).......................................................................................3864
HOW TO ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS (Without CONSULT-III)....................................................................................3864
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (User mode) .............................................................................................................3865
..........................................................................................................................................3865
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).......................................................................................................3866
CONSULT-III Function..............................................................................................................................3866
DIAGNOSIS MODE FOR CONSULT-III................................................................................................................3866
..............................................................................................................................................3866
From User Mode to Diagnosis Mode..........................................................................................................3866
From Diagnosis Mode to User Mode..........................................................................................................3867
SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION (Without CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3867
HOW TO CHANGE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE WITHOUT CONSULT-III.....................................................................................3867
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS.......................................................................................................................................3868
B1001, B1002, B1003, B1004, B1005 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT...............................................................................................3868
Description.......................................................................................................................................3868
DTC B1001, B1002, B1003, B1004, B1005 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT...................................................................................3868
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3868
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3868
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3868
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3868
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3868
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3868
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3868
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3868
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3869
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3869
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3869
B1006, B1007, B1008, B1009, B1010 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT...............................................................................................3870
Description.......................................................................................................................................3870
DTC B1006, B1007, B1008, B1009, B1010 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT...................................................................................3870
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3870
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3870
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3870
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3870
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3870
With CONSULT--............................................................................................................................3870
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3870
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3870
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3871
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3871
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3871
B1011, B1012, B1013, B1014, B1015 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT...............................................................................................3872
Description.......................................................................................................................................3872
DTC B1011, B1012, B1013, B1014, B1015 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT...................................................................................3872
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3872
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3872
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3872
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3872
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3872
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3872
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3872
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3872
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3873
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3873
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3873
B1023 PASS A/B INDCTR CKT.............................................................................................................................3874
Description.......................................................................................................................................3874
DTC B1023 PASS A/B INDCTR CKT.................................................................................................................3874
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3874
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3874
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3874
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3874
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3874
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3874
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3874
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3874
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3875
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3875
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3875
B1024 PASS A/B DEACT SW...............................................................................................................................3876
Description.......................................................................................................................................3876
DTC B1024 PASS A/B DEACT SW...................................................................................................................3876
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3876
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3876
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3876
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3876
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3876
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3876
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3876
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3876
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3877
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3877
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3877
B1026, B1027, B1028, B1029, B1030, B1031 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT........................................................................................3878
Description.......................................................................................................................................3878
DTC B1026, B1027, B1028, B1029, B1030, B1031 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT............................................................................3878
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3878
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3878
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3878
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3878
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3878
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3878
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3878
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3878
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3879
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3879
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3879
B1033, B1034 CRASH ZONE SEN...........................................................................................................................3880
Description.......................................................................................................................................3880
DTC B1033, B1034 [UNIT FAIL] CRASH ZONE SENSOR................................................................................................3880
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3880
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3880
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3880
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3880
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3880
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3880
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3880
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3880
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3881
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3881
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3881
B1035 CRASH ZONE SEN..................................................................................................................................3882
Description.......................................................................................................................................3882
DTC B1035 [COMM FAIL] CRASH ZONE SENSOR.......................................................................................................3882
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3882
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3882
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3882
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3882
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3882
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3882
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3882
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3882
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3883
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3883
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3883
B1042, B1043, B1044, B1045, B1046, B1047 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT........................................................................................3884
Description.......................................................................................................................................3884
DTC B1042, B1043, B1044, B1045, B1046, B1047 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT............................................................................3884
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3884
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3884
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3884
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3884
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3884
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3884
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3884
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3884
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3885
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3885
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3885
B1049, B1054 DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE.....................................................................................................................3886
Description.......................................................................................................................................3886
DTC B1049, B1054 [OPEN] DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE..................................................................................................3886
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3886
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3886
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3886
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3886
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3886
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3886
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3886
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3886
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3887
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3887
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3887
B1050, B1055 DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE.....................................................................................................................3888
Description.......................................................................................................................................3888
DTC B1050, B1055 [VB-SHORT] DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE..............................................................................................3888
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3888
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3888
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3888
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3888
DTC DETECTION LOGIC ..........................................................................................................................3888
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3888
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3888
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3888
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3889
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3889
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3889
B1051, B1056 DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE.....................................................................................................................3890
Description.......................................................................................................................................3890
DTC B1051, B1056 [GND-SHORT] DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE.............................................................................................3890
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3890
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3890
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3890
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3890
DTC DETECTION LOGIC ..........................................................................................................................3890
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3890
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3890
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3890
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3891
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3891
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3891
B1052, B1057 DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE.....................................................................................................................3892
Description.......................................................................................................................................3892
DTC B1052, B1057 [SHORT] DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE.................................................................................................3892
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3892
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3892
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3892
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3892
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3892
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3892
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3892
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3892
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3893
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3893
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3893
B1058, B1059, B1060, B1061, B1062, B1063 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT........................................................................................3894
Description.......................................................................................................................................3894
DTC B1058, B1059, B1060, B1061, B1062, B1063 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT............................................................................3894
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3894
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3894
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3894
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3894
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3894
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3894
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3894
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3894
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3895
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3895
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3895
B1065, B1070 ASSIST A/B MODULE........................................................................................................................3896
Description.......................................................................................................................................3896
DTC B1065, B1070 [OPEN] ASSIST A/B MODULE.....................................................................................................3896
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3896
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3896
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3896
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3896
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3896
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3896
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3896
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3896
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3897
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3897
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3897
B1066, B1071 ASSIST A/B MODULE........................................................................................................................3898
Description.......................................................................................................................................3898
DTC B1066, B1071 [VB-SHORT] ASSIST A/B MODULE.................................................................................................3898
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3898
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3898
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3898
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3898
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3898
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3898
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3898
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3898
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3899
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3899
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3899
B1067, B1072 ASSIST A/B MODULE........................................................................................................................3900
Description.......................................................................................................................................3900
DTC B1067, B1072 [GND-SHORT] ASSIST A/B MODULE................................................................................................3900
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3900
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3900
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3900
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3900
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3900
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3900
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3900
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3900
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3901
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3901
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3901
B1068, B1073 ASSIST A/B MODULE........................................................................................................................3902
Description.......................................................................................................................................3902
DTC B1068, B1073 [SHORT] ASSIST A/B MODULE....................................................................................................3902
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3902
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3902
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3902
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3902
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3902
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3902
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3902
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3902
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3903
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3903
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3903
B1074, B1075, B1076, B1077, B1078, B1079 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT........................................................................................3904
Description.......................................................................................................................................3904
DTC B1074, B1075, B1076, B1077, B1078, B1079 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT............................................................................3904
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3904
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3904
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3904
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3904
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3904
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3904
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3904
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3904
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3905
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3905
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3905
B1081 PRE-TEN FRONT RH................................................................................................................................3906
Description.......................................................................................................................................3906
DTC B1081 [OPEN] PRE-TEN FRONT RH.............................................................................................................3906
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3906
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3906
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3906
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3906
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3906
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3906
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3906
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3906
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3907
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3907
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3907
B1082 PRE-TEN FRONT RH................................................................................................................................3908
Description.......................................................................................................................................3908
DTC B1082 [VB-SHORT] PRE-TEN FRONT RH.........................................................................................................3908
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3908
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3908
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3908
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3908
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3908
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3908
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3908
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3908
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3909
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3909
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3909
B1083 PRE-TEN FRONT RH................................................................................................................................3910
Description.......................................................................................................................................3910
DTC B1083 [GND-SHORT] PRE-TEN FRONT RH........................................................................................................3910
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3910
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3910
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3910
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3910
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3910
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3910
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3910
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3910
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3911
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3911
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3911
B1084 PRE-TEN FRONT RH................................................................................................................................3912
Description.......................................................................................................................................3912
DTC B1084 [SHORT] PRE-TEN FRONT RH............................................................................................................3912
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3912
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3912
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3912
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3912
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3912
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3912
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3912
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3912
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3913
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3913
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3913
B1086 PRE-TEN FRONT LH................................................................................................................................3914
Description.......................................................................................................................................3914
DTC B1086 [OPEN] PRE-TEN FRONT LH.............................................................................................................3914
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3914
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3914
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3914
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3914
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3914
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3914
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3914
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3914
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3915
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3915
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3915
B1087 PRE-TEN FRONT LH................................................................................................................................3916
Description.......................................................................................................................................3916
DTC B1087 [VB-SHORT] PRE-TEN FRONT LH.........................................................................................................3916
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3916
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3916
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3916
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3916
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3916
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3916
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3916
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3916
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3917
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3917
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3917
B1088 PRE-TEN FRONT LH................................................................................................................................3918
Description.......................................................................................................................................3918
DTC B1088 [GND-SHORT] PRE-TEN FRONT LH........................................................................................................3918
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3918
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3918
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3918
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3918
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3918
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3918
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3918
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3918
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3919
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3919
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3919
B1089 PRE-TEN FRONT LH................................................................................................................................3920
Description.......................................................................................................................................3920
DTC B1089 [SHORT] PRE-TEN FRONT LH............................................................................................................3920
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3920
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3920
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3920
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3920
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3920
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3920
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3920
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3920
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3921
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3921
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3921
B1106, B1107, B1108, B1109, B1110, B1111 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT........................................................................................3922
Description.......................................................................................................................................3922
DTC B1106, B1107, B1108, B1109, B1110, B1111 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT............................................................................3922
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3922
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3922
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3922
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3922
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3922
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3922
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3922
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3922
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3923
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3923
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3923
B1113, B1114 SATELLITE SENS RH........................................................................................................................3924
Description.......................................................................................................................................3924
DTC B1113, B1114 [UNIT FAIL] SATELLITE SENS RH................................................................................................3924
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3924
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3924
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3924
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3924
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3924
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3924
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3924
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3924
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3925
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3925
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3925
B1115 SATELLITE SENS RH...............................................................................................................................3926
Description.......................................................................................................................................3926
DTC B1115 [COMM FAIL] SATELLITE SENS RH.......................................................................................................3926
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3926
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3926
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3926
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3926
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3926
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3926
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3926
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3926
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3927
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3927
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3927
B1118, B1119 SATELLITE SENS LH........................................................................................................................3928
Description.......................................................................................................................................3928
DTC B1118, B1119 [UNIT FAIL] SATELLITE SENS LH................................................................................................3928
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3928
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3928
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3928
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3928
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3928
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3928
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3928
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3928
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3929
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3929
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3929
B1120 SATELLITE SENS LH...............................................................................................................................3930
Description.......................................................................................................................................3930
DTC B1120 [COMM FAIL] SATELLITE SENS LH.......................................................................................................3930
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3930
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3930
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3930
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3930
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3930
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3930
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3930
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3930
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3931
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3931
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3931
B1122, B1123, B1124, B1125, B1126, B1127 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT........................................................................................3932
Description.......................................................................................................................................3932
DTC B1122, B1123, B1124, B1125, B1126, B1127 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT............................................................................3932
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3932
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3932
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3932
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3932
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3932
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3932
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3932
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3932
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3933
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3933
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3933
B1129 SIDE MODULE RH..................................................................................................................................3934
Description.......................................................................................................................................3934
DTC B1129 [OPEN] SIDE MODULE RH...............................................................................................................3934
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3934
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3934
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3934
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3934
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3934
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3934
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3934
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3934
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3935
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3935
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3935
B1130 SIDE MODULE RH..................................................................................................................................3936
Description.......................................................................................................................................3936
DTC B1130 [VB-SHORT] SIDE MODULE RH...........................................................................................................3936
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3936
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3936
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3936
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3936
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3936
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3936
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3936
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3936
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3937
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3937
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3937
B1131 SIDE MODULE RH..................................................................................................................................3938
Description.......................................................................................................................................3938
DTC B1131 [GND-SHORT] SIDE MODULE RH..........................................................................................................3938
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3938
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3938
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3938
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3938
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3938
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3938
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3938
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3938
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3939
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3939
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3939
B1132 SIDE MODULE RH..................................................................................................................................3940
Description.......................................................................................................................................3940
DTC B1132 [SHORT] SIDE MODULE RH..............................................................................................................3940
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3940
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3940
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3940
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3940
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3940
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3940
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3940
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3940
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3941
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3941
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3941
B1134 SIDE MODULE LH..................................................................................................................................3942
Description.......................................................................................................................................3942
DTC B1134 [OPEN] SIDE MODULE LH...............................................................................................................3942
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3942
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3942
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3942
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3942
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3942
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3942
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3942
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3942
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3943
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3943
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3943
B1135 SIDE MODULE LH..................................................................................................................................3944
Description.......................................................................................................................................3944
DTC B1135 [VB-SHORT] SIDE MODULE LH...........................................................................................................3944
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3944
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3944
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3944
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3944
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3944
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3944
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3944
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3944
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3945
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3945
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3945
B1136 SIDE MODULE LH..................................................................................................................................3946
Description.......................................................................................................................................3946
DTC B1136 [GND-SHORT] SIDE MODULE LH..........................................................................................................3946
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3946
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3946
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3946
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3946
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3946
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3946
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3946
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3946
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3947
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3947
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3947
B1137 SIDE MODULE LH..................................................................................................................................3948
Description.......................................................................................................................................3948
DTC B1137 [SHORT] SIDE MODULE LH..............................................................................................................3948
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3948
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3948
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3948
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3948
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3948
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3948
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3948
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3948
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3949
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3949
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3949
B1138, B1139, B1140, B1141, B1142, B1143 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT........................................................................................3950
Description.......................................................................................................................................3950
DTC B1138, B1139, B1140, B1141, B1142, B1143 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT............................................................................3950
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3950
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3950
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3950
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3950
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3950
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3950
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3950
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3950
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3951
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3951
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3951
B1145 CURTAIN MODULE RH...............................................................................................................................3952
Description.......................................................................................................................................3952
DTC B1145 [OPEN] CURTAIN MODULE RH............................................................................................................3952
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3952
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3952
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3952
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3952
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3952
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3952
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3952
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3952
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3953
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3953
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3953
B1146 CURTAIN MODULE RH...............................................................................................................................3954
Description.......................................................................................................................................3954
DTC B1146 [VB-SHORT] CURTAIN MODULE RH........................................................................................................3954
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3954
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3954
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3954
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3954
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3954
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3954
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3954
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3954
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3955
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3955
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3955
B1147 CURTAIN MODULE RH...............................................................................................................................3956
Description.......................................................................................................................................3956
DTC B1147 [GND-SHORT] CURTAIN MODULE RH.......................................................................................................3956
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3956
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3956
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3956
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3956
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3956
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3956
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3956
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3956
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3957
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3957
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3957
B1148 CURTAIN MODULE RH...............................................................................................................................3958
Description.......................................................................................................................................3958
DTC B1148 [SHORT] CURTAIN MODULE RH...........................................................................................................3958
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3958
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3958
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3958
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3958
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3958
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3958
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3958
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3958
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3959
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3959
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3959
B1150 CURTAIN MODULE LH...............................................................................................................................3960
Description.......................................................................................................................................3960
DTC B1150 [OPEN] CURTAIN MODULE LH............................................................................................................3960
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3960
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3960
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3960
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3960
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3960
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3960
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3960
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3960
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3961
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3961
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3961
B1151 CURTAIN MODULE LH...............................................................................................................................3962
Description.......................................................................................................................................3962
DTC B1151 [VB-SHORT] CURTAIN MODULE LH........................................................................................................3962
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3962
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3962
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3962
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3962
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3962
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3962
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3962
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3962
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3963
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3963
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3963
B1152 CURTAIN MODULE LH...............................................................................................................................3964
Description.......................................................................................................................................3964
DTC B1152 [GND-SHORT] CURTAIN MODULE LH.......................................................................................................3964
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3964
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3964
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3964
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3964
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3964
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3964
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3964
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3964
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3965
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3965
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3965
B1153 CURTAIN MODULE LH...............................................................................................................................3966
Description.......................................................................................................................................3966
DTC B1153 [SHORT] CURTAIN MODULE LH...........................................................................................................3966
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3966
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3966
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3966
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3966
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3966
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3966
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3966
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3966
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3967
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3967
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3967
B1170, B1171, B1172, B1173, B1174, B1175 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT........................................................................................3968
Description.......................................................................................................................................3968
DTC B1170, B1171, B1172, B1173, B1174, B1175 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT............................................................................3968
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3968
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3968
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3968
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3968
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3968
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3968
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3968
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3968
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3969
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3969
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3969
B1177 PRE-TEN2 FRONT RH...............................................................................................................................3970
Description.......................................................................................................................................3970
DTC B1177 [OPEN] PRE-TEN 2 FRONT RH...........................................................................................................3970
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3970
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3970
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3970
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3970
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3970
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3970
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3970
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3970
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3971
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3971
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3971
B1178 PRE-TEN2 FRONT RH...............................................................................................................................3972
Description.......................................................................................................................................3972
DTC B1178 [VB-SHORT] PRE-TEN 2 FRONT RH.......................................................................................................3972
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3972
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3972
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3972
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3972
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3972
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3972
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3972
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3972
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3973
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3973
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3973
B1179 PRE-TEN2 FRONT RH...............................................................................................................................3974
Description.......................................................................................................................................3974
DTC B1179 [GND-SHORT] PRE-TEN2 FRONT RH.......................................................................................................3974
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3974
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3974
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3974
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3974
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3974
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3974
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3974
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3974
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3975
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3975
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3975
B1180 PRE-TEN2 FRONT RH...............................................................................................................................3976
Description.......................................................................................................................................3976
DTC B1180 [SHORT] PRE-TEN 2 FRONT RH..........................................................................................................3976
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3976
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3976
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3976
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3976
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3976
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3976
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3976
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3976
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3977
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3977
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3977
B1182 PRE-TEN2 FRONT LH...............................................................................................................................3978
Description.......................................................................................................................................3978
DTC B1182 [OPEN] PRE-TEN 2 FRONT LH...........................................................................................................3978
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3978
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3978
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3978
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3978
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3978
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3978
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3978
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3978
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3979
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3979
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3979
B1183 PRE-TEN2 FRONT LH...............................................................................................................................3980
Description.......................................................................................................................................3980
DTC B1183 [VB-SHORT] PRE-TEN 2 FRONT LH.......................................................................................................3980
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3980
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3980
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3980
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3980
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3980
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3980
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3980
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3980
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3981
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3981
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3981
B1184 PRE-TEN2 FRONT LH...............................................................................................................................3982
Description.......................................................................................................................................3982
DTC B1184 [GND-SHORT] PRE-TEN 2 FRONT LH......................................................................................................3982
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3982
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3982
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3982
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3982
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3982
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3982
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3982
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3982
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3983
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3983
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3983
B1185 PRE-TEN2 FRONT LH...............................................................................................................................3984
Description.......................................................................................................................................3984
DTC B1185 [SHORT] PRE-TEN 2 FRONT LH..........................................................................................................3984
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3984
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3984
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3984
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3984
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3984
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3984
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3984
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3984
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3985
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3985
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3985
B1202, B1203, B1204, B1205, B1206, B1207 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT........................................................................................3986
Description.......................................................................................................................................3986
DTC B1202, B1203, B1204, B1205, B1206, B1207 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT............................................................................3986
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3986
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3986
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3986
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3986
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3986
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3986
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3986
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................3986
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3987
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3987
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3987
B1209 FRONTAL COLLISION DETECTION.....................................................................................................................3988
Description.......................................................................................................................................3988
DTC B1209 FRONTAL COLLISION DETECTION.........................................................................................................3988
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3988
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3988
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3988
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3988
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3988
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3988
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3988
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3988
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3988
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3988
B1210 SIDE COLLISION DETECTION........................................................................................................................3990
Description.......................................................................................................................................3990
DTC B1210 SIDE COLLISION DETECTION............................................................................................................3990
OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................3990
STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................................................3990
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................3990
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................3990
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................3990
With CONSULT-III..........................................................................................................................3990
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (With CONSULT-III).................................................................................................3990
Diagnosis Procedure (Component diagnosis).........................................................................................................3990
With CONSULT-III..............................................................................................................................3990
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................3990
ECU DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................3992
DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT.................................................................................................................................3992
DTC Index.........................................................................................................................................3992
DTC No. Index (With CONSULT-III)..............................................................................................................3992
WARNING LAMP FLASH CODE CHART (Without CONSULT-III)...........................................................................................3996
Wiring Diagram - SRS AIR BAG CONTROL SYSTEM -.....................................................................................................4000
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................4014
SRS AIR BAG SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................4014
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................................4014
“.............................................................................................................................................4014
“.............................................................................................................................................4014
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................4016
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................4016
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"........................................................4016
Service...........................................................................................................................................4016
27-Ventilation.pdf................................................................................................................................................4017
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
VENTILATION SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................4017
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER.................................................................................................................................4020
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................4020
SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTION...............................................................................................................4020
System Description............................................................................................................................4020
AIR DISTRIBUTION..................................................................................................................................4021
System Description............................................................................................................................4021
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................4022
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................4022
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................4022
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.....................................................................4022
OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................4022
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................4023
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service........................................................................................................4023
Working with HFC-134a (R-134a)................................................................................................................4023
General Refrigerant Precaution................................................................................................................4023
Refrigerant Connection........................................................................................................................4024
O-RING AND REFRIGERANT CONNECTION (HR/MR).................................................................................................4024
O-Ring Part Numbers and Specifications................................................................................................4025
O-RING AND REFRIGERANT CONNECTION (K9K)...................................................................................................4025
O-Ring Part Numbers and Specifications................................................................................................4026
O-RING AND REFRIGERANT CONNECTION (M9R)...................................................................................................4026
O-Ring Part Numbers and Specifications................................................................................................4027
Service Equipment.............................................................................................................................4028
RECOVERY/RECYCLING EQUIPMENT..............................................................................................................4028
ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR..................................................................................................................4028
VACUUM PUMP...............................................................................................................................4028
MANIFOLD GAUGE SET........................................................................................................................4028
SERVICE HOSES.............................................................................................................................4029
SERVICE COUPLERS..........................................................................................................................4029
REFRIGERANT WEIGHT SCALE..................................................................................................................4029
CHARGING CYLINDER.........................................................................................................................4029
COMPRESSOR........................................................................................................................................4030
General Precautions...........................................................................................................................4030
FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTOR.........................................................................................................................4031
General Precautions...........................................................................................................................4031
IDENTIFICATION............................................................................................................................4031
IDENTIFICATION LABEL FOR VEHICLE..........................................................................................................4031
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................4032
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................4032
HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Tools and Equipment.................................................................................................4032
Sealant or/and Lubricant......................................................................................................................4034
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................4035
AIR CONDITIONER FILTER............................................................................................................................4035
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4035
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4035
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4035
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4036
Replacement...................................................................................................................................4036
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................4037
PRESET SWITCH.....................................................................................................................................4037
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4037
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4037
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4037
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4037
AUTO AMP..........................................................................................................................................4038
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4038
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4038
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4038
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4038
AMBIENT SENSOR....................................................................................................................................4039
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4039
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4039
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4039
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4039
IN-VEHICLE SENSOR.................................................................................................................................4040
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4040
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4040
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4040
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4040
SUNLOAD SENSOR....................................................................................................................................4041
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4041
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4041
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4041
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4041
INTAKE SENSOR.....................................................................................................................................4042
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4042
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4042
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4042
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4043
BLOWER UNIT.......................................................................................................................................4044
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4044
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4044
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4044
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4044
BLOWER MOTOR......................................................................................................................................4046
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4046
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4046
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4046
LHD MODEL.............................................................................................................................4046
RHD MODEL.............................................................................................................................4047
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4047
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR.................................................................................................................................4048
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4048
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4048
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4048
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4048
HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY....................................................................................................................4049
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4049
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4049
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4049
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4051
MODE DOOR MOTOR...................................................................................................................................4052
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4052
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4052
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4052
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4053
HIGH-LEVEL VENTILATOR DOOR MOTOR..................................................................................................................4054
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4054
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4054
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4054
LHD...................................................................................................................................4054
RHD...................................................................................................................................4055
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4055
AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR................................................................................................................................4056
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4056
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4056
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4056
Driver side...........................................................................................................................4056
Passenger side........................................................................................................................4057
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4057
HEATER CORE.......................................................................................................................................4058
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4058
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4058
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4058
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4059
DUCT AND GRILLE...................................................................................................................................4060
FRONT DEFROSTER GRILLE........................................................................................................................4060
FRONT DEFROSTER GRILLEExploded View.......................................................................................................4060
FRONT DEFROSTER GRILLERemoval and Installation............................................................................................4060
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4060
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4061
SIDE DEFROSTER GRILLE.........................................................................................................................4061
SIDE DEFROSTER GRILLEExploded View........................................................................................................4061
SIDE DEFROSTER GRILLERemoval and Installation.............................................................................................4062
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4062
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4062
CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLE......................................................................................................................4062
CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLEExploded View.....................................................................................................4062
CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLERemoval and Installation..........................................................................................4063
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4063
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4063
SIDE VENTILATOR GRILLE........................................................................................................................4063
SIDE VENTILATOR GRILLEExploded View.......................................................................................................4064
SIDE VENTILATOR GRILLERemoval and Installation............................................................................................4064
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4064
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4064
DEFROSTER NOZZLE..............................................................................................................................4065
DEFROSTER NOZZLEExploded View.............................................................................................................4065
DEFROSTER NOZZLERemoval and Installation..................................................................................................4065
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4065
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4065
SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLE.........................................................................................................................4065
SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLEExploded View........................................................................................................4066
SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLERemoval and Installation.............................................................................................4066
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4066
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4067
CENTER VENTILATOR DUCT........................................................................................................................4067
CENTER VENTILATOR DUCTExploded View.......................................................................................................4067
CENTER VENTILATOR DUCTRemoval and Installation............................................................................................4068
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4068
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4068
FRONT UPPER VENTILATOR DUCT...................................................................................................................4068
FRONT UPPER VENTILATOR DUCTExploded View..................................................................................................4069
FRONT UPPER VENTILATOR DUCTRemoval and Installation.......................................................................................4069
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4069
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4070
SIDE VENTILATOR DUCT..........................................................................................................................4070
SIDE VENTILATOR DUCTExploded View.........................................................................................................4070
SIDE VENTILATOR DUCTRemoval and Installation..............................................................................................4071
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4071
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4071
FOOT DUCT.....................................................................................................................................4071
FOOT DUCTExploded View....................................................................................................................4072
FOOT DUCTRemoval and Installation.........................................................................................................4072
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4072
Driver Side.......................................................................................................................4072
Passenger Side....................................................................................................................4073
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4073
FLOOR DUCT....................................................................................................................................4073
FLOOR DUCTExploded View...................................................................................................................4074
FLOOR DUCTRemoval and Installation........................................................................................................4074
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4074
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4074
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER....................................................................................................................................4075
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................4075
SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTION...............................................................................................................4075
System Description............................................................................................................................4075
AIR DISTRIBUTION..................................................................................................................................4076
System Description............................................................................................................................4076
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................4077
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................4077
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................4077
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.....................................................................4077
OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................4077
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................4078
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service........................................................................................................4078
Working with HFC-134a (R-134a)................................................................................................................4078
General Refrigerant Precaution................................................................................................................4078
Refrigerant Connection........................................................................................................................4079
O-RING AND REFRIGERANT CONNECTION (HR/MR).................................................................................................4079
O-Ring Part Numbers and Specifications................................................................................................4080
O-RING AND REFRIGERANT CONNECTION (K9K)...................................................................................................4080
O-Ring Part Numbers and SpecificationsA...............................................................................................4081
O-RING AND REFRIGERANT CONNECTION (M9R)...................................................................................................4081
O-Ring Part Numbers and Specifications................................................................................................4082
Service Equipment.............................................................................................................................4083
RECOVERY/RECYCLING EQUIPMENT..............................................................................................................4083
ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR..................................................................................................................4083
VACUUM PUMP...............................................................................................................................4083
MANIFOLD GAUGE SET........................................................................................................................4083
SERVICE HOSES.............................................................................................................................4084
SERVICE COUPLERS..........................................................................................................................4084
REFRIGERANT WEIGHT SCALE..................................................................................................................4084
CHARGING CYLINDER.........................................................................................................................4084
COMPRESSOR........................................................................................................................................4085
General Precautions...........................................................................................................................4085
FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTOR.........................................................................................................................4086
General Precautions...........................................................................................................................4086
IDENTIFICATION............................................................................................................................4086
IDENTIFICATION LABEL FOR VEHICLE..........................................................................................................4086
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................4087
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................4087
HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Tools and Equipment.................................................................................................4087
Sealant or/and Lubricant......................................................................................................................4089
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................4090
MODE DOOR.........................................................................................................................................4090
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4090
Adjustment....................................................................................................................................4091
AIR MIX DOOR......................................................................................................................................4092
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4092
Adjustment....................................................................................................................................4093
AIR CONDITIONER FILTER............................................................................................................................4094
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4094
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4094
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4094
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4095
Replacement...................................................................................................................................4095
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................4096
PRESET SWITCH.....................................................................................................................................4096
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4096
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4096
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4096
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4096
HEATER CONTROL PANEL..............................................................................................................................4097
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4097
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4097
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4097
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4097
AMBIENT SENSOR....................................................................................................................................4099
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4099
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4099
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4099
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4099
IN-VEHICLE SENSOR.................................................................................................................................4100
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4100
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4100
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4100
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4100
SUNLOAD SENSOR....................................................................................................................................4101
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4101
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4101
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4101
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4101
BLOWER UNIT.......................................................................................................................................4102
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4102
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4102
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4102
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4102
BLOWER MOTOR......................................................................................................................................4104
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4104
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4104
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4104
LHD Model.............................................................................................................................4104
RHD Model.............................................................................................................................4105
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4105
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR.................................................................................................................................4106
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4106
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4106
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4106
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4106
HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY....................................................................................................................4107
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4107
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4107
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4107
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4109
HIGH-LEVEL VENTILATOR DOOR MOTOR..................................................................................................................4110
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4110
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4110
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4110
LHD Model.............................................................................................................................4110
RHD Model.............................................................................................................................4111
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4111
HEATER CORE.......................................................................................................................................4112
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4112
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4112
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4112
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4113
DUCT AND GRILLE...................................................................................................................................4114
FRONT DEFROSTER GRILLE........................................................................................................................4114
FRONT DEFROSTER GRILLEExploded View.......................................................................................................4114
FRONT DEFROSTER GRILLERemoval and Installation............................................................................................4114
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4114
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4115
SIDE DEFROSTER GRILLE.........................................................................................................................4115
SIDE DEFROSTER GRILLEExploded View........................................................................................................4115
SIDE DEFROSTER GRILLERemoval and Installation.............................................................................................4116
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4116
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4116
CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLE......................................................................................................................4116
CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLEExploded View.....................................................................................................4116
CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLERemoval and Installation..........................................................................................4117
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4117
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4117
SIDE VENTILATOR GRILLE........................................................................................................................4117
SIDE VENTILATOR GRILLEExploded View.......................................................................................................4118
SIDE VENTILATOR GRILLERemoval and Installation............................................................................................4118
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4118
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4118
DEFROSTER NOZZLE..............................................................................................................................4119
DEFROSTER NOZZLEExploded View.............................................................................................................4119
DEFROSTER NOZZLERemoval and Installation..................................................................................................4119
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4119
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4119
SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLE.........................................................................................................................4119
SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLEExploded View........................................................................................................4120
SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLERemoval and Installation.............................................................................................4120
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4120
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4121
CENTER VENTILATOR DUCT........................................................................................................................4121
CENTER VENTILATOR DUCTExploded View.......................................................................................................4121
CENTER VENTILATOR DUCTRemoval and Installation............................................................................................4122
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4122
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4122
FRONT UPPER VENTILATOR DUCT...................................................................................................................4122
FRONT UPPER VENTILATOR DUCTExploded View..................................................................................................4123
FRONT UPPER VENTILATOR DUCTRemoval and Installation.......................................................................................4123
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4123
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4124
SIDE VENTILATOR DUCT..........................................................................................................................4124
SIDE VENTILATOR DUCTExploded View.........................................................................................................4124
SIDE VENTILATOR DUCTRemoval and Installation..............................................................................................4125
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4125
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4125
FOOT DUCT.....................................................................................................................................4125
FOOT DUCTExploded View....................................................................................................................4126
FOOT DUCTRemoval and Installation.........................................................................................................4126
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4126
Driver Side.......................................................................................................................4126
Passenger Side....................................................................................................................4127
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4127
FLOOR DUCT....................................................................................................................................4127
FLOOR DUCTExploded View...................................................................................................................4128
FLOOR DUCTRemoval and Installation........................................................................................................4128
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4128
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4128
28-Heater and Air Conditioning.pdf................................................................................................................................4129
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
HEATER & AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................4129
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER (HR/MR).........................................................................................................................4137
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................4137
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................4137
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................4137
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................4137
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................4138
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................4138
System Diagram................................................................................................................................4138
System Description............................................................................................................................4138
REFRIGERANT CYCLE.........................................................................................................................4138
Refrigerant Flow......................................................................................................................4138
Freeze Protection.....................................................................................................................4138
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM PROTECTION.............................................................................................................4138
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor...........................................................................................................4138
Pressure Relief Valve.................................................................................................................4138
LUBRICANT.................................................................................................................................4138
Maintenance of Lubricant Quantity in Compressor.......................................................................................4139
Lubricant.............................................................................................................................4139
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................4140
Component Description.........................................................................................................................4141
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................4142
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.....................................................................................................................4142
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................4142
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURETrouble Diagnosis For Unusual Pressure.........................................................................4142
BOTH HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDES ARE TOO HIGH................................................................................................4142
BOTH HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDES ARE TOO HIGHSymptom Table...............................................................................4142
HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO HIGH AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO LOW...............................................................................4142
HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO HIGH AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO LOW Symptom Table.............................................................4142
HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO LOW AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO HIGH...............................................................................4143
HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO LOW AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO HIGH Symptom Table.............................................................4143
BOTH HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDES ARE TOO LOW.................................................................................................4143
BOTH HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDES ARE TOO LOWSymptom Table................................................................................4144
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE SOMETIMES BECOMES NEGATIVE..................................................................................................4144
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE SOMETIMES BECOMES NEGATIVESymptom Table.................................................................................4145
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE BECOMES NEGATIVE............................................................................................................4145
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE BECOMES NEGATIVESymptom Table...........................................................................................4145
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................4146
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................4146
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................4146
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.....................................................................4146
OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................4146
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................4147
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service........................................................................................................4147
Working with HFC-134a (R-134a)................................................................................................................4147
General Refrigerant Precaution................................................................................................................4147
Refrigerant Connection........................................................................................................................4148
O-RING AND REFRIGERANT CONNECTION.........................................................................................................4148
O-Ring Part Numbers and Specifications................................................................................................4149
Service Equipment.............................................................................................................................4150
RECOVERY/RECYCLING EQUIPMENT..............................................................................................................4150
ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR..................................................................................................................4150
VACUUM PUMP...............................................................................................................................4150
MANIFOLD GAUGE SET........................................................................................................................4150
SERVICE HOSES.............................................................................................................................4151
SERVICE COUPLERS..........................................................................................................................4151
REFRIGERANT WEIGHT SCALE..................................................................................................................4151
CHARGING CYLINDER.........................................................................................................................4151
COMPRESSOR........................................................................................................................................4152
General Precautions...........................................................................................................................4152
LEAK DETECTION DYE................................................................................................................................4153
General Precautions...........................................................................................................................4153
IDENTIFICATION............................................................................................................................4153
IDENTIFICATION LABEL FOR VEHICLE..........................................................................................................4153
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................4154
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................4154
HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Tools and Equipment.................................................................................................4154
Sealant or/and Lubricant......................................................................................................................4156
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................4157
LUBRICANT.........................................................................................................................................4157
Adjustment....................................................................................................................................4157
LUBRICANT RETURN OPERATION................................................................................................................4157
LUBRICANT ADJUSTING PROCEDURE FOR COMPONENTS REPLACEMENT EXCEPT COMPRESSOR................................................................4157
LUBRICANT ADJUSTING PROCEDURE FOR COMPRESSOR REPLACEMENT..................................................................................4157
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................4159
Inspection....................................................................................................................................4159
PERFORMANCE TEST DIAGNOSIS................................................................................................................4159
Performance Chart.............................................................................................................................4160
TEST CONDITION............................................................................................................................4160
TEST READING..............................................................................................................................4161
Refrigerant Leaks.............................................................................................................................4162
FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTOR.........................................................................................................................4163
Inspection....................................................................................................................................4163
CHECKING SYSTEM FOR LEAKS USING THE FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTOR.............................................................................4163
DYE INJECTION.............................................................................................................................4163
ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR..........................................................................................................................4164
Inspection....................................................................................................................................4164
PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING LEAK DETECTOR....................................................................................................4164
CHECKING PROCEDURE........................................................................................................................4164
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................4167
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................4167
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4167
Inspection After Installation.................................................................................................................4167
SETTING OF SERVICE TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT....................................................................................................4167
Discharging Refrigerant...............................................................................................................4167
Evacuating System and Charging Refrigerant............................................................................................4168
COMPRESSOR........................................................................................................................................4170
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4170
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4170
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4170
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4171
LOW-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE AND PIPE 2.............................................................................................................4172
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4172
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4172
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4172
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4173
HIGH-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE.......................................................................................................................4174
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4174
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4174
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4174
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4175
HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE 1 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT).........................................................................................................4176
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4176
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4176
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4176
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4177
LOW-PRESSURE PIPE 1 AND HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE 2......................................................................................................4178
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4178
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4178
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4178
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4179
CONDENSER.........................................................................................................................................4180
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4180
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4180
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4180
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4181
LIQUID TANK.......................................................................................................................................4182
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4182
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4182
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4182
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4182
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR.......................................................................................................................4183
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4183
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4183
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4183
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4183
EVAPORATOR........................................................................................................................................4184
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4184
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4184
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4184
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4185
EXPANSION VALVE...................................................................................................................................4186
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4186
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4186
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4186
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4187
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................4188
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................4188
Compressor....................................................................................................................................4188
Lubricant.....................................................................................................................................4188
Refrigerant...................................................................................................................................4188
Engine Idling Speed...........................................................................................................................4188
Belt Tension..................................................................................................................................4188
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER (K9K)...........................................................................................................................4189
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................4189
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................4189
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................4189
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................4189
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................4190
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................4190
System Diagram................................................................................................................................4190
System Description............................................................................................................................4190
REFRIGERANT CYCLE.........................................................................................................................4190
Refrigerant Flow......................................................................................................................4190
Freeze Protection.....................................................................................................................4190
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM PROTECTION.............................................................................................................4190
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor...........................................................................................................4190
Pressure Relief Valve.................................................................................................................4190
LUBRICANT.................................................................................................................................4190
Maintenance of Lubricant Quantity in Compressor.......................................................................................4191
Lubricant.............................................................................................................................4191
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................4192
Component Description.........................................................................................................................4193
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................4194
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.....................................................................................................................4194
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................4194
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURETrouble Diagnosis For Unusual Pressure.........................................................................4194
BOTH HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDES ARE TOO HIGH................................................................................................4194
BOTH HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDES ARE TOO HIGHSymptom Table...............................................................................4194
HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO HIGH AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO LOW...............................................................................4194
HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO HIGH AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO LOW Symptom Table.............................................................4194
HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO LOW AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO HIGH...............................................................................4195
HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO LOW AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO HIGH Symptom Table.............................................................4195
BOTH HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDES ARE TOO LOW.................................................................................................4195
BOTH HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDES ARE TOO LOWSymptom Table................................................................................4196
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE SOMETIMES BECOMES NEGATIVE..................................................................................................4196
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE SOMETIMES BECOMES NEGATIVESymptom Table.................................................................................4197
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE BECOMES NEGATIVE............................................................................................................4197
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE BECOMES NEGATIVESymptom Table...........................................................................................4197
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................4198
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................4198
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................4198
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.....................................................................4198
OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................4198
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................4199
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service........................................................................................................4199
Working with HFC-134a (R-134a)................................................................................................................4199
General Refrigerant Precaution................................................................................................................4199
Refrigerant Connection........................................................................................................................4200
O-RING AND REFRIGERANT CONNECTION.........................................................................................................4200
O-Ring Part Numbers and Specifications................................................................................................4201
Service Equipment.............................................................................................................................4202
RECOVERY/RECYCLING EQUIPMENT..............................................................................................................4202
ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR..................................................................................................................4202
VACUUM PUMP...............................................................................................................................4202
MANIFOLD GAUGE SET........................................................................................................................4202
SERVICE HOSES.............................................................................................................................4203
SERVICE COUPLERS..........................................................................................................................4203
REFRIGERANT WEIGHT SCALE..................................................................................................................4203
CHARGING CYLINDER.........................................................................................................................4203
COMPRESSOR........................................................................................................................................4204
General Precautions...........................................................................................................................4204
LEAK DETECTION DYE................................................................................................................................4205
General Precautions...........................................................................................................................4205
IDENTIFICATION............................................................................................................................4205
IDENTIFICATION LABEL FOR VEHICLE..........................................................................................................4205
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................4206
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................4206
HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Tools and Equipment.................................................................................................4206
Sealant or/and Lubricant......................................................................................................................4208
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................4209
LUBRICANT.........................................................................................................................................4209
Adjustment....................................................................................................................................4209
LUBRICANT RETURN OPERATION................................................................................................................4209
LUBRICANT ADJUSTING PROCEDURE FOR COMPONENTS REPLACEMENT EXCEPT COMPRESSOR................................................................4209
LUBRICANT ADJUSTING PROCEDURE FOR COMPRESSOR REPLACEMENT..................................................................................4209
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................4211
Inspection....................................................................................................................................4211
PERFORMANCE TEST DIAGNOSIS................................................................................................................4211
Performance Chart.............................................................................................................................4212
TEST CONDITION............................................................................................................................4212
TEST READING..............................................................................................................................4213
Refrigerant Leaks.............................................................................................................................4213
FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTOR.........................................................................................................................4215
Inspection....................................................................................................................................4215
CHECKING SYSTEM FOR LEAKS USING THE FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTOR.............................................................................4215
DYE INJECTION.............................................................................................................................4215
ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR..........................................................................................................................4216
Inspection....................................................................................................................................4216
PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING LEAK DETECTOR....................................................................................................4216
CHECKING PROCEDURE........................................................................................................................4216
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................4219
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................4219
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4219
Inspection After Installation.................................................................................................................4219
SETTING OF SERVICE TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT....................................................................................................4219
Discharging Refrigerant...............................................................................................................4219
Evacuating System and Charging Refrigerant............................................................................................4220
COMPRESSOR........................................................................................................................................4222
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4222
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4222
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4222
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4223
LOW-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE AND PIPE 2.............................................................................................................4224
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4224
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4224
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4224
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4225
HIGH-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE.......................................................................................................................4226
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4226
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4226
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4226
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4227
HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE 1 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT).........................................................................................................4228
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4228
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4228
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4228
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4229
LOW-PRESSURE PIPE 1 AND HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE 2......................................................................................................4230
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4230
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4230
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4230
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4231
CONDENSER.........................................................................................................................................4232
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4232
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4232
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4232
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4232
LIQUID TANK.......................................................................................................................................4234
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4234
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4234
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4234
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4234
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR.......................................................................................................................4235
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4235
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4235
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4235
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4235
EVAPORATOR........................................................................................................................................4236
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4236
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4236
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4236
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4237
EXPANSION VALVE...................................................................................................................................4238
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4238
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4238
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4238
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4239
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................4240
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................4240
Compressor....................................................................................................................................4240
Lubricant.....................................................................................................................................4240
Refrigerant...................................................................................................................................4240
Engine Idling Speed...........................................................................................................................4240
Belt Tension..................................................................................................................................4240
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER (M9R)...........................................................................................................................4241
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................4241
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................4241
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................4241
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................4241
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................4242
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................4242
System Diagram................................................................................................................................4242
System Description............................................................................................................................4242
REFRIGERANT CYCLE.........................................................................................................................4242
Refrigerant Flow......................................................................................................................4242
Freeze Protection.....................................................................................................................4242
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM PROTECTION.............................................................................................................4242
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor...........................................................................................................4242
Pressure Relief Valve.................................................................................................................4242
LUBRICANT.................................................................................................................................4242
Maintenance of Lubricant Quantity in Compressor.......................................................................................4243
Lubricant.............................................................................................................................4243
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................4244
Component Description.........................................................................................................................4245
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................4246
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.....................................................................................................................4246
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................4246
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURETrouble Diagnosis For Unusual Pressure.........................................................................4246
BOTH HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDES ARE TOO HIGH................................................................................................4246
BOTH HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDES ARE TOO HIGHSymptom Table...............................................................................4246
HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO HIGH AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO LOW...............................................................................4246
HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO HIGH AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO LOW Symptom Table.............................................................4246
HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO LOW AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO HIGH...............................................................................4247
HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO LOW AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO HIGH Symptom Table.............................................................4247
BOTH HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDES ARE TOO LOW.................................................................................................4247
BOTH HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDES ARE TOO LOWSymptom Table................................................................................4248
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE SOMETIMES BECOMES NEGATIVE..................................................................................................4248
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE SOMETIMES BECOMES NEGATIVESymptom Table.................................................................................4249
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE BECOMES NEGATIVE............................................................................................................4249
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE BECOMES NEGATIVESymptom Table...........................................................................................4249
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................4250
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................4250
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................4250
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.....................................................................4250
OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................4250
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................4251
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service........................................................................................................4251
Working with HFC-134a (R-134a)................................................................................................................4251
General Refrigerant Precaution................................................................................................................4251
Refrigerant Connection........................................................................................................................4252
O-RING AND REFRIGERANT CONNECTION.........................................................................................................4252
O-Ring Part Numbers and Specifications................................................................................................4253
Service Equipment.............................................................................................................................4254
RECOVERY/RECYCLING EQUIPMENT..............................................................................................................4254
ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR..................................................................................................................4254
VACUUM PUMP...............................................................................................................................4254
MANIFOLD GAUGE SET........................................................................................................................4254
SERVICE HOSES.............................................................................................................................4255
SERVICE COUPLERS..........................................................................................................................4255
REFRIGERANT WEIGHT SCALE..................................................................................................................4255
CHARGING CYLINDER.........................................................................................................................4255
COMPRESSOR........................................................................................................................................4256
General Precautions...........................................................................................................................4256
LEAK DETECTION DYE................................................................................................................................4257
General Precautions...........................................................................................................................4257
IDENTIFICATION............................................................................................................................4257
IDENTIFICATION LABEL FOR VEHICLE..........................................................................................................4257
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................4258
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................4258
HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Tools and Equipment.................................................................................................4258
Sealant or/and Lubricant......................................................................................................................4260
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................4261
LUBRICANT.........................................................................................................................................4261
Adjustment....................................................................................................................................4261
LUBRICANT RETURN OPERATION................................................................................................................4261
LUBRICANT ADJUSTING PROCEDURE FOR COMPONENTS REPLACEMENT EXCEPT COMPRESSOR................................................................4261
LUBRICANT ADJUSTING PROCEDURE FOR COMPRESSOR REPLACEMENT..................................................................................4261
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................4263
Inspection....................................................................................................................................4263
PERFORMANCE TEST DIAGNOSIS................................................................................................................4263
Performance Chart.............................................................................................................................4264
TEST CONDITION............................................................................................................................4264
TEST READING..............................................................................................................................4265
Refrigerant Leaks.............................................................................................................................4265
FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTOR.........................................................................................................................4267
Inspection....................................................................................................................................4267
CHECKING SYSTEM FOR LEAKS USING THE FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTOR.............................................................................4267
DYE INJECTION.............................................................................................................................4267
ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR..........................................................................................................................4268
Inspection....................................................................................................................................4268
PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING LEAK DETECTOR....................................................................................................4268
CHECKING PROCEDURE........................................................................................................................4268
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................4271
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................4271
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4271
Inspection After Installation.................................................................................................................4271
SETTING OF SERVICE TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT....................................................................................................4271
Discharging Refrigerant...............................................................................................................4271
Evacuating System and Charging Refrigerant............................................................................................4272
COMPRESSOR........................................................................................................................................4274
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4274
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4274
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4274
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4275
LOW-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE AND PIPE 2.............................................................................................................4276
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4276
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4276
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4276
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4277
HIGH-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE.......................................................................................................................4278
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4278
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4278
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4278
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4279
HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE 1 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT).........................................................................................................4280
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4280
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4280
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4280
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4281
LOW-PRESSURE PIPE 1 AND HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE 2......................................................................................................4282
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4282
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4282
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4282
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4283
CONDENSER.........................................................................................................................................4284
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4284
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4284
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4284
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4285
LIQUID TANK.......................................................................................................................................4286
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4286
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4286
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4286
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4287
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR.......................................................................................................................4288
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4288
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4288
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4288
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4288
EVAPORATOR........................................................................................................................................4289
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4289
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4289
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4289
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4290
EXPANSION VALVE...................................................................................................................................4291
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4291
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4291
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4291
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4292
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................4293
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................4293
Compressor....................................................................................................................................4293
Lubricant.....................................................................................................................................4293
Refrigerant...................................................................................................................................4293
Engine Idling Speed...........................................................................................................................4293
Belt Tension..................................................................................................................................4293
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER (HR/MR)............................................................................................................................4294
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................4294
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................4294
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................4294
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................4294
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................4295
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................4295
System Diagram................................................................................................................................4295
System Description............................................................................................................................4295
REFRIGERANT CYCLE.........................................................................................................................4295
Refrigerant Flow......................................................................................................................4295
Freeze Protection.....................................................................................................................4295
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM PROTECTION.............................................................................................................4295
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor...........................................................................................................4295
Pressure Relief Valve.................................................................................................................4295
LUBRICANT.................................................................................................................................4295
Maintenance of Lubricant Quantity in Compressor.......................................................................................4296
Lubricant.............................................................................................................................4296
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................4297
Component Description.........................................................................................................................4298
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................4299
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.....................................................................................................................4299
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................4299
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURETrouble Diagnosis For Unusual Pressure.........................................................................4299
BOTH HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDES ARE TOO HIGH................................................................................................4299
BOTH HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDES ARE TOO HIGHSymptom Table...............................................................................4299
HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO HIGH AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO LOW...............................................................................4299
HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO HIGH AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO LOW Symptom Table.............................................................4299
HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO LOW AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO HIGH...............................................................................4300
HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO LOW AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO HIGH Symptom Table.............................................................4300
BOTH HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDES ARE TOO LOW.................................................................................................4300
BOTH HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDES ARE TOO LOWSymptom Table................................................................................4301
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE SOMETIMES BECOMES NEGATIVE..................................................................................................4301
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE SOMETIMES BECOMES NEGATIVESymptom Table.................................................................................4301
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE BECOMES NEGATIVE............................................................................................................4301
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE BECOMES NEGATIVESymptom Table...........................................................................................4302
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................4303
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................4303
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................4303
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.....................................................................4303
OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................4303
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................4304
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service........................................................................................................4304
Working with HFC-134a (R-134a)................................................................................................................4304
General Refrigerant Precaution................................................................................................................4304
Refrigerant Connection........................................................................................................................4305
O-RING AND REFRIGERANT CONNECTION.........................................................................................................4305
O-Ring Part Numbers and Specifications................................................................................................4306
Service Equipment.............................................................................................................................4307
RECOVERY/RECYCLING EQUIPMENT..............................................................................................................4307
ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR..................................................................................................................4307
VACUUM PUMP...............................................................................................................................4307
MANIFOLD GAUGE SET........................................................................................................................4307
SERVICE HOSES.............................................................................................................................4308
SERVICE COUPLERS..........................................................................................................................4308
REFRIGERANT WEIGHT SCALE..................................................................................................................4308
CHARGING CYLINDER.........................................................................................................................4308
COMPRESSOR........................................................................................................................................4309
General Precautions...........................................................................................................................4309
LEAK DETECTION DYE................................................................................................................................4310
General Precautions...........................................................................................................................4310
IDENTIFICATION............................................................................................................................4310
IDENTIFICATION LABEL FOR VEHICLE..........................................................................................................4310
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................4311
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................4311
HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Tools and Equipment.................................................................................................4311
Sealant or/and Lubricant......................................................................................................................4313
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................4314
LUBRICANT.........................................................................................................................................4314
Adjustment....................................................................................................................................4314
LUBRICANT RETURN OPERATION................................................................................................................4314
LUBRICANT ADJUSTING PROCEDURE FOR COMPONENTS REPLACEMENT EXCEPT COMPRESSOR................................................................4314
LUBRICANT ADJUSTING PROCEDURE FOR COMPRESSOR REPLACEMENT..................................................................................4314
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................4316
Inspection....................................................................................................................................4316
PERFORMANCE TEST DIAGNOSIS................................................................................................................4316
Performance Chart.............................................................................................................................4317
TEST CONDITION............................................................................................................................4317
TEST READING..............................................................................................................................4318
Refrigerant Leaks.............................................................................................................................4318
FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTOR.........................................................................................................................4320
Inspection....................................................................................................................................4320
CHECKING SYSTEM FOR LEAKS USING THE FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTOR.............................................................................4320
DYE INJECTION.............................................................................................................................4320
ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR..........................................................................................................................4321
Inspection....................................................................................................................................4321
PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING LEAK DETECTOR....................................................................................................4321
CHECKING PROCEDURE........................................................................................................................4321
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................4324
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................4324
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4324
Inspection After Installation.................................................................................................................4324
SETTING OF SERVICE TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT....................................................................................................4324
Discharging Refrigerant...............................................................................................................4324
Evacuating System and Charging Refrigerant............................................................................................4325
COMPRESSOR........................................................................................................................................4327
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4327
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4327
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4327
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4328
LOW-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE AND PIPE 2.............................................................................................................4329
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4329
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4329
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4329
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4330
HIGH-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE.......................................................................................................................4331
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4331
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4331
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4331
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4332
HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE 1 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT).........................................................................................................4333
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4333
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4333
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4333
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4334
LOW-PRESSURE PIPE 1 AND HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE 2......................................................................................................4335
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4335
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4335
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4335
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4336
CONDENSER.........................................................................................................................................4337
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4337
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4337
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4337
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4338
LIQUID TANK.......................................................................................................................................4339
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4339
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4339
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4339
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4339
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR.......................................................................................................................4340
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4340
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4340
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4340
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4340
EVAPORATOR........................................................................................................................................4341
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4341
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4341
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4341
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4342
EXPANSION VALVE...................................................................................................................................4343
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4343
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4343
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4343
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4343
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................4345
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................4345
Compressor....................................................................................................................................4345
Lubricant.....................................................................................................................................4345
Refrigerant...................................................................................................................................4345
Engine Idling Speed...........................................................................................................................4345
Belt Tension..................................................................................................................................4345
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER (K9K)..............................................................................................................................4346
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................4346
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................4346
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................4346
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................4346
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................4347
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................4347
System Diagram................................................................................................................................4347
System Description............................................................................................................................4347
REFRIGERANT CYCLE.........................................................................................................................4347
Refrigerant Flow......................................................................................................................4347
Freeze Protection.....................................................................................................................4347
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM PROTECTION.............................................................................................................4347
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor...........................................................................................................4347
Pressure Relief Valve.................................................................................................................4347
LUBRICANT.................................................................................................................................4347
Maintenance of Lubricant Quantity in Compressor.......................................................................................4348
Lubricant.............................................................................................................................4348
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................4349
Component Description.........................................................................................................................4350
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................4351
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.....................................................................................................................4351
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................4351
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURETrouble Diagnosis For Unusual Pressure.........................................................................4351
BOTH HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDES ARE TOO HIGH................................................................................................4351
BOTH HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDES ARE TOO HIGHSymptom Table...............................................................................4351
HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO HIGH AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO LOW...............................................................................4351
HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO HIGH AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO LOW Symptom Table.............................................................4351
HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO LOW AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO HIGH...............................................................................4352
HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO LOW AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO HIGH Symptom Table.............................................................4352
BOTH HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDES ARE TOO LOW.................................................................................................4352
BOTH HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDES ARE TOO LOWSymptom Table................................................................................4353
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE SOMETIMES BECOMES NEGATIVE..................................................................................................4353
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE SOMETIMES BECOMES NEGATIVESymptom Table.................................................................................4353
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE BECOMES NEGATIVE............................................................................................................4353
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE BECOMES NEGATIVESymptom Table...........................................................................................4354
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................4355
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................4355
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................4355
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.....................................................................4355
OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................4355
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................4356
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service........................................................................................................4356
Working with HFC-134a (R-134a)................................................................................................................4356
General Refrigerant Precaution................................................................................................................4356
Refrigerant Connection........................................................................................................................4357
O-RING AND REFRIGERANT CONNECTION.........................................................................................................4357
O-Ring Part Numbers and Specifications................................................................................................4358
Service Equipment.............................................................................................................................4359
RECOVERY/RECYCLING EQUIPMENT..............................................................................................................4359
ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR..................................................................................................................4359
VACUUM PUMP...............................................................................................................................4359
MANIFOLD GAUGE SET........................................................................................................................4359
SERVICE HOSES.............................................................................................................................4360
SERVICE COUPLERS..........................................................................................................................4360
REFRIGERANT WEIGHT SCALE..................................................................................................................4360
CHARGING CYLINDER.........................................................................................................................4360
COMPRESSOR........................................................................................................................................4361
General Precautions...........................................................................................................................4361
LEAK DETECTION DYE................................................................................................................................4362
General Precautions...........................................................................................................................4362
IDENTIFICATION............................................................................................................................4362
IDENTIFICATION LABEL FOR VEHICLE..........................................................................................................4362
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................4363
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................4363
HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Tools and Equipment.................................................................................................4363
Sealant or/and Lubricant......................................................................................................................4365
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................4366
LUBRICANT.........................................................................................................................................4366
Adjustment....................................................................................................................................4366
LUBRICANT RETURN OPERATION................................................................................................................4366
LUBRICANT ADJUSTING PROCEDURE FOR COMPONENTS REPLACEMENT EXCEPT COMPRESSOR................................................................4366
LUBRICANT ADJUSTING PROCEDURE FOR COMPRESSOR REPLACEMENT..................................................................................4366
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................4368
Inspection....................................................................................................................................4368
PERFORMANCE TEST DIAGNOSIS................................................................................................................4368
Performance Chart.............................................................................................................................4369
TEST CONDITION............................................................................................................................4369
TEST READING..............................................................................................................................4370
Refrigerant Leaks.............................................................................................................................4370
FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTOR.........................................................................................................................4372
Inspection....................................................................................................................................4372
CHECKING SYSTEM FOR LEAKS USING THE FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTOR.............................................................................4372
DYE INJECTION.............................................................................................................................4372
ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR..........................................................................................................................4373
Inspection....................................................................................................................................4373
PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING LEAK DETECTOR....................................................................................................4373
CHECKING PROCEDURE........................................................................................................................4373
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................4376
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................4376
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4376
Inspection After Installation.................................................................................................................4376
SETTING OF SERVICE TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT....................................................................................................4376
Discharging Refrigerant...............................................................................................................4376
Evacuating System and Charging Refrigerant............................................................................................4377
COMPRESSOR........................................................................................................................................4379
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4379
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4379
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4379
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4380
LOW-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE AND PIPE 2.............................................................................................................4381
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4381
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4381
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4381
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4382
HIGH-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE.......................................................................................................................4383
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4383
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4383
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4383
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4384
HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE 1 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT).........................................................................................................4385
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4385
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4385
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4385
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4386
LOW-PRESSURE PIPE 1 AND HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE 2......................................................................................................4387
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4387
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4387
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4387
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4388
CONDENSER.........................................................................................................................................4389
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4389
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4389
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4389
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4389
LIQUID TANK.......................................................................................................................................4391
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4391
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4391
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4391
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4391
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR.......................................................................................................................4392
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4392
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4392
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4392
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4392
EVAPORATOR........................................................................................................................................4393
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4393
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4393
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4393
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4394
EXPANSION VALVE...................................................................................................................................4395
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4395
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4395
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4395
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4395
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................4397
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................4397
Compressor....................................................................................................................................4397
Lubricant.....................................................................................................................................4397
Refrigerant...................................................................................................................................4397
Engine Idling Speed...........................................................................................................................4397
Belt Tension..................................................................................................................................4397
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER (M9R)..............................................................................................................................4398
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................4398
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................4398
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................4398
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................4398
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................4399
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................4399
System Diagram................................................................................................................................4399
System Description............................................................................................................................4399
REFRIGERANT CYCLE.........................................................................................................................4399
Refrigerant Flow......................................................................................................................4399
Freeze Protection.....................................................................................................................4399
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM PROTECTION.............................................................................................................4399
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor...........................................................................................................4399
Pressure Relief Valve.................................................................................................................4399
LUBRICANT.................................................................................................................................4399
Maintenance of Lubricant Quantity in Compressor.......................................................................................4400
Lubricant.............................................................................................................................4400
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................4401
Component Description.........................................................................................................................4402
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................4403
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.....................................................................................................................4403
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................4403
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURETrouble Diagnosis For Unusual Pressure.........................................................................4403
BOTH HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDES ARE TOO HIGH................................................................................................4403
BOTH HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDES ARE TOO HIGHSymptom Table...............................................................................4403
HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO HIGH AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO LOW...............................................................................4403
HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO HIGH AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO LOW Symptom Table.............................................................4403
HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO LOW AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO HIGH...............................................................................4404
HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO LOW AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO HIGH Symptom Table.............................................................4404
BOTH HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDES ARE TOO LOW.................................................................................................4404
BOTH HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDES ARE TOO LOWSymptom Table................................................................................4405
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE SOMETIMES BECOMES NEGATIVE..................................................................................................4405
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE SOMETIMES BECOMES NEGATIVESymptom Table.................................................................................4405
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE BECOMES NEGATIVE............................................................................................................4405
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE BECOMES NEGATIVESymptom Table...........................................................................................4406
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................4407
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................4407
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................4407
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.....................................................................4407
OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................4407
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................4408
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service........................................................................................................4408
Working with HFC-134a (R-134a)................................................................................................................4408
General Refrigerant Precaution................................................................................................................4408
Refrigerant Connection........................................................................................................................4409
O-RING AND REFRIGERANT CONNECTION.........................................................................................................4409
O-Ring Part Numbers and Specifications................................................................................................4410
Service Equipment.............................................................................................................................4411
RECOVERY/RECYCLING EQUIPMENT..............................................................................................................4411
ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR..................................................................................................................4411
VACUUM PUMP...............................................................................................................................4411
MANIFOLD GAUGE SET........................................................................................................................4411
SERVICE HOSES.............................................................................................................................4412
SERVICE COUPLERS..........................................................................................................................4412
REFRIGERANT WEIGHT SCALE..................................................................................................................4412
CHARGING CYLINDER.........................................................................................................................4412
COMPRESSOR........................................................................................................................................4413
General Precautions...........................................................................................................................4413
LEAK DETECTION DYE................................................................................................................................4414
General Precautions...........................................................................................................................4414
IDENTIFICATION............................................................................................................................4414
IDENTIFICATION LABEL FOR VEHICLE..........................................................................................................4414
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................4415
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................4415
HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Tools and Equipment.................................................................................................4415
Sealant or/and Lubricant......................................................................................................................4417
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................4418
LUBRICANT.........................................................................................................................................4418
Adjustment....................................................................................................................................4418
LUBRICANT RETURN OPERATION................................................................................................................4418
LUBRICANT ADJUSTING PROCEDURE FOR COMPONENTS REPLACEMENT EXCEPT COMPRESSOR................................................................4418
LUBRICANT ADJUSTING PROCEDURE FOR COMPRESSOR REPLACEMENT..................................................................................4418
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................4420
Inspection....................................................................................................................................4420
PERFORMANCE TEST DIAGNOSIS................................................................................................................4420
Performance Chart.............................................................................................................................4421
TEST CONDITION............................................................................................................................4421
TEST READING..............................................................................................................................4422
Refrigerant Leaks.............................................................................................................................4422
FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTOR.........................................................................................................................4424
Inspection....................................................................................................................................4424
CHECKING SYSTEM FOR LEAKS USING THE FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTOR.............................................................................4424
DYE INJECTION.............................................................................................................................4424
ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR..........................................................................................................................4425
Inspection....................................................................................................................................4425
PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING LEAK DETECTOR....................................................................................................4425
CHECKING PROCEDURE........................................................................................................................4425
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................4428
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................4428
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4428
Inspection After Installation.................................................................................................................4428
SETTING OF SERVICE TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT....................................................................................................4428
Discharging Refrigerant...............................................................................................................4428
Evacuating System and Charging Refrigerant............................................................................................4429
COMPRESSOR........................................................................................................................................4431
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4431
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4431
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4431
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4432
LOW-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE AND PIPE 2.............................................................................................................4433
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4433
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4433
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4433
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4434
HIGH-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE.......................................................................................................................4435
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4435
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4435
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4435
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4436
HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE 1 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT).........................................................................................................4437
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4437
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4437
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4437
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4438
LOW-PRESSURE PIPE 1 AND HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE 2......................................................................................................4439
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4439
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4439
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4439
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4440
CONDENSER.........................................................................................................................................4441
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4441
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4441
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4441
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4442
LIQUID TANK.......................................................................................................................................4443
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4443
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4443
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4443
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4444
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR.......................................................................................................................4445
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4445
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4445
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4445
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4445
EVAPORATOR........................................................................................................................................4446
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4446
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4446
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4446
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4447
EXPANSION VALVE...................................................................................................................................4448
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4448
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4448
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4448
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4448
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................4450
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................4450
Compressor....................................................................................................................................4450
Lubricant.....................................................................................................................................4450
Refrigerant...................................................................................................................................4450
Engine Idling Speed...........................................................................................................................4450
Belt Tension..................................................................................................................................4450
29-Heater and Air Conditioning Control System.pdf.................................................................................................................4451
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
HEATER & AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL SYSTEM......................................................................................................................4451
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER.................................................................................................................................4455
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................4455
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................4455
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................4455
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................4455
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.........................................................................................................................4456
Description & Inspection......................................................................................................................4456
DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................4456
INSPECTION PROCEDURE......................................................................................................................4456
Memory Function.......................................................................................................................4456
Blower................................................................................................................................4456
Discharge Air (MODE switch and DEF switch)............................................................................................4456
Discharge Air (High-level ventilator switch)..........................................................................................4456
Intake Air............................................................................................................................4457
Temperature Decrease..................................................................................................................4457
Temperature Increase..................................................................................................................4457
A/C Switch............................................................................................................................4457
Auto Mode.............................................................................................................................4457
AUXILIARY MECHANISM.......................................................................................................................4457
Temperature Setting Trimmer...........................................................................................................4457
Inlet Port Memory Function............................................................................................................4458
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................4460
COMPRESSOR CONTROL FUNCTION.......................................................................................................................4460
Description...................................................................................................................................4460
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION....................................................................................................................4460
Functional circuit diagram............................................................................................................4460
Functional initial inspection chart...................................................................................................4460
Component Part Location.......................................................................................................................4460
ENGINE COMPARTMENT........................................................................................................................4460
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT.....................................................................................................................4461
LHD Models............................................................................................................................4461
RHD Models............................................................................................................................4462
..............................................................................................................................................4464
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM..................................................................................................................4465
System Diagram................................................................................................................................4465
CONTROL SYSTEM............................................................................................................................4465
System Description............................................................................................................................4465
CONTROL OPERATION.........................................................................................................................4465
Controller............................................................................................................................4465
MODE Switch...........................................................................................................................4466
Temperature Control Dial [Potentio Temperature Control (Driver Side)].................................................................4466
Temperature Control Dial [Potentio Temperature Control (Passenger Side)]..............................................................4466
AUTO Switch ..........................................................................................................................4466
Defroster (DEF) Switch................................................................................................................4466
A/C Switch............................................................................................................................4466
Fan Control Dial......................................................................................................................4466
ON/OFF Switch.........................................................................................................................4466
Rear Window Defogger Switch...........................................................................................................4466
Recirculation (REC) Switch............................................................................................................4466
Fresh (FRE) Switch....................................................................................................................4466
DUAL Switch...........................................................................................................................4466
High-level Ventilator Switch..........................................................................................................4466
DISCHARGE AIR FLOW........................................................................................................................4467
SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTION.......................................................................................................4468
AIR CONDITIONER LAN CONTROL SYSTEM........................................................................................................4468
SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION.......................................................................................................................4469
Operation.............................................................................................................................4469
Transmission Data and Transmission Order..............................................................................................4469
AIR MIX DOOR CONTROL (AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL)......................................................................................4470
FAN SPEED CONTROL.........................................................................................................................4470
INTAKE DOOR CONTROL.......................................................................................................................4470
MODE DOOR CONTROL.........................................................................................................................4470
HIGH-LEVEL VENTILATOR DOOR CONTROL........................................................................................................4470
MAGNET CLUTCH CONTROL.....................................................................................................................4471
Component Part Location.......................................................................................................................4471
ENGINE COMPARTMENT........................................................................................................................4471
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT.....................................................................................................................4472
LHD Models............................................................................................................................4472
RHD Models............................................................................................................................4473
Component Description.........................................................................................................................4475
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................4476
System Description............................................................................................................................4476
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AUTO AMP.)......................................................................................................................4477
Diagnosis Description.........................................................................................................................4477
SELF-DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................4477
SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION...................................................................................................................4477
CONFORMATION METHOD.......................................................................................................................4477
CONSULT-III Function..........................................................................................................................4481
CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS.............................................................................................................4481
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................4482
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)............................................................................................................................4483
COMMON ITEM...................................................................................................................................4483
COMMON ITEMCONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM).......................................................................................4483
APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................4483
SYSTEM APPLICATION....................................................................................................................4483
AIR CONDITIONER...............................................................................................................................4483
AIR CONDITIONERCONSULT-III Function (BCM - AUTO AIR CONDITIONER)..........................................................................4483
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................4483
PTC HEATER....................................................................................................................................4484
PTC HEATERCONSULT-III Function (BCM - PTC HEATER).........................................................................................4484
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................4484
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................4484
MODE DOOR CONTROL SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................4485
Description...................................................................................................................................4485
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................4485
Component Parts.......................................................................................................................4485
System Operation......................................................................................................................4485
LAN System Circuit....................................................................................................................4486
Mode Door Control Specification.......................................................................................................4486
HIGH-LEVEL VENTILATOR DOOR CONTROL SYSTEM.........................................................................................................4487
Description...................................................................................................................................4487
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................4487
Component Parts.......................................................................................................................4487
System Operation......................................................................................................................4487
LAN System Circuit....................................................................................................................4488
AIR MIX DOOR CONTROL SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................4489
Description...................................................................................................................................4489
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................4489
Component Parts.......................................................................................................................4489
System Operation......................................................................................................................4489
LAN System Circuit....................................................................................................................4490
Air Mix Door Control Specification....................................................................................................4490
INTAKE DOOR CONTROL SYSTEM........................................................................................................................4491
Description...................................................................................................................................4491
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................4491
Component Parts.......................................................................................................................4491
System Operation......................................................................................................................4491
LAN System Circuit....................................................................................................................4492
Intake Door Control Specification.....................................................................................................4492
BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................4493
Description...................................................................................................................................4493
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................4493
Component Parts.......................................................................................................................4493
System Operation......................................................................................................................4493
Blower motor circuit..................................................................................................................4493
Automatic Mode........................................................................................................................4493
Starting Fan Speed Control............................................................................................................4493
Blower Speed Compensation.............................................................................................................4494
Fan Speed Control Specification.......................................................................................................4494
MAGNET CLUTCH CONTROL SYSTEM......................................................................................................................4495
Description...................................................................................................................................4495
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................4495
System Operation......................................................................................................................4495
Low Temperature Protection Control....................................................................................................4495
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................4496
Description...................................................................................................................................4496
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................4496
System Operation......................................................................................................................4496
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................4497
MODE DOOR MOTOR...................................................................................................................................4497
Description...................................................................................................................................4497
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.....................................................................................................................4497
Mode Door Motor.......................................................................................................................4497
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4497
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4497
HIGH-LEVEL VENTILATOR DOOR MOTOR..................................................................................................................4500
Description...................................................................................................................................4500
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.....................................................................................................................4500
High-level Ventilator Door Motor......................................................................................................4500
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4500
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4500
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................4502
HIGH-LEVEL VENTILATOR SWITCH..............................................................................................................4502
AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR................................................................................................................................4504
Description...................................................................................................................................4504
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.....................................................................................................................4504
Air Mix Door Motor....................................................................................................................4504
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4504
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4504
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR.................................................................................................................................4509
Description...................................................................................................................................4509
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.....................................................................................................................4509
Intake Door Motor.....................................................................................................................4509
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4509
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4509
BLOWER MOTOR......................................................................................................................................4512
Description...................................................................................................................................4512
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.....................................................................................................................4512
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4512
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4512
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................4515
MAGNET CLUTCH.....................................................................................................................................4516
Description...................................................................................................................................4516
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4516
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4516
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................4520
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor...............................................................................................................4520
PTC HEATER........................................................................................................................................4521
Description...................................................................................................................................4521
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4521
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4521
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................4526
PTC HEATER................................................................................................................................4526
PTC RELAY.................................................................................................................................4526
OAT SENSOR........................................................................................................................................4527
Description...................................................................................................................................4527
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.....................................................................................................................4527
OAT (Outside Air Temperature) Sensor..................................................................................................4527
OAT Sensor Circuit....................................................................................................................4527
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE INPUT PROCESS.........................................................................................................4527
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4527
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4527
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................4529
IN-VEHICLE SENSOR.................................................................................................................................4530
Description...................................................................................................................................4530
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4530
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4531
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................4532
SUNLOAD SENSOR....................................................................................................................................4533
Description...................................................................................................................................4533
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.....................................................................................................................4533
Sunload Sensor........................................................................................................................4533
Sunload Sensor Circuit................................................................................................................4533
SUNLOAD INPUT PROCESS.....................................................................................................................4533
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4533
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4533
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................4535
INTAKE SENSOR.....................................................................................................................................4536
Description...................................................................................................................................4536
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4536
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4536
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................4538
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AUTO AMP......................................................................................................4539
Description...................................................................................................................................4539
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.....................................................................................................................4539
Auto Amp. (Automatic Amplifier).......................................................................................................4539
Power Supply and Ground Circuit for Auto Amp..........................................................................................4539
Potentio Temperature Control (PTC)....................................................................................................4539
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4539
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4539
ECU DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................4541
ECM...............................................................................................................................................4541
HR16DE........................................................................................................................................4541
HR16DEReference Value.....................................................................................................................4541
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................4541
TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................4541
PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................4541
MR20DE........................................................................................................................................4541
MR20DEReference Value.....................................................................................................................4542
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................4542
TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................4542
PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................4542
K9K...........................................................................................................................................4542
K9KReference Value........................................................................................................................4542
VALUE ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL...........................................................................................................4542
TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................4543
PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................4543
M9R...........................................................................................................................................4543
M9RReference Value........................................................................................................................4543
VALUE ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL...........................................................................................................4543
TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................4544
PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................4544
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).........................................................................................................................4545
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................4545
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................4545
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................4549
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................4549
AUTO AMP..........................................................................................................................................4561
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................4561
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................4561
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................4561
Wiring Diagram - AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL SYSTEM -.............................................................................................4564
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................4572
AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL...........................................................................................................................4572
Diagnosis Chart By Symptom....................................................................................................................4572
INSUFFICIENT COOLING..............................................................................................................................4573
Description...................................................................................................................................4573
Inspection procedure..........................................................................................................................4573
INSUFFICIENT HEATING..............................................................................................................................4575
Description...................................................................................................................................4575
Inspection procedure..........................................................................................................................4575
NOISE.............................................................................................................................................4577
Description...................................................................................................................................4577
Inspection procedure..........................................................................................................................4577
SELF-DIAGNOSIS CANNOT BE PERFORMED................................................................................................................4579
Description...................................................................................................................................4579
Inspection procedure..........................................................................................................................4579
MEMORY FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE..................................................................................................................4580
Description...................................................................................................................................4580
Inspection procedure..........................................................................................................................4580
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................4581
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................4581
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................4581
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.....................................................................4581
OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................4581
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................4582
Working with HFC-134a (R-134a)................................................................................................................4582
General Refrigerant Precaution................................................................................................................4582
Refrigerant Connection........................................................................................................................4582
O-RING AND REFRIGERANT CONNECTION.........................................................................................................4583
O-Ring Part Numbers and Specifications................................................................................................4583
Service Equipment.............................................................................................................................4585
RECOVERY/RECYCLING EQUIPMENT..............................................................................................................4585
ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR..................................................................................................................4585
VACUUM PUMP...............................................................................................................................4585
MANIFOLD GAUGE SET........................................................................................................................4585
SERVICE HOSES.............................................................................................................................4586
SERVICE COUPLERS..........................................................................................................................4586
REFRIGERANT WEIGHT SCALE..................................................................................................................4586
CHARGING CYLINDER.........................................................................................................................4586
COMPRESSOR........................................................................................................................................4587
General Precautions...........................................................................................................................4587
FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTOR.........................................................................................................................4588
General Precautions...........................................................................................................................4588
IDENTIFICATION............................................................................................................................4588
IDENTIFICATION LABEL FOR VEHICLE..........................................................................................................4588
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER....................................................................................................................................4589
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................4589
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................4589
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................4589
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................4589
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.........................................................................................................................4590
Description & Inspection......................................................................................................................4590
DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................4590
INSPECTION PROCEDURE......................................................................................................................4590
Blower................................................................................................................................4590
Discharge Air (Mode control dial).....................................................................................................4590
Discharge Air (High-level ventilator switch)..........................................................................................4590
Intake Air............................................................................................................................4590
Temperature Decrease..................................................................................................................4590
Temperature Increase..................................................................................................................4591
A/C Switch............................................................................................................................4591
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................4592
COMPRESSOR CONTROL FUNCTION.......................................................................................................................4592
Description...................................................................................................................................4592
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION....................................................................................................................4592
Functional circuit diagram............................................................................................................4592
Functional initial inspection chart...................................................................................................4592
Component Part Location.......................................................................................................................4592
ENGINE COMPARTMENT........................................................................................................................4592
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT.....................................................................................................................4593
..............................................................................................................................................4595
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................4597
System Description............................................................................................................................4597
CONTROL OPERATION.........................................................................................................................4597
Controller............................................................................................................................4597
Fan control dial......................................................................................................................4597
Temperature control dial..............................................................................................................4597
Mode control dial.....................................................................................................................4597
A/C switch............................................................................................................................4597
Rear window defogger switch...........................................................................................................4597
Recirculation (REC) switch............................................................................................................4597
High-level ventilator switch..........................................................................................................4597
DISCHARGE AIR FLOW........................................................................................................................4598
SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTION.......................................................................................................4599
Component Part Location.......................................................................................................................4599
ENGINE COMPARTMENT........................................................................................................................4599
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT.....................................................................................................................4600
Component Description.........................................................................................................................4602
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)............................................................................................................................4604
COMMON ITEM...................................................................................................................................4604
COMMON ITEMCONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM).......................................................................................4604
APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................4604
SYSTEM APPLICATION....................................................................................................................4604
AIR CONDITIONER...............................................................................................................................4604
AIR CONDITIONERCONSULT-III Function (BCM - MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER)........................................................................4604
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................4604
PTC HEATER....................................................................................................................................4605
PTC HEATERCONSULT-III Function (BCM - PTC HEATER).........................................................................................4605
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................4605
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................4605
MAGNET CLUTCH CONTROL SYSTEM......................................................................................................................4606
Description...................................................................................................................................4606
SYSTEM DISCRIPTION........................................................................................................................4606
Magnet Clutch Circuit.....................................................................................................................4606
COMPRESSOR PROTECTION CONTROL.............................................................................................................4606
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................4607
Description...................................................................................................................................4607
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................4607
System Operation......................................................................................................................4607
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................4608
HIGH-LEVEL VENTILATOR DOOR MOTOR..................................................................................................................4608
Description...................................................................................................................................4608
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.....................................................................................................................4608
High-level Ventilator Door Motor......................................................................................................4608
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4608
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4608
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................4610
HIGH-LEVEL VENTILATOR SWITCH..............................................................................................................4610
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR.................................................................................................................................4611
Description...................................................................................................................................4611
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.....................................................................................................................4611
Intake Door Motor.....................................................................................................................4611
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4611
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4611
BLOWER MOTOR......................................................................................................................................4614
Description...................................................................................................................................4614
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.....................................................................................................................4614
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4614
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4614
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................4616
BLOWER MOTOR..............................................................................................................................4616
BLOWER FAN RESISTOR.......................................................................................................................4617
MAGNET CLUTCH.....................................................................................................................................4618
Description...................................................................................................................................4618
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4618
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4618
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................4622
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR...............................................................................................................4622
PTC HEATER........................................................................................................................................4623
Description...................................................................................................................................4623
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4623
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4623
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................4628
PTC HEATER................................................................................................................................4628
PTC RELAY.................................................................................................................................4628
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR HEATER CONTROL PANEL..........................................................................................4630
Description...................................................................................................................................4630
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.....................................................................................................................4630
Heater Control Panel..................................................................................................................4630
Power Supply and Ground Circuit for Heater Control Panel..............................................................................4630
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4630
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4630
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................4632
Wiring Diagram - AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL SYSTEM -.............................................................................................4632
ECU DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................4642
ECM...............................................................................................................................................4642
HR16DE........................................................................................................................................4642
HR16DEReference Value.....................................................................................................................4642
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................4642
TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................4642
PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................4642
MR20DE........................................................................................................................................4642
MR20DEReference Value.....................................................................................................................4643
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................4643
TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................4643
PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................4643
K9K...........................................................................................................................................4643
K9KReference Value........................................................................................................................4643
VALUE ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL...........................................................................................................4643
TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................4644
PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................4644
M9R...........................................................................................................................................4644
M9RReference Value........................................................................................................................4644
VALUE ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL...........................................................................................................4644
TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................4645
PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................4645
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).........................................................................................................................4646
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................4646
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................4646
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................4650
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................4650
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................4662
AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL...........................................................................................................................4662
Diagnosis Chart By Symptom....................................................................................................................4662
INSUFFICIENT COOLING..............................................................................................................................4663
Description...................................................................................................................................4663
Inspection procedure..........................................................................................................................4663
INSUFFICIENT HEATING..............................................................................................................................4664
Description...................................................................................................................................4664
Inspection procedure..........................................................................................................................4664
NOISE.............................................................................................................................................4666
Description...................................................................................................................................4666
Inspection procedure..........................................................................................................................4666
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................4668
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................4668
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................4668
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.....................................................................4668
OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................4668
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................4669
Working with HFC-134a (R-134a)................................................................................................................4669
General Refrigerant Precaution................................................................................................................4669
Refrigerant Connection........................................................................................................................4669
O-RING AND REFRIGERANT CONNECTION.........................................................................................................4670
O-Ring Part Numbers and Specifications................................................................................................4670
Service Equipment.............................................................................................................................4672
RECOVERY/RECYCLING EQUIPMENT..............................................................................................................4672
ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR..................................................................................................................4672
VACUUM PUMP...............................................................................................................................4672
MANIFOLD GAUGE SET........................................................................................................................4672
SERVICE HOSES.............................................................................................................................4673
SERVICE COUPLERS..........................................................................................................................4673
REFRIGERANT WEIGHT SCALE..................................................................................................................4673
CHARGING CYLINDER.........................................................................................................................4673
COMPRESSOR........................................................................................................................................4674
General Precautions...........................................................................................................................4674
FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTOR.........................................................................................................................4675
General Precautions...........................................................................................................................4675
IDENTIFICATION............................................................................................................................4675
IDENTIFICATION LABEL FOR VEHICLE..........................................................................................................4675
30-Interior.pdf...................................................................................................................................................4676
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
INTERIOR......................................................................................................................................................4676
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................4677
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...................................................................................................................4677
Work Flow.........................................................................................................................................4677
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW............................................................................................................................4677
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE............................................................................................................4677
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..................................................................................................4678
REPAIR THE CAUSE .............................................................................................................................4678
CONFIRM THE REPAIR............................................................................................................................4678
Inspection Procedure..............................................................................................................................4679
INSTRUMENT PANEL..............................................................................................................................4679
CENTER CONSOLE................................................................................................................................4679
DOORS.........................................................................................................................................4679
TRUNK.........................................................................................................................................4679
SUNROOF/HEADLINING............................................................................................................................4679
SEATS.........................................................................................................................................4680
UNDERHOOD.....................................................................................................................................4680
Diagnostic Worksheet..............................................................................................................................4681
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................4683
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................4683
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"........................................................4683
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.........................................................................4683
OPERATION PROCEDURE...........................................................................................................................4683
Precaution for Work...............................................................................................................................4683
PREPARATION...............................................................................................................................................4684
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................4684
Commercial Service Tools..........................................................................................................................4684
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................4685
DOOR FINISHER.........................................................................................................................................4685
FRONT DOOR FINISHER...............................................................................................................................4685
FRONT DOOR FINISHERExploded View..............................................................................................................4685
FRONT DOOR FINISHERRemoval and Installation...................................................................................................4685
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4685
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4687
REAR DOOR FINISHER................................................................................................................................4687
REAR DOOR FINISHERExploded View...............................................................................................................4687
REAR DOOR FINISHERRemoval and Installation....................................................................................................4688
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4688
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4688
BODY SIDE TRIM........................................................................................................................................4689
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................4689
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................4689
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................4689
FRONT PILLAR GARNISH......................................................................................................................4689
FRONT KICKING PLATE INNER.................................................................................................................4690
REAR KICKING PLATE INNER..................................................................................................................4690
DASH SIDE FINISHER........................................................................................................................4690
CENTER PILLAR LOWER GARNISH...............................................................................................................4690
CENTER PILLAR UPPER GARNISH...............................................................................................................4691
LUGGAGE SIDE LOWER FINISHER (FRONT).......................................................................................................4691
REAR PILLAR FINISHER......................................................................................................................4692
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................4692
FLOOR TRIM............................................................................................................................................4693
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................4693
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................4693
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................4693
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................4694
HEADLINING............................................................................................................................................4695
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................4695
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................4696
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................4696
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................4697
LUGGAGE FLOOR TRIM....................................................................................................................................4699
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................4699
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................4699
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................4699
LUGGAGE REAR PLATE........................................................................................................................4699
REAR PILLAR FINISHER......................................................................................................................4700
LUGGAGE SIDE LOWER FINISHER...............................................................................................................4700
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................4700
BACK DOOR TRIM........................................................................................................................................4701
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................4701
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................4701
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................4701
BACK DOOR TRIM............................................................................................................................4701
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................4702
31-Instrument Panel.pdf...........................................................................................................................................4703
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
INSTRUMENT PANEL..............................................................................................................................................4703
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................4704
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...................................................................................................................4704
Work Flow.........................................................................................................................................4704
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW............................................................................................................................4704
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE............................................................................................................4704
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..................................................................................................4705
REPAIR THE CAUSE .............................................................................................................................4705
CONFIRM THE REPAIR............................................................................................................................4705
Inspection Procedure..............................................................................................................................4706
INSTRUMENT PANEL..............................................................................................................................4706
CENTER CONSOLE................................................................................................................................4706
DOORS.........................................................................................................................................4706
TRUNK.........................................................................................................................................4706
SUNROOF/HEADLINING............................................................................................................................4706
SEATS.........................................................................................................................................4707
UNDERHOOD.....................................................................................................................................4707
Diagnostic Worksheet..............................................................................................................................4708
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................4710
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................4710
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"........................................................4710
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.........................................................................4710
OPERATION PROCEDURE...........................................................................................................................4710
Precaution........................................................................................................................................4710
PREPARATION...............................................................................................................................................4712
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................4712
Commercial Service Tools..........................................................................................................................4712
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................4713
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................4713
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................4713
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................4714
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................4714
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................4719
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................4720
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................4720
CENTER CONSOLE................................................................................................................................4720
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................4720
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................4720
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................4722
Disassembly and Assembly..........................................................................................................................4722
Disassembly...................................................................................................................................4722
Assembly......................................................................................................................................4723
32-Seat.pdf.......................................................................................................................................................4724
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
SEAT..........................................................................................................................................................4724
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS........................................................................................................................................4725
HEATED SEAT...........................................................................................................................................4725
System Description................................................................................................................................4725
HEATER OPERATION..............................................................................................................................4725
Component Parts Location..........................................................................................................................4725
Component Description.............................................................................................................................4725
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS.......................................................................................................................................4726
HEATED SEAT...........................................................................................................................................4726
Wiring Diagram - HEATED SEAT SYSTEM -.............................................................................................................4726
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................4728
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................4728
Work Flow.........................................................................................................................................4728
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW............................................................................................................................4728
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE............................................................................................................4728
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..................................................................................................4729
REPAIR THE CAUSE .............................................................................................................................4729
CONFIRM THE REPAIR............................................................................................................................4729
Inspection Procedure..............................................................................................................................4730
INSTRUMENT PANEL..............................................................................................................................4730
CENTER CONSOLE................................................................................................................................4730
DOORS.........................................................................................................................................4730
TRUNK.........................................................................................................................................4730
SUNROOF/HEADLINING............................................................................................................................4730
SEATS.........................................................................................................................................4731
UNDERHOOD.....................................................................................................................................4731
Diagnostic Worksheet..............................................................................................................................4732
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................4734
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................4734
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"........................................................4734
Service Notice....................................................................................................................................4734
Precaution for Work...............................................................................................................................4734
PREPARATION...............................................................................................................................................4735
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................4735
Commercial Service Tool...........................................................................................................................4735
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................4736
FRONT SEAT............................................................................................................................................4736
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................4736
DRIVER'S SEAT.................................................................................................................................4736
PASSENGER'S SEAT..............................................................................................................................4737
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................4738
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................4738
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................4738
Disassembly and Assembly..........................................................................................................................4738
SEATBACK......................................................................................................................................4738
Disassembly...............................................................................................................................4738
Assembly..................................................................................................................................4740
SEAT CUSHION..................................................................................................................................4740
Disassembly...............................................................................................................................4740
Assembly..................................................................................................................................4742
REAR SEAT.............................................................................................................................................4743
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................4743
REAR SEAT.....................................................................................................................................4743
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................4744
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................4744
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................4744
Disassembly and Assembly..........................................................................................................................4744
SEATBACK......................................................................................................................................4744
Disassembly...............................................................................................................................4744
Assembly..................................................................................................................................4747
SEAT CUSHION..................................................................................................................................4747
Disassembly...............................................................................................................................4747
Assembly..................................................................................................................................4747
HEATED SEAT SWITCH....................................................................................................................................4748
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................4748
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................4748
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................4748
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................4748
33-Door and Lock.pdf..............................................................................................................................................4749
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
DOOR & LOCK...................................................................................................................................................4749
WITH I-KEY, WITHOUT SUPER LOCK............................................................................................................................4768
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................4768
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................4768
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................4768
OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................4768
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................4768
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.........................................................................................................................4771
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................4771
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITDescription.................................................................................4771
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITSpecial Repair Requirement..................................................................4771
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................4772
DOOR LOCK FUNCTION................................................................................................................................4772
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH...................................................................................................................4772
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCHSystem Diagram.................................................................................................4772
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCHSystem Description.............................................................................................4772
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH OPERATION.................................................................................................4772
Operation Condition...............................................................................................................4772
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH INDICATOR OPERATION.......................................................................................4773
1 Minute Timer....................................................................................................................4773
30 Minutes Timer..................................................................................................................4773
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCHComponent Parts Location.......................................................................................4774
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCHComponent Description..........................................................................................4776
INTELLIGENT KEY...............................................................................................................................4776
INTELLIGENT KEYSystem Diagram.............................................................................................................4776
INTELLIGENT KEYSystem Description.........................................................................................................4776
INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION.............................................................................................................4776
OPERATION CONDITION...................................................................................................................4776
OPERATION AREA........................................................................................................................4776
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK CONTROL..........................................................................................................4776
ANTI-HIJACK MODE......................................................................................................................4777
INTELLIGENT KEYComponent Parts Location...................................................................................................4777
INTELLIGENT KEYComponent Description......................................................................................................4779
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH...........................................................................................................................4779
DOOR REQUEST SWITCHSystem Diagram.........................................................................................................4779
DOOR REQUEST SWITCHSystem Description.....................................................................................................4779
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH OPERATION.........................................................................................................4779
OPERATION CONDITION...................................................................................................................4780
OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA DETECTION AREA....................................................................................................4780
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK CONTROL..........................................................................................................4780
ANTI-HIJACK MODE......................................................................................................................4780
DOOR REQUEST SWITCHComponent Parts Location...............................................................................................4781
DOOR REQUEST SWITCHComponent Description..................................................................................................4783
KEY REMINDER..................................................................................................................................4783
KEY REMINDERSystem Diagram................................................................................................................4783
KEY REMINDERSystem Description............................................................................................................4783
KEY REMINDER OPERATION................................................................................................................4783
KEY REMINDERComponent Parts Location......................................................................................................4784
KEY REMINDERComponent Description.........................................................................................................4786
AUTO DOOR LOCK................................................................................................................................4786
AUTO DOOR LOCKSystem Diagram..............................................................................................................4786
AUTO DOOR LOCKSystem Description..........................................................................................................4786
AUTO DOOR LOCK OPERATION..............................................................................................................4786
AUTO DOOR LOCKComponent Parts Location....................................................................................................4787
AUTO DOOR LOCKComponent Description.......................................................................................................4789
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCK..........................................................................................................4789
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCKSystem Diagram........................................................................................4789
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCKSystem Description....................................................................................4789
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCK OPERATION........................................................................................4789
CHANGE SETTING PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................4789
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCKComponent Parts Location..............................................................................4790
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCKComponent Description.................................................................................4792
AIR BAG INTERLOCK UNLOCK......................................................................................................................4792
AIR BAG INTERLOCK UNLOCKSystem Diagram....................................................................................................4792
AIR BAG INTERLOCK UNLOCKSystem Description................................................................................................4792
AIR BAG INTERLOCK UNLOCK OPERATION....................................................................................................4792
AIR BAG INTERLOCK UNLOCKComponent Parts Location..........................................................................................4793
AIR BAG INTERLOCK UNLOCKComponent Description.............................................................................................4795
BACK DOOR OPENER FUNCTION.........................................................................................................................4796
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH.......................................................................................................................4796
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCHSystem Diagram.....................................................................................................4796
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCHSystem Description.................................................................................................4796
BACK DOOR OPENER OPERATION............................................................................................................4796
OPERATION CONDITION...................................................................................................................4796
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCHComponent Parts Location...........................................................................................4797
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCHComponent Description..............................................................................................4799
WARNING FUNCTION..................................................................................................................................4800
System Diagram................................................................................................................................4800
System Description............................................................................................................................4800
DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................4800
INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING OPERATION.........................................................................................................4800
KEY WARNING LAMP & LOCK WARNING LAMP......................................................................................................4802
Operation Condition...................................................................................................................4802
BACK DOOR OPEN WARNING OPERATION..........................................................................................................4802
KEY REMINDER OPERATION....................................................................................................................4802
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................4803
Component Description.........................................................................................................................4805
HAZARD AND BUZZER REMINDER FUNCTION...............................................................................................................4806
System Diagram................................................................................................................................4806
System Description............................................................................................................................4806
HAZARD AND BUZZER REMINDER FUNCTION.......................................................................................................4806
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................4807
Component Description.........................................................................................................................4809
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)............................................................................................................................4810
COMMON ITEM...................................................................................................................................4810
COMMON ITEMCONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM).......................................................................................4810
APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................4810
SYSTEM APPLICATION....................................................................................................................4810
DOOR LOCK.....................................................................................................................................4810
DOOR LOCKCONSULT-III Function (BCM - DOOR LOCK)...........................................................................................4810
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................4810
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................4811
WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................4811
INTELLIGENT KEY...............................................................................................................................4811
INTELLIGENT KEYCONSULT-III Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)...............................................................................4812
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................4812
TRUNK.........................................................................................................................................4812
TRUNKCONSULT-III Function (BCM - TRUNK)...................................................................................................4812
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................4812
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................4812
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT)...........................................................................................................4813
CONSULT-III Function (INTELLIGENT KEY)........................................................................................................4813
APPLICATION ITEM..........................................................................................................................4813
WORK SUPPORT..............................................................................................................................4813
SELF-DIAG RESULT..........................................................................................................................4813
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................4813
ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................4814
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................4816
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................4816
Description...................................................................................................................................4816
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................4816
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................4816
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4816
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)..........................................................................................................................4817
Description...................................................................................................................................4817
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................4817
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................4817
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4817
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................4817
B2552 INTELLIGENT KEY.............................................................................................................................4818
Description...................................................................................................................................4818
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................4818
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................4818
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................4818
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4818
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................4818
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................4819
INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT..........................................................................................................................4819
INTELLIGENT KEY UNITDiagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................4819
BCM...........................................................................................................................................4819
BCMDiagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................4819
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH.......................................................................................................................4821
Description...................................................................................................................................4821
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4821
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4821
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................4822
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH INDICATOR.............................................................................................................4823
Description...................................................................................................................................4823
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4823
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4823
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................4824
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH...............................................................................................................................4825
DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................4825
DRIVER SIDEDescription....................................................................................................................4825
DRIVER SIDEComponent Function Check.......................................................................................................4825
DRIVER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure............................................................................................................4825
DRIVER SIDEComponent Inspection...........................................................................................................4826
PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................4826
PASSENGER SIDEDescription.................................................................................................................4826
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Function Check....................................................................................................4827
PASSENGER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................4827
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Inspection........................................................................................................4828
BACK DOOR.....................................................................................................................................4828
BACK DOORDescription......................................................................................................................4828
BACK DOORComponent Function Check.........................................................................................................4828
BACK DOORDiagnosis Procedure..............................................................................................................4829
BACK DOORComponent Inspection.............................................................................................................4830
DOOR SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................4831
DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................4831
DRIVER SIDEDescription....................................................................................................................4831
DRIVER SIDEComponent Function Check.......................................................................................................4831
DRIVER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure............................................................................................................4831
DRIVER SIDEComponent Inspection...........................................................................................................4832
PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................4832
PASSENGER SIDEDescription.................................................................................................................4832
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Function Check....................................................................................................4832
PASSENGER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................4832
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Inspection........................................................................................................4833
REAR LH.......................................................................................................................................4834
REAR LHDescription........................................................................................................................4834
REAR LHComponent Function Check...........................................................................................................4834
REAR LHDiagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................4834
REAR LHComponent Inspection...............................................................................................................4835
REAR RH.......................................................................................................................................4835
REAR RHDescription........................................................................................................................4835
REAR RHComponent Function Check...........................................................................................................4835
REAR RHDiagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................4835
REAR RHComponent Inspection...............................................................................................................4836
BACK DOOR.....................................................................................................................................4837
BACK DOORDescription......................................................................................................................4837
BACK DOORComponent Function Check.........................................................................................................4837
BACK DOORDiagnosis Procedure..............................................................................................................4837
BACK DOORComponent Inspection.............................................................................................................4838
KEY SWITCH........................................................................................................................................4839
Description...................................................................................................................................4839
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4839
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4839
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................4840
COMPONENT INSPECTION......................................................................................................................4840
IGNITION KNOB SWITCH..............................................................................................................................4841
Description...................................................................................................................................4841
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4841
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4841
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................4842
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR................................................................................................................................4843
DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................4843
DRIVER SIDEDescription....................................................................................................................4843
DRIVER SIDEComponent Function Check.......................................................................................................4843
DRIVER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure............................................................................................................4843
DRIVER SIDEComponent Inspection...........................................................................................................4844
DRIVER SIDESpecial Repair Requirement.....................................................................................................4845
PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................4845
PASSENGER SIDEDescription.................................................................................................................4845
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Function Check....................................................................................................4845
PASSENGER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................4845
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Inspection........................................................................................................4846
REAR LH.......................................................................................................................................4846
REAR LHDescription........................................................................................................................4846
REAR LHComponent Function Check...........................................................................................................4846
REAR LHDiagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................4847
REAR LHComponent Inspection...............................................................................................................4848
REAR RH.......................................................................................................................................4848
REAR RHDescription........................................................................................................................4848
REAR RHComponent Function Check...........................................................................................................4848
REAR RHDiagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................4849
REAR RHComponent Inspection...............................................................................................................4850
BACK DOOR OPENER ACTUATOR.........................................................................................................................4851
Description...................................................................................................................................4851
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4851
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4851
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................4852
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH...........................................................................................................................4853
Description...................................................................................................................................4853
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4853
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4853
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................4854
OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA...............................................................................................................................4855
DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................4855
DRIVER SIDEDescription....................................................................................................................4855
DRIVER SIDEComponent Function Check.......................................................................................................4855
DRIVER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure............................................................................................................4855
PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................4857
PASSENGER SIDEDescription.................................................................................................................4858
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Function Check....................................................................................................4858
PASSENGER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................4858
REAR BUMPER...................................................................................................................................4861
REAR BUMPERDescription....................................................................................................................4861
REAR BUMPERComponent Function Check.......................................................................................................4861
REAR BUMPERDiagnosis Procedure............................................................................................................4861
INSIDE KEY ANTENNA................................................................................................................................4864
INSTRUMENT CENTER.............................................................................................................................4864
INSTRUMENT CENTERDescription..............................................................................................................4864
INSTRUMENT CENTERComponent Function Check.................................................................................................4864
INSTRUMENT CENTERDiagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................4864
CONSOLE.......................................................................................................................................4867
CONSOLEDescription........................................................................................................................4867
CONSOLEComponent Function Check...........................................................................................................4867
CONSOLEDiagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................4867
REAR SEAT.....................................................................................................................................4869
REAR SEATDescription......................................................................................................................4870
REAR SEATComponent Function Check.........................................................................................................4870
REAR SEATDiagnosis Procedure..............................................................................................................4870
ANTI-HIJACK RELAY.................................................................................................................................4873
PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................4873
PASSENGER SIDEDescription.................................................................................................................4873
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Function Check....................................................................................................4873
PASSENGER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................4873
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Inspection........................................................................................................4874
INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER....................................................................................................................4875
Description...................................................................................................................................4875
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4875
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4875
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................4876
BUZZER (COMBINATION METER)........................................................................................................................4877
Description...................................................................................................................................4877
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4877
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4877
KEY WARNING LAMP..................................................................................................................................4878
Description...................................................................................................................................4878
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4878
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4878
LOCK WARNING LAMP.................................................................................................................................4879
Description...................................................................................................................................4879
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4879
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4879
HAZARD WARNING LAMPS..............................................................................................................................4880
Description...................................................................................................................................4880
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4880
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4880
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................4881
Description...................................................................................................................................4881
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4881
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4881
INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY...........................................................................................................................4882
Description...................................................................................................................................4882
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................4882
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................4882
ECU DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................4883
INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT..............................................................................................................................4883
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................4883
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................4883
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................4884
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................4884
Wiring Diagram - POWER DOOR LOCK CONTROL SYSTEM -.............................................................................................4890
Wiring Diagram - INTELLIGENT KEY CONTROL SYSTEM -.............................................................................................4897
Wiring Diagram - BACK DOOR OPENER CONTROL SYSTEM -............................................................................................4907
Fail Safe.....................................................................................................................................4911
DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................4911
DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................4911
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).........................................................................................................................4912
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................4912
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................4912
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................4916
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................4916
Wiring Diagram - POWER DOOR LOCK CONTROL SYSTEM -.............................................................................................4928
Wiring Diagram - INTELLIGENT KEY CONTROL SYSTEM -.............................................................................................4935
Wiring Diagram - BACK DOOR OPENER CONTROL SYSTEM -............................................................................................4945
Fail Safe.....................................................................................................................................4948
Fail-safe index...........................................................................................................................4948
REAR WIPER CONTROL........................................................................................................................4949
TURN SIGNAL LAMP CONTROL..................................................................................................................4949
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION........................................................................................4949
Auto Light Control....................................................................................................................4949
Front Wiper Control...................................................................................................................4949
DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................4950
DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................4950
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................4951
DOOR LOCK FUNCTION SYMPTOMS.......................................................................................................................4951
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH...................................................................................................................4951
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCHSymptom Table..................................................................................................4951
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH OPERATION MALFUNCTION.....................................................................................4951
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................4951
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................4951
INTELLIGENT KEY...............................................................................................................................4951
INTELLIGENT KEYSymptom Table..............................................................................................................4951
INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION MALFUNCTION.................................................................................................4951
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................4952
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................4952
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH...........................................................................................................................4952
DOOR REQUEST SWITCHSymptom Table..........................................................................................................4952
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH OPERATION MALFUNCTION.............................................................................................4952
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................4952
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................4952
KEY REMINDER..................................................................................................................................4953
KEY REMINDERSymptom Table.................................................................................................................4953
KEY REMINDER OPERATION MALFUNCTION....................................................................................................4953
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................4953
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................4953
AUTO DOOR LOCK................................................................................................................................4953
AUTO DOOR LOCKSymptom Table...............................................................................................................4953
AUTO DOOR LOCK OPERATION MALFUNCTION..................................................................................................4953
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................4953
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................4953
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCK..........................................................................................................4954
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCKSymptom Table.........................................................................................4954
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCK OPERATION MALFUNCTION............................................................................4954
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................4954
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................4954
BACK DOOR OPEN FUNCTION SYMPTOMS..................................................................................................................4955
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH.......................................................................................................................4955
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCHSymptom Table......................................................................................................4955
BACK DOOR OPENER FUNCTION MALFUNCTION.................................................................................................4955
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................4955
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................4955
WARNING FUNCTION SYMPTOMS.........................................................................................................................4956
BUZZER (COMBINATION METER)....................................................................................................................4956
BUZZER (COMBINATION METER)Symptom Table...................................................................................................4956
BUZZER (COMBINATION METER) OPERATION MALFUNCTION......................................................................................4956
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................4956
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................4956
INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER................................................................................................................4956
INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZERSymptom Table...............................................................................................4956
INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER OPERATION MALFUNCTION..................................................................................4956
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................4956
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................4956
WARNING LAMP..................................................................................................................................4957
WARNING LAMPSymptom Table.................................................................................................................4957
WARNING LAMP OPERATION MALFUNCTION....................................................................................................4957
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................4957
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................4957
BACK DOOR.....................................................................................................................................4957
BACK DOORSymptom Table....................................................................................................................4957
BACK DOOR OPEN WARNING OPERATION MALFUNCTION..........................................................................................4957
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................4957
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................4957
HAZARD AND BUZZER REMINDER FUNCTION SYMPTOMS......................................................................................................4958
HAZARD WARNING LAMP...........................................................................................................................4958
HAZARD WARNING LAMPSymptom Table..........................................................................................................4958
HAZARD REMINDER OPERATION MALFUNCTION.................................................................................................4958
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................4958
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................4958
INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER................................................................................................................4958
INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZERSymptom Table...............................................................................................4958
BUZZER REMINDER OPERATION MALFUNCTION.................................................................................................4958
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................4958
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................4958
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...............................................................................................................4959
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................4959
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW........................................................................................................................4959
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE........................................................................................................4959
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..............................................................................................4960
REPAIR THE CAUSE .........................................................................................................................4960
CONFIRM THE REPAIR........................................................................................................................4960
Inspection Procedure..........................................................................................................................4961
INSTRUMENT PANEL..........................................................................................................................4961
CENTER CONSOLE............................................................................................................................4961
DOORS.....................................................................................................................................4961
TRUNK.....................................................................................................................................4961
SUNROOF/HEADLINING........................................................................................................................4961
SEATS.....................................................................................................................................4962
UNDERHOOD.................................................................................................................................4962
Diagnostic Worksheet..........................................................................................................................4963
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................4965
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................4965
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................4965
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.....................................................................4965
OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................4965
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................4966
Work..........................................................................................................................................4966
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................4967
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................4967
Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................4967
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................4968
PRE-INSPECTION FOR DIAGNOSTIC.....................................................................................................................4968
Basic Inspection..............................................................................................................................4968
BASIC INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................4968
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................4970
HOOD..............................................................................................................................................4970
HOOD ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................4970
HOOD ASSEMBLYExploded View................................................................................................................4970
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4970
ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................4970
HOOD ASSEMBLYRemoval and Installation.....................................................................................................4971
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4971
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4971
HOOD ASSEMBLYAdjustment...................................................................................................................4972
HOOD HINGE....................................................................................................................................4972
HOOD HINGEExploded View...................................................................................................................4973
HOOD HINGERemoval and Installation........................................................................................................4973
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4973
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4973
HOOD SUPPORT ROD..............................................................................................................................4973
HOOD SUPPORT RODExploded View.............................................................................................................4974
HOOD SUPPORT RODRemoval and Installation..................................................................................................4974
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4974
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4974
HOOD LOCK CONTROL.............................................................................................................................4974
HOOD LOCK CONTROLExploded View............................................................................................................4975
HOOD LOCK CONTROLRemoval and Installation.................................................................................................4975
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4975
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4975
HOOD LOCK CONTROLInspection...............................................................................................................4976
RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT.............................................................................................................................4977
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4977
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4978
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4978
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4979
FRONT FENDER......................................................................................................................................4980
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................4980
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................4980
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................4980
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................4981
FRONT DOOR........................................................................................................................................4982
DOOR ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................4982
DOOR ASSEMBLYExploded View................................................................................................................4982
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4982
ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................4982
DOOR ASSEMBLYRemoval and Installation.....................................................................................................4983
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4983
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4983
DOOR ASSEMBLYAdjustment...................................................................................................................4984
CLEARANCE, SURFACE HEIGHT AND SURFACE MISMATCH ADJUSTMENT.............................................................................4984
DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT...............................................................................................................4984
DOOR STRIKER..................................................................................................................................4984
DOOR STRIKERExploded View.................................................................................................................4985
DOOR STRIKERRemoval and Installation......................................................................................................4985
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4985
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4985
DOOR HINGE....................................................................................................................................4985
DOOR HINGEExploded View...................................................................................................................4986
DOOR HINGERemoval and Installation........................................................................................................4986
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4986
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4986
DOOR CHECK LINK...............................................................................................................................4986
DOOR CHECK LINKExploded View..............................................................................................................4987
DOOR CHECK LINKRemoval and Installation...................................................................................................4987
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4987
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4987
REAR DOOR.........................................................................................................................................4988
DOOR ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................4988
DOOR ASSEMBLYExploded View................................................................................................................4988
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4988
ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................4988
DOOR ASSEMBLYRemoval and Installation.....................................................................................................4989
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4989
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4989
DOOR ASSEMBLYAdjustment...................................................................................................................4990
CLEARANCE, SURFACE HEIGHT AND SURFACE MISMATCH ADJUSTMENT.............................................................................4990
DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT...............................................................................................................4990
DOOR STRIKER..................................................................................................................................4990
DOOR STRIKERExploded View.................................................................................................................4991
DOOR STRIKERRemoval and Installation......................................................................................................4991
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4991
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4991
DOOR HINGE....................................................................................................................................4991
DOOR HINGEExploded View...................................................................................................................4992
DOOR HINGERemoval and Installation........................................................................................................4992
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4992
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4992
DOOR CHECK LINK...............................................................................................................................4992
DOOR CHECK LINKExploded View..............................................................................................................4993
DOOR CHECK LINKRemoval and Installation...................................................................................................4993
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4993
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4993
BACK DOOR.........................................................................................................................................4994
BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY............................................................................................................................4994
BACK DOOR ASSEMBLYExploded View...........................................................................................................4994
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4994
ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................4994
BACK DOOR ASSEMBLYRemoval and Installation................................................................................................4995
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4995
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4996
BACK DOOR ASSEMBLYAdjustment..............................................................................................................4997
FITTING ADJUSTMENT....................................................................................................................4997
BACK DOOR STRIKER.............................................................................................................................4997
BACK DOOR STRIKERExploded View............................................................................................................4998
BACK DOOR STRIKERRemoval and Installation.................................................................................................4998
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4998
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4998
BACK DOOR HINGE...............................................................................................................................4998
BACK DOOR HINGEExploded View..............................................................................................................4999
BACK DOOR HINGERemoval and Installation...................................................................................................4999
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................4999
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................4999
BACK DOOR STAY................................................................................................................................5000
BACK DOOR STAYExploded View...............................................................................................................5000
BACK DOOR STAYRemoval and Installation....................................................................................................5000
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5000
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5000
BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP.......................................................................................................................5000
BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIPExploded View......................................................................................................5000
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5000
BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIPRemoval and Installation...........................................................................................5001
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5001
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5001
FRONT DOOR LOCK...................................................................................................................................5002
DOOR LOCK.....................................................................................................................................5002
DOOR LOCKExploded View....................................................................................................................5002
DOOR LOCKRemoval and Installation.........................................................................................................5002
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5002
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5004
INSIDE HANDLE.................................................................................................................................5004
INSIDE HANDLEExploded View................................................................................................................5004
INSIDE HANDLERemoval and Installation.....................................................................................................5005
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5005
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5005
OUTSIDE HANDLE................................................................................................................................5005
OUTSIDE HANDLEExploded View...............................................................................................................5005
OUTSIDE HANDLERemoval and Installation....................................................................................................5006
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5006
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5007
REAR DOOR LOCK....................................................................................................................................5008
DOOR LOCK.....................................................................................................................................5008
DOOR LOCKExploded View....................................................................................................................5008
DOOR LOCKRemoval and Installation.........................................................................................................5008
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5008
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5010
INSIDE HANDLE.................................................................................................................................5010
INSIDE HANDLEExploded View................................................................................................................5010
INSIDE HANDLERemoval and Installation.....................................................................................................5010
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5010
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5011
OUTSIDE HANDLE................................................................................................................................5011
OUTSIDE HANDLEExploded View...............................................................................................................5011
OUTSIDE HANDLERemoval and Installation....................................................................................................5011
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5011
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5013
BACK DOOR LOCK....................................................................................................................................5014
DOOR LOCK.....................................................................................................................................5014
DOOR LOCKExploded View....................................................................................................................5014
DOOR LOCKRemoval and Installation.........................................................................................................5014
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5014
INSTALLTION...........................................................................................................................5014
FUEL FILLER LID OPENER............................................................................................................................5015
FUEL FILLER LID...............................................................................................................................5015
FUEL FILLER LIDExploded View..............................................................................................................5015
FUEL FILLER LIDRemoval and Installation...................................................................................................5015
REMOVAL ..............................................................................................................................5015
INSTALLATION .........................................................................................................................5015
FUEL FILLER OPENER CABLE......................................................................................................................5015
FUEL FILLER OPENER CABLEExploded View.....................................................................................................5016
FUEL FILLER OPENER CABLERemoval and Installation..........................................................................................5016
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5016
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5017
DOOR SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................5018
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5018
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5018
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5018
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5018
INSIDE KEY ANTENNA................................................................................................................................5019
INSTRUMENT CENTER.............................................................................................................................5019
INSTRUMENT CENTERExploded View............................................................................................................5019
INSTRUMENT CENTERRemoval and Installation.................................................................................................5019
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5019
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5019
CONSOLE.......................................................................................................................................5019
CONSOLEExploded View......................................................................................................................5019
CONSOLERemoval and Installation...........................................................................................................5019
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5019
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5020
REAR..........................................................................................................................................5020
REARExploded View.........................................................................................................................5020
REARRemoval and Installation..............................................................................................................5020
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5020
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5020
OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA...............................................................................................................................5021
DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................5021
DRIVER SIDEExploded View..................................................................................................................5021
DRIVER SIDERemoval and Installation.......................................................................................................5021
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5021
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5021
PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................5021
PASSENGER SIDEExploded View...............................................................................................................5021
PASSENGER SIDERemoval and Installation....................................................................................................5021
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5021
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5022
REAR BUMPER...................................................................................................................................5022
REAR BUMPERExploded View..................................................................................................................5022
REAR BUMPERRemoval and Installation.......................................................................................................5022
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5022
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5022
INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER....................................................................................................................5023
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5023
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5023
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5023
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5023
BACK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH..........................................................................................................................5024
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5024
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5024
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5024
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5024
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH...........................................................................................................................5025
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5025
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5025
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5025
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5025
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH.......................................................................................................................5026
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5026
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5026
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5026
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5026
INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY...........................................................................................................................5027
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5027
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5027
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5027
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5027
INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT..............................................................................................................................5028
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5028
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5028
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5028
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5028
WITH I-KEY & SUPER LOCK...................................................................................................................................5029
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................5029
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................5029
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................5029
OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................5029
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................5029
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.........................................................................................................................5032
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................5032
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITDescription.................................................................................5032
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITSpecial Repair Requirement..................................................................5032
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................5033
DOOR LOCK FUNCTION................................................................................................................................5033
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH...................................................................................................................5033
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCHSystem Diagram.................................................................................................5033
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCHSystem Description.............................................................................................5033
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH OPERATION.................................................................................................5033
Operation Condition...............................................................................................................5033
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH INDICATOR OPERATION.......................................................................................5034
1 Minute Timer....................................................................................................................5034
30 Minutes Timer..................................................................................................................5034
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCHComponent Parts Location.......................................................................................5035
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCHComponent Description..........................................................................................5037
INTELLIGENT KEY...............................................................................................................................5037
INTELLIGENT KEYSystem Diagram.............................................................................................................5037
INTELLIGENT KEYSystem Description.........................................................................................................5037
INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION.............................................................................................................5037
OPERATION CONDITION...................................................................................................................5037
OPERATION AREA........................................................................................................................5037
LOCK AND UNLOCK CONTROL...............................................................................................................5037
SUPER LOCK CONTROL WITH ANTI-HIJACK MODE..............................................................................................5038
SUPER LOCK CONTROL WITHOUT ANTI-HIJACK MODE...........................................................................................5038
INTELLIGENT KEYComponent Parts Location...................................................................................................5039
INTELLIGENT KEYComponent Description......................................................................................................5041
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH...........................................................................................................................5041
DOOR REQUEST SWITCHSystem Diagram.........................................................................................................5041
DOOR REQUEST SWITCHSystem Description.....................................................................................................5041
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH OPERATION.........................................................................................................5041
OPERATION CONDITION...................................................................................................................5042
OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA DETECTION AREA....................................................................................................5042
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK CONTROL..........................................................................................................5042
SUPER LOCK CONTROL WITH ANTI-HIJACK MODE..............................................................................................5042
SUPER LOCK CONTROL WITHOUT ANTI-HIJACK MODE...........................................................................................5042
DOOR REQUEST SWITCHComponent Parts Location...............................................................................................5043
DOOR REQUEST SWITCHComponent Description..................................................................................................5045
KEY REMINDER..................................................................................................................................5045
KEY REMINDERSystem Diagram................................................................................................................5045
KEY REMINDERSystem Description............................................................................................................5045
KEY REMINDER OPERATION................................................................................................................5045
KEY REMINDERComponent Parts Location......................................................................................................5046
KEY REMINDERComponent Description.........................................................................................................5048
AUTO DOOR LOCK................................................................................................................................5048
AUTO DOOR LOCKSystem Diagram..............................................................................................................5048
AUTO DOOR LOCKSystem Description..........................................................................................................5048
AUTO RELOCK OPERATION.................................................................................................................5048
AUTO DOOR LOCKComponent Parts Location....................................................................................................5049
AUTO DOOR LOCKComponent Description.......................................................................................................5051
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCK..........................................................................................................5051
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCKSystem Diagram........................................................................................5051
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCKSystem Description....................................................................................5051
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCK OPERATION........................................................................................5051
CHANGE SETTING PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................5051
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCKComponent Parts Location..............................................................................5052
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCKComponent Description.................................................................................5054
AIR BAG INTERLOCK UNLOCK......................................................................................................................5054
AIR BAG INTERLOCK UNLOCKSystem Diagram....................................................................................................5054
AIR BAG INTERLOCK UNLOCKSystem Description................................................................................................5054
AIR BAG INTERLOCK UNLOCK OPERATION....................................................................................................5054
AIR BAG INTERLOCK UNLOCKComponent Parts Location..........................................................................................5055
AIR BAG INTERLOCK UNLOCKComponent Description.............................................................................................5057
BACK DOOR OPENER FUNCTION.........................................................................................................................5058
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH.......................................................................................................................5058
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCHSystem Diagram.....................................................................................................5058
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCHSystem Description.................................................................................................5058
BACK DOOR OPENER OPERATION............................................................................................................5058
OPERATION CONDITION...................................................................................................................5058
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCHComponent Parts Location...........................................................................................5059
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCHComponent Description..............................................................................................5061
WARNING FUNCTION..................................................................................................................................5062
System Diagram................................................................................................................................5062
System Description............................................................................................................................5062
DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................5062
INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING OPERATION.........................................................................................................5062
KEY WARNING LAMP & LOCK WARNING LAMP......................................................................................................5064
Operation Condition...................................................................................................................5064
BACK DOOR OPEN WARNING OPERATION..........................................................................................................5064
KEY REMINDER OPERATION....................................................................................................................5064
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................5065
Component Description.........................................................................................................................5067
HAZARD AND BUZZER REMINDER FUNCTION...............................................................................................................5068
System Diagram................................................................................................................................5068
System Description............................................................................................................................5068
HAZARD AND BUZZER REMINDER FUNCTION.......................................................................................................5068
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................5069
Component Description.........................................................................................................................5071
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)............................................................................................................................5072
COMMON ITEM...................................................................................................................................5072
COMMON ITEMCONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM).......................................................................................5072
APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................5072
SYSTEM APPLICATION....................................................................................................................5072
DOOR LOCK.....................................................................................................................................5072
DOOR LOCKCONSULT-III Function (BCM - DOOR LOCK)...........................................................................................5072
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................5072
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................5073
WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................5073
INTELLIGENT KEY...............................................................................................................................5073
INTELLIGENT KEYCONSULT-III Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)...............................................................................5074
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................5074
TRUNK.........................................................................................................................................5074
TRUNKCONSULT-III Function (BCM - TRUNK)...................................................................................................5074
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................5074
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................5074
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT)...........................................................................................................5075
CONSULT-III Function (INTELLIGENT KEY)........................................................................................................5075
APPLICATION ITEM..........................................................................................................................5075
WORK SUPPORT..............................................................................................................................5075
SELF-DIAG RESULT..........................................................................................................................5075
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................5075
ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................5076
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................5078
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................5078
Description...................................................................................................................................5078
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5078
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5078
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5078
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)..........................................................................................................................5079
Description...................................................................................................................................5079
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5079
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5079
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5079
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................5079
B2552 INTELLIGENT KEY.............................................................................................................................5080
Description...................................................................................................................................5080
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5080
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5080
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5080
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5080
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................5080
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................5081
INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT..........................................................................................................................5081
INTELLIGENT KEY UNITDiagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................5081
BCM...........................................................................................................................................5081
BCMDiagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................5081
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH.......................................................................................................................5083
Description...................................................................................................................................5083
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5083
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5083
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................5084
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH INDICATOR.............................................................................................................5085
Description...................................................................................................................................5085
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5085
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5085
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................5086
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH...............................................................................................................................5087
DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................5087
DRIVER SIDEDescription....................................................................................................................5087
DRIVER SIDEComponent Function Check.......................................................................................................5087
DRIVER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure............................................................................................................5087
DRIVER SIDEComponent Inspection...........................................................................................................5088
PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................5088
PASSENGER SIDEDescription.................................................................................................................5088
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Function Check....................................................................................................5089
PASSENGER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................5089
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Inspection........................................................................................................5090
BACK DOOR.....................................................................................................................................5090
BACK DOORDescription......................................................................................................................5090
BACK DOORComponent Function Check.........................................................................................................5090
BACK DOORDiagnosis Procedure..............................................................................................................5091
BACK DOORComponent Inspection.............................................................................................................5092
DOOR SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................5093
DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................5093
DRIVER SIDEDescription....................................................................................................................5093
DRIVER SIDEComponent Function Check.......................................................................................................5093
DRIVER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure............................................................................................................5093
DRIVER SIDEComponent Inspection...........................................................................................................5094
PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................5094
PASSENGER SIDEDescription.................................................................................................................5094
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Function Check....................................................................................................5094
PASSENGER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................5094
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Inspection........................................................................................................5095
REAR LH.......................................................................................................................................5096
REAR LHDescription........................................................................................................................5096
REAR LHComponent Function Check...........................................................................................................5096
REAR LHDiagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................5096
REAR LHComponent Inspection...............................................................................................................5097
REAR RH.......................................................................................................................................5097
REAR RHDescription........................................................................................................................5097
REAR RHComponent Function Check...........................................................................................................5097
REAR RHDiagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................5097
REAR RHComponent Inspection...............................................................................................................5098
BACK DOOR.....................................................................................................................................5099
BACK DOORDescription......................................................................................................................5099
BACK DOORComponent Function Check.........................................................................................................5099
BACK DOORDiagnosis Procedure..............................................................................................................5099
BACK DOORComponent Inspection.............................................................................................................5100
KEY SWITCH........................................................................................................................................5101
Description...................................................................................................................................5101
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5101
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5101
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................5102
COMPONENT INSPECTION......................................................................................................................5102
IGNITION KNOB SWITCH..............................................................................................................................5103
Description...................................................................................................................................5103
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5103
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5103
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................5104
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR................................................................................................................................5105
DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................5105
DRIVER SIDEDescription....................................................................................................................5105
DRIVER SIDEComponent Function Check.......................................................................................................5105
DRIVER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure............................................................................................................5105
DRIVER SIDEComponent Inspection...........................................................................................................5106
DRIVER SIDESpecial Repair Requirement.....................................................................................................5107
PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................5107
PASSENGER SIDEDescription.................................................................................................................5107
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Function Check....................................................................................................5107
PASSENGER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................5107
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Inspection........................................................................................................5108
REAR LH.......................................................................................................................................5108
REAR LHDescription........................................................................................................................5108
REAR LHComponent Function Check...........................................................................................................5108
REAR LHDiagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................5109
REAR LHComponent Inspection...............................................................................................................5110
REAR RH.......................................................................................................................................5110
REAR RHDescription........................................................................................................................5110
REAR RHComponent Function Check...........................................................................................................5110
REAR RHDiagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................5111
REAR RHComponent Inspection...............................................................................................................5112
SUPER LOCK ACTUATOR...............................................................................................................................5113
DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................5113
DRIVER SIDEDescription....................................................................................................................5113
DRIVER SIDEComponent Function Check.......................................................................................................5113
DRIVER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure............................................................................................................5113
DRIVER SIDEComponent Inspection...........................................................................................................5114
DRIVER SIDESpecial Repair Requirement.....................................................................................................5114
PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................5114
PASSENGER SIDEDescription.................................................................................................................5114
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Function Check....................................................................................................5114
PASSENGER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................5114
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Inspection........................................................................................................5115
REAR LH.......................................................................................................................................5115
REAR LHDescription........................................................................................................................5116
REAR LHComponent Function Check...........................................................................................................5116
REAR LHDiagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................5116
REAR LHComponent Inspection...............................................................................................................5117
REAR RH.......................................................................................................................................5117
REAR RHDescription........................................................................................................................5117
REAR RHComponent Function Check...........................................................................................................5117
REAR RHDiagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................5117
REAR RHComponent Inspection...............................................................................................................5118
BACK DOOR OPENER ACTUATOR.........................................................................................................................5119
Description...................................................................................................................................5119
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5119
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5119
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................5120
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH...........................................................................................................................5121
Description...................................................................................................................................5121
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5121
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5121
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................5122
OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA...............................................................................................................................5123
DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................5123
DRIVER SIDEDescription....................................................................................................................5123
DRIVER SIDEComponent Function Check.......................................................................................................5123
DRIVER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure............................................................................................................5123
PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................5125
PASSENGER SIDEDescription.................................................................................................................5126
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Function Check....................................................................................................5126
PASSENGER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................5126
REAR BUMPER...................................................................................................................................5128
REAR BUMPERDescription....................................................................................................................5129
REAR BUMPERComponent Function Check.......................................................................................................5129
REAR BUMPERDiagnosis Procedure............................................................................................................5129
INSIDE KEY ANTENNA................................................................................................................................5132
INSTRUMENT CENTER.............................................................................................................................5132
INSTRUMENT CENTERDescription..............................................................................................................5132
INSTRUMENT CENTERComponent Function Check.................................................................................................5132
INSTRUMENT CENTERDiagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................5132
CONSOLE.......................................................................................................................................5135
CONSOLEDescription........................................................................................................................5135
CONSOLEComponent Function Check...........................................................................................................5135
CONSOLEDiagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................5135
REAR SEAT.....................................................................................................................................5137
REAR SEATDescription......................................................................................................................5138
REAR SEATComponent Function Check.........................................................................................................5138
REAR SEATDiagnosis Procedure..............................................................................................................5138
ANTI-HIJACK RELAY.................................................................................................................................5141
PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................5141
PASSENGER SIDEDescription.................................................................................................................5141
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Function Check....................................................................................................5141
PASSENGER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................5141
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Inspection........................................................................................................5142
INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER....................................................................................................................5143
Description...................................................................................................................................5143
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5143
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5143
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................5144
BUZZER (COMBINATION METER)........................................................................................................................5145
Description...................................................................................................................................5145
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5145
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5145
KEY WARNING LAMP..................................................................................................................................5146
Description...................................................................................................................................5146
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5146
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5146
LOCK WARNING LAMP.................................................................................................................................5147
Description...................................................................................................................................5147
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5147
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5147
HAZARD WARNING LAMPS..............................................................................................................................5148
Description...................................................................................................................................5148
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5148
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5148
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................5149
Description...................................................................................................................................5149
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5149
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5149
INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY...........................................................................................................................5150
Description...................................................................................................................................5150
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5150
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5150
ECU DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................5151
INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT..............................................................................................................................5151
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................5151
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................5151
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................5152
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................5152
Wiring Diagram - SUPER LOCK CONTROL SYSTEM -..................................................................................................5158
Wiring Diagram - INTELLIGENT KEY CONTROL SYSTEM -.............................................................................................5165
Wiring Diagram - BACK DOOR OPENER CONTROL SYSTEM -............................................................................................5175
Fail Safe.....................................................................................................................................5179
DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................5179
DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................5179
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).........................................................................................................................5180
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................5180
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................5180
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................5184
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................5184
Wiring Diagram - SUPER LOCK CONTROL SYSTEM -..................................................................................................5196
Wiring Diagram - INTELLIGENT KEY CONTROL SYSTEM -.............................................................................................5203
Wiring Diagram - BACK DOOR OPENER CONTROL SYSTEM -............................................................................................5213
Fail Safe.....................................................................................................................................5216
Fail-safe index...........................................................................................................................5216
REAR WIPER CONTROL........................................................................................................................5217
TURN SIGNAL LAMP CONTROL..................................................................................................................5217
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION........................................................................................5217
Auto Light Control....................................................................................................................5217
Front Wiper Control...................................................................................................................5217
DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................5218
DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................5218
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................5219
DOOR LOCK FUNCTION SYMPTOMS.......................................................................................................................5219
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH...................................................................................................................5219
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCHSymptom Table..................................................................................................5219
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH OPERATION MALFUNCTION.....................................................................................5219
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................5219
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................5219
INTELLIGENT KEY...............................................................................................................................5219
INTELLIGENT KEYSymptom Table..............................................................................................................5220
INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION MALFUNCTION.................................................................................................5220
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................5220
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................5220
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH...........................................................................................................................5220
DOOR REQUEST SWITCHSymptom Table..........................................................................................................5220
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH OPERATION MALFUNCTION.............................................................................................5220
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................5220
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................5220
KEY REMINDER..................................................................................................................................5221
KEY REMINDERSymptom Table.................................................................................................................5221
KEY REMINDER OPERATION MALFUNCTION....................................................................................................5221
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................5221
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................5221
AUTO DOOR LOCK................................................................................................................................5222
AUTO DOOR LOCKSymptom Table...............................................................................................................5222
AUTO DOOR LOCK OPERATION MALFUNCTION..................................................................................................5222
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................5222
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................5222
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCK..........................................................................................................5222
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCKSymptom Table.........................................................................................5222
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCK OPERATION MALFUNCTION............................................................................5222
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................5222
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................5222
BACK DOOR OPEN FUNCTION SYMPTOMS..................................................................................................................5223
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH.......................................................................................................................5223
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCHSymptom Table......................................................................................................5223
BACK DOOR OPENER FUNCTION MALFUNCTION.................................................................................................5223
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................5223
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................5223
WARNING FUNCTION SYMPTOMS.........................................................................................................................5224
BUZZER (COMBINATION METER)....................................................................................................................5224
BUZZER (COMBINATION METER)Symptom Table...................................................................................................5224
BUZZER (COMBINATION METER) OPERATION MALFUNCTION......................................................................................5224
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................5224
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................5224
INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER................................................................................................................5224
INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZERSymptom Table...............................................................................................5224
INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER OPERATION MALFUNCTION..................................................................................5224
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................5224
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................5224
WARNING LAMP..................................................................................................................................5225
WARNING LAMPSymptom Table.................................................................................................................5225
WARNING LAMP OPERATION MALFUNCTION....................................................................................................5225
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................5225
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................5225
BACK DOOR.....................................................................................................................................5225
BACK DOORSymptom Table....................................................................................................................5225
BACK DOOR OPEN WARNING OPERATION MALFUNCTION..........................................................................................5225
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................5225
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................5226
HAZARD AND BUZZER REMINDER FUNCTION SYMPTOMS......................................................................................................5227
HAZARD WARNING LAMP...........................................................................................................................5227
HAZARD WARNING LAMPSymptom Table..........................................................................................................5227
HAZARD REMINDER OPERATION MALFUNCTION.................................................................................................5227
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................5227
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................5227
INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER................................................................................................................5227
INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZERSymptom Table...............................................................................................5227
BUZZER REMINDER OPERATION MALFUNCTION.................................................................................................5227
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................5227
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................5227
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...............................................................................................................5228
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................5228
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW........................................................................................................................5228
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE........................................................................................................5228
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..............................................................................................5229
REPAIR THE CAUSE .........................................................................................................................5229
CONFIRM THE REPAIR........................................................................................................................5229
Inspection Procedure..........................................................................................................................5230
INSTRUMENT PANEL..........................................................................................................................5230
CENTER CONSOLE............................................................................................................................5230
DOORS.....................................................................................................................................5230
TRUNK.....................................................................................................................................5230
SUNROOF/HEADLINING........................................................................................................................5230
SEATS.....................................................................................................................................5231
UNDERHOOD.................................................................................................................................5231
Diagnostic Worksheet..........................................................................................................................5232
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................5234
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................5234
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"...................................................................5234
Procedure without Cowl Top Cover..............................................................................................................5234
Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect..............................................................................................5234
OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................5234
Work..........................................................................................................................................5235
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................5236
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................5236
Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................5236
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................5237
PRE-INSPECTION FOR DIAGNOSTIC.....................................................................................................................5237
Basic Inspection..............................................................................................................................5237
BASIC INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................5237
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................5239
HOOD..............................................................................................................................................5239
HOOD ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................5239
HOOD ASSEMBLYExploded View................................................................................................................5239
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5239
ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................5239
HOOD ASSEMBLYRemoval and Installation.....................................................................................................5240
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5240
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5240
HOOD ASSEMBLYAdjustment...................................................................................................................5241
HOOD HINGE....................................................................................................................................5241
HOOD HINGEExploded View...................................................................................................................5242
HOOD HINGERemoval and Installation........................................................................................................5242
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5242
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5242
HOOD SUPPORT ROD..............................................................................................................................5242
HOOD SUPPORT RODExploded View.............................................................................................................5243
HOOD SUPPORT RODRemoval and Installation..................................................................................................5243
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5243
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5243
HOOD LOCK CONTROL.............................................................................................................................5243
HOOD LOCK CONTROLExploded View............................................................................................................5244
HOOD LOCK CONTROLRemoval and Installation.................................................................................................5244
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5244
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5244
HOOD LOCK CONTROLInspection...............................................................................................................5245
RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT.............................................................................................................................5246
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5246
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5247
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5247
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5248
FRONT FENDER......................................................................................................................................5249
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5249
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5249
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5249
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5250
FRONT DOOR........................................................................................................................................5251
DOOR ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................5251
DOOR ASSEMBLYExploded View................................................................................................................5251
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5251
ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................5251
DOOR ASSEMBLYRemoval and Installation.....................................................................................................5252
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5252
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5252
DOOR ASSEMBLYAdjustment...................................................................................................................5253
CLEARANCE, SURFACE HEIGHT AND SURFACE MISMATCH ADJUSTMENT.............................................................................5253
DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT...............................................................................................................5253
DOOR STRIKER..................................................................................................................................5253
DOOR STRIKERExploded View.................................................................................................................5254
DOOR STRIKERRemoval and Installation......................................................................................................5254
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5254
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5254
DOOR HINGE....................................................................................................................................5254
DOOR HINGEExploded View...................................................................................................................5255
DOOR HINGERemoval and Installation........................................................................................................5255
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5255
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5255
DOOR CHECK LINK...............................................................................................................................5255
DOOR CHECK LINKExploded View..............................................................................................................5256
DOOR CHECK LINKRemoval and Installation...................................................................................................5256
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5256
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5256
REAR DOOR.........................................................................................................................................5257
DOOR ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................5257
DOOR ASSEMBLYExploded View................................................................................................................5257
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5257
ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................5257
DOOR ASSEMBLYRemoval and Installation.....................................................................................................5258
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5258
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5258
DOOR ASSEMBLYAdjustment...................................................................................................................5259
CLEARANCE, SURFACE HEIGHT AND SURFACE MISMATCH ADJUSTMENT.............................................................................5259
DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT...............................................................................................................5259
DOOR STRIKER..................................................................................................................................5259
DOOR STRIKERExploded View.................................................................................................................5260
DOOR STRIKERRemoval and Installation......................................................................................................5260
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5260
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5260
DOOR HINGE....................................................................................................................................5260
DOOR HINGEExploded View...................................................................................................................5261
DOOR HINGERemoval and Installation........................................................................................................5261
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5261
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5261
DOOR CHECK LINK...............................................................................................................................5261
DOOR CHECK LINKExploded View..............................................................................................................5262
DOOR CHECK LINKRemoval and Installation...................................................................................................5262
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5262
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5262
BACK DOOR.........................................................................................................................................5263
BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY............................................................................................................................5263
BACK DOOR ASSEMBLYExploded View...........................................................................................................5263
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5263
ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................5263
BACK DOOR ASSEMBLYRemoval and Installation................................................................................................5264
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5264
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5265
BACK DOOR ASSEMBLYAdjustment..............................................................................................................5266
FITTING ADJUSTMENT....................................................................................................................5266
BACK DOOR STRIKER.............................................................................................................................5266
BACK DOOR STRIKERExploded View............................................................................................................5267
BACK DOOR STRIKERRemoval and Installation.................................................................................................5267
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5267
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5267
BACK DOOR HINGE...............................................................................................................................5267
BACK DOOR HINGEExploded View..............................................................................................................5268
BACK DOOR HINGERemoval and Installation...................................................................................................5268
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5268
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5268
BACK DOOR STAY................................................................................................................................5269
BACK DOOR STAYExploded View...............................................................................................................5269
BACK DOOR STAYRemoval and Installation....................................................................................................5269
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5269
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5269
BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP.......................................................................................................................5269
BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIPExploded View......................................................................................................5269
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5269
BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIPRemoval and Installation...........................................................................................5270
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5270
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5270
FRONT DOOR LOCK...................................................................................................................................5271
DOOR LOCK.....................................................................................................................................5271
DOOR LOCKExploded View....................................................................................................................5271
DOOR LOCKRemoval and Installation.........................................................................................................5271
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5271
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5273
INSIDE HANDLE.................................................................................................................................5273
INSIDE HANDLEExploded View................................................................................................................5273
INSIDE HANDLERemoval and Installation.....................................................................................................5274
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5274
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5274
OUTSIDE HANDLE................................................................................................................................5274
OUTSIDE HANDLEExploded View...............................................................................................................5274
OUTSIDE HANDLERemoval and Installation....................................................................................................5275
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5275
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5276
REAR DOOR LOCK....................................................................................................................................5277
DOOR LOCK.....................................................................................................................................5277
DOOR LOCKExploded View....................................................................................................................5277
DOOR LOCKRemoval and Installation.........................................................................................................5277
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5277
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5279
INSIDE HANDLE.................................................................................................................................5279
INSIDE HANDLEExploded View................................................................................................................5279
INSIDE HANDLERemoval and Installation.....................................................................................................5279
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5279
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5280
OUTSIDE HANDLE................................................................................................................................5280
OUTSIDE HANDLEExploded View...............................................................................................................5280
OUTSIDE HANDLERemoval and Installation....................................................................................................5280
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5280
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5282
BACK DOOR LOCK....................................................................................................................................5283
DOOR LOCK.....................................................................................................................................5283
DOOR LOCKExploded View....................................................................................................................5283
DOOR LOCKRemoval and Installation.........................................................................................................5283
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5283
INSTALLTION...........................................................................................................................5283
FUEL FILLER LID OPENER............................................................................................................................5284
FUEL FILLER LID...............................................................................................................................5284
FUEL FILLER LIDExploded View..............................................................................................................5284
FUEL FILLER LIDRemoval and Installation...................................................................................................5284
REMOVAL ..............................................................................................................................5284
INSTALLATION .........................................................................................................................5284
FUEL FILLER OPENER CABLE......................................................................................................................5284
FUEL FILLER OPENER CABLEExploded View.....................................................................................................5285
FUEL FILLER OPENER CABLERemoval and Installation..........................................................................................5285
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5285
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5286
DOOR SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................5287
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5287
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5287
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5287
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5287
INSIDE KEY ANTENNA................................................................................................................................5288
INSTRUMENT CENTER.............................................................................................................................5288
INSTRUMENT CENTERExploded View............................................................................................................5288
INSTRUMENT CENTERRemoval and Installation.................................................................................................5288
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5288
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5288
CONSOLE.......................................................................................................................................5288
CONSOLEExploded View......................................................................................................................5288
CONSOLERemoval and Installation...........................................................................................................5288
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5288
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5289
REAR..........................................................................................................................................5289
REARExploded View.........................................................................................................................5289
REARRemoval and Installation..............................................................................................................5289
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5289
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5289
OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA...............................................................................................................................5290
DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................5290
DRIVER SIDEExploded View..................................................................................................................5290
DRIVER SIDERemoval and Installation.......................................................................................................5290
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5290
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5290
PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................5290
PASSENGER SIDEExploded View...............................................................................................................5290
PASSENGER SIDERemoval and Installation....................................................................................................5290
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5290
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5290
REAR BUMPER...................................................................................................................................5290
REAR BUMPERExploded View..................................................................................................................5291
REAR BUMPERRemoval and Installation.......................................................................................................5291
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5291
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5291
INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER....................................................................................................................5292
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5292
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5292
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5292
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5292
BACK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH..........................................................................................................................5293
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5293
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5293
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5293
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5293
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH...........................................................................................................................5294
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5294
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5294
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5294
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5294
INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY...........................................................................................................................5295
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5295
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5295
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5295
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5295
INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT..............................................................................................................................5296
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5296
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5296
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5296
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5296
WITHOUT I-KEY & SUPER LOCK................................................................................................................................5297
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................5297
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................5297
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................5297
OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................5297
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................5297
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.........................................................................................................................5300
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................5300
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITDescription.................................................................................5300
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITSpecial Repair Requirement..................................................................5300
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................5301
DOOR LOCK FUNCTION................................................................................................................................5301
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH...................................................................................................................5301
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCHSystem Diagram.................................................................................................5301
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCHSystem Description.............................................................................................5301
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH OPERATION.................................................................................................5301
Operation Condition...............................................................................................................5301
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH INDICATOR OPERATION.......................................................................................5302
1 Minute Timer....................................................................................................................5302
30 Minutes Timer..................................................................................................................5302
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCHComponent Parts Location.......................................................................................5302
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCHComponent Description..........................................................................................5303
KEYFOB........................................................................................................................................5303
KEYFOBSystem Diagram......................................................................................................................5304
KEYFOBSystem Description..................................................................................................................5304
KEYFOB OPERATION......................................................................................................................5304
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK OPERATION........................................................................................................5304
OPERATION CONDITION...................................................................................................................5304
OPERATION AREA........................................................................................................................5304
ANTI-HIJACK MODE......................................................................................................................5304
KEYFOBComponent Parts Location............................................................................................................5305
KEYFOBComponent Description...............................................................................................................5306
AUTO DOOR LOCK................................................................................................................................5306
AUTO DOOR LOCKSystem Diagram..............................................................................................................5307
AUTO DOOR LOCKSystem Description..........................................................................................................5307
AUTO RELOCK OPERATION.................................................................................................................5307
AUTO DOOR LOCKComponent Parts Location....................................................................................................5307
AUTO DOOR LOCKComponent Description.......................................................................................................5308
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCK..........................................................................................................5308
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCKSystem Diagram........................................................................................5309
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCKSystem Description....................................................................................5309
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCK OPERATION........................................................................................5309
CHANGE SETTING PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................5309
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCKComponent Parts Location..............................................................................5310
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCKComponent Description.................................................................................5311
AIR BAG INTERLOCK UNLOCK......................................................................................................................5311
AIR BAG INTERLOCK UNLOCKSystem Diagram....................................................................................................5312
AIR BAG INTERLOCK UNLOCKSystem Description................................................................................................5312
AIR BAG INTERLOCK UNLOCK OPERATION....................................................................................................5312
AIR BAG INTERLOCK UNLOCKComponent Parts Location..........................................................................................5312
AIR BAG INTERLOCK UNLOCKComponent Description.............................................................................................5313
BACK DOOR OPENER FUNCTION.........................................................................................................................5314
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH.......................................................................................................................5314
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCHSystem Diagram.....................................................................................................5314
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCHSystem Description.................................................................................................5314
BACK DOOR OPENER OPERATION............................................................................................................5314
OPERATION CONDITION...................................................................................................................5314
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCHComponent Parts Location...........................................................................................5315
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCHComponent Description..............................................................................................5316
WARNING FUNCTION..................................................................................................................................5317
System Diagram................................................................................................................................5317
System Description............................................................................................................................5317
BACK DOOR OPEN WARNING OPERATION..........................................................................................................5317
KEY REMINDER OPERATION....................................................................................................................5317
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................5318
Component Description.........................................................................................................................5319
HAZARD REMINDER FUNCTION..........................................................................................................................5320
System Diagram................................................................................................................................5320
System Description............................................................................................................................5320
HAZARD REMINDER OPERATION.................................................................................................................5320
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................5321
Component Description.........................................................................................................................5322
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)............................................................................................................................5323
COMMON ITEM...................................................................................................................................5323
COMMON ITEMCONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM).......................................................................................5323
APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................5323
SYSTEM APPLICATION....................................................................................................................5323
DOOR LOCK.....................................................................................................................................5323
DOOR LOCKCONSULT-III Function (BCM - DOOR LOCK)...........................................................................................5323
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................5323
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................5324
WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................5324
MULTIREMOTE ENT...............................................................................................................................5324
MULTIREMOTE ENTCONSULT-III Function (BCM - MULTIREMOTE ENT)...............................................................................5325
BCM CONSULT-III FUNCTION..............................................................................................................5325
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................5325
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................5325
WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................5325
TRUNK.........................................................................................................................................5326
TRUNKCONSULT-III Function (BCM - TRUNK)...................................................................................................5326
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................5326
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................5326
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................5327
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................5327
Description...................................................................................................................................5327
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5327
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5327
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5327
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)..........................................................................................................................5328
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5328
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5328
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5328
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................5328
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................5329
BCM...........................................................................................................................................5329
BCMDiagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................5329
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH.......................................................................................................................5330
Description...................................................................................................................................5330
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5330
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5330
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................5331
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH INDICATOR.............................................................................................................5332
Description...................................................................................................................................5332
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5332
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5332
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................5333
DOOR SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................5334
DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................5334
DRIVER SIDEDescription....................................................................................................................5334
DRIVER SIDEComponent Function Check.......................................................................................................5334
DRIVER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure............................................................................................................5334
DRIVER SIDEComponent Inspection...........................................................................................................5335
PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................5335
PASSENGER SIDEDescription.................................................................................................................5335
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Function Check....................................................................................................5335
PASSENGER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................5335
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Inspection........................................................................................................5336
REAR LH.......................................................................................................................................5337
REAR LHDescription........................................................................................................................5337
REAR LHComponent Function Check...........................................................................................................5337
REAR LHDiagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................5337
REAR LHComponent Inspection...............................................................................................................5338
REAR RH.......................................................................................................................................5338
REAR RHDescription........................................................................................................................5338
REAR RHComponent Function Check...........................................................................................................5338
REAR RHDiagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................5338
REAR RHComponent Inspection...............................................................................................................5339
BACK DOOR.....................................................................................................................................5340
BACK DOORDescription......................................................................................................................5340
BACK DOORComponent Function Check.........................................................................................................5340
BACK DOORDiagnosis Procedure..............................................................................................................5340
BACK DOORComponent Inspection.............................................................................................................5341
KEY SWITCH........................................................................................................................................5342
Description...................................................................................................................................5342
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5342
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5342
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................5343
COMPONENT INSPECTION......................................................................................................................5343
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR................................................................................................................................5344
DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................5344
DRIVER SIDEDescription....................................................................................................................5344
DRIVER SIDEComponent Function Check.......................................................................................................5344
DRIVER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure............................................................................................................5344
DRIVER SIDEComponent Inspection...........................................................................................................5345
DRIVER SIDESpecial Repair Requirement.....................................................................................................5345
PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................5345
PASSENGER SIDEDescription.................................................................................................................5345
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Function Check....................................................................................................5345
PASSENGER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................5345
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Inspection........................................................................................................5346
REAR LH.......................................................................................................................................5346
REAR LHDescription........................................................................................................................5347
REAR LHComponent Function Check...........................................................................................................5347
REAR LHDiagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................5347
REAR LHComponent Inspection...............................................................................................................5348
REAR RH.......................................................................................................................................5348
REAR RHDescription........................................................................................................................5348
REAR RHComponent Function Check...........................................................................................................5348
REAR RHDiagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................5348
REAR RHComponent Inspection...............................................................................................................5349
BACK DOOR OPENER ACTUATOR.........................................................................................................................5350
Description...................................................................................................................................5350
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5350
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5350
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................5351
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH...........................................................................................................................5352
Description...................................................................................................................................5352
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5352
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5352
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................5353
BUZZER (COMBINATION METER)........................................................................................................................5354
Description...................................................................................................................................5354
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5354
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5354
HAZARD WARNING LAMPS..............................................................................................................................5355
Description...................................................................................................................................5355
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5355
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5355
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................5356
Description...................................................................................................................................5356
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5356
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5356
KEYFOB BATTERY....................................................................................................................................5357
Description...................................................................................................................................5357
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5357
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5357
ECU DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................5358
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).........................................................................................................................5358
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................5358
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................5358
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................5362
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................5362
Wiring Diagram - POWER DOOR LOCK CONTROL SYSTEM -.............................................................................................5374
Wiring Diagram - REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL SYSTEM -........................................................................................5380
Wiring Diagram - BACK DOOR OPENER CONTROL SYSTEM -............................................................................................5384
Fail Safe.....................................................................................................................................5387
Fail-safe index...........................................................................................................................5387
REAR WIPER CONTROL........................................................................................................................5388
TURN SIGNAL LAMP CONTROL..................................................................................................................5388
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION........................................................................................5388
Auto Light Control....................................................................................................................5388
Front Wiper Control...................................................................................................................5388
DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................5389
DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................5389
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................5390
DOOR LOCK FUNCTION SYMPTOMS.......................................................................................................................5390
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH...................................................................................................................5390
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCHSymptom Table..................................................................................................5390
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH OPERATION MALFUNCTION.....................................................................................5390
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................5390
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................5390
KEYFOB........................................................................................................................................5390
KEYFOBSymptom Table.......................................................................................................................5390
KEYFOB OPERATION MALFUNCTION..........................................................................................................5390
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................5390
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................5391
AUTO DOOR LOCK................................................................................................................................5391
AUTO DOOR LOCKSymptom Table...............................................................................................................5391
AUTO DOOR LOCK OPERATION MALFUNCTION..................................................................................................5391
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................5391
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................5391
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCK..........................................................................................................5391
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCKSymptom Table.........................................................................................5391
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCK OPERATION MALFUNCTION............................................................................5391
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................5391
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................5392
BACK DOOR OPEN FUNCTION SYMPTOMS..................................................................................................................5393
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH.......................................................................................................................5393
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCHSymptom Table......................................................................................................5393
BACK DOOR OPENER FUNCTION MALFUNCTION.................................................................................................5393
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................5393
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................5393
WARNING FUNCTION SYMPTOMS.........................................................................................................................5394
BACK DOOR.....................................................................................................................................5394
BACK DOORSymptom Table....................................................................................................................5394
BACK DOOR OPEN WARNING OPERATION MALFUNCTION..........................................................................................5394
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................5394
HAZARD REMINDER FUNCTION..........................................................................................................................5395
HAZARD WARNING LAMP...........................................................................................................................5395
HAZARD WARNING LAMPSymptom Table..........................................................................................................5395
HAZARD REMINDER OPERATION MALFUNCTION.................................................................................................5395
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................5395
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................5395
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...............................................................................................................5396
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................5396
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW........................................................................................................................5396
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE........................................................................................................5396
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..............................................................................................5397
REPAIR THE CAUSE .........................................................................................................................5397
CONFIRM THE REPAIR........................................................................................................................5397
Inspection Procedure..........................................................................................................................5398
INSTRUMENT PANEL..........................................................................................................................5398
CENTER CONSOLE............................................................................................................................5398
DOORS.....................................................................................................................................5398
TRUNK.....................................................................................................................................5398
SUNROOF/HEADLINING........................................................................................................................5398
SEATS.....................................................................................................................................5399
UNDERHOOD.................................................................................................................................5399
Diagnostic Worksheet..........................................................................................................................5400
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................5402
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................5402
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"...................................................................5402
Procedure without Cowl Top Cover..............................................................................................................5402
Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect..............................................................................................5402
OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................5402
Work..........................................................................................................................................5403
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................5404
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................5404
Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................5404
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................5405
PRE-INSPECTION FOR DIAGNOSTIC.....................................................................................................................5405
Basic Inspection..............................................................................................................................5405
BASIC INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................5405
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................5406
HOOD..............................................................................................................................................5406
HOOD ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................5406
HOOD ASSEMBLYExploded View................................................................................................................5406
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5406
ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................5406
HOOD ASSEMBLYRemoval and Installation.....................................................................................................5407
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5407
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5407
HOOD ASSEMBLYAdjustment...................................................................................................................5408
HOOD HINGE....................................................................................................................................5408
HOOD HINGEExploded View...................................................................................................................5409
HOOD HINGERemoval and Installation........................................................................................................5409
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5409
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5409
HOOD SUPPORT ROD..............................................................................................................................5409
HOOD SUPPORT RODExploded View.............................................................................................................5410
HOOD SUPPORT RODRemoval and Installation..................................................................................................5410
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5410
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5410
HOOD LOCK CONTROL.............................................................................................................................5410
HOOD LOCK CONTROLExploded View............................................................................................................5411
HOOD LOCK CONTROLRemoval and Installation.................................................................................................5411
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5411
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5411
HOOD LOCK CONTROLInspection...............................................................................................................5412
RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT.............................................................................................................................5413
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5413
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5414
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5414
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5415
FRONT FENDER......................................................................................................................................5416
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5416
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5416
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5416
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5417
FRONT DOOR........................................................................................................................................5418
DOOR ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................5418
DOOR ASSEMBLYExploded View................................................................................................................5418
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5418
ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................5418
DOOR ASSEMBLYRemoval and Installation.....................................................................................................5419
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5419
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5419
DOOR ASSEMBLYAdjustment...................................................................................................................5420
CLEARANCE, SURFACE HEIGHT AND SURFACE MISMATCH ADJUSTMENT.............................................................................5420
DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT...............................................................................................................5420
DOOR STRIKER..................................................................................................................................5420
DOOR STRIKERExploded View.................................................................................................................5421
DOOR STRIKERRemoval and Installation......................................................................................................5421
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5421
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5421
DOOR HINGE....................................................................................................................................5421
DOOR HINGEExploded View...................................................................................................................5422
DOOR HINGERemoval and Installation........................................................................................................5422
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5422
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5422
DOOR CHECK LINK...............................................................................................................................5422
DOOR CHECK LINKExploded View..............................................................................................................5423
DOOR CHECK LINKRemoval and Installation...................................................................................................5423
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5423
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5423
REAR DOOR.........................................................................................................................................5424
DOOR ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................5424
DOOR ASSEMBLYExploded View................................................................................................................5424
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5424
ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................5424
DOOR ASSEMBLYRemoval and Installation.....................................................................................................5425
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5425
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5425
DOOR ASSEMBLYAdjustment...................................................................................................................5426
CLEARANCE, SURFACE HEIGHT AND SURFACE MISMATCH ADJUSTMENT.............................................................................5426
DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT...............................................................................................................5426
DOOR STRIKER..................................................................................................................................5426
DOOR STRIKERExploded View.................................................................................................................5427
DOOR STRIKERRemoval and Installation......................................................................................................5427
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5427
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5427
DOOR HINGE....................................................................................................................................5427
DOOR HINGEExploded View...................................................................................................................5428
DOOR HINGERemoval and Installation........................................................................................................5428
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5428
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5428
DOOR CHECK LINK...............................................................................................................................5428
DOOR CHECK LINKExploded View..............................................................................................................5429
DOOR CHECK LINKRemoval and Installation...................................................................................................5429
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5429
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5429
BACK DOOR.........................................................................................................................................5430
BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY............................................................................................................................5430
BACK DOOR ASSEMBLYExploded View...........................................................................................................5430
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5430
ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................5430
BACK DOOR ASSEMBLYRemoval and Installation................................................................................................5431
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5431
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5432
BACK DOOR ASSEMBLYAdjustment..............................................................................................................5433
FITTING ADJUSTMENT....................................................................................................................5433
BACK DOOR STRIKER.............................................................................................................................5433
BACK DOOR STRIKERExploded View............................................................................................................5434
BACK DOOR STRIKERRemoval and Installation.................................................................................................5434
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5434
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5434
BACK DOOR HINGE...............................................................................................................................5434
BACK DOOR HINGEExploded View..............................................................................................................5435
BACK DOOR HINGERemoval and Installation...................................................................................................5435
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5435
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5435
BACK DOOR STAY................................................................................................................................5436
BACK DOOR STAYExploded View...............................................................................................................5436
BACK DOOR STAYRemoval and Installation....................................................................................................5436
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5436
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5436
BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP.......................................................................................................................5436
BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIPExploded View......................................................................................................5436
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5436
BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIPRemoval and Installation...........................................................................................5437
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5437
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5437
FRONT DOOR LOCK...................................................................................................................................5438
DOOR LOCK.....................................................................................................................................5438
DOOR LOCKExploded View....................................................................................................................5438
DOOR LOCKRemoval and Installation.........................................................................................................5438
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5438
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5440
INSIDE HANDLE.................................................................................................................................5440
INSIDE HANDLEExploded View................................................................................................................5440
INSIDE HANDLERemoval and Installation.....................................................................................................5441
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5441
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5441
OUTSIDE HANDLE................................................................................................................................5441
OUTSIDE HANDLEExploded View...............................................................................................................5441
OUTSIDE HANDLERemoval and Installation....................................................................................................5442
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5442
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5443
REAR DOOR LOCK....................................................................................................................................5444
DOOR LOCK.....................................................................................................................................5444
DOOR LOCKExploded View....................................................................................................................5444
DOOR LOCKRemoval and Installation.........................................................................................................5444
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5444
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5446
INSIDE HANDLE.................................................................................................................................5446
INSIDE HANDLEExploded View................................................................................................................5446
INSIDE HANDLERemoval and Installation.....................................................................................................5446
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5446
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5447
OUTSIDE HANDLE................................................................................................................................5447
OUTSIDE HANDLEExploded View...............................................................................................................5447
OUTSIDE HANDLERemoval and Installation....................................................................................................5447
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5447
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5449
BACK DOOR LOCK....................................................................................................................................5450
DOOR LOCK.....................................................................................................................................5450
DOOR LOCKExploded View....................................................................................................................5450
DOOR LOCKRemoval and Installation.........................................................................................................5450
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5450
INSTALLTION...........................................................................................................................5450
FUEL FILLER LID OPENER............................................................................................................................5451
FUEL FILLER LID...............................................................................................................................5451
FUEL FILLER LIDExploded View..............................................................................................................5451
FUEL FILLER LIDRemoval and Installation...................................................................................................5451
REMOVAL ..............................................................................................................................5451
INSTALLATION .........................................................................................................................5451
FUEL FILLER OPENER CABLE......................................................................................................................5451
FUEL FILLER OPENER CABLEExploded View.....................................................................................................5452
FUEL FILLER OPENER CABLERemoval and Installation..........................................................................................5452
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5452
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5453
DOOR SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................5454
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5454
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5454
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5454
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5454
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH...........................................................................................................................5455
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5455
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5455
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5455
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5455
KEYFOB............................................................................................................................................5456
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5456
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5456
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5456
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5456
WITHOUT I-KEY, WITH SUPER LOCK............................................................................................................................5457
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................5457
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................5457
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................5457
OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................5457
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................5457
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.........................................................................................................................5460
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................5460
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITDescription.................................................................................5460
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITSpecial Repair Requirement..................................................................5460
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................5461
DOOR LOCK FUNCTION................................................................................................................................5461
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH...................................................................................................................5461
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCHSystem Diagram.................................................................................................5461
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCHSystem Description.............................................................................................5461
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH OPERATION.................................................................................................5461
Operation Condition...............................................................................................................5461
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH INDICATOR OPERATION.......................................................................................5462
1 Minute Timer....................................................................................................................5462
30 Minutes Timer..................................................................................................................5462
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCHComponent Parts Location.......................................................................................5462
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCHComponent Description..........................................................................................5463
KEYFOB........................................................................................................................................5463
KEYFOBSystem Diagram......................................................................................................................5464
KEYFOBSystem Description..................................................................................................................5464
KEYFOB OPERATION......................................................................................................................5464
OPERATION CONDITION...................................................................................................................5464
OPERATION AREA........................................................................................................................5464
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK CONTROL..........................................................................................................5464
SUPER LOCK CONTROL WITH ANTI-HIJACK MODE..............................................................................................5464
SUPER LOCK CONTROL WITHOUT ANTI-HIJACK MODE...........................................................................................5464
KEYFOBComponent Parts Location............................................................................................................5465
KEYFOBComponent Description...............................................................................................................5466
AUTO DOOR LOCK................................................................................................................................5466
AUTO DOOR LOCKSystem Diagram..............................................................................................................5467
AUTO DOOR LOCKSystem Description..........................................................................................................5467
AUTO RELOCK OPERATION.................................................................................................................5467
AUTO DOOR LOCKComponent Parts Location....................................................................................................5467
AUTO DOOR LOCKComponent Description.......................................................................................................5468
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCK..........................................................................................................5468
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCKSystem Diagram........................................................................................5469
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCKSystem Description....................................................................................5469
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCK OPERATION........................................................................................5469
CHANGE SETTING PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................5469
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCKComponent Parts Location..............................................................................5470
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCKComponent Description.................................................................................5471
AIR BAG INTERLOCK UNLOCK......................................................................................................................5471
AIR BAG INTERLOCK UNLOCKSystem Diagram....................................................................................................5472
AIR BAG INTERLOCK UNLOCKSystem Description................................................................................................5472
AIR BAG INTERLOCK UNLOCK OPERATION....................................................................................................5472
AIR BAG INTERLOCK UNLOCKComponent Parts Location..........................................................................................5472
AIR BAG INTERLOCK UNLOCKComponent Description.............................................................................................5473
BACK DOOR OPENER FUNCTION.........................................................................................................................5474
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH.......................................................................................................................5474
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCHSystem Diagram.....................................................................................................5474
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCHSystem Description.................................................................................................5474
BACK DOOR OPENER OPERATION............................................................................................................5474
OPERATION CONDITION...................................................................................................................5474
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCHComponent Parts Location...........................................................................................5475
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCHComponent Description..............................................................................................5476
WARNING FUNCTION..................................................................................................................................5477
System Diagram................................................................................................................................5477
System Description............................................................................................................................5477
BACK DOOR OPEN WARNING OPERATION..........................................................................................................5477
KEY REMINDER OPERATION....................................................................................................................5477
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................5478
Component Description.........................................................................................................................5479
HAZARD REMINDER FUNCTION..........................................................................................................................5480
System Diagram................................................................................................................................5480
System Description............................................................................................................................5480
HAZARD REMINDER OPERATION.................................................................................................................5480
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................5481
Component Description.........................................................................................................................5482
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)............................................................................................................................5483
COMMON ITEM...................................................................................................................................5483
COMMON ITEMCONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM).......................................................................................5483
APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................5483
SYSTEM APPLICATION....................................................................................................................5483
DOOR LOCK.....................................................................................................................................5483
DOOR LOCKCONSULT-III Function (BCM - DOOR LOCK)...........................................................................................5483
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................5483
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................5484
WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................5484
MULTIREMOTE ENT...............................................................................................................................5484
MULTIREMOTE ENTCONSULT-III Function (BCM - MULTIREMOTE ENT)...............................................................................5485
BCM CONSULT-III FUNCTION..............................................................................................................5485
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................5485
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................5485
WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................5485
TRUNK.........................................................................................................................................5486
TRUNKCONSULT-III Function (BCM - TRUNK)...................................................................................................5486
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................5486
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................5486
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................5487
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................5487
Description...................................................................................................................................5487
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5487
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5487
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5487
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)..........................................................................................................................5488
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5488
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5488
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5488
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................5488
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................5489
BCM...........................................................................................................................................5489
BCMDiagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................5489
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH.......................................................................................................................5490
Description...................................................................................................................................5490
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5490
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5490
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................5491
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH INDICATOR.............................................................................................................5492
Description...................................................................................................................................5492
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5492
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5492
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................5493
DOOR SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................5494
DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................5494
DRIVER SIDEDescription....................................................................................................................5494
DRIVER SIDEComponent Function Check.......................................................................................................5494
DRIVER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure............................................................................................................5494
DRIVER SIDEComponent Inspection...........................................................................................................5495
PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................5495
PASSENGER SIDEDescription.................................................................................................................5495
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Function Check....................................................................................................5495
PASSENGER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................5495
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Inspection........................................................................................................5496
REAR LH.......................................................................................................................................5497
REAR LHDescription........................................................................................................................5497
REAR LHComponent Function Check...........................................................................................................5497
REAR LHDiagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................5497
REAR LHComponent Inspection...............................................................................................................5498
REAR RH.......................................................................................................................................5498
REAR RHDescription........................................................................................................................5498
REAR RHComponent Function Check...........................................................................................................5498
REAR RHDiagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................5498
REAR RHComponent Inspection...............................................................................................................5499
BACK DOOR.....................................................................................................................................5500
BACK DOORDescription......................................................................................................................5500
BACK DOORComponent Function Check.........................................................................................................5500
BACK DOORDiagnosis Procedure..............................................................................................................5500
BACK DOORComponent Inspection.............................................................................................................5501
KEY SWITCH........................................................................................................................................5502
Description...................................................................................................................................5502
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5502
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5502
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................5503
COMPONENT INSPECTION......................................................................................................................5503
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR................................................................................................................................5504
DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................5504
DRIVER SIDEDescription....................................................................................................................5504
DRIVER SIDEComponent Function Check.......................................................................................................5504
DRIVER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure............................................................................................................5504
DRIVER SIDEComponent Inspection...........................................................................................................5505
DRIVER SIDESpecial Repair Requirement.....................................................................................................5505
PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................5505
PASSENGER SIDEDescription.................................................................................................................5505
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Function Check....................................................................................................5505
PASSENGER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................5505
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Inspection........................................................................................................5506
REAR LH.......................................................................................................................................5506
REAR LHDescription........................................................................................................................5507
REAR LHComponent Function Check...........................................................................................................5507
REAR LHDiagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................5507
REAR LHComponent Inspection...............................................................................................................5508
REAR RH.......................................................................................................................................5508
REAR RHDescription........................................................................................................................5508
REAR RHComponent Function Check...........................................................................................................5508
REAR RHDiagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................5508
REAR RHComponent Inspection...............................................................................................................5509
SUPER LOCK ACTUATOR...............................................................................................................................5510
DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................5510
DRIVER SIDEDescription....................................................................................................................5510
DRIVER SIDEComponent Function Check.......................................................................................................5510
DRIVER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure............................................................................................................5510
DRIVER SIDEComponent Inspection...........................................................................................................5511
DRIVER SIDESpecial Repair Requirement.....................................................................................................5511
PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................5511
PASSENGER SIDEDescription.................................................................................................................5511
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Function Check....................................................................................................5511
PASSENGER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................5511
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Inspection........................................................................................................5512
REAR LH.......................................................................................................................................5512
REAR LHDescription........................................................................................................................5512
REAR LHComponent Function Check...........................................................................................................5512
REAR LHDiagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................5513
REAR LHComponent Inspection...............................................................................................................5513
REAR RH.......................................................................................................................................5514
REAR RHDescription........................................................................................................................5514
REAR RHComponent Function Check...........................................................................................................5514
REAR RHDiagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................5514
REAR RHComponent Inspection...............................................................................................................5515
BACK DOOR OPENER ACTUATOR.........................................................................................................................5516
Description...................................................................................................................................5516
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5516
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5516
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................5517
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH...........................................................................................................................5518
Description...................................................................................................................................5518
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5518
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5518
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................5519
BUZZER (COMBINATION METER)........................................................................................................................5520
Description...................................................................................................................................5520
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5520
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5520
HAZARD WARNING LAMPS..............................................................................................................................5521
Description...................................................................................................................................5521
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5521
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5521
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................5522
Description...................................................................................................................................5522
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5522
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5522
KEYFOB BATTERY....................................................................................................................................5523
Description...................................................................................................................................5523
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5523
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5523
ECU DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................5524
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).........................................................................................................................5524
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................5524
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................5524
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................5528
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................5528
Wiring Diagram - SUPER LOCK CONTROL SYSTEM -..................................................................................................5540
Wiring Diagram - REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL SYSTEM -........................................................................................5547
Wiring Diagram - BACK DOOR OPENER CONTROL SYSTEM -............................................................................................5551
Fail Safe.....................................................................................................................................5554
Fail-safe index...........................................................................................................................5554
REAR WIPER CONTROL........................................................................................................................5555
TURN SIGNAL LAMP CONTROL..................................................................................................................5555
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION........................................................................................5555
Auto Light Control....................................................................................................................5555
Front Wiper Control...................................................................................................................5555
DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................5556
DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................5556
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................5557
DOOR LOCK FUNCTION SYMPTOMS.......................................................................................................................5557
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH...................................................................................................................5557
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCHSymptom Table..................................................................................................5557
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH OPERATION MALFUNCTION.....................................................................................5557
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................5557
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................5557
KEYFOB........................................................................................................................................5557
KEYFOBSymptom Table.......................................................................................................................5557
KEYFOB OPERATION MALFUNCTION..........................................................................................................5557
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................5557
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................5558
AUTO DOOR LOCK................................................................................................................................5558
AUTO DOOR LOCKSymptom Table...............................................................................................................5558
AUTO DOOR LOCK OPERATION MALFUNCTION..................................................................................................5558
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................5558
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................5558
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCK..........................................................................................................5558
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCKSymptom Table.........................................................................................5558
VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO DOOR LOCK OPERATION MALFUNCTION............................................................................5558
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................5558
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................5559
BACK DOOR OPEN FUNCTION SYMPTOMS..................................................................................................................5560
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH.......................................................................................................................5560
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCHSymptom Table......................................................................................................5560
BACK DOOR OPENER FUNCTION MALFUNCTION.................................................................................................5560
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................5560
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................5560
WARNING FUNCTION SYMPTOMS.........................................................................................................................5561
BACK DOOR.....................................................................................................................................5561
BACK DOORSymptom Table....................................................................................................................5561
BACK DOOR OPEN WARNING OPERATION MALFUNCTION..........................................................................................5561
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................5561
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................5561
HAZARD REMINDER FUNCTION..........................................................................................................................5562
HAZARD WARNING LAMP...........................................................................................................................5562
HAZARD WARNING LAMPSymptom Table..........................................................................................................5562
HAZARD REMINDER OPERATION MALFUNCTION.................................................................................................5562
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................5562
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................5562
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...............................................................................................................5563
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................5563
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW........................................................................................................................5563
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE........................................................................................................5563
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..............................................................................................5564
REPAIR THE CAUSE .........................................................................................................................5564
CONFIRM THE REPAIR........................................................................................................................5564
Inspection Procedure..........................................................................................................................5565
INSTRUMENT PANEL..........................................................................................................................5565
CENTER CONSOLE............................................................................................................................5565
DOORS.....................................................................................................................................5565
TRUNK.....................................................................................................................................5565
SUNROOF/HEADLINING........................................................................................................................5565
SEATS.....................................................................................................................................5566
UNDERHOOD.................................................................................................................................5566
Diagnostic Worksheet..........................................................................................................................5567
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................5569
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................5569
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"...................................................................5569
Procedure without Cowl Top Cover..............................................................................................................5569
Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect..............................................................................................5569
OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................5569
Work..........................................................................................................................................5570
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................5571
PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................5571
Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................5571
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................5572
PRE-INSPECTION FOR DIAGNOSTIC.....................................................................................................................5572
Basic Inspection..............................................................................................................................5572
BASIC INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................5572
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................5573
HOOD..............................................................................................................................................5573
HOOD ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................5573
HOOD ASSEMBLYExploded View................................................................................................................5573
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5573
ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................5573
HOOD ASSEMBLYRemoval and Installation.....................................................................................................5574
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5574
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5574
HOOD ASSEMBLYAdjustment...................................................................................................................5575
HOOD HINGE....................................................................................................................................5575
HOOD HINGEExploded View...................................................................................................................5576
HOOD HINGERemoval and Installation........................................................................................................5576
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5576
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5576
HOOD SUPPORT ROD..............................................................................................................................5576
HOOD SUPPORT RODExploded View.............................................................................................................5577
HOOD SUPPORT RODRemoval and Installation..................................................................................................5577
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5577
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5577
HOOD LOCK CONTROL.............................................................................................................................5577
HOOD LOCK CONTROLExploded View............................................................................................................5578
HOOD LOCK CONTROLRemoval and Installation.................................................................................................5578
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5578
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5578
HOOD LOCK CONTROLInspection...............................................................................................................5579
RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT.............................................................................................................................5580
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5580
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5581
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5581
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5582
FRONT FENDER......................................................................................................................................5583
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5583
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5583
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5583
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5584
FRONT DOOR........................................................................................................................................5585
DOOR ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................5585
DOOR ASSEMBLYExploded View................................................................................................................5585
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5585
ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................5585
DOOR ASSEMBLYRemoval and Installation.....................................................................................................5586
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5586
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5586
DOOR ASSEMBLYAdjustment...................................................................................................................5587
CLEARANCE, SURFACE HEIGHT AND SURFACE MISMATCH ADJUSTMENT.............................................................................5587
DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT...............................................................................................................5587
DOOR STRIKER..................................................................................................................................5587
DOOR STRIKERExploded View.................................................................................................................5588
DOOR STRIKERRemoval and Installation......................................................................................................5588
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5588
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5588
DOOR HINGE....................................................................................................................................5588
DOOR HINGEExploded View...................................................................................................................5589
DOOR HINGERemoval and Installation........................................................................................................5589
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5589
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5589
DOOR CHECK LINK...............................................................................................................................5589
DOOR CHECK LINKExploded View..............................................................................................................5590
DOOR CHECK LINKRemoval and Installation...................................................................................................5590
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5590
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5590
REAR DOOR.........................................................................................................................................5591
DOOR ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................5591
DOOR ASSEMBLYExploded View................................................................................................................5591
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5591
ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................5591
DOOR ASSEMBLYRemoval and Installation.....................................................................................................5592
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5592
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5592
DOOR ASSEMBLYAdjustment...................................................................................................................5593
CLEARANCE, SURFACE HEIGHT AND SURFACE MISMATCH ADJUSTMENT.............................................................................5593
DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT...............................................................................................................5593
DOOR STRIKER..................................................................................................................................5593
DOOR STRIKERExploded View.................................................................................................................5594
DOOR STRIKERRemoval and Installation......................................................................................................5594
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5594
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5594
DOOR HINGE....................................................................................................................................5594
DOOR HINGEExploded View...................................................................................................................5595
DOOR HINGERemoval and Installation........................................................................................................5595
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5595
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5595
DOOR CHECK LINK...............................................................................................................................5595
DOOR CHECK LINKExploded View..............................................................................................................5596
DOOR CHECK LINKRemoval and Installation...................................................................................................5596
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5596
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5596
BACK DOOR.........................................................................................................................................5597
BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY............................................................................................................................5597
BACK DOOR ASSEMBLYExploded View...........................................................................................................5597
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5597
ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................5597
BACK DOOR ASSEMBLYRemoval and Installation................................................................................................5598
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5598
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5599
BACK DOOR ASSEMBLYAdjustment..............................................................................................................5600
FITTING ADJUSTMENT....................................................................................................................5600
BACK DOOR STRIKER.............................................................................................................................5600
BACK DOOR STRIKERExploded View............................................................................................................5601
BACK DOOR STRIKERRemoval and Installation.................................................................................................5601
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5601
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5601
BACK DOOR HINGE...............................................................................................................................5601
BACK DOOR HINGEExploded View..............................................................................................................5602
BACK DOOR HINGERemoval and Installation...................................................................................................5602
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5602
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5602
BACK DOOR STAY................................................................................................................................5603
BACK DOOR STAYExploded View...............................................................................................................5603
BACK DOOR STAYRemoval and Installation....................................................................................................5603
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5603
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5603
BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP.......................................................................................................................5603
BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIPExploded View......................................................................................................5603
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5603
BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIPRemoval and Installation...........................................................................................5604
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5604
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5604
FRONT DOOR LOCK...................................................................................................................................5605
DOOR LOCK.....................................................................................................................................5605
DOOR LOCKExploded View....................................................................................................................5605
DOOR LOCKRemoval and Installation.........................................................................................................5605
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5605
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5607
INSIDE HANDLE.................................................................................................................................5607
INSIDE HANDLEExploded View................................................................................................................5607
INSIDE HANDLERemoval and Installation.....................................................................................................5608
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5608
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5608
OUTSIDE HANDLE................................................................................................................................5608
OUTSIDE HANDLEExploded View...............................................................................................................5608
OUTSIDE HANDLERemoval and Installation....................................................................................................5609
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5609
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5610
REAR DOOR LOCK....................................................................................................................................5611
DOOR LOCK.....................................................................................................................................5611
DOOR LOCKExploded View....................................................................................................................5611
DOOR LOCKRemoval and Installation.........................................................................................................5611
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5611
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5613
INSIDE HANDLE.................................................................................................................................5613
INSIDE HANDLEExploded View................................................................................................................5613
INSIDE HANDLERemoval and Installation.....................................................................................................5613
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5613
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5614
OUTSIDE HANDLE................................................................................................................................5614
OUTSIDE HANDLEExploded View...............................................................................................................5614
OUTSIDE HANDLERemoval and Installation....................................................................................................5614
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5614
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5616
BACK DOOR LOCK....................................................................................................................................5617
DOOR LOCK.....................................................................................................................................5617
DOOR LOCKExploded View....................................................................................................................5617
DOOR LOCKRemoval and Installation.........................................................................................................5617
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5617
INSTALLTION...........................................................................................................................5617
FUEL FILLER LID OPENER............................................................................................................................5618
FUEL FILLER LID...............................................................................................................................5618
FUEL FILLER LIDExploded View..............................................................................................................5618
FUEL FILLER LIDRemoval and Installation...................................................................................................5618
REMOVAL ..............................................................................................................................5618
INSTALLATION .........................................................................................................................5618
FUEL FILLER OPENER CABLE......................................................................................................................5618
FUEL FILLER OPENER CABLEExploded View.....................................................................................................5619
FUEL FILLER OPENER CABLERemoval and Installation..........................................................................................5619
REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................5619
INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................5620
DOOR SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................5621
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5621
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5621
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5621
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5621
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH...........................................................................................................................5622
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5622
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5622
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5622
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5622
KEYFOB BATTERY....................................................................................................................................5623
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5623
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5623
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5623
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5623
34-Security Control System.pdf....................................................................................................................................5624
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................5624
WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................5629
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................5629
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................5629
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................5629
OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................5629
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................5629
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.........................................................................................................................5632
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................5632
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITDescription.................................................................................5632
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITSpecial Repair Requirement..................................................................5632
ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION.................................................................................................................5632
ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTIONDescription..................................................................................................5632
ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTIONSpecial Repair Requirement...................................................................................5632
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................5633
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION......................................................................................................5633
System Diagram................................................................................................................................5633
System Description............................................................................................................................5633
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.................................................................................................................5633
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .......................................................................................................................5633
PRECAUTIONS FOR INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM....................................................................................................5634
OPERATION WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS CARRIED.................................................................................................5634
OPERATION RANGE...........................................................................................................................5634
OPERATION WHEN MECHANICAL KEY IS USED.....................................................................................................5634
STEERING LOCK OPERATION...................................................................................................................5634
KEY INTERLOCK OPERATION (ONLY FOR MT MODELS)..............................................................................................5634
LOCK condition........................................................................................................................5634
UNLOCK condition......................................................................................................................5635
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................5635
Component Description.........................................................................................................................5637
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)...................................................................................................................5638
System Diagram................................................................................................................................5638
System Description............................................................................................................................5638
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.................................................................................................................5638
Intelligent Key Unit..................................................................................................................5638
BCM...................................................................................................................................5638
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................5638
PRECAUTIONS FOR KEY REGISTRATION..........................................................................................................5639
SECURITY INDICATOR........................................................................................................................5639
MAINTENANCE INFORMATION...................................................................................................................5639
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................5640
Component Description.........................................................................................................................5642
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM...........................................................................................................................5643
System Diagram................................................................................................................................5643
System Description............................................................................................................................5643
DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................5643
OPERATION FLOW............................................................................................................................5643
Disarmed Phase........................................................................................................................5644
Pre-Armed Phase And Armed Phase.......................................................................................................5644
Condition of Activating The System....................................................................................................5644
Condition of Deactivating The System..................................................................................................5644
SIREN CONTROL UNIT .......................................................................................................................5644
Ultra Sonic Sensor Function...........................................................................................................5644
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................5645
Component Description.........................................................................................................................5646
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)............................................................................................................................5647
COMMON ITEM...................................................................................................................................5647
COMMON ITEMCONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM).......................................................................................5647
APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................5647
SYSTEM APPLICATION....................................................................................................................5647
IMMU..........................................................................................................................................5647
IMMUCONSULT-III Function (BCM - IMMU).....................................................................................................5647
APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................5647
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................5648
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................5648
THEFT ALM.....................................................................................................................................5648
THEFT ALMCONSULT-III Function (BCM - THEFT ALM)...........................................................................................5648
APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................5648
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................5648
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................5649
WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................5649
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT)...........................................................................................................5650
CONSULT-III Function (INTELLIGENT KEY)........................................................................................................5650
APPLICATION ITEM..........................................................................................................................5650
WORK SUPPORT..............................................................................................................................5650
SELF-DIAG RESULT..........................................................................................................................5650
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................5650
ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................5651
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SIREN CONTROL UNIT).............................................................................................................5653
Diagnosis Description.........................................................................................................................5653
SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE.......................................................................................................................5653
OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................5653
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT.....................................................................................................................5653
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT TABLE...............................................................................................................5653
Alarm data............................................................................................................................5653
Malfunctioning part ..................................................................................................................5653
Self-diagnosis result examples........................................................................................................5654
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................5656
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................5656
Description...................................................................................................................................5656
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5656
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5656
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5656
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)..........................................................................................................................5657
Description...................................................................................................................................5657
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5657
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5657
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5657
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................5657
P1610 LOCK MODE...................................................................................................................................5658
Description...................................................................................................................................5658
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5658
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5658
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5658
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5658
P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM........................................................................................................................5659
Description...................................................................................................................................5659
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5659
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5659
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5659
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5659
P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU...........................................................................................................................5661
Description...................................................................................................................................5661
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5661
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5661
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5661
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5661
P1614 CHANIN OF IMMU-KEY..........................................................................................................................5662
Description...................................................................................................................................5662
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5662
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5662
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5662
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5662
P1615 DIFFRENCE OF KEY............................................................................................................................5664
Description...................................................................................................................................5664
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5664
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5664
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5664
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5664
P1616 ECM.........................................................................................................................................5665
Description...................................................................................................................................5665
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5665
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5665
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5665
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5665
B2013 ID DISCORD I-KEY-STRG.......................................................................................................................5666
Description...................................................................................................................................5666
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5666
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5666
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5666
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5666
B2190 NATS ANTENNA AMP............................................................................................................................5668
Description...................................................................................................................................5668
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5668
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5668
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5668
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5668
B2191 DIFFERENCE OF KEY...........................................................................................................................5670
Description...................................................................................................................................5670
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5670
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5670
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5670
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5670
B2192 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM........................................................................................................................5671
Description...................................................................................................................................5671
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5671
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5671
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5671
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5671
B2193 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU...........................................................................................................................5673
Description...................................................................................................................................5673
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5673
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5673
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5673
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5673
B2194 ID DISCORD IMMU-I-KEY.......................................................................................................................5674
Description...................................................................................................................................5674
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5674
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5674
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5674
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5674
B2195 ANTI-SCANNING...............................................................................................................................5675
Description...................................................................................................................................5675
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5675
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5675
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5675
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5675
B2196 DONGLE NG...................................................................................................................................5676
Description...................................................................................................................................5676
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5676
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5676
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5676
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5676
B2552 INTELLIGENT KEY.............................................................................................................................5677
Description...................................................................................................................................5677
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5677
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5677
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5677
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5677
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................5677
B2590 ID DISCORD BCM-I-KEY........................................................................................................................5678
Description...................................................................................................................................5678
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5678
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5678
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5678
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5678
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................5679
INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT..........................................................................................................................5679
INTELLIGENT KEY UNITDiagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................5679
INTELLIGENT KEY UNITSpecial Repair Requirement............................................................................................5679
SIREN CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................................5679
SIREN CONTROL UNITDiagnosis Procedure.....................................................................................................5679
SIREN.........................................................................................................................................5680
SIRENDiagnosis Procedure..................................................................................................................5680
BCM...........................................................................................................................................5680
BCMDiagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................5681
KEY SWITCH........................................................................................................................................5682
Description...................................................................................................................................5682
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5682
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5682
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................5683
COMPONENT INSPECTION......................................................................................................................5683
IGNITION KNOB SWITCH..............................................................................................................................5684
Description...................................................................................................................................5684
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5684
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5684
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................5685
STOP LAMP SWITCH..................................................................................................................................5686
Description...................................................................................................................................5686
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5686
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5686
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................5687
HOOD SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................5688
Description...................................................................................................................................5688
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5688
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5688
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................5689
VEHICLE SECURITY INDICATOR........................................................................................................................5690
Description...................................................................................................................................5690
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5690
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5690
ULTRA SONIC SENSOR................................................................................................................................5692
Description...................................................................................................................................5692
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5692
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5692
ECU DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................5694
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).........................................................................................................................5694
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................5694
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................5694
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................5698
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................5698
Wiring Diagram - INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION -...............................................................................5710
Wiring Diagram - THEFT WARNING SYSTEM -.......................................................................................................5715
Wiring Diagram - NATS -.......................................................................................................................5722
Fail Safe.....................................................................................................................................5726
Fail-safe index...........................................................................................................................5726
REAR WIPER CONTROL........................................................................................................................5727
TURN SIGNAL LAMP CONTROL..................................................................................................................5727
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION........................................................................................5727
Auto Light Control....................................................................................................................5727
Front Wiper Control...................................................................................................................5727
DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................5728
DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................5728
INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT..............................................................................................................................5729
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................5729
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................5729
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................5730
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................5730
Wiring Diagram - INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION -...............................................................................5736
Wiring Diagram - THEFT WARNING SYSTEM -.......................................................................................................5741
Wiring Diagram - NATS -.......................................................................................................................5748
Fail Safe.....................................................................................................................................5753
DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................5753
DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................5753
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)......................................................................................5754
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................5754
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................5754
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................5756
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................5756
Wiring Diagram - INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION -...............................................................................5760
Wiring Diagram - THEFT WARNING SYSTEM -.......................................................................................................5765
Wiring Diagram - NATS -.......................................................................................................................5772
Fail Safe.....................................................................................................................................5776
CAN communication control.................................................................................................................5776
If no CAN communication is available with ECM.........................................................................................5776
If no CAN communication is available with BCM.........................................................................................5777
Ignition relay malfunction detection function.............................................................................................5777
Front wiper control.......................................................................................................................5777
DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................5778
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................5779
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION SYMPTOMS.............................................................................................5779
Symptom Table.................................................................................................................................5779
CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)..............................................................................................5779
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM SYMPTOMS..................................................................................................................5780
Symptom Table.................................................................................................................................5780
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM) SYMPTOMS..........................................................................................................5781
Symptom Table.................................................................................................................................5781
CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)..............................................................................................5781
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................5782
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................5782
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................5782
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.....................................................................5782
OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................5782
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................5783
PRE-INSPECTION FOR DIAGNOSTIC.....................................................................................................................5783
Basic Inspection..............................................................................................................................5783
Vehicle Security Operation Check..............................................................................................................5783
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................5785
NATS ANTENNA AMP..................................................................................................................................5785
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5785
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5785
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5785
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5785
SIREN.............................................................................................................................................5786
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5786
SIREN.....................................................................................................................................5786
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5786
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5786
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5786
SIREN CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................................................5787
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5787
SIREN CONTROL UNIT........................................................................................................................5787
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5787
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5787
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5787
ULTRA SONIC SENSOR................................................................................................................................5788
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5788
ULTRA SONIC SENSOR........................................................................................................................5788
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5788
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5788
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5788
HOOD SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................5789
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5789
HOOD SWITCH...............................................................................................................................5789
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5789
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5789
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5789
WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM............................................................................................................................5790
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................5790
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................5790
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................5790
OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................5790
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................5790
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.........................................................................................................................5793
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................5793
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITDescription.................................................................................5793
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITSpecial Repair Requirement..................................................................5793
ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION.................................................................................................................5793
ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTIONDescription..................................................................................................5793
ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTIONSpecial Repair Requirement...................................................................................5793
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................5794
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)...................................................................................................................5794
System Diagram................................................................................................................................5794
System Description............................................................................................................................5794
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.................................................................................................................5794
BCM...................................................................................................................................5794
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................5794
PRECAUTIONS FOR KEY REGISTRATION..........................................................................................................5795
SECURITY INDICATOR........................................................................................................................5795
MAINTENANCE INFORMATION...................................................................................................................5795
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................5796
Component Description.........................................................................................................................5797
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM...........................................................................................................................5798
System Diagram................................................................................................................................5798
System Description............................................................................................................................5798
DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................5798
OPERATION FLOW............................................................................................................................5798
Disarmed Phase........................................................................................................................5799
Pre-Armed Phase And Armed Phase.......................................................................................................5799
Condition of Activating The System....................................................................................................5799
Condition of Deactivating The System..................................................................................................5799
SIREN CONTROL UNIT .......................................................................................................................5799
Ultra Sonic Sensor Function...........................................................................................................5799
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................5800
Component Description.........................................................................................................................5801
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)............................................................................................................................5802
COMMON ITEM...................................................................................................................................5802
COMMON ITEMCONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM).......................................................................................5802
APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................5802
SYSTEM APPLICATION....................................................................................................................5802
IMMU..........................................................................................................................................5802
IMMUCONSULT-III Function (BCM - IMMU).....................................................................................................5802
APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................5802
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................5803
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................5803
THEFT ALM.....................................................................................................................................5803
THEFT ALMCONSULT-III Function (BCM - THEFT ALM)...........................................................................................5803
APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................5803
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................5803
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................5804
WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................5804
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SIREN CONTROL UNIT).............................................................................................................5805
Diagnosis Description.........................................................................................................................5805
SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE.......................................................................................................................5805
OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................5805
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT.....................................................................................................................5805
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT TABLE...............................................................................................................5805
Alarm data............................................................................................................................5805
Malfunctioning part ..................................................................................................................5805
Self-diagnosis result examples........................................................................................................5806
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................5808
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................5808
Description...................................................................................................................................5808
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5808
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5808
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5808
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)..........................................................................................................................5809
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5809
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5809
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5809
Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................5809
P1610 LOCK MODE...................................................................................................................................5810
Description...................................................................................................................................5810
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5810
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5810
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5810
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5810
P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM........................................................................................................................5811
Description...................................................................................................................................5811
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5811
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5811
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5811
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5811
P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU...........................................................................................................................5812
Description...................................................................................................................................5812
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5812
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5812
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5812
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5812
P1614 CHANIN OF IMMU-KEY..........................................................................................................................5813
Description...................................................................................................................................5813
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5813
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5813
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5813
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5813
P1615 DIFFRENCE OF KEY............................................................................................................................5815
Description...................................................................................................................................5815
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5815
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5815
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5815
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5815
P1616 ECM.........................................................................................................................................5816
Description...................................................................................................................................5816
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5816
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5816
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5816
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5816
B2190 NATS ANTENNA AMP............................................................................................................................5817
Description...................................................................................................................................5817
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5817
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5817
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5817
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5817
B2191 DIFFERENCE OF KEY...........................................................................................................................5819
Description...................................................................................................................................5819
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5819
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5819
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5819
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5819
B2192 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM........................................................................................................................5820
Description...................................................................................................................................5820
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5820
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5820
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5820
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5820
B2193 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU...........................................................................................................................5822
Description...................................................................................................................................5822
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5822
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5822
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5822
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5822
B2195 ANTI-SCANNING...............................................................................................................................5823
Description...................................................................................................................................5823
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5823
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5823
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5823
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5823
B2196 DONGLE NG...................................................................................................................................5824
Description...................................................................................................................................5824
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................5824
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................5824
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................5824
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5824
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................5825
SIREN CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................................5825
SIREN CONTROL UNITDiagnosis Procedure.....................................................................................................5825
SIREN.........................................................................................................................................5825
SIRENDiagnosis Procedure..................................................................................................................5825
BCM...........................................................................................................................................5826
BCMDiagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................5826
KEY SWITCH........................................................................................................................................5827
Description...................................................................................................................................5827
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5827
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5827
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................5828
COMPONENT INSPECTION......................................................................................................................5828
HOOD SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................5829
Description...................................................................................................................................5829
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5829
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5829
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................5830
VEHICLE SECURITY INDICATOR........................................................................................................................5831
Description...................................................................................................................................5831
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5831
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5831
ULTRA SONIC SENSOR................................................................................................................................5833
Description...................................................................................................................................5833
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................5833
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................5833
ECU DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................5835
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).........................................................................................................................5835
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................5835
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................5835
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................5839
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................5839
Wiring Diagram - THEFT WARNING SYSTEM -.......................................................................................................5851
Wiring Diagram - NATS -.......................................................................................................................5858
Fail Safe.....................................................................................................................................5862
Fail-safe index...........................................................................................................................5862
REAR WIPER CONTROL........................................................................................................................5863
TURN SIGNAL LAMP CONTROL..................................................................................................................5863
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION........................................................................................5863
Auto Light Control....................................................................................................................5863
Front Wiper Control...................................................................................................................5863
DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................5864
DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................5864
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)......................................................................................5865
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................5865
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................5865
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................5867
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................5867
Wiring Diagram - THEFT WARNING SYSTEM -.......................................................................................................5871
Wiring Diagram - NATS -.......................................................................................................................5878
Fail Safe.....................................................................................................................................5882
CAN communication control.................................................................................................................5882
If no CAN communication is available with ECM.........................................................................................5882
If no CAN communication is available with BCM.........................................................................................5883
Ignition relay malfunction detection function.............................................................................................5883
Front wiper control.......................................................................................................................5883
DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................5884
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................5885
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM SYMPTOMS..................................................................................................................5885
Symptom Table.................................................................................................................................5885
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM) SYMPTOMS..........................................................................................................5886
Symptom Table.................................................................................................................................5886
CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)..............................................................................................5886
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................5887
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................5887
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................5887
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................5888
PRE-INSPECTION FOR DIAGNOSTIC.....................................................................................................................5888
Basic Inspection..............................................................................................................................5888
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................5889
NATS ANTENNA AMP..................................................................................................................................5889
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5889
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5889
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5889
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5889
SIREN.............................................................................................................................................5890
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5890
SIREN.....................................................................................................................................5890
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5890
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5890
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5890
SIREN CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................................................5891
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5891
SIREN CONTROL UNIT........................................................................................................................5891
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5891
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5891
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5891
ULTRA SONIC SENSOR................................................................................................................................5892
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5892
ULTRA SONIC SENSOR........................................................................................................................5892
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5892
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5892
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5892
HOOD SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................5893
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................5893
HOOD SWITCH...............................................................................................................................5893
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................5893
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................5893
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................5893
35-Glass and Window System.pdf....................................................................................................................................5894
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
GLASS & WINDOW SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................................5894
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................5895
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...................................................................................................................5895
Work Flow.........................................................................................................................................5895
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW............................................................................................................................5895
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE............................................................................................................5895
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..................................................................................................5896
REPAIR THE CAUSE .............................................................................................................................5896
CONFIRM THE REPAIR............................................................................................................................5896
Inspection Procedure..............................................................................................................................5897
INSTRUMENT PANEL..............................................................................................................................5897
CENTER CONSOLE................................................................................................................................5897
DOORS.........................................................................................................................................5897
TRUNK.........................................................................................................................................5897
SUNROOF/HEADLINING............................................................................................................................5897
SEATS.........................................................................................................................................5898
UNDERHOOD.....................................................................................................................................5898
Diagnostic Worksheet..............................................................................................................................5899
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................5901
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................5901
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...................................................................................................5901
Handling for Adhesive and Primer..................................................................................................................5901
PREPARATION...............................................................................................................................................5902
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................5902
Commercial Service Tools..........................................................................................................................5902
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................5903
WINDSHIELD GLASS......................................................................................................................................5903
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................5903
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................5904
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................5904
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................5904
Inspection........................................................................................................................................5905
Repairing Water Leakage for Windshield........................................................................................................5905
SUNROOF...............................................................................................................................................5906
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................5906
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................5907
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................5907
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................5907
SIDE WINDOW GLASS.....................................................................................................................................5908
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................5908
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................5908
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................5908
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................5909
Repairing Water Leaks.....................................................................................................................5909
BACK DOOR WINDOW GLASS................................................................................................................................5910
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................5910
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................5910
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................5910
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................5911
Inspection........................................................................................................................................5911
REPAIRING WATER LEAKAGE.......................................................................................................................5911
FRONT DOOR GLASS......................................................................................................................................5912
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................5912
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................5912
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................5912
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................5913
Inspection and Adjustment.........................................................................................................................5913
SYSTEM INITIALIZATION OF ANTI - PINCH SYSTEM (DRIVERS DOOR ONLY)..............................................................................5913
Initialization Procedure..................................................................................................................5913
INSPECT THE FUNCTION OF THE ANTI-PINCH SYSTEM (DRIVERS DOOR ONLY).............................................................................5913
FITTING INSPECTION............................................................................................................................5913
FRONT REGULATOR.......................................................................................................................................5915
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................5915
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................5915
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................5915
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................5916
Inspection and Installation.......................................................................................................................5916
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL......................................................................................................................5916
SYSTEM INITIALIZATION OF ANTI - PINCH SYSTEM (DRIVERS DOOR ONLY)..............................................................................5916
Initialization Procedure..................................................................................................................5916
INSPECT THE FUNCTION OF THE ANTI-PINCH SYSTEM (DRIVERS DOOR ONLY).............................................................................5916
FITTING INSPECTION............................................................................................................................5917
REAR DOOR GLASS.......................................................................................................................................5918
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................5918
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................5918
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................5918
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................5919
Inspection and Adjustment.........................................................................................................................5919
FITTING INSPECTION............................................................................................................................5919
REAR REGULATOR........................................................................................................................................5920
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................5920
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................5920
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................5920
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................5921
Inspection and Adjustment.........................................................................................................................5921
Inspection after Removal......................................................................................................................5921
FITTING INSPECTION............................................................................................................................5921
36-Power Window Control System.pdf................................................................................................................................5922
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
POWER WINDOW CONTROL SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................5922
BASIC INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................................5924
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.........................................................................................................................5924
WorkFlow..........................................................................................................................................5924
DETAILED FLOW.................................................................................................................................5924
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.............................................................................................................................5925
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL........................................................................................5925
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINALDescription.........................................................................5925
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINALSpecial Repair Requirement..........................................................5925
INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................5925
CHECK ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION.................................................................................................................5925
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT....................................................................................................5925
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITDescription.....................................................................................5925
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITSpecial Repair Requirement......................................................................5925
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS........................................................................................................................................5926
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................5926
System Diagram....................................................................................................................................5926
System Description................................................................................................................................5926
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH......................................................................................................................5926
FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) & REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH (LH & RH) ..............................................................5926
POWER WINDOW OPERATION........................................................................................................................5927
POWER WINDOW AUTO-OPERATION (FRONT DRIVER SIDE)...............................................................................................5927
POWER WINDOW LOCK.............................................................................................................................5927
ANTI-PINCH OPERATION (FRONT DRIVER SIDE)......................................................................................................5927
Component Parts Location..........................................................................................................................5928
Component Description.............................................................................................................................5928
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS.......................................................................................................................................5929
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................5929
BCM...............................................................................................................................................5929
BCMDiagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................5929
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH..........................................................................................................................5929
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCHDiagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................5929
FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE)........................................................................................................5931
FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE)Diagnosis Procedure.................................................................................5931
REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH..........................................................................................................................5931
REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCHDiagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................5931
FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE)............................................................................................................5933
Description.......................................................................................................................................5933
Component Function Check..........................................................................................................................5933
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................5933
Component Inspection..............................................................................................................................5934
REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH .............................................................................................................................5935
Description.......................................................................................................................................5935
Component Function Check..........................................................................................................................5935
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................5935
Component Inspection..............................................................................................................................5936
POWER WINDOW MOTOR....................................................................................................................................5938
DRIVER SIDE.......................................................................................................................................5938
DRIVER SIDEDescription........................................................................................................................5938
DRIVER SIDEComponent Function Check...........................................................................................................5938
DRIVER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................5938
DRIVER SIDEComponent Inspection...............................................................................................................5939
PASSENGER SIDE....................................................................................................................................5939
PASSENGER SIDEDescription.....................................................................................................................5939
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Function Check........................................................................................................5939
PASSENGER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................5940
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Inspection............................................................................................................5941
REAR LH...........................................................................................................................................5941
REAR LHDescription............................................................................................................................5941
REAR LHComponent Function Check...............................................................................................................5941
REAR LHDiagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................5941
REAR LHComponent Inspection...................................................................................................................5942
COMPONENT INSPECTION......................................................................................................................5942
REAR RH...........................................................................................................................................5942
REAR RHDescription............................................................................................................................5943
REAR RHComponent Function Check...............................................................................................................5943
REAR RHDiagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................5943
REAR RHComponent Inspection...................................................................................................................5944
COMPONENT INSPECTION......................................................................................................................5944
ENCODER CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5945
Description.......................................................................................................................................5945
Component Function Check..........................................................................................................................5945
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................5945
Encoder Circuit Check.........................................................................................................................5945
ECU DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5948
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).............................................................................................................................5948
Reference Value...................................................................................................................................5948
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..................................................................................................................5948
TERMINAL LAYOUT...............................................................................................................................5952
PHYSICAL VALUES...............................................................................................................................5952
Wiring Diagram - POWER WINDOW CONTROL SYSTEM (LHD MODELS) -.......................................................................................5964
Wiring Diagram - POWER WINDOW CONTROL SYSTEM (RHD MODELS) -.......................................................................................5969
Fail Safe.........................................................................................................................................5973
Fail-safe index...............................................................................................................................5973
REAR WIPER CONTROL............................................................................................................................5974
TURN SIGNAL LAMP CONTROL......................................................................................................................5974
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION............................................................................................5974
Auto Light Control........................................................................................................................5974
Front Wiper Control.......................................................................................................................5974
DTC Inspection Priority Chart.....................................................................................................................5975
DTC Index.........................................................................................................................................5975
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH..............................................................................................................................5976
Reference Value ..................................................................................................................................5976
TERMINAL LAYOUT...............................................................................................................................5976
PHYSICAL VALUES...............................................................................................................................5976
Wiring Diagram - POWER WINDOW CONTROL SYSTEM (LHD MODELS) -.......................................................................................5978
Wiring Diagram - POWER WINDOW CONTROL SYSTEM (RHD MODELS) -.......................................................................................5983
Fail Safe.........................................................................................................................................5987
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL.............................................................................................................................5987
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................5989
NONE OF THE POWER WINDOWS CAN BE OPERATED USING ANY SWITCH............................................................................................5989
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................5989
DRIVER SIDE POWER WINDOW DOES NOT OPERATE.............................................................................................................5990
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................5990
FRONT PASSENGER SIDE POWER WINDOW DOES NOT OPERATE....................................................................................................5991
WITH BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND FRONT PASSENGER SIDE POWER WINDOW SWITCH...................................................................5991
WITH BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND FRONT PASSENGER SIDE POWER WINDOW SWITCHDiagnosis Procedure............................................5991
WITH FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH ONLY...............................................................................................................5991
WITH FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH ONLYDiagnosis Procedure........................................................................................5991
REAR LH SIDE POWER WINDOW DOES NOT OPERATE............................................................................................................5992
WITH BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH................................................................................5992
WITH BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LHDiagnosis Procedure.........................................................5992
WITH REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH ONLY.............................................................................................................5992
WITH REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH ONLYDiagnosis Procedure......................................................................................5992
REAR RH SIDE POWER WINDOW DOES NOT OPERATE............................................................................................................5993
WITH BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH................................................................................5993
WITH BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RHDiagnosis Procedure.........................................................5993
WITH REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH ONLY.............................................................................................................5993
WITH REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH ONLYDiagnosis Procedure......................................................................................5993
ANTI-PINCH SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE NORMALLY (DRIVER SIDE).............................................................................................5994
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................5994
AUTO OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE BUT MANUAL OPERATE NORMALLY (DRIVER SIDE).............................................................................5995
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................5995
POWER WINDOW LOCK SWITCH DOES NOT FUNCTION............................................................................................................5996
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................5996
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH ILLUMINATION DOES NOT ILLUMINATE.............................................................................................5997
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................5997
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................5998
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................5998
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"........................................................5998
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................5999
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH..............................................................................................................................5999
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................5999
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................5999
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................5999
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................5999
37-Roof.pdf.......................................................................................................................................................6000
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
ROOF..........................................................................................................................................................6000
BASIC INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................................6002
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.........................................................................................................................6002
WorkFlow..........................................................................................................................................6002
DETAILED FLOW.................................................................................................................................6002
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.............................................................................................................................6003
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL........................................................................................6003
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINALDescription.........................................................................6003
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINALSpecial Repair Requirement..........................................................6003
INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................6003
ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION.......................................................................................................................6003
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT....................................................................................................6003
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITDescription.....................................................................................6003
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITSpecial Repair Requirement......................................................................6003
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS........................................................................................................................................6004
SUNSHADE SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................6004
System Diagram....................................................................................................................................6004
SUNSHADE SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................6004
System Description................................................................................................................................6004
SUNSHADE SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................6004
SUNSHADE OPERATION............................................................................................................................6004
AUTO OPERATION................................................................................................................................6004
ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION...........................................................................................................................6004
Component Parts Location..........................................................................................................................6005
Component Description.............................................................................................................................6005
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS.......................................................................................................................................6006
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................6006
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).........................................................................................................................6006
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)Diagnosis Procedure..................................................................................................6006
SUNSHADE MOTOR ASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................6006
SUNSHADE MOTOR ASSEMBLYDescription............................................................................................................6007
SUNSHADE MOTOR ASSEMBLYComponent Function Check...............................................................................................6007
SUNSHADE MOTOR ASSEMBLYDiagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................6007
SUNSHADE MOTOR ASSEMBLY...................................................................................................................6007
SUNSHADE MOTOR ASSEMBLYSpecial Repair Requirement.............................................................................................6008
SUNSHADE SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................6009
Description.......................................................................................................................................6009
Component Function Check..........................................................................................................................6009
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6009
Component Inspection..............................................................................................................................6010
ECU DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................6011
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).............................................................................................................................6011
Reference Value...................................................................................................................................6011
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..................................................................................................................6011
TERMINAL LAYOUT...............................................................................................................................6015
PHYSICAL VALUES...............................................................................................................................6015
Wiring Diagram - SUNSHADE CONTROL SYSTEM -........................................................................................................6027
Fail Safe.........................................................................................................................................6029
Fail-safe index...............................................................................................................................6029
REAR WIPER CONTROL............................................................................................................................6030
TURN SIGNAL LAMP CONTROL......................................................................................................................6030
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION............................................................................................6030
Auto Light Control........................................................................................................................6030
Front Wiper Control.......................................................................................................................6030
DTC Inspection Priority Chart.....................................................................................................................6031
DTC Index.........................................................................................................................................6031
SUNSHADE MOTOR ASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................6032
Reference Value...................................................................................................................................6032
TERMINAL LAYOUT...............................................................................................................................6032
PHYSICAL VALUES...............................................................................................................................6032
Wiring Diagram - SUNSHADE CONTROL SYSTEM -........................................................................................................6033
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................6036
SUNSHADE DOES NOT OPEN AND CLOSE......................................................................................................................6036
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6036
SUNSHADE DOES NOT OPEN................................................................................................................................6037
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6037
SUNSHADE DOES NOT CLOSE...............................................................................................................................6038
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6038
AUTO FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE........................................................................................................................6039
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6039
ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE..................................................................................................................6040
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6040
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................6041
Work Flow.........................................................................................................................................6041
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW............................................................................................................................6041
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE............................................................................................................6041
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..................................................................................................6042
REPAIR THE CAUSE .............................................................................................................................6042
CONFIRM THE REPAIR............................................................................................................................6042
Inspection Procedure..............................................................................................................................6043
INSTRUMENT PANEL..............................................................................................................................6043
CENTER CONSOLE................................................................................................................................6043
DOORS.........................................................................................................................................6043
TRUNK.........................................................................................................................................6043
SUNROOF/HEADLINING............................................................................................................................6043
SEATS.........................................................................................................................................6044
UNDERHOOD.....................................................................................................................................6044
Diagnostic Worksheet..............................................................................................................................6045
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................6047
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................6047
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"........................................................6047
Service Notice....................................................................................................................................6047
Precaution for Work...............................................................................................................................6047
PREPARATION...............................................................................................................................................6048
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................6048
Commercial Service Tool...........................................................................................................................6048
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE....................................................................................................................................6049
PRE-INSPECTION FOR DIAGNOSTIC.........................................................................................................................6049
Basic Inspection..................................................................................................................................6049
BASIC INSPECTION..............................................................................................................................6049
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................6050
SUNSHADE MOTOR ASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................6050
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6050
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6050
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6050
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6051
SUNSHADE UNIT ASSEMBLY................................................................................................................................6052
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6052
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6052
DIASSEMBLY....................................................................................................................................6052
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6053
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6053
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6054
Disassembly and Assembly..........................................................................................................................6054
DISASSEMBLY...................................................................................................................................6054
ASSEMBLY......................................................................................................................................6054
SUNSHADE..............................................................................................................................................6055
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6055
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6055
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6055
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6056
SUNSHADE SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................6057
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6057
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6057
Removal.......................................................................................................................................6057
Installation..................................................................................................................................6057
38-Exterior.pdf...................................................................................................................................................6058
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
EXTERIOR......................................................................................................................................................6058
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................6059
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...................................................................................................................6059
Work Flow.........................................................................................................................................6059
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW............................................................................................................................6059
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE............................................................................................................6059
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..................................................................................................6060
REPAIR THE CAUSE .............................................................................................................................6060
CONFIRM THE REPAIR............................................................................................................................6060
Inspection Procedure..............................................................................................................................6061
INSTRUMENT PANEL..............................................................................................................................6061
CENTER CONSOLE................................................................................................................................6061
DOORS.........................................................................................................................................6061
TRUNK.........................................................................................................................................6061
SUNROOF/HEADLINING............................................................................................................................6061
SEATS.........................................................................................................................................6062
UNDERHOOD.....................................................................................................................................6062
Diagnostic Worksheet..............................................................................................................................6063
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................6065
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................6065
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"........................................................6065
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect.........................................................................6065
OPERATION PROCEDURE...........................................................................................................................6065
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...................................................................................................6066
Precaution for Work...............................................................................................................................6066
PREPARATION...............................................................................................................................................6067
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................6067
Commercial Service Tools..........................................................................................................................6067
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................6068
FRONT BUMPER..........................................................................................................................................6068
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6068
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6068
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6068
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6070
REAR BUMPER...........................................................................................................................................6071
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6071
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6072
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6072
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6073
FRONT GRILLE..........................................................................................................................................6074
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6074
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6074
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6074
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6075
COWL TOP..............................................................................................................................................6076
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6076
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6076
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6076
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6077
FENDER PROTECTOR......................................................................................................................................6078
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6078
FENDER PROTECTOR .............................................................................................................................6078
REAR WHEEL HOUSE PROTECTOR ...................................................................................................................6078
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6079
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6079
FRONT FENDER PROTECTOR....................................................................................................................6079
REAR WHEEL HOUSE PROTECTOR................................................................................................................6079
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6079
FILLET MOLDING........................................................................................................................................6080
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6080
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6080
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6080
FRONT FILLET MOLDING......................................................................................................................6080
REAR FILLET MOLDING.......................................................................................................................6080
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6080
ROOF SIDE MOLDING.....................................................................................................................................6081
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6081
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6081
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6081
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6081
DOOR SASH MOLDING.....................................................................................................................................6082
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6082
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6082
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6082
REAR DOOR SASH MOLDING....................................................................................................................6082
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6082
DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING..................................................................................................................................6083
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6083
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6083
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6083
FRONT DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING................................................................................................................6083
REAR DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING.................................................................................................................6083
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6084
DOOR OUTSIDE LOWER MOLDING............................................................................................................................6085
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6085
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6085
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6085
FRONT DOOR OUTSIDE LOWER MOLDING..........................................................................................................6085
REAR DOOR OUTSIDE LOWER MOLDING...........................................................................................................6085
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6085
DOOR PARTING SEAL.....................................................................................................................................6086
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6086
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6086
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6086
FRONT DOOR PARTING SEAL...................................................................................................................6086
REAR DOOR PARTING SEAL....................................................................................................................6086
REAR DOOR SIDE PARTING SEAL...............................................................................................................6086
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6087
BACK DOOR FINISHER....................................................................................................................................6088
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6088
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6088
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6088
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6088
39-Mirrors.pdf....................................................................................................................................................6089
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
MIRRORS.......................................................................................................................................................6089
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS........................................................................................................................................6090
DOOR MIRROR SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................6090
Component Description.............................................................................................................................6090
INSIDE MIRROR SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................6091
System Description................................................................................................................................6091
Component Description.............................................................................................................................6091
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS.......................................................................................................................................6092
DOOR MIRROR...........................................................................................................................................6092
Wiring Diagram - DOOR MIRROR SYSTEM (LHD MODELS) -................................................................................................6092
Wiring Diagram - DOOR MIRROR SYSTEM (RHD MODELS) -................................................................................................6094
AUTO ANTI-DAZZLING INSIDE MIRROR SYSTEM...............................................................................................................6096
Wiring Diagram - INSIDE MIRROR SYSTEM -...........................................................................................................6096
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................6098
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................6098
Work Flow.........................................................................................................................................6098
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW............................................................................................................................6098
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE............................................................................................................6098
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..................................................................................................6099
REPAIR THE CAUSE .............................................................................................................................6099
CONFIRM THE REPAIR............................................................................................................................6099
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting.........................................................................................................6100
INSTRUMENT PANEL..............................................................................................................................6100
CENTER CONSOLE................................................................................................................................6100
DOORS.........................................................................................................................................6100
TRUNK.........................................................................................................................................6100
SUNROOF/HEADLINING............................................................................................................................6100
SEATS.........................................................................................................................................6101
UNDERHOOD.....................................................................................................................................6101
Diagnostic Worksheet..............................................................................................................................6102
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................6104
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................6104
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER".......................................................................6104
PREPARATION...............................................................................................................................................6105
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................6105
Commercial Service Tools..........................................................................................................................6105
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................6106
INSIDE MIRROR.........................................................................................................................................6106
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6106
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6106
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6106
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6106
DOOR MIRROR...........................................................................................................................................6107
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6107
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6107
DISASSEMBLY...................................................................................................................................6107
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6108
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6108
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6108
Disassembly and Assembly..........................................................................................................................6108
DISASSEMBLY...................................................................................................................................6108
ASSEMBLY......................................................................................................................................6109
DOOR MIRROR REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH.....................................................................................................................6110
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6110
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6110
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6110
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6110
40-Exterior Lighting System.pdf...................................................................................................................................6111
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................6111
XENON TYPE................................................................................................................................................6117
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................6117
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................6117
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................6117
OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................6117
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................6117
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.........................................................................................................................6119
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................6119
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITDescription.................................................................................6119
BEFORE REPLACEMENT....................................................................................................................6119
AFTER REPLACEMENT.....................................................................................................................6119
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITSpecial Repair Requirement..................................................................6119
CONFIGURATION (HEADLAMP LEVELIZER)............................................................................................................6119
CONFIGURATION (HEADLAMP LEVELIZER)Description.............................................................................................6120
CONFIGURATION (HEADLAMP LEVELIZER)Special Repair Requirement..............................................................................6120
SENSOR INITIALIZE.............................................................................................................................6120
SENSOR INITIALIZEDescription..............................................................................................................6121
HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM........................................................................................................6121
SENSOR INITIALIZESpecial Repair Requirement...............................................................................................6121
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................6122
HEADLAMP SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................6122
System Diagram................................................................................................................................6122
System Description............................................................................................................................6122
OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................6122
HEADLAMP (LO) OPERATION ..................................................................................................................6122
HEADLAMP (HI) OPERATION...................................................................................................................6122
FOLLOW ME HOME FUNCTION...................................................................................................................6122
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................6123
Component Description.........................................................................................................................6123
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM......................................................................................................................6124
System Diagram................................................................................................................................6124
System Description............................................................................................................................6124
OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................6124
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATION ..........................................................................................................6124
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................6125
Component Description.........................................................................................................................6125
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................6126
System Diagram................................................................................................................................6126
System Description............................................................................................................................6126
OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................6126
AUTO LIGHT FUNCTION.......................................................................................................................6126
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................6127
Component Description.........................................................................................................................6127
FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................6128
System Diagram................................................................................................................................6128
System Description............................................................................................................................6128
OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................6128
FRONT FOG LAMP OPERATION .................................................................................................................6128
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................6129
Component Description.........................................................................................................................6129
HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (AUTO).............................................................................................................6130
System Diagram................................................................................................................................6130
System Description............................................................................................................................6130
OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................6130
HEADLAMP AUTO AIMING OPERATION............................................................................................................6130
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................6131
Component Description.........................................................................................................................6131
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP SYSTEM........................................................................................................6132
System Diagram................................................................................................................................6132
System Description............................................................................................................................6132
OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................6132
TURN SIGNAL LAMP OPERATION................................................................................................................6132
HAZARD WARNING LAMP OPERATION.............................................................................................................6132
TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LAMP AND TURN SIGNAL OPERATION......................................................................................6132
3-TIME FLASHER FUNCTION...................................................................................................................6132
HIGH FLASHER OPERATION (FAIL-SAFE)........................................................................................................6132
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................6133
Component Description.........................................................................................................................6133
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS SYSTEM......................................................................................................6134
System Diagram................................................................................................................................6134
System Description............................................................................................................................6134
OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................6134
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS OPERATION...........................................................................................6134
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................6135
Component Description.........................................................................................................................6135
REAR FOG LAMP SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................6136
System Diagram................................................................................................................................6136
System Description............................................................................................................................6136
OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................6136
REAR FOG LAMP OPERATION...................................................................................................................6136
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................6137
Component Description.........................................................................................................................6137
EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM................................................................................................................6138
System Diagram................................................................................................................................6138
System Description............................................................................................................................6138
OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................6138
EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER ACTIVATION....................................................................................................6138
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................6139
Component Description.........................................................................................................................6139
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)............................................................................................................................6140
COMMON ITEM...................................................................................................................................6140
COMMON ITEMCONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM).......................................................................................6140
APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................6140
SYSTEM APPLICATION....................................................................................................................6140
HEADLAMP......................................................................................................................................6140
HEADLAMPCONSULT-III Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP)............................................................................................6140
WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................6140
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................6141
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................6141
FLASHER.......................................................................................................................................6142
FLASHERCONSULT-III Function (BCM - FLASHER)...............................................................................................6142
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................6142
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................6142
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R).......................................................................................................................6143
Diagnosis Description.........................................................................................................................6143
Auto active test..........................................................................................................................6143
Description...........................................................................................................................6143
Operation procedure...................................................................................................................6143
Inspection in auto active test mode...................................................................................................6143
Concept of auto active test...........................................................................................................6144
Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode..............................................................................................6144
CONSULT - III Function (IPDM E/R).............................................................................................................6145
APPLICATION ITEM..........................................................................................................................6145
SELF DIAGNOSTIC...........................................................................................................................6145
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................6145
ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................6146
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (HEADLAMP LEVELIZER).............................................................................................................6148
CONSULT-III Function (HEADLAMP LEVELIZER).....................................................................................................6148
APPLICATION ITEM..........................................................................................................................6148
WORK SUPPORT..............................................................................................................................6148
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................6148
ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................6148
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................6149
B2080 ECU TROUBLE.................................................................................................................................6149
Description...................................................................................................................................6149
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................6149
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................6149
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6149
B2081 INITIAL NOT DONE............................................................................................................................6150
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................6150
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................6150
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6150
B2082 SENSOR OUT OF RANGE.........................................................................................................................6151
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................6151
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................6151
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................6151
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6151
B2083 SEN SIG NOT PLAUSIBLE.......................................................................................................................6153
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................6153
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................6153
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................6153
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6153
B2084 VOLTAGE UNDER LIMIT.........................................................................................................................6154
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................6154
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................6154
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................6154
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6154
B2085 LOWBEAM SIG OPEN LINE.......................................................................................................................6155
Description...................................................................................................................................6155
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................6155
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................6155
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................6155
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6155
B2086 FRQ. OVER LIMIT.............................................................................................................................6157
Description...................................................................................................................................6157
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................6157
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................6157
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................6157
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6157
B2087 SHORT TO GROUND.............................................................................................................................6159
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................6159
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................6159
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................6159
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6159
B2088 SHORT TO BATTERY............................................................................................................................6160
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................6160
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................6160
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................6160
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6160
B2089 NO CAR TYPE SELECTED........................................................................................................................6161
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................6161
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................6161
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6161
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................6162
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).....................................................................................................................6162
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)Diagnosis Procedure..............................................................................................6162
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)..................................................................................6162
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................6162
AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNIT...................................................................................................................6163
AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNITDiagnosis Procedure............................................................................................6163
EXTERIOR LAMP FUSE................................................................................................................................6165
Description...................................................................................................................................6165
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6165
HEADLAMP (HI) CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................6166
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................6166
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6166
HEADLAMP (LO) CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................6168
Description...................................................................................................................................6168
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................6168
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6168
HEADLAMP GROUND CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6170
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6170
XENON HEADLAMP....................................................................................................................................6171
Description...................................................................................................................................6171
OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................6171
ILLUMINATION PRINCIPLE....................................................................................................................6171
PRECAUTIONS FOR TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................6171
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6171
HEADLAMP LEVELIZER CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................6173
Description...................................................................................................................................6173
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................6173
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6173
FRONT FOG LAMP CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................6175
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................6175
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6175
PARKING LAMP CIRCUIT..............................................................................................................................6177
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................6177
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6177
TURN SIGNAL LAMP CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................6179
Description...................................................................................................................................6179
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................6179
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6179
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR...............................................................................................................................6182
Description...................................................................................................................................6182
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................6182
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6182
HAZARD SWITCH.....................................................................................................................................6185
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................6185
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6185
TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................6187
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................6187
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6187
LICENSE PLATE LAMP CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................6189
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................6189
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6189
REAR FOG LAMP CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................6190
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................6190
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6190
HEADLAMP SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................6192
Wiring Diagram - HEADLAMP -...................................................................................................................6192
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................6196
Wiring Diagram - AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM -..........................................................................................................6196
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM......................................................................................................................6200
Wiring Diagram - DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM -...............................................................................................6200
FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................6206
Wiring Diagram - FRONT FOG LAMP -.............................................................................................................6206
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP SYSTEM........................................................................................................6209
Wiring Diagram - TURN AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS -..............................................................................................6209
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS SYSTEM......................................................................................................6213
Wiring Diagram - PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS -......................................................................................6213
STOP LAMP.........................................................................................................................................6218
Wiring Diagram - STOP LAMP -..................................................................................................................6218
BACK-UP LAMP......................................................................................................................................6221
Wiring Diagram - BACK-UP LAMP -...............................................................................................................6221
REAR FOG LAMP SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................6224
Wiring Diagram - REAR FOG LAMP -..............................................................................................................6224
ECU DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................6227
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).........................................................................................................................6227
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................6227
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................6227
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................6231
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................6231
Wiring Diagram - BCM -........................................................................................................................6243
Fail Safe.....................................................................................................................................6247
Fail-safe index...........................................................................................................................6247
REAR WIPER CONTROL........................................................................................................................6248
TURN SIGNAL LAMP CONTROL..................................................................................................................6248
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION........................................................................................6248
Auto Light Control....................................................................................................................6248
Front Wiper Control...................................................................................................................6248
DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................6249
DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................6249
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)......................................................................................6250
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................6250
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................6250
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................6252
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................6252
Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -...................................................................................................................6256
Fail Safe.....................................................................................................................................6259
CAN communication control.................................................................................................................6259
If no CAN communication is available with ECM.........................................................................................6259
If no CAN communication is available with BCM.........................................................................................6260
Ignition relay malfunction detection function.............................................................................................6260
Front wiper control.......................................................................................................................6260
DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................6261
AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNIT.......................................................................................................................6262
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................6262
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................6262
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................6262
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................6262
Wiring Diagram - HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (AUTO) -......................................................................................6264
Fail Safe.....................................................................................................................................6266
DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................6267
DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................6268
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................6269
EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.................................................................................................................6269
Symptom Table.................................................................................................................................6269
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION........................................................................................................................6272
Description...................................................................................................................................6272
XENON HEADLAMP............................................................................................................................6272
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................6272
BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (HI) ARE NOT TURNED ON........................................................................................................6273
Description...................................................................................................................................6273
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6273
BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (LO) ARE NOT TURNED ON........................................................................................................6274
Description...................................................................................................................................6274
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6274
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ON...........................................................................................6275
Description...................................................................................................................................6275
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6275
BOTH SIDE FRONT FOG LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ON.......................................................................................................6276
Description...................................................................................................................................6276
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6276
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................6277
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................6277
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................6277
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service........................................................................................................6277
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................6278
HEADLAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT........................................................................................................................6278
Description...................................................................................................................................6278
PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTING..............................................................................................................6278
AIMING ADJUSTMENT SCREW...................................................................................................................6278
LHD...........................................................................................................................................6279
LHDAiming Adjustment Procedure............................................................................................................6279
RHD...........................................................................................................................................6280
RHDAiming Adjustment Procedure............................................................................................................6280
FRONT FOG LAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT..................................................................................................................6282
Description...................................................................................................................................6282
PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTING..............................................................................................................6282
AIMING ADJUSTMENT SCREW...................................................................................................................6282
Aiming Adjustment Procedure...................................................................................................................6282
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................6284
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP............................................................................................................................6284
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................6284
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6284
DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................6284
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................6285
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6285
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................6285
Replacement...................................................................................................................................6285
HEADLAMP BULB (LO)........................................................................................................................6285
HEADLAMP BULB (HI)........................................................................................................................6285
PARKING LAMP BULB.........................................................................................................................6285
FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULB...............................................................................................................6285
Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................6285
DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................6285
ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................6286
FRONT FOG LAMP....................................................................................................................................6287
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................6287
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................6287
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6287
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................6287
Replacement...................................................................................................................................6287
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR...............................................................................................................................6288
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................6288
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6288
DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................6288
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................6289
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6289
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................6289
LIGHTING & TURN SIGNAL SWITCH.....................................................................................................................6290
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................6290
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................6290
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6290
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................6290
SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP.............................................................................................................................6291
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................6291
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................6291
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6291
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................6291
Replacement...................................................................................................................................6291
SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULB................................................................................................................6291
HAZARD SWITCH.....................................................................................................................................6292
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................6292
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................6292
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6292
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................6292
AUTO LEVELIZER CONTROL UNIT.......................................................................................................................6293
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................6293
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................6293
Removal...................................................................................................................................6293
Installation..............................................................................................................................6293
REAR COMBINATION LAMP.............................................................................................................................6294
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................6294
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6294
DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................6294
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................6294
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6294
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................6294
Replacement...................................................................................................................................6295
TAIL LAMP BULB............................................................................................................................6295
REAR TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULB................................................................................................................6295
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP............................................................................................................................6296
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................6296
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................6296
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6296
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................6296
BACK-UP LAMP......................................................................................................................................6297
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................6297
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................6297
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6297
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................6297
Replacement...................................................................................................................................6297
BACK-UP LAMP BULB.........................................................................................................................6297
LICENSE PLATE LAMP................................................................................................................................6298
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................6298
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................6298
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6298
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................6298
Replacement...................................................................................................................................6298
LICENSE PLATE LAMP BULB...................................................................................................................6298
REAR FOG LAMP.....................................................................................................................................6299
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................6299
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................6299
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6299
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................6299
Replacement...................................................................................................................................6299
REAR FOG LAMP BULB........................................................................................................................6299
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................6300
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................6300
Bulb Specifications...........................................................................................................................6300
HALOGEN TYPE..............................................................................................................................................6301
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................6301
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................6301
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................6301
OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................6301
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................6301
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................6303
HEADLAMP SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................6303
System Diagram................................................................................................................................6303
System Description............................................................................................................................6303
OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................6303
HEADLAMP (LO) OPERATION ..................................................................................................................6303
HEADLAMP (HI) OPERATION...................................................................................................................6303
FOLLOW ME HOME FUNCTION...................................................................................................................6303
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................6304
Component Description.........................................................................................................................6304
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................6305
System Diagram................................................................................................................................6305
System Description............................................................................................................................6305
OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................6305
AUTO LIGHT FUNCTION.......................................................................................................................6305
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................6306
Component Description.........................................................................................................................6306
FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................6307
System Diagram................................................................................................................................6307
System Description............................................................................................................................6307
OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................6307
FRONT FOG LAMP OPERATION .................................................................................................................6307
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................6308
Component Description.........................................................................................................................6308
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP SYSTEM........................................................................................................6309
System Diagram................................................................................................................................6309
System Description............................................................................................................................6309
OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................6309
TURN SIGNAL LAMP OPERATION................................................................................................................6309
HAZARD WARNING LAMP OPERATION.............................................................................................................6309
TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LAMP AND TURN SIGNAL OPERATION......................................................................................6309
3-TIME FLASHER FUNCTION...................................................................................................................6309
HIGH FLASHER OPERATION (FAIL-SAFE)........................................................................................................6309
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................6310
Component Description.........................................................................................................................6310
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS SYSTEM......................................................................................................6311
System Diagram................................................................................................................................6311
System Description............................................................................................................................6311
OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................6311
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS OPERATION...........................................................................................6311
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................6312
Component Description.........................................................................................................................6312
REAR FOG LAMP SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................6313
System Diagram................................................................................................................................6313
System Description............................................................................................................................6313
OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................6313
REAR FOG LAMP OPERATION...................................................................................................................6313
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................6314
Component Description.........................................................................................................................6314
EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM................................................................................................................6315
System Diagram................................................................................................................................6315
System Description............................................................................................................................6315
OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................6315
EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER ACTIVATION....................................................................................................6315
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................6316
Component Description.........................................................................................................................6316
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)............................................................................................................................6317
COMMON ITEM...................................................................................................................................6317
COMMON ITEMCONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM).......................................................................................6317
APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................6317
SYSTEM APPLICATION....................................................................................................................6317
HEADLAMP......................................................................................................................................6317
HEADLAMPCONSULT-III Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP)............................................................................................6317
WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................6317
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................6318
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................6318
FLASHER.......................................................................................................................................6319
FLASHERCONSULT-III Function (BCM - FLASHER)...............................................................................................6319
DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................6319
ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................6319
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R).......................................................................................................................6320
Diagnosis Description.........................................................................................................................6320
Auto active test..........................................................................................................................6320
Description...........................................................................................................................6320
Operation procedure...................................................................................................................6320
Inspection in auto active test mode...................................................................................................6320
Concept of auto active test...........................................................................................................6321
Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode..............................................................................................6321
CONSULT - III Function (IPDM E/R).............................................................................................................6322
APPLICATION ITEM..........................................................................................................................6322
SELF DIAGNOSTIC...........................................................................................................................6322
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................6322
ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................6323
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................6325
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................6325
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).....................................................................................................................6325
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)Diagnosis Procedure..............................................................................................6325
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)..................................................................................6325
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................6325
EXTERIOR LAMP FUSE................................................................................................................................6327
Description...................................................................................................................................6327
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6327
HEADLAMP (HI) CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................6328
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................6328
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6328
HEADLAMP (LO) CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................6330
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................6330
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6330
HEADLAMP GROUND CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6332
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6332
FRONT FOG LAMP CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................6333
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................6333
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6333
PARKING LAMP CIRCUIT..............................................................................................................................6335
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................6335
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6335
TURN SIGNAL LAMP CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................6337
Description...................................................................................................................................6337
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................6337
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6337
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR...............................................................................................................................6340
Description...................................................................................................................................6340
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................6340
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6340
HAZARD SWITCH.....................................................................................................................................6343
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................6343
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6343
TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................6345
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................6345
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6345
LICENSE PLATE LAMP CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................6347
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................6347
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6347
REAR FOG LAMP CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................6348
Component Function Check......................................................................................................................6348
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6348
HEADLAMP SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................6350
Wiring Diagram - HEADLAMP -...................................................................................................................6350
HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (MANUAL)...........................................................................................................6354
Description...................................................................................................................................6354
Wiring Diagram - HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (MANUAL) -....................................................................................6354
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................6355
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................6357
Wiring Diagram - AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM -..........................................................................................................6357
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM......................................................................................................................6361
Wiring Diagram - DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM -...............................................................................................6361
FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................6367
Wiring Diagram - FRONT FOG LAMP -.............................................................................................................6367
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP SYSTEM........................................................................................................6370
Wiring Diagram - TURN AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS -..............................................................................................6370
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS SYSTEM......................................................................................................6374
Wiring Diagram - PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS -......................................................................................6374
STOP LAMP.........................................................................................................................................6379
Wiring Diagram - STOP LAMP -..................................................................................................................6379
BACK-UP LAMP......................................................................................................................................6382
Wiring Diagram - BACK-UP LAMP -...............................................................................................................6382
REAR FOG LAMP SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................6385
Wiring Diagram - REAR FOG LAMP -..............................................................................................................6385
ECU DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................6388
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).........................................................................................................................6388
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................6388
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................6388
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................6392
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................6392
Wiring Diagram - BCM -........................................................................................................................6404
Fail Safe.....................................................................................................................................6408
Fail-safe index...........................................................................................................................6408
REAR WIPER CONTROL........................................................................................................................6409
TURN SIGNAL LAMP CONTROL..................................................................................................................6409
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION........................................................................................6409
Auto Light Control....................................................................................................................6409
Front Wiper Control...................................................................................................................6409
DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................6410
DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................6410
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)......................................................................................6411
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................6411
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................6411
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................6413
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................6413
Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -...................................................................................................................6417
Fail Safe.....................................................................................................................................6420
CAN communication control.................................................................................................................6420
If no CAN communication is available with ECM.........................................................................................6420
If no CAN communication is available with BCM.........................................................................................6421
Ignition relay malfunction detection function.............................................................................................6421
Front wiper control.......................................................................................................................6421
DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................6422
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................6423
EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.................................................................................................................6423
Symptom Table.................................................................................................................................6423
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION........................................................................................................................6426
Description...................................................................................................................................6426
AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................6426
BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (HI) ARE NOT TURNED ON........................................................................................................6427
Description...................................................................................................................................6427
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6427
BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (LO) ARE NOT TURNED ON........................................................................................................6428
Description...................................................................................................................................6428
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6428
PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ON...........................................................................................6429
Description...................................................................................................................................6429
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6429
BOTH SIDE FRONT FOG LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ON.......................................................................................................6430
Description...................................................................................................................................6430
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6430
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................6431
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................6431
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................6431
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................6432
HEADLAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT........................................................................................................................6432
Description...................................................................................................................................6432
PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTING..............................................................................................................6432
AIMING ADJUSTMENT SCREW...................................................................................................................6432
LHD...........................................................................................................................................6433
LHDAiming Adjustment Procedure............................................................................................................6433
RHD...........................................................................................................................................6434
RHDAiming Adjustment Procedure............................................................................................................6434
FRONT FOG LAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT..................................................................................................................6436
Description...................................................................................................................................6436
PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTING..............................................................................................................6436
AIMING ADJUSTMENT SCREW...................................................................................................................6436
Aiming Adjustment Procedure...................................................................................................................6436
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................6438
FRONT COMBINATION LAMP............................................................................................................................6438
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................6438
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6438
DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................6438
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................6439
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6439
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................6439
Replacement...................................................................................................................................6439
HEADLAMP BULB (LO)........................................................................................................................6439
HEADLAMP BULB (HI)........................................................................................................................6439
PARKING LAMP BULB.........................................................................................................................6439
FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULB...............................................................................................................6439
Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................6439
DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................6439
ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................6440
FRONT FOG LAMP....................................................................................................................................6441
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................6441
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................6441
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6441
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................6441
Replacement...................................................................................................................................6441
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR...............................................................................................................................6442
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................6442
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6442
DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................6442
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................6443
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6443
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................6443
LIGHTING & TURN SIGNAL SWITCH.....................................................................................................................6444
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................6444
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................6444
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6444
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................6444
SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP.............................................................................................................................6445
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................6445
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................6445
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6445
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................6445
Replacement...................................................................................................................................6445
SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULB................................................................................................................6445
HAZARD SWITCH.....................................................................................................................................6446
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................6446
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................6446
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6446
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................6446
HEADLAMP AIMING SWITCH............................................................................................................................6447
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................6447
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................6447
Removal...................................................................................................................................6447
Installation..............................................................................................................................6447
REAR COMBINATION LAMP.............................................................................................................................6448
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................6448
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6448
DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................6448
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................6448
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6448
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................6448
Replacement...................................................................................................................................6449
TAIL LAMP BULB............................................................................................................................6449
REAR TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULB................................................................................................................6449
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP............................................................................................................................6450
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................6450
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................6450
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6450
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................6450
BACK-UP LAMP......................................................................................................................................6451
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................6451
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................6451
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6451
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................6451
Replacement...................................................................................................................................6451
BACK-UP LAMP BULB.........................................................................................................................6451
LICENSE PLATE LAMP................................................................................................................................6452
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................6452
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................6452
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6452
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................6452
Replacement...................................................................................................................................6452
LICENSE PLATE LAMP BULB...................................................................................................................6452
REAR FOG LAMP.....................................................................................................................................6453
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................6453
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................6453
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6453
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................6453
Replacement...................................................................................................................................6453
REAR FOG LAMP BULB........................................................................................................................6453
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................6454
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................6454
Bulb Specifications...........................................................................................................................6454
41-Interior Lighting System.pdf...................................................................................................................................6455
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
INTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................6455
BASIC INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................................6457
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.........................................................................................................................6457
Work Flow.........................................................................................................................................6457
OVERALL SEQUENCE..............................................................................................................................6457
DETAILED FLOW.................................................................................................................................6457
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS........................................................................................................................................6459
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................6459
System Diagram....................................................................................................................................6459
System Description................................................................................................................................6459
OUTLINE.......................................................................................................................................6459
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP TIMER CONTROL..............................................................................................................6459
Interior Room Lamp Timer Basic Operation..................................................................................................6459
Interior Room Lamp ON Operation...........................................................................................................6460
Interior Room Lamp OFF Operation..........................................................................................................6460
Component Parts Location..........................................................................................................................6461
Component Description.............................................................................................................................6462
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM...............................................................................................................6463
System Diagram....................................................................................................................................6463
System Description................................................................................................................................6463
OUTLINE.......................................................................................................................................6463
Applicable lamps..........................................................................................................................6463
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP BATTERY SAVER FUNCTION.....................................................................................................6463
Component Parts Location..........................................................................................................................6464
Component Description.............................................................................................................................6465
ILLUMINATION CONTROL SYSTEM...........................................................................................................................6466
System Diagram....................................................................................................................................6466
System Description................................................................................................................................6466
OUTLINE.......................................................................................................................................6466
ILLUMINATION CONTROL..........................................................................................................................6466
Component Parts Location..........................................................................................................................6467
Component Description.............................................................................................................................6467
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)................................................................................................................................6468
COMMON ITEM.......................................................................................................................................6468
COMMON ITEMCONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)...........................................................................................6468
APPLICATION ITEM..........................................................................................................................6468
SYSTEM APPLICATION........................................................................................................................6468
INT LAMP..........................................................................................................................................6468
INT LAMPCONSULT-III Function (BCM - INT LAMP).................................................................................................6469
WORK SUPPORT..............................................................................................................................6469
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................6469
ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................6470
BATTERY SAVER.....................................................................................................................................6470
BATTERY SAVERCONSULT-III Function (BCM - BATTERY SAVER).......................................................................................6470
WORK SUPPORT..............................................................................................................................6470
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................6470
ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................6471
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS.......................................................................................................................................6472
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................6472
BCM...............................................................................................................................................6472
BCMDiagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................6472
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................6473
Description.......................................................................................................................................6473
Component Function Check..........................................................................................................................6473
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6473
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................6475
Description.......................................................................................................................................6475
Component Function Check..........................................................................................................................6475
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6475
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................6477
Wiring Diagram - INTERIOR ROOM LAMP -.............................................................................................................6477
ILLUMINATION..........................................................................................................................................6484
Wiring Diagram - ILLUMINATION -...................................................................................................................6484
ECU DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................6492
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).............................................................................................................................6492
Reference Value...................................................................................................................................6492
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..................................................................................................................6492
TERMINAL LAYOUT...............................................................................................................................6496
PHYSICAL VALUES...............................................................................................................................6496
Wiring Diagram - BCM -............................................................................................................................6508
Fail Safe.........................................................................................................................................6512
Fail-safe index...............................................................................................................................6512
REAR WIPER CONTROL............................................................................................................................6513
TURN SIGNAL LAMP CONTROL......................................................................................................................6513
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION............................................................................................6513
Auto Light Control........................................................................................................................6513
Front Wiper Control.......................................................................................................................6513
DTC Inspection Priority Chart.....................................................................................................................6514
DTC Index.........................................................................................................................................6514
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................6515
INTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.....................................................................................................................6515
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................................6515
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................6516
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................6516
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"........................................................6516
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................6517
MAP LAMP..............................................................................................................................................6517
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6517
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6517
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6517
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6517
Replacement.......................................................................................................................................6518
MAP LAMP BULB.................................................................................................................................6518
VANITY MIRROR LAMP....................................................................................................................................6519
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6519
Replacement.......................................................................................................................................6519
VANITY MIRROR LAMP BULB.......................................................................................................................6519
GLOVE BOX LAMP........................................................................................................................................6520
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6520
Replacement.......................................................................................................................................6520
GLOVE BOX LAMP BULB...........................................................................................................................6520
ROOM LAMP.............................................................................................................................................6521
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6521
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6521
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6521
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6521
Replacement.......................................................................................................................................6522
ROOM LAMP BULB................................................................................................................................6522
PERSONAL LAMP.........................................................................................................................................6523
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6523
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6523
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6523
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6523
Replacement.......................................................................................................................................6523
PERSONAL LAMP BULB............................................................................................................................6523
LUGGAGE ROOM LAMP.....................................................................................................................................6524
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6524
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6524
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6524
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6524
Replacement.......................................................................................................................................6524
LUGGAGE ROOM LAMP BULB........................................................................................................................6524
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).....................................................................................................................6525
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................6525
Bulb Specifications...............................................................................................................................6525
42-Wiper and Washer.pdf...........................................................................................................................................6526
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
WIPER & WASHER................................................................................................................................................6526
BASIC INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................................6528
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.........................................................................................................................6528
Work Flow.........................................................................................................................................6528
OVERALL SEQUENCE..............................................................................................................................6528
DETAILED FLOW.................................................................................................................................6528
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS........................................................................................................................................6530
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................6530
System Diagram....................................................................................................................................6530
System Description................................................................................................................................6530
OUTLINE.......................................................................................................................................6530
FRONT WIPER BASIC OPERATION...................................................................................................................6530
FRONT WIPER LO OPERATION......................................................................................................................6530
FRONT WIPER HI OPERATION......................................................................................................................6530
FRONT WIPER INT OPERATION (LINKED WITH VEHICLE SPEED).........................................................................................6530
FRONT WIPER AUTO OPERATION....................................................................................................................6531
FRONT WIPER AUTO STOP OPERATION...............................................................................................................6532
FRONT WIPER OPERATION LINKED WITH WASHER......................................................................................................6532
FRONT WIPER DROP WIPE OPERATION...............................................................................................................6532
FRONT WIPER FAIL-SAFE OPERATION...............................................................................................................6533
Component Parts Location..........................................................................................................................6533
Component Description.............................................................................................................................6534
REAR WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................6535
System Diagram....................................................................................................................................6535
System Description................................................................................................................................6535
OUTLINE.......................................................................................................................................6535
REAR WIPER BASIC OPERATION....................................................................................................................6535
REAR WIPER ON OPERATION.......................................................................................................................6535
REAR WIPER INT OPERATION LINKED WITH VEHICLE SPEED............................................................................................6535
Production before April 16th 2007.........................................................................................................6535
Production from April 16th 2007...........................................................................................................6536
REAR WIPER AUTO STOP OPERATION................................................................................................................6536
REAR WIPER OPERATION LINKED WITH WASHER ......................................................................................................6537
REAR WIPER OPERATION LINKED WITH REVERSE......................................................................................................6537
REAR WIPER DROP WIPE OPERATION................................................................................................................6537
REAR WIPER FAIL-SAFE OPERATION................................................................................................................6537
Component Parts Location..........................................................................................................................6538
Component Description.............................................................................................................................6538
HEADLAMP WASHER SYSTEM................................................................................................................................6539
System Diagram....................................................................................................................................6539
System Description................................................................................................................................6539
OUTLINE.......................................................................................................................................6539
HEADLAMP WASHER BASIC OPERATION...............................................................................................................6539
Component Parts Location..........................................................................................................................6540
Component Description.............................................................................................................................6540
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)................................................................................................................................6541
COMMON ITEM.......................................................................................................................................6541
COMMON ITEMCONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)...........................................................................................6541
APPLICATION ITEM..........................................................................................................................6541
SYSTEM APPLICATION........................................................................................................................6541
WIPER.............................................................................................................................................6541
WIPERCONSULT-III Function (BCM - WIPER).......................................................................................................6541
WORK SUPPORT..............................................................................................................................6541
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................6542
ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................6542
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)...........................................................................................................................6544
Diagnosis Description.............................................................................................................................6544
Auto active test..............................................................................................................................6544
Description...............................................................................................................................6544
Operation procedure.......................................................................................................................6544
Inspection in auto active test mode.......................................................................................................6544
Concept of auto active test...............................................................................................................6545
Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode..................................................................................................6545
CONSULT - III Function (IPDM E/R).................................................................................................................6546
APPLICATION ITEM..............................................................................................................................6546
SELF DIAGNOSTIC...............................................................................................................................6546
DATA MONITOR..................................................................................................................................6546
ACTIVE TEST...................................................................................................................................6547
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS.......................................................................................................................................6549
WIPER AND WASHER FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK...................................................................................................................6549
Description.......................................................................................................................................6549
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6549
FRONT WIPER MOTOR LO CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................6550
Component Function Check..........................................................................................................................6550
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6550
FRONT WIPER MOTOR HI CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................6552
Component Function Check..........................................................................................................................6552
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6552
FRONT WIPER AUTO STOP SIGNAL CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................6554
Component Function Check..........................................................................................................................6554
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6554
FRONT WIPER MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................6556
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6556
WASHER SWITCH.........................................................................................................................................6557
Description.......................................................................................................................................6557
Component Inspection..............................................................................................................................6557
RAIN SENSOR...........................................................................................................................................6558
Description.......................................................................................................................................6558
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6558
REAR WIPER MOTOR CIRCUIT..............................................................................................................................6559
Component Function Check..........................................................................................................................6559
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6559
REAR WIPER AUTO STOP SIGNAL CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................6561
Component Function Check..........................................................................................................................6561
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6561
HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY.................................................................................................................................6563
Component Inspection..............................................................................................................................6563
HEADLAMP WASHER CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................6564
Component Function Check..........................................................................................................................6564
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6564
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................6567
Wiring Diagram - FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM -..................................................................................................6567
REAR WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................6571
Wiring Diagram - REAR WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM -...................................................................................................6571
HEADLAMP WASHER SYSTEM................................................................................................................................6576
Wiring Diagram - HEADLAMP WASHER SYSTEM -.........................................................................................................6576
ECU DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................6579
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).............................................................................................................................6579
Reference Value...................................................................................................................................6579
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..................................................................................................................6579
TERMINAL LAYOUT...............................................................................................................................6583
PHYSICAL VALUES...............................................................................................................................6583
Wiring Diagram - BCM -............................................................................................................................6595
Fail Safe.........................................................................................................................................6599
Fail-safe index...............................................................................................................................6599
REAR WIPER CONTROL............................................................................................................................6600
TURN SIGNAL LAMP CONTROL......................................................................................................................6600
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION............................................................................................6600
Auto Light Control........................................................................................................................6600
Front Wiper Control.......................................................................................................................6600
DTC Inspection Priority Chart.....................................................................................................................6601
DTC Index.........................................................................................................................................6601
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)..........................................................................................6602
Reference Value...................................................................................................................................6602
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..................................................................................................................6602
TERMINAL LAYOUT...............................................................................................................................6604
PHYSICAL VALUES...............................................................................................................................6604
Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -.......................................................................................................................6608
Fail Safe.........................................................................................................................................6611
CAN communication control.....................................................................................................................6611
If no CAN communication is available with ECM.............................................................................................6611
If no CAN communication is available with BCM.............................................................................................6612
Ignition relay malfunction detection function.................................................................................................6612
Front wiper control...........................................................................................................................6612
DTC Index.........................................................................................................................................6613
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................6614
WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM SYMPTOMS......................................................................................................................6614
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................................6614
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION............................................................................................................................6617
Description.......................................................................................................................................6617
FRONT WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION.........................................................................................................6617
REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION..........................................................................................................6617
FRONT WIPER DOES NOT OPERATE..........................................................................................................................6618
Description.......................................................................................................................................6618
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6618
HEADLAMP WASHER DOES NOT OPERATE......................................................................................................................6620
Description.......................................................................................................................................6620
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6620
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................6621
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................6621
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"........................................................6621
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...................................................................................................6621
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................6622
HEADLAMP WASHER NOZZLE AND TUBE.......................................................................................................................6622
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6622
Hydraulic Layout..................................................................................................................................6622
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6622
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6622
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6623
Inspection........................................................................................................................................6623
HEADLAMP WASHER NOZZLE SPLAY POSITION INSPECTION..............................................................................................6623
WASHER TANK...........................................................................................................................................6624
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6624
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6624
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6624
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6624
WASHER PUMP...........................................................................................................................................6625
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6625
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6625
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6625
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6625
HEADLAMP WASHER PUMP..................................................................................................................................6626
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6626
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6626
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6626
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6626
FRONT WASHER NOZZLE AND TUBE..........................................................................................................................6627
Hydraulic Layout..................................................................................................................................6627
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6627
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6627
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6627
Inspection and Adjustment.........................................................................................................................6627
INSPECTION....................................................................................................................................6627
Washer Nozzle Inspection..................................................................................................................6627
ADJUSTMENT....................................................................................................................................6628
Washer Nozzle Spray Position Adjustment...................................................................................................6628
FRONT WIPER ARM.......................................................................................................................................6629
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6629
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6629
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6629
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6629
Adjustment........................................................................................................................................6630
WIPER BLADE POSITION ADJUSTMENT...............................................................................................................6630
FRONT WIPER DRIVE ASSEMBLY............................................................................................................................6631
LHD MODELS........................................................................................................................................6631
LHD MODELSExploded View.......................................................................................................................6631
REMOVAL VIEW..............................................................................................................................6631
DISASSEMBLY VIEW..........................................................................................................................6631
LHD MODELSRemoval and Installation............................................................................................................6631
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6631
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................6632
LHD MODELSDisassembly and Assembly............................................................................................................6632
DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................6632
ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................6632
RHD MODELS........................................................................................................................................6632
RHD MODELSExploded View.......................................................................................................................6632
REMOVAL VIEW..............................................................................................................................6632
DISASSEMBLY VIEW..........................................................................................................................6633
RHD MODELSRemoval and Installation............................................................................................................6633
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................6633
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................6633
RHD MODELSDisassembly and Assembly............................................................................................................6633
DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................6633
ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................6633
RAIN SENSOR...........................................................................................................................................6635
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6635
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6635
WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH...............................................................................................................................6636
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6636
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6636
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6636
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6636
REAR WIPER MOTOR......................................................................................................................................6637
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6637
REMOVAL VIEW..................................................................................................................................6637
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6637
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6637
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6637
Adjustment........................................................................................................................................6638
REAR WIPER BLADE POSITION ADJUSTMENT..........................................................................................................6638
REAR WASHER NOZZLE AND TUBE...........................................................................................................................6639
Hydraulic Layout..................................................................................................................................6639
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6639
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6639
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6640
Inspection........................................................................................................................................6640
INSPECTION....................................................................................................................................6640
Washer Nozzle Inspection..................................................................................................................6640
Washer Nozzle Spray Position..............................................................................................................6640
43-Defogger.pdf...................................................................................................................................................6641
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
DEFOGGER......................................................................................................................................................6641
BASIC INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................................6643
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.........................................................................................................................6643
Work Flow.........................................................................................................................................6643
DETAILED FLOW.................................................................................................................................6643
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS........................................................................................................................................6644
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM...........................................................................................................................6644
System Diagram....................................................................................................................................6644
System Description................................................................................................................................6644
OPERATION DESCRIPTION.........................................................................................................................6644
TIMER FUNCTION................................................................................................................................6644
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.....................................................................................................................6644
Component Parts Location..........................................................................................................................6645
Component Description.............................................................................................................................6645
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)................................................................................................................................6646
COMMON ITEM.......................................................................................................................................6646
COMMON ITEMCONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)...........................................................................................6646
APPLICATION ITEM..........................................................................................................................6646
SYSTEM APPLICATION........................................................................................................................6646
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER..............................................................................................................................6646
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGERCONSULT-III Function (BCM - REAR DEFOGGER)................................................................................6646
Data monitor..............................................................................................................................6646
ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................6647
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)...........................................................................................................................6648
Diagnosis Description.............................................................................................................................6648
Auto active test..............................................................................................................................6648
Description...............................................................................................................................6648
Operation procedure.......................................................................................................................6648
Inspection in auto active test mode.......................................................................................................6648
Concept of auto active test...............................................................................................................6649
Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode..................................................................................................6649
CONSULT - III Function (IPDM E/R).................................................................................................................6650
APPLICATION ITEM..............................................................................................................................6650
SELF DIAGNOSTIC...............................................................................................................................6650
DATA MONITOR..................................................................................................................................6650
ACTIVE TEST...................................................................................................................................6651
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS.......................................................................................................................................6653
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH...........................................................................................................................6653
WITH AUTO A/C.....................................................................................................................................6653
WITH AUTO A/CDescription......................................................................................................................6653
WITH AUTO A/CComponent Function Check.........................................................................................................6653
WITH AUTO A/CDiagnosis Procedure..............................................................................................................6653
WITHOUT AUTO A/C..................................................................................................................................6654
WITHOUT AUTO A/CDescription...................................................................................................................6654
WITHOUT AUTO A/CComponent Function Check......................................................................................................6655
WITHOUT AUTO A/CDiagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................6655
WITHOUT AUTO A/CComponent Inspection..........................................................................................................6656
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY............................................................................................................................6657
Description.......................................................................................................................................6657
Component Function Check..........................................................................................................................6657
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6657
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER..................................................................................................................................6658
Description.......................................................................................................................................6658
Component Function Check..........................................................................................................................6658
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6658
Component Inspection..............................................................................................................................6659
DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER..................................................................................................................................6660
DRIVER SIDE.......................................................................................................................................6660
DRIVER SIDEDescription........................................................................................................................6660
DRIVER SIDEComponent Function Check...........................................................................................................6660
DRIVER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................6660
DRIVER SIDEComponent Inspection...............................................................................................................6661
PASSENGER SIDE....................................................................................................................................6661
PASSENGER SIDEDescription.....................................................................................................................6661
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Function Check........................................................................................................6661
PASSENGER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................6662
PASSENGER SIDEComponent Inspection............................................................................................................6663
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER ON SIGNAL........................................................................................................................6664
WITH AUTO A/C.....................................................................................................................................6664
WITH AUTO A/CDescription......................................................................................................................6664
WITH AUTO A/CComponent Function Check.........................................................................................................6664
WITH AUTO A/CDiagnosis Procedure..............................................................................................................6664
WITHOUT AUTO A/C..................................................................................................................................6664
WITHOUT AUTO A/CDescription...................................................................................................................6665
WITHOUT AUTO A/CComponent Function Check......................................................................................................6665
WITHOUT AUTO A/CDiagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................6665
ECU DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................6666
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).............................................................................................................................6666
Reference Value...................................................................................................................................6666
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..................................................................................................................6666
TERMINAL LAYOUT...............................................................................................................................6670
PHYSICAL VALUES...............................................................................................................................6670
Wiring Diagram - DEFOGGER CONTROL SYSTEM (LHD MODELS) -...........................................................................................6682
Wiring Diagram - DEFOGGER CONTROL SYSTEM (RHD MODELS) -...........................................................................................6686
Fail Safe.........................................................................................................................................6689
Fail-safe index...............................................................................................................................6689
REAR WIPER CONTROL............................................................................................................................6690
TURN SIGNAL LAMP CONTROL......................................................................................................................6690
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION............................................................................................6690
Auto Light Control........................................................................................................................6690
Front Wiper Control.......................................................................................................................6690
DTC Inspection Priority Chart.....................................................................................................................6691
DTC Index.........................................................................................................................................6691
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)..........................................................................................6692
Reference Value...................................................................................................................................6692
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..................................................................................................................6692
TERMINAL LAYOUT...............................................................................................................................6694
PHYSICAL VALUES...............................................................................................................................6694
Wiring Diagram - DEFOGGER CONTROL SYSTEM (LHD MODELS) -...........................................................................................6698
Wiring Diagram - DEFOGGER CONTROL SYSTEM (RHD MODELS) -...........................................................................................6702
Fail Safe.........................................................................................................................................6705
CAN communication control.....................................................................................................................6705
If no CAN communication is available with ECM.............................................................................................6705
If no CAN communication is available with BCM.............................................................................................6706
Ignition relay malfunction detection function.................................................................................................6706
Front wiper control...........................................................................................................................6706
DTC Index.........................................................................................................................................6707
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................6708
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER DOES NOT OPERATE.................................................................................................................6708
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6708
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER DO NOT OPERATE..........................................................................................6709
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6709
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER DOES NOT OPERATE BUT BOTH OF DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER OPERATE........................................................................6710
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6710
DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER DOES NOT OPERATE.................................................................................................................6711
BOTH SIDE.........................................................................................................................................6711
BOTH SIDEDiagnosis Procedure..................................................................................................................6711
DRIVER SIDE.......................................................................................................................................6711
DRIVER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................6711
PASSENGER SIDE....................................................................................................................................6711
PASSENGER SIDEDiagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................6711
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INDICATOR........................................................................................................................6712
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6712
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................6713
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................6713
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"........................................................6713
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................6714
FILAMENT..............................................................................................................................................6714
Inspection and Repair.............................................................................................................................6714
INSPECTION....................................................................................................................................6714
REPAIR........................................................................................................................................6714
REPAIR EQUIPMENT..........................................................................................................................6714
REPAIRING PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................6715
44-Horn.pdf.......................................................................................................................................................6716
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
HORN..........................................................................................................................................................6716
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS.......................................................................................................................................6717
HORN..................................................................................................................................................6717
Wiring Diagram - HORN -...........................................................................................................................6717
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................6719
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................6719
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"........................................................6719
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................6720
HORN..................................................................................................................................................6720
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6720
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6720
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6720
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6720
45-Power Outlet.pdf...............................................................................................................................................6721
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
POWER OUTLET..................................................................................................................................................6721
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS.......................................................................................................................................6722
POWER SOCKET..........................................................................................................................................6722
Wiring Diagram - POWER SOCKET -...................................................................................................................6722
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................6724
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................6724
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"........................................................6724
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................6725
POWER SOCKET..........................................................................................................................................6725
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6725
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6725
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6725
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6725
46-Body Control System.pdf........................................................................................................................................6726
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
BODY CONTROL SYSTEM...........................................................................................................................................6726
BASIC INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................................6728
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.............................................................................................................................6728
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT....................................................................................................6728
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITDescription.....................................................................................6728
BEFORE REPLACEMENT........................................................................................................................6728
AFTER REPLACEMENT.........................................................................................................................6728
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNITSpecial Repair Requirement......................................................................6728
CONFIGURATION (BCM)...............................................................................................................................6728
CONFIGURATION (BCM)Description................................................................................................................6728
CONFIGURATION (BCM)Special Repair Requirement.................................................................................................6729
CONFIGURATION (BCM)Configuration list.........................................................................................................6729
GASOLINE ENGINE MODELS (RHD)..............................................................................................................6729
GASOLINE ENGINE MODELS (LHD)..............................................................................................................6730
DIESEL ENGINE MODELS (RHD)................................................................................................................6731
DIESEL ENGINE MODELS (LHD)................................................................................................................6731
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS........................................................................................................................................6733
BODY CONTROL SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................6733
System Description................................................................................................................................6733
OUTLINE.......................................................................................................................................6733
BCM control function list.....................................................................................................................6733
Component Parts Location..........................................................................................................................6734
COMBINATION SWITCH READING SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................6735
System Diagram....................................................................................................................................6735
System Description................................................................................................................................6735
OUTLINE.......................................................................................................................................6735
COMBINATION SWITCH MATRIX.....................................................................................................................6735
COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION...........................................................................................................6736
Description...............................................................................................................................6736
Operation Example.........................................................................................................................6736
WIPER INTERMITTENT DIAL POSITION SETTING (FRONT WIPER INTERMITTENT OPERATION).................................................................6737
Component Parts Location..........................................................................................................................6738
SIGNAL BUFFER SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................6739
System Diagram....................................................................................................................................6739
System Description................................................................................................................................6739
OUTLINE.......................................................................................................................................6739
Signal transmission function list.............................................................................................................6739
POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYSTEM......................................................................................................................6740
System Diagram....................................................................................................................................6740
System Description................................................................................................................................6740
OUTLINE.......................................................................................................................................6740
LOW POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL WITH BCM........................................................................................................6740
SLEEP OPERATION...............................................................................................................................6740
WAKE-UP OPERATION.............................................................................................................................6741
Component Parts Location..........................................................................................................................6741
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)................................................................................................................................6743
COMMON ITEM.......................................................................................................................................6743
COMMON ITEMCONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)...........................................................................................6743
APPLICATION ITEM..........................................................................................................................6743
SYSTEM APPLICATION........................................................................................................................6743
BCM...............................................................................................................................................6743
BCMCONSULT-III Function (BCM - BCM)...........................................................................................................6743
WORK SUPPORT..............................................................................................................................6743
DOOR LOCK.........................................................................................................................................6744
DOOR LOCKCONSULT-III Function (BCM - DOOR LOCK)...............................................................................................6744
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................6744
ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................6744
WORK SUPPORT..............................................................................................................................6744
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER..............................................................................................................................6745
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGERCONSULT-III Function (BCM - REAR DEFOGGER)................................................................................6745
Data monitor..............................................................................................................................6745
ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................6745
BUZZER............................................................................................................................................6745
BUZZERCONSULT-III Function (BCM - BUZZER).....................................................................................................6745
CONSULT-III FUNCTION (BCM - BUZZER).......................................................................................................6745
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................6745
ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................6745
INT LAMP..........................................................................................................................................6746
INT LAMPCONSULT-III Function (BCM - INT LAMP).................................................................................................6746
WORK SUPPORT..............................................................................................................................6746
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................6747
ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................6747
MULTIREMOTE ENT...................................................................................................................................6747
MULTIREMOTE ENTCONSULT-III Function (BCM - MULTIREMOTE ENT)...................................................................................6747
BCM CONSULT-III FUNCTION..................................................................................................................6747
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................6748
ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................6748
WORK SUPPORT..............................................................................................................................6748
HEADLAMP..........................................................................................................................................6748
HEADLAMPCONSULT-III Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP)................................................................................................6748
WORK SUPPORT..............................................................................................................................6748
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................6749
ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................6749
WIPER.............................................................................................................................................6750
WIPERCONSULT-III Function (BCM - WIPER).......................................................................................................6750
WORK SUPPORT..............................................................................................................................6750
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................6750
ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................6751
FLASHER...........................................................................................................................................6751
FLASHERCONSULT-III Function (BCM - FLASHER)...................................................................................................6751
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................6751
ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................6751
AIR CONDITIONER...................................................................................................................................6752
AIR CONDITIONERCONSULT-III Function (BCM - AUTO AIR CONDITIONER)..............................................................................6752
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................6752
INTELLIGENT KEY...................................................................................................................................6752
INTELLIGENT KEYCONSULT-III Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)...................................................................................6752
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................6752
COMB SW...........................................................................................................................................6752
COMB SWCONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMB SW)...................................................................................................6752
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................6752
IMMU..............................................................................................................................................6753
IMMUCONSULT-III Function (BCM - IMMU).........................................................................................................6753
APPLICATION ITEM..........................................................................................................................6753
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................6753
ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................6753
BATTERY SAVER.....................................................................................................................................6753
BATTERY SAVERCONSULT-III Function (BCM - BATTERY SAVER).......................................................................................6753
WORK SUPPORT..............................................................................................................................6753
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................6754
ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................6754
TRUNK.............................................................................................................................................6754
TRUNKCONSULT-III Function (BCM - TRUNK).......................................................................................................6754
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................6754
ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................6755
THEFT ALM.........................................................................................................................................6755
THEFT ALMCONSULT-III Function (BCM - THEFT ALM)...............................................................................................6755
APPLICATION ITEM..........................................................................................................................6755
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................6755
ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................6756
WORK SUPPORT..............................................................................................................................6756
SIGNAL BUFFER.....................................................................................................................................6756
SIGNAL BUFFERCONSULT-III Function (BCM - SIGNAL BUFFER).......................................................................................6756
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................6756
ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................6756
PTC HEATER........................................................................................................................................6756
PTC HEATERCONSULT-III Function (BCM - PTC HEATER).............................................................................................6756
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................6756
ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................6757
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS.......................................................................................................................................6758
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................6758
Description.......................................................................................................................................6758
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................6758
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................6758
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6758
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)..............................................................................................................................6759
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................6759
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................6759
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6759
Special Repair Requirement........................................................................................................................6759
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................6760
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6760
COMBINATION SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................6761
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6761
Special Repair Requirement........................................................................................................................6762
COMBINATION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................6763
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6763
Special Repair Requirement........................................................................................................................6763
COMBINATION SWITCH....................................................................................................................................6764
Description.......................................................................................................................................6764
COMBINATION SWITCH MATRIX.....................................................................................................................6764
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................6764
ECU DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................6765
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).............................................................................................................................6765
Reference Value...................................................................................................................................6765
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..................................................................................................................6765
TERMINAL LAYOUT...............................................................................................................................6769
PHYSICAL VALUES...............................................................................................................................6769
Wiring Diagram - BCM -............................................................................................................................6781
Fail Safe.........................................................................................................................................6785
Fail-safe index...............................................................................................................................6785
REAR WIPER CONTROL............................................................................................................................6786
TURN SIGNAL LAMP CONTROL......................................................................................................................6786
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION............................................................................................6786
Auto Light Control........................................................................................................................6786
Front Wiper Control.......................................................................................................................6786
DTC Inspection Priority Chart.....................................................................................................................6787
DTC Index.........................................................................................................................................6787
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................6788
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................6788
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"........................................................6788
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................6789
COMBINATION SWITCH SYSTEM SYMPTOMS....................................................................................................................6789
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................................6789
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................6790
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).............................................................................................................................6790
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6790
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6790
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................6790
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................6790
COMBINATION SWITCH....................................................................................................................................6791
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................6791
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................6791
47A-LAN System.pdf................................................................................................................................................6792
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
LAN SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................................6792
CAN FUNDAMENTAL...........................................................................................................................................6794
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................6794
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................6794
Precautions for Trouble Diagnosis.............................................................................................................6794
Precautions for Harness Repair................................................................................................................6794
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................6795
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................6795
System Description............................................................................................................................6795
System Diagram................................................................................................................................6795
CAN Communication Control Circuit.............................................................................................................6796
DIAG ON CAN.......................................................................................................................................6797
Description...................................................................................................................................6797
System Diagram................................................................................................................................6797
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................6798
Condition of Error Detection..................................................................................................................6798
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ERROR............................................................................................................6798
..........................................................................................................................................6798
Symptom When Error Occurs in CAN Communication System.........................................................................................6798
ERROR EXAMPLE.............................................................................................................................6798
Example: TCM branch line open circuit.................................................................................................6798
Example: Data link connector branch line open circuit.................................................................................6799
Example: Main Line Between Data Link Connector and ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) Open Circuit.........................6800
Example: CAN-H, CAN-L Harness Short Circuit...........................................................................................6800
CAN Diagnosis with CONSULT-III................................................................................................................6801
Self-Diagnosis................................................................................................................................6801
CAN Diagnostic Support Monitor................................................................................................................6801
MONITOR ITEM (CONSULT-III)................................................................................................................6801
Without PAST..........................................................................................................................6802
With PAST.............................................................................................................................6802
MONITOR ITEM (ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS).........................................................................................................6802
How to Use CAN Communication Signal Chart.....................................................................................................6803
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................6804
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................6804
Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart..................................................................................................................6804
Trouble Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................6804
INTERVIEW WITH CUSTOMER...................................................................................................................6804
INSPECTION OF VEHICLE CONDITION...........................................................................................................6805
CHECK OF CAN SYSTEM TYPE (HOW TO USE CAN SYSTEM TYPE SPECIFICATION CHART).................................................................6805
CAN System Type Specification Chart (Style A).........................................................................................6805
CAN System Type Specification Chart (Style B).........................................................................................6806
CREATE INTERVIEW SHEET....................................................................................................................6807
Interview Sheet (Example).............................................................................................................6808
DETECT THE ROOT CAUSE.....................................................................................................................6808
CAN.......................................................................................................................................................6809
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL................................................................................................................................6809
HOW TO USE THIS SECTION...........................................................................................................................6809
Caution.......................................................................................................................................6809
Abbreviation List.............................................................................................................................6809
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................6810
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................6810
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................6810
Precautions for Trouble Diagnosis.............................................................................................................6810
Precautions for Harness Repair................................................................................................................6810
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................6812
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................6812
Interview Sheet...............................................................................................................................6812
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................6813
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................6813
CAN System Specification Chart................................................................................................................6813
SPECIFICATION CHART A.....................................................................................................................6813
VEHICLE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION..........................................................................................6813
SPECIFICATION CHART B.....................................................................................................................6814
VEHICLE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION..........................................................................................6814
SPECIFICATION CHART C.....................................................................................................................6815
VEHICLE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION..........................................................................................6815
SPECIFICATION CHART D.....................................................................................................................6816
VEHICLE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION..........................................................................................6816
SPECIFICATION CHART E.....................................................................................................................6817
VEHICLE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION..........................................................................................6817
SPECIFICATION CHART F.....................................................................................................................6818
VEHICLE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION..........................................................................................6818
CAN Communication Signal Chart................................................................................................................6819
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................6822
CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................6822
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................6822
LHD MODELS................................................................................................................................6822
RHD MODELS................................................................................................................................6822
Wiring Diagram - CAN SYSTEM (LHD MODELS) -....................................................................................................6824
Wiring Diagram - CAN SYSTEM (RHD MODELS) -....................................................................................................6828
MALFUNCTION AREA CHART............................................................................................................................6832
Main Line.....................................................................................................................................6832
Branch Line...................................................................................................................................6832
Short Circuit.................................................................................................................................6832
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................6833
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6833
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................6834
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6834
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................6835
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6835
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................6836
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6836
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................6837
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6837
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................6838
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6838
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................6839
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6839
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6840
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6840
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6842
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6842
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6843
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6843
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6844
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6844
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6845
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6845
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6846
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6846
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................6847
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6847
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6848
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6848
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6849
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6849
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................6850
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6850
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................6851
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6851
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................6852
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6852
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................6853
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6853
47B-LAN System LHD.pdf............................................................................................................................................6855
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
LAN SYSTEM (LHD)..............................................................................................................................................6855
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 49)......................................................................................................................................6880
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................6880
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................6880
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6880
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................6882
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6882
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6883
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6883
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6885
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6885
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6886
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6886
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6887
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6887
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6888
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6888
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6889
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6889
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................6890
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6890
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................6891
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6891
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 50)......................................................................................................................................6893
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................6893
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................6893
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6893
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................6895
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6895
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6896
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6896
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6898
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6898
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6899
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6899
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6900
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6900
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................6901
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6901
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6902
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6902
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6903
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6903
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................6904
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6904
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................6905
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6905
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 51)......................................................................................................................................6907
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................6907
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................6907
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6907
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................6909
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6909
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6910
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6910
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6912
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6912
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6913
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6913
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6914
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6914
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6915
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6915
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6916
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6916
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................6917
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6917
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................6918
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6918
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................6919
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6919
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 52)......................................................................................................................................6921
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................6921
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................6921
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6921
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................6923
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6923
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6924
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6924
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6926
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6926
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6927
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6927
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6928
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6928
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................6929
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6929
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6930
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6930
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6931
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6931
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................6932
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6932
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................6933
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6933
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................6934
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6934
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 53)......................................................................................................................................6936
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................6936
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................6936
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6936
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................6938
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6938
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6939
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6939
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6941
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6941
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6942
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6942
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6943
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6943
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6944
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6944
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6945
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6945
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................6946
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6946
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................6947
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6947
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................6948
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6948
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 54)......................................................................................................................................6950
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................6950
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................6950
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6950
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................6952
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6952
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6953
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6953
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6955
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6955
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6956
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6956
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6957
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6957
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................6958
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6958
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6959
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6959
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6960
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6960
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................6961
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6961
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................6962
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6962
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................6963
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6963
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 55)......................................................................................................................................6965
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................6965
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................6965
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6965
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................6967
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6967
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6968
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6968
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6970
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6970
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6971
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6971
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6972
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6972
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6973
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6973
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6974
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6974
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................6975
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6975
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................6976
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6976
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................6977
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6977
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................6978
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6978
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 56)......................................................................................................................................6980
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................6980
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................6980
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6980
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................6982
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6982
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6983
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6983
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6985
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6985
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6986
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6986
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6987
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6987
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................6988
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6988
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6989
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6989
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6990
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6990
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................6991
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6991
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................6992
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6992
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................6993
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6993
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................6994
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6994
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 57)......................................................................................................................................6996
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................6996
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................6996
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6996
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................6998
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6998
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................6999
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................6999
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7001
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7001
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7002
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7002
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7003
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7003
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7004
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7004
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7005
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7005
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7006
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7006
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7007
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7007
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 58)......................................................................................................................................7009
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7009
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7009
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7009
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7011
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7011
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7012
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7012
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7014
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7014
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7015
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7015
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7016
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7016
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7017
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7017
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7018
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7018
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7019
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7019
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7020
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7020
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7021
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7021
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 59)......................................................................................................................................7023
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7023
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7023
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7023
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7025
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7025
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7026
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7026
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7028
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7028
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7029
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7029
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7030
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7030
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7031
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7031
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7032
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7032
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7033
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7033
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7034
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7034
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7035
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7035
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 60)......................................................................................................................................7037
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7037
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7037
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7037
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7039
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7039
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7040
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7040
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7042
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7042
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7043
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7043
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7044
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7044
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7045
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7045
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7046
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7046
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7047
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7047
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7048
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7048
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7049
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7049
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7050
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7050
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 61)......................................................................................................................................7052
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7052
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7052
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7052
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7054
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7054
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7055
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7055
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7057
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7057
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7058
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7058
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7059
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7059
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7060
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7060
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7061
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7061
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7062
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7062
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7063
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7063
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7064
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7064
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 62)......................................................................................................................................7066
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7066
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7066
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7066
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7068
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7068
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7069
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7069
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7071
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7071
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7072
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7072
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7073
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7073
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7074
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7074
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7075
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7075
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7076
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7076
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7077
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7077
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7078
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7078
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7079
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7079
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 63)......................................................................................................................................7081
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7081
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7081
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7081
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7083
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7083
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7084
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7084
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7086
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7086
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7087
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7087
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7088
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7088
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7089
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7089
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7090
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7090
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7091
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7091
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7092
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7092
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7093
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7093
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7094
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7094
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 64)......................................................................................................................................7096
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7096
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7096
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7096
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7098
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7098
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7099
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7099
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7101
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7101
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7102
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7102
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7103
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7103
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7104
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7104
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7105
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7105
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7106
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7106
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7107
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7107
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7108
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7108
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7109
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7109
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7110
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7110
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 65)......................................................................................................................................7112
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7112
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7112
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7112
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7114
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7114
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7115
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7115
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7117
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7117
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7118
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7118
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7119
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7119
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7120
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7120
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7121
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7121
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7122
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7122
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7123
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7123
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 66)......................................................................................................................................7125
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7125
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7125
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7125
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7127
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7127
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7128
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7128
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7130
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7130
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7131
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7131
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7132
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7132
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7133
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7133
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7134
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7134
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7135
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7135
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7136
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7136
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7137
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7137
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 67)......................................................................................................................................7139
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7139
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7139
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7139
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7141
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7141
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7142
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7142
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7144
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7144
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7145
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7145
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7146
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7146
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7147
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7147
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7148
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7148
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7149
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7149
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7150
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7150
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7151
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7151
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 68)......................................................................................................................................7153
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7153
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7153
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7153
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7155
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7155
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7156
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7156
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7158
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7158
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7159
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7159
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7160
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7160
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7161
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7161
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7162
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7162
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7163
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7163
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7164
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7164
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7165
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7165
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7166
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7166
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 69)......................................................................................................................................7168
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7168
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7168
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7168
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7170
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7170
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7171
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7171
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7173
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7173
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7174
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7174
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7175
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7175
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7176
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7176
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7177
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7177
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7178
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7178
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7179
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7179
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7180
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7180
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 70)......................................................................................................................................7182
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7182
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7182
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7182
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7184
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7184
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7185
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7185
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7187
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7187
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7188
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7188
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7189
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7189
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7190
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7190
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7191
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7191
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7192
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7192
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7193
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7193
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7194
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7194
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7195
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7195
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 71)......................................................................................................................................7197
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7197
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7197
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7197
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7199
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7199
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7200
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7200
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7202
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7202
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7203
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7203
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7204
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7204
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7205
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7205
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7206
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7206
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7207
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7207
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7208
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7208
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7209
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7209
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7210
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7210
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 72)......................................................................................................................................7212
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7212
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7212
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7212
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7214
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7214
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7215
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7215
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7217
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7217
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7218
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7218
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7219
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7219
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7220
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7220
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7221
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7221
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7222
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7222
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7223
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7223
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7224
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7224
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7225
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7225
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7226
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7226
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 73)......................................................................................................................................7228
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7228
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7228
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7228
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7229
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7229
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7230
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7230
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7231
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7231
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7233
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7233
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7234
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7234
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7235
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7235
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7236
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7236
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7237
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7237
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7238
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7238
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7239
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7239
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7240
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7240
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 74)......................................................................................................................................7242
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7242
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7242
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7242
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7243
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7243
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7244
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7244
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7245
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7245
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7247
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7247
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7248
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7248
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7249
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7249
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7250
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7250
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7251
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7251
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7252
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7252
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7253
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7253
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7254
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7254
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7255
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7255
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 75)......................................................................................................................................7257
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7257
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7257
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7257
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7258
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7258
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7259
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7259
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7260
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7260
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7262
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7262
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7263
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7263
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7264
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7264
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7265
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7265
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7266
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7266
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7267
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7267
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7268
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7268
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7269
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7269
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7270
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7270
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 76)......................................................................................................................................7272
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7272
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7272
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7272
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7273
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7273
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7274
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7274
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7275
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7275
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7277
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7277
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7278
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7278
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7279
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7279
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7280
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7280
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7281
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7281
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7282
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7282
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7283
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7283
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7284
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7284
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7285
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7285
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7286
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7286
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 77)......................................................................................................................................7288
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7288
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7288
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7288
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7289
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7289
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7290
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7290
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7291
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7291
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7293
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7293
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7294
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7294
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7295
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7295
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7296
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7296
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7297
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7297
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7298
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7298
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7299
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7299
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7300
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7300
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7301
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7301
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 78)......................................................................................................................................7303
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7303
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7303
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7303
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7304
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7304
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7305
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7305
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7306
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7306
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7308
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7308
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7309
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7309
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7310
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7310
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7311
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7311
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7312
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7312
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7313
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7313
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7314
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7314
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7315
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7315
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7316
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7316
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7317
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7317
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 79)......................................................................................................................................7319
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7319
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7319
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7319
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7320
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7320
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7321
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7321
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7322
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7322
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7324
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7324
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7325
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7325
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7326
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7326
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7327
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7327
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7328
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7328
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7329
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7329
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7330
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7330
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7331
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7331
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7332
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7332
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7333
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7333
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 80)......................................................................................................................................7335
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7335
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7335
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7335
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7336
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7336
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7337
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7337
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7338
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7338
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7340
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7340
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7341
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7341
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7342
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7342
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7343
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7343
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7344
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7344
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7345
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7345
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7346
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7346
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7347
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7347
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7348
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7348
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7349
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7349
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7350
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7350
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 81)......................................................................................................................................7352
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7352
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7352
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7352
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7354
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7354
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7355
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7355
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7357
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7357
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7358
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7358
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7359
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7359
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7360
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7360
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7361
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7361
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7362
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7362
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7363
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7363
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7364
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7364
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 82)......................................................................................................................................7366
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7366
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7366
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7366
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7368
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7368
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7369
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7369
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7371
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7371
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7372
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7372
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7373
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7373
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7374
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7374
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7375
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7375
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7376
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7376
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7377
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7377
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7378
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7378
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7379
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7379
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 83)......................................................................................................................................7381
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7381
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7381
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7381
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7383
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7383
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7384
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7384
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7386
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7386
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7387
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7387
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7388
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7388
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7389
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7389
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7390
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7390
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7391
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7391
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7392
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7392
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7393
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7393
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7394
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7394
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 84)......................................................................................................................................7396
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7396
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7396
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7396
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7398
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7398
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7399
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7399
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7401
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7401
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7402
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7402
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7403
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7403
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7404
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7404
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7405
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7405
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7406
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7406
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7407
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7407
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7408
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7408
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7409
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7409
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7410
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7410
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 85)......................................................................................................................................7412
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7412
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7412
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7412
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7414
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7414
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7415
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7415
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7417
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7417
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7418
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7418
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7419
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7419
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7420
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7420
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7421
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7421
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7422
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7422
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7423
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7423
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7424
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7424
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7425
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7425
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 86)......................................................................................................................................7427
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7427
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7427
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7427
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7429
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7429
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7430
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7430
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7432
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7432
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7433
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7433
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7434
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7434
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7435
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7435
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7436
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7436
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7437
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7437
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7438
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7438
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7439
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7439
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7440
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7440
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7441
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7441
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 87)......................................................................................................................................7443
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7443
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7443
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7443
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7445
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7445
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7446
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7446
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7448
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7448
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7449
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7449
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7450
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7450
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7451
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7451
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7452
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7452
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7453
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7453
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7454
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7454
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7455
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7455
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7456
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7456
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7457
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7457
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 88)......................................................................................................................................7459
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7459
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7459
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7459
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7461
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7461
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7462
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7462
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7464
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7464
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7465
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7465
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7466
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7466
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7467
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7467
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7468
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7468
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7469
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7469
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7470
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7470
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7471
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7471
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7472
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7472
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7473
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7473
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7474
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7474
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 89)......................................................................................................................................7476
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7476
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7476
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7476
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7477
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7477
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7478
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7478
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7479
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7479
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7481
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7481
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7482
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7482
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7483
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7483
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7484
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7484
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7485
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7485
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7486
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7486
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7487
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7487
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7488
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7488
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7489
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7489
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 90)......................................................................................................................................7491
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7491
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7491
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7491
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7492
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7492
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7493
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7493
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7494
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7494
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7496
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7496
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7497
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7497
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7498
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7498
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7499
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7499
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7500
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7500
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7501
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7501
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7502
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7502
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7503
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7503
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7504
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7504
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7505
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7505
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 91)......................................................................................................................................7507
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7507
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7507
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7507
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7508
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7508
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7509
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7509
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7510
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7510
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7512
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7512
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7513
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7513
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7514
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7514
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7515
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7515
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7516
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7516
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7517
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7517
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7518
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7518
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7519
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7519
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7520
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7520
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7521
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7521
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 92)......................................................................................................................................7523
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7523
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7523
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7523
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7524
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7524
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7525
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7525
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7526
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7526
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7528
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7528
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7529
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7529
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7530
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7530
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7531
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7531
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7532
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7532
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7533
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7533
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7534
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7534
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7535
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7535
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7536
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7536
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7537
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7537
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7538
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7538
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 93)......................................................................................................................................7540
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7540
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7540
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7540
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7541
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7541
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7542
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7542
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7543
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7543
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7545
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7545
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7546
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7546
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7547
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7547
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7548
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7548
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7549
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7549
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7550
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7550
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7551
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7551
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7552
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7552
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7553
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7553
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7554
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7554
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 94)......................................................................................................................................7556
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7556
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7556
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7556
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7557
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7557
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7558
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7558
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7559
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7559
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7561
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7561
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7562
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7562
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7563
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7563
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7564
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7564
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7565
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7565
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7566
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7566
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7567
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7567
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7568
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7568
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7569
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7569
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7570
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7570
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7571
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7571
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 95)......................................................................................................................................7573
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7573
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7573
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7573
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7574
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7574
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7575
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7575
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7576
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7576
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7578
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7578
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7579
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7579
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7580
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7580
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7581
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7581
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7582
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7582
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7583
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7583
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7584
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7584
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7585
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7585
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7586
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7586
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7587
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7587
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7588
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7588
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 96)......................................................................................................................................7590
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7590
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7590
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7590
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7591
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7591
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7592
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7592
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7593
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7593
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7595
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7595
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7596
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7596
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7597
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7597
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7598
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7598
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7599
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7599
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7600
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7600
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7601
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7601
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7602
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7602
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7603
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7603
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7604
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7604
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7605
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7605
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7606
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7606
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 121).....................................................................................................................................7608
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7608
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7608
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7608
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7610
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7610
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7611
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7611
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7613
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7613
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7614
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7614
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7615
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7615
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7616
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7616
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7617
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7617
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7618
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7618
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7619
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7619
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 122).....................................................................................................................................7621
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7621
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7621
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7621
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7623
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7623
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7624
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7624
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7626
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7626
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7627
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7627
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7628
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7628
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7629
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7629
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7630
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7630
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7631
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7631
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7632
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7632
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7633
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7633
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 123).....................................................................................................................................7635
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7635
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7635
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7635
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7637
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7637
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7638
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7638
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7640
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7640
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7641
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7641
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7642
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7642
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7643
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7643
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7644
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7644
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7645
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7645
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7646
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7646
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7647
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7647
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 124).....................................................................................................................................7649
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7649
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7649
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7649
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7651
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7651
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7652
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7652
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7654
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7654
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7655
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7655
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7656
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7656
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7657
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7657
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7658
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7658
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7659
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7659
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7660
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7660
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7661
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7661
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7662
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7662
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 125).....................................................................................................................................7664
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7664
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7664
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7664
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7666
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7666
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7667
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7667
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7669
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7669
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7670
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7670
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7671
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7671
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7672
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7672
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7673
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7673
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7674
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7674
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7675
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7675
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7676
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7676
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 126).....................................................................................................................................7678
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7678
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7678
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7678
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7680
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7680
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7681
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7681
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7683
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7683
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7684
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7684
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7685
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7685
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7686
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7686
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7687
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7687
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7688
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7688
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7689
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7689
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7690
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7690
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7691
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7691
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 127).....................................................................................................................................7693
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7693
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7693
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7693
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7695
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7695
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7696
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7696
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7698
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7698
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7699
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7699
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7700
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7700
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7701
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7701
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7702
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7702
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7703
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7703
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7704
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7704
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7705
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7705
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7706
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7706
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 128).....................................................................................................................................7708
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7708
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7708
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7708
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7710
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7710
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7711
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7711
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7713
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7713
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7714
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7714
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7715
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7715
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7716
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7716
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7717
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7717
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7718
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7718
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7719
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7719
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7720
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7720
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7721
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7721
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7722
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7722
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 129).....................................................................................................................................7724
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7724
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7724
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7724
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7726
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7726
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7727
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7727
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7729
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7729
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7730
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7730
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7731
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7731
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7732
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7732
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7733
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7733
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7734
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7734
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7735
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7735
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7736
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7736
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 130).....................................................................................................................................7738
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7738
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7738
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7738
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7740
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7740
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7741
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7741
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7743
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7743
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7744
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7744
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7745
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7745
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7746
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7746
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7747
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7747
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7748
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7748
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7749
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7749
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7750
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7750
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7751
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7751
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 131).....................................................................................................................................7753
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7753
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7753
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7753
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7755
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7755
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7756
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7756
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7758
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7758
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7759
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7759
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7760
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7760
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7761
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7761
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7762
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7762
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7763
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7763
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7764
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7764
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7765
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7765
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7766
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7766
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 132).....................................................................................................................................7768
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7768
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7768
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7768
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7770
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7770
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7771
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7771
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7773
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7773
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7774
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7774
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7775
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7775
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7776
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7776
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7777
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7777
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7778
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7778
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7779
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7779
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7780
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7780
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7781
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7781
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7782
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7782
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 133).....................................................................................................................................7784
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7784
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7784
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7784
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7786
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7786
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7787
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7787
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7789
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7789
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7790
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7790
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7791
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7791
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7792
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7792
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7793
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7793
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7794
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7794
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7795
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7795
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7796
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7796
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7797
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7797
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 134).....................................................................................................................................7799
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7799
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7799
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7799
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7801
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7801
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7802
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7802
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7804
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7804
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7805
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7805
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7806
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7806
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7807
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7807
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7808
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7808
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7809
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7809
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7810
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7810
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7811
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7811
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7812
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7812
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7813
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7813
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 135).....................................................................................................................................7815
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7815
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7815
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7815
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7817
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7817
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7818
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7818
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7820
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7820
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7821
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7821
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7822
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7822
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7823
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7823
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7824
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7824
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7825
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7825
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7826
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7826
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7827
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7827
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7828
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7828
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7829
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7829
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 136).....................................................................................................................................7831
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7831
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7831
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7831
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7833
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7833
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7834
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7834
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7836
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7836
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7837
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7837
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7838
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7838
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7839
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7839
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7840
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7840
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7841
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7841
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7842
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7842
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7843
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7843
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7844
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7844
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7845
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7845
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7846
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7846
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 137).....................................................................................................................................7848
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7848
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7848
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7848
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7849
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7849
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7850
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7850
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7851
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7851
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7853
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7853
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7854
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7854
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7855
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7855
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7856
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7856
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7857
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7857
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7858
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7858
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7859
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7859
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7860
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7860
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7861
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7861
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 138).....................................................................................................................................7863
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7863
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7863
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7863
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7864
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7864
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7865
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7865
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7866
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7866
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7868
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7868
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7869
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7869
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7870
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7870
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7871
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7871
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7872
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7872
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7873
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7873
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7874
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7874
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7875
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7875
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7876
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7876
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7877
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7877
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 139).....................................................................................................................................7879
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7879
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7879
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7879
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7880
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7880
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7881
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7881
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7882
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7882
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7884
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7884
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7885
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7885
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7886
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7886
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7887
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7887
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7888
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7888
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7889
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7889
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7890
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7890
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7891
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7891
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7892
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7892
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7893
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7893
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 140).....................................................................................................................................7895
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7895
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7895
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7895
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7896
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7896
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7897
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7897
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7898
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7898
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7900
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7900
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7901
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7901
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7902
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7902
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7903
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7903
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7904
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7904
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7905
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7905
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7906
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7906
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7907
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7907
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7908
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7908
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7909
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7909
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7910
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7910
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 141).....................................................................................................................................7912
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7912
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7912
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7912
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7913
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7913
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7914
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7914
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7915
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7915
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7917
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7917
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7918
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7918
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7919
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7919
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7920
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7920
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7921
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7921
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7922
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7922
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7923
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7923
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7924
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7924
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7925
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7925
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7926
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7926
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 142).....................................................................................................................................7928
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7928
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7928
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7928
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7929
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7929
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7930
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7930
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7931
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7931
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7933
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7933
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7934
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7934
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7935
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7935
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7936
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7936
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7937
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7937
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7938
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7938
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7939
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7939
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7940
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7940
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7941
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7941
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7942
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7942
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7943
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7943
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 143).....................................................................................................................................7945
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7945
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7945
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7945
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7946
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7946
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7947
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7947
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7948
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7948
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7950
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7950
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7951
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7951
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7952
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7952
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7953
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7953
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7954
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7954
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7955
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7955
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7956
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7956
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7957
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7957
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7958
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7958
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7959
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7959
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7960
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7960
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 144).....................................................................................................................................7962
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................7962
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7962
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7962
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7963
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7963
MAIN LINE BETWEEN BCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................7964
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7964
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7965
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7965
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7967
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7967
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7968
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7968
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7969
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7969
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7970
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7970
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7971
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7971
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7972
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7972
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7973
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7973
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................7974
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7974
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7975
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7975
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7976
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7976
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................7977
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7977
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................7978
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................7978
47C-LAN System RHD.pdf............................................................................................................................................7980
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
LAN SYSTEM (RHD)..............................................................................................................................................7980
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1).......................................................................................................................................8005
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8005
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8005
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8005
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8006
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8006
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8007
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8007
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8009
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8009
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8010
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8010
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8011
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8011
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8012
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8012
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8013
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8013
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8014
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8014
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8015
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8015
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2).......................................................................................................................................8017
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8017
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8017
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8017
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8018
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8018
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8019
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8019
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8021
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8021
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8022
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8022
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8023
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8023
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8024
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8024
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8025
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8025
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8026
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8026
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8027
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8027
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8028
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8028
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3).......................................................................................................................................8030
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8030
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8030
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8030
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8031
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8031
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8032
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8032
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8034
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8034
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8035
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8035
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8036
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8036
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8037
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8037
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8038
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8038
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8039
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8039
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8040
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8040
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8041
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8041
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4).......................................................................................................................................8043
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8043
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8043
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8043
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8044
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8044
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8045
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8045
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8047
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8047
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8048
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8048
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8049
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8049
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8050
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8050
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8051
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8051
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8052
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8052
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8053
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8053
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8054
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8054
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8055
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8055
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5).......................................................................................................................................8057
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8057
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8057
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8057
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8058
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8058
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8059
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8059
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8061
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8061
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8062
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8062
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8063
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8063
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8064
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8064
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8065
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8065
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8066
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8066
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8067
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8067
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8068
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8068
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6).......................................................................................................................................8070
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8070
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8070
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8070
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8071
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8071
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8072
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8072
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8074
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8074
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8075
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8075
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8076
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8076
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8077
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8077
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8078
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8078
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8079
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8079
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8080
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8080
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8081
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8081
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8082
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8082
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7).......................................................................................................................................8084
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8084
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8084
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8084
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8085
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8085
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8086
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8086
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8088
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8088
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8089
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8089
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8090
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8090
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8091
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8091
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8092
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8092
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8093
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8093
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8094
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8094
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8095
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8095
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8096
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8096
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8).......................................................................................................................................8098
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8098
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8098
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8098
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8099
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8099
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8100
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8100
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8102
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8102
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8103
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8103
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8104
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8104
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8105
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8105
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8106
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8106
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8107
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8107
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8108
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8108
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8109
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8109
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8110
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8110
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8111
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8111
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9).......................................................................................................................................8113
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8113
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8113
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8113
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8114
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8114
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8115
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8115
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8117
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8117
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8118
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8118
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8119
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8119
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8120
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8120
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8121
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8121
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8122
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8122
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8123
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8123
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)......................................................................................................................................8125
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8125
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8125
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8125
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8126
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8126
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8127
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8127
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8129
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8129
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8130
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8130
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8131
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8131
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8132
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8132
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8133
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8133
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8134
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8134
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8135
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8135
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8136
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8136
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)......................................................................................................................................8138
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8138
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8138
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8138
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8139
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8139
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8140
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8140
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8142
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8142
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8143
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8143
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8144
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8144
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8145
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8145
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8146
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8146
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8147
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8147
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8148
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8148
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8149
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8149
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 12)......................................................................................................................................8151
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8151
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8151
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8151
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8152
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8152
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8153
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8153
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8155
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8155
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8156
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8156
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8157
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8157
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8158
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8158
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8159
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8159
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8160
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8160
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8161
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8161
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8162
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8162
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8163
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8163
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 13)......................................................................................................................................8165
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8165
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8165
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8165
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8166
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8166
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8167
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8167
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8169
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8169
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8170
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8170
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8171
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8171
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8172
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8172
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8173
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8173
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8174
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8174
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8175
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8175
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8176
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8176
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 14)......................................................................................................................................8178
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8178
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8178
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8178
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8179
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8179
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8180
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8180
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8182
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8182
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8183
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8183
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8184
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8184
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8185
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8185
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8186
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8186
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8187
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8187
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8188
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8188
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8189
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8189
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8190
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8190
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 15)......................................................................................................................................8192
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8192
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8192
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8192
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8193
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8193
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8194
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8194
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8196
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8196
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8197
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8197
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8198
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8198
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8199
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8199
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8200
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8200
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8201
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8201
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8202
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8202
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8203
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8203
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8204
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8204
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 16)......................................................................................................................................8206
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8206
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8206
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8206
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8207
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8207
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8208
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8208
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8210
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8210
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8211
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8211
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8212
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8212
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8213
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8213
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8214
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8214
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8215
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8215
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8216
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8216
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8217
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8217
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8218
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8218
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8219
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8219
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 17)......................................................................................................................................8221
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8221
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8221
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8221
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8222
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8222
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8223
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8223
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8225
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8225
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8226
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8226
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8227
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8227
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8228
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8228
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8229
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8229
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8230
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8230
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8231
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8231
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 18)......................................................................................................................................8233
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8233
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8233
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8233
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8234
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8234
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8235
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8235
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8237
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8237
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8238
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8238
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8239
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8239
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8240
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8240
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8241
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8241
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8242
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8242
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8243
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8243
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8244
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8244
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 19)......................................................................................................................................8246
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8246
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8246
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8246
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8247
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8247
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8248
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8248
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8250
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8250
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8251
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8251
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8252
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8252
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8253
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8253
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8254
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8254
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8255
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8255
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8256
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8256
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8257
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8257
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 20)......................................................................................................................................8259
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8259
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8259
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8259
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8260
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8260
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8261
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8261
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8263
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8263
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8264
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8264
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8265
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8265
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8266
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8266
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8267
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8267
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8268
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8268
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8269
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8269
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8270
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8270
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8271
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8271
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 21)......................................................................................................................................8273
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8273
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8273
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8273
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8274
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8274
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8275
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8275
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8277
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8277
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8278
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8278
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8279
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8279
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8280
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8280
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8281
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8281
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8282
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8282
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8283
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8283
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8284
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8284
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 22)......................................................................................................................................8286
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8286
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8286
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8286
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8287
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8287
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8288
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8288
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8290
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8290
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8291
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8291
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8292
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8292
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8293
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8293
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8294
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8294
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8295
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8295
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8296
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8296
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8297
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8297
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8298
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8298
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 23)......................................................................................................................................8300
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8300
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8300
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8300
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8301
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8301
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8302
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8302
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8304
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8304
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8305
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8305
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8306
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8306
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8307
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8307
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8308
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8308
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8309
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8309
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8310
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8310
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8311
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8311
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8312
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8312
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 24)......................................................................................................................................8314
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8314
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8314
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8314
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8315
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8315
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8316
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8316
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8318
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8318
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8319
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8319
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8320
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8320
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8321
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8321
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8322
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8322
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8323
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8323
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8324
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8324
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8325
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8325
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8326
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8326
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8327
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8327
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 25)......................................................................................................................................8329
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8329
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8329
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8329
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8330
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8330
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8331
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8331
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8332
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8332
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8334
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8334
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8335
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8335
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8336
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8336
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8337
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8337
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8338
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8338
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8339
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8339
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8340
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8340
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8341
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8341
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 26)......................................................................................................................................8343
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8343
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8343
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8343
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8344
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8344
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8345
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8345
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8346
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8346
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8348
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8348
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8349
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8349
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8350
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8350
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8351
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8351
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8352
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8352
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8353
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8353
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8354
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8354
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8355
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8355
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8356
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8356
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 27)......................................................................................................................................8358
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8358
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8358
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8358
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8359
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8359
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8360
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8360
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8361
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8361
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8363
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8363
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8364
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8364
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8365
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8365
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8366
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8366
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8367
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8367
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8368
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8368
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8369
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8369
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8370
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8370
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8371
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8371
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 28)......................................................................................................................................8373
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8373
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8373
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8373
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8374
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8374
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8375
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8375
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8376
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8376
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8378
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8378
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8379
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8379
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8380
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8380
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8381
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8381
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8382
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8382
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8383
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8383
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8384
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8384
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8385
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8385
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8386
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8386
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8387
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8387
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 29)......................................................................................................................................8389
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8389
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8389
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8389
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8390
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8390
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8391
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8391
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8392
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8392
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8394
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8394
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8395
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8395
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8396
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8396
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8397
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8397
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8398
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8398
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8399
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8399
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8400
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8400
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8401
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8401
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8402
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8402
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 30)......................................................................................................................................8404
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8404
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8404
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8404
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8405
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8405
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8406
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8406
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8407
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8407
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8409
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8409
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8410
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8410
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8411
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8411
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8412
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8412
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8413
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8413
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8414
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8414
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8415
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8415
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8416
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8416
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8417
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8417
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8418
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8418
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 31)......................................................................................................................................8420
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8420
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8420
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8420
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8421
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8421
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8422
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8422
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8423
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8423
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8425
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8425
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8426
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8426
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8427
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8427
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8428
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8428
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8429
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8429
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8430
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8430
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8431
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8431
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8432
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8432
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8433
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8433
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8434
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8434
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 32)......................................................................................................................................8436
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8436
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8436
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8436
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8437
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8437
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8438
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8438
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8439
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8439
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8441
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8441
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8442
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8442
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8443
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8443
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8444
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8444
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8445
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8445
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8446
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8446
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8447
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8447
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8448
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8448
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8449
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8449
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8450
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8450
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8451
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8451
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 33)......................................................................................................................................8453
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8453
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8453
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8453
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8454
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8454
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8455
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8455
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8457
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8457
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8458
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8458
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8459
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8459
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8460
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8460
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8461
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8461
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8462
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8462
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8463
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8463
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8464
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8464
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 34)......................................................................................................................................8466
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8466
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8466
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8466
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8467
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8467
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8468
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8468
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8470
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8470
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8471
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8471
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8472
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8472
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8473
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8473
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8474
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8474
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8475
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8475
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8476
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8476
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8477
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8477
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8478
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8478
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 35)......................................................................................................................................8480
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8480
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8480
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8480
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8481
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8481
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8482
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8482
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8484
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8484
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8485
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8485
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8486
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8486
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8487
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8487
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8488
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8488
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8489
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8489
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8490
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8490
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8491
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8491
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8492
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8492
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 36)......................................................................................................................................8494
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8494
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8494
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8494
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8495
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8495
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8496
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8496
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8498
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8498
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8499
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8499
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8500
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8500
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8501
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8501
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8502
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8502
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8503
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8503
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8504
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8504
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8505
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8505
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8506
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8506
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8507
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8507
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 37)......................................................................................................................................8509
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8509
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8509
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8509
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8510
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8510
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8511
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8511
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8513
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8513
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8514
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8514
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8515
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8515
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8516
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8516
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8517
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8517
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8518
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8518
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8519
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8519
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8520
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8520
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8521
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8521
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 38)......................................................................................................................................8523
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8523
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8523
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8523
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8524
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8524
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8525
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8525
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8527
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8527
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8528
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8528
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8529
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8529
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8530
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8530
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8531
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8531
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8532
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8532
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8533
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8533
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8534
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8534
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8535
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8535
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8536
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8536
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 39)......................................................................................................................................8538
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8538
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8538
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8538
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8539
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8539
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8540
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8540
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8542
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8542
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8543
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8543
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8544
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8544
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8545
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8545
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8546
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8546
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8547
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8547
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8548
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8548
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8549
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8549
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8550
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8550
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8551
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8551
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 40)......................................................................................................................................8553
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8553
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8553
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8553
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8554
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8554
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8555
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8555
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8557
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8557
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8558
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8558
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8559
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8559
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8560
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8560
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8561
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8561
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8562
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8562
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8563
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8563
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8564
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8564
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8565
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8565
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8566
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8566
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8567
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8567
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 41)......................................................................................................................................8569
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8569
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8569
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8569
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8570
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8570
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8571
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8571
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8572
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8572
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8574
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8574
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8575
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8575
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8576
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8576
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8577
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8577
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8578
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8578
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8579
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8579
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8580
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8580
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8581
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8581
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8582
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8582
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 42)......................................................................................................................................8584
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8584
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8584
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8584
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8585
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8585
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8586
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8586
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8587
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8587
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8589
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8589
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8590
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8590
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8591
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8591
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8592
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8592
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8593
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8593
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8594
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8594
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8595
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8595
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8596
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8596
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8597
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8597
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8598
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8598
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 43)......................................................................................................................................8600
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8600
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8600
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8600
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8601
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8601
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8602
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8602
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8603
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8603
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8605
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8605
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8606
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8606
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8607
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8607
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8608
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8608
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8609
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8609
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8610
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8610
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8611
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8611
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8612
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8612
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8613
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8613
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8614
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8614
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 44)......................................................................................................................................8616
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8616
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8616
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8616
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8617
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8617
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8618
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8618
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8619
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8619
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8621
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8621
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8622
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8622
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8623
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8623
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8624
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8624
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8625
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8625
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8626
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8626
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8627
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8627
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8628
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8628
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8629
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8629
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8630
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8630
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8631
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8631
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 45)......................................................................................................................................8633
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8633
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8633
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8633
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8634
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8634
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8635
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8635
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8636
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8636
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8638
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8638
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8639
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8639
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8640
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8640
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8641
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8641
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8642
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8642
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8643
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8643
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8644
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8644
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8645
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8645
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8646
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8646
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8647
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8647
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 46)......................................................................................................................................8649
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8649
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8649
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8649
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8650
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8650
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8651
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8651
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8652
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8652
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8654
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8654
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8655
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8655
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8656
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8656
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8657
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8657
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8658
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8658
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8659
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8659
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8660
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8660
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8661
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8661
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8662
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8662
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8663
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8663
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8664
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8664
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 47)......................................................................................................................................8666
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8666
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8666
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8666
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8667
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8667
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8668
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8668
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8669
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8669
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8671
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8671
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8672
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8672
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8673
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8673
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8674
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8674
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8675
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8675
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8676
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8676
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8677
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8677
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8678
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8678
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8679
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8679
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8680
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8680
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8681
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8681
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 48)......................................................................................................................................8683
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8683
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8683
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8683
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8684
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8684
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8685
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8685
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8686
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8686
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8688
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8688
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8689
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8689
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8690
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8690
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8691
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8691
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8692
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8692
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8693
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8693
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8694
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8694
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8695
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8695
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8696
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8696
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8697
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8697
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8698
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8698
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8699
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8699
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 97)......................................................................................................................................8701
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8701
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8701
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8701
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8702
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8702
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8703
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8703
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8705
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8705
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8706
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8706
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8707
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8707
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8708
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8708
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8709
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8709
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8710
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8710
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8711
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8711
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 98)......................................................................................................................................8713
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8713
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8713
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8713
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8714
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8714
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8715
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8715
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8717
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8717
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8718
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8718
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8719
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8719
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8720
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8720
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8721
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8721
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8722
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8722
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8723
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8723
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8724
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8724
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 99)......................................................................................................................................8726
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8726
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8726
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8726
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8727
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8727
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8728
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8728
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8730
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8730
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8731
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8731
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8732
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8732
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8733
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8733
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8734
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8734
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8735
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8735
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8736
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8736
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8737
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8737
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 100).....................................................................................................................................8739
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8739
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8739
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8739
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8740
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8740
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8741
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8741
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8743
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8743
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8744
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8744
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8745
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8745
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8746
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8746
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8747
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8747
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8748
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8748
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8749
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8749
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8750
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8750
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8751
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8751
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 101).....................................................................................................................................8753
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8753
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8753
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8753
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8754
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8754
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8755
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8755
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8757
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8757
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8758
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8758
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8759
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8759
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8760
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8760
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8761
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8761
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8762
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8762
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8763
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8763
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8764
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8764
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 102).....................................................................................................................................8766
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8766
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8766
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8766
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8767
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8767
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8768
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8768
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8770
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8770
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8771
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8771
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8772
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8772
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8773
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8773
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8774
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8774
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8775
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8775
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8776
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8776
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8777
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8777
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8778
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8778
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 103).....................................................................................................................................8780
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8780
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8780
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8780
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8781
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8781
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8782
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8782
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8784
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8784
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8785
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8785
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8786
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8786
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8787
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8787
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8788
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8788
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8789
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8789
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8790
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8790
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8791
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8791
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8792
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8792
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 104).....................................................................................................................................8794
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8794
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8794
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8794
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8795
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8795
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8796
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8796
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8798
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8798
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8799
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8799
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8800
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8800
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8801
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8801
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8802
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8802
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8803
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8803
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8804
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8804
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8805
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8805
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8806
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8806
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8807
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8807
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 105).....................................................................................................................................8809
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8809
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8809
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8809
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8810
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8810
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8811
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8811
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8813
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8813
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8814
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8814
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8815
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8815
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8816
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8816
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8817
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8817
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8818
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8818
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8819
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8819
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8820
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8820
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 106).....................................................................................................................................8822
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8822
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8822
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8822
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8823
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8823
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8824
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8824
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8826
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8826
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8827
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8827
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8828
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8828
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8829
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8829
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8830
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8830
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8831
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8831
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8832
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8832
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8833
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8833
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8834
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8834
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 107).....................................................................................................................................8836
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8836
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8836
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8836
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8837
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8837
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8838
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8838
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8840
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8840
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8841
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8841
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8842
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8842
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8843
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8843
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8844
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8844
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8845
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8845
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8846
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8846
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8847
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8847
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8848
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8848
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 108).....................................................................................................................................8850
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8850
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8850
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8850
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8851
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8851
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8852
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8852
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8854
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8854
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8855
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8855
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8856
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8856
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8857
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8857
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8858
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8858
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8859
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8859
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8860
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8860
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8861
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8861
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8862
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8862
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8863
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8863
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 109).....................................................................................................................................8865
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8865
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8865
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8865
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8866
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8866
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8867
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8867
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8869
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8869
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8870
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8870
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8871
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8871
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8872
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8872
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8873
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8873
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8874
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8874
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8875
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8875
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8876
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8876
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8877
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8877
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 110).....................................................................................................................................8879
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8879
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8879
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8879
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8880
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8880
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8881
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8881
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8883
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8883
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8884
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8884
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8885
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8885
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8886
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8886
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8887
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8887
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8888
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8888
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8889
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8889
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8890
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8890
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8891
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8891
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8892
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8892
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 111).....................................................................................................................................8894
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8894
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8894
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8894
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8895
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8895
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8896
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8896
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8898
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8898
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8899
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8899
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8900
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8900
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8901
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8901
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8902
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8902
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8903
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8903
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8904
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8904
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8905
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8905
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8906
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8906
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8907
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8907
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 112).....................................................................................................................................8909
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8909
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8909
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8909
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8910
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8910
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8911
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8911
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8913
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8913
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8914
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8914
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8915
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8915
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8916
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8916
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8917
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8917
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8918
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8918
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8919
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8919
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8920
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8920
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................8921
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8921
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8922
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8922
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8923
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8923
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 113).....................................................................................................................................8925
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8925
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8925
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8925
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8926
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8926
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8927
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8927
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8928
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8928
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8930
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8930
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8931
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8931
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8932
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8932
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8933
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8933
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8934
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8934
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8935
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8935
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8936
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8936
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8937
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8937
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8938
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8938
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 114).....................................................................................................................................8940
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8940
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8940
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8940
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8941
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8941
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8942
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8942
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8943
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8943
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8945
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8945
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8946
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8946
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8947
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8947
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8948
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8948
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8949
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8949
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8950
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8950
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8951
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8951
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8952
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8952
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8953
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8953
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8954
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8954
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 115).....................................................................................................................................8956
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8956
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8956
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8956
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8957
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8957
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8958
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8958
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8959
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8959
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8961
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8961
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8962
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8962
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8963
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8963
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8964
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8964
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8965
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8965
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8966
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8966
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8967
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8967
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8968
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8968
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8969
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8969
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8970
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8970
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 116).....................................................................................................................................8972
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8972
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8972
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8972
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8973
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8973
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8974
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8974
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8975
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8975
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8977
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8977
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8978
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8978
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8979
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8979
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8980
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8980
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8981
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8981
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8982
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8982
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8983
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8983
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8984
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8984
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8985
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8985
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................8986
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8986
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................8987
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8987
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 117).....................................................................................................................................8989
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................8989
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8989
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8989
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8990
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8990
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................8991
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8991
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8992
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8992
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8994
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8994
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8995
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8995
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8996
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8996
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8997
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8997
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8998
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8998
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................8999
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................8999
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................9000
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9000
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................9001
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9001
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................9002
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9002
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................9003
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9003
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 118).....................................................................................................................................9005
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................9005
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................9005
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9005
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................9006
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9006
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................9007
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9007
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................9008
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9008
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................9010
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9010
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................9011
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9011
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................9012
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9012
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................9013
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9013
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................9014
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9014
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................9015
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9015
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................9016
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9016
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................9017
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9017
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................9018
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9018
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................9019
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9019
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................9020
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9020
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 119).....................................................................................................................................9022
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................9022
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................9022
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9022
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................9023
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9023
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................9024
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9024
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................9025
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9025
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................9027
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9027
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................9028
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9028
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................9029
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9029
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................9030
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9030
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................9031
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9031
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................9032
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9032
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................9033
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9033
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................9034
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9034
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................9035
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9035
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................9036
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9036
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................9037
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9037
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 120).....................................................................................................................................9039
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................9039
MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND TCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................9039
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9039
MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................9040
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9040
MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND BCM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................9041
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9041
ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................9042
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9042
ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................9044
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9044
TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................9045
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9045
4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................9046
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9046
BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................9047
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9047
M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................9048
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9048
AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................9049
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9049
DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................9050
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9050
EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................9051
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9051
I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................9052
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9052
STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................9053
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9053
IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................9054
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9054
CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................9055
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9055
48-Power Control System.pdf.......................................................................................................................................9057
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
POWER CONTROL SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................9057
IPDM E/R..................................................................................................................................................9058
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................9058
RELAY CONTROL SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................9058
System Diagram................................................................................................................................9058
System Description............................................................................................................................9059
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................9060
SIGNAL BUFFER SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................9061
System Diagram................................................................................................................................9061
System Description............................................................................................................................9061
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................9061
POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYSTEM..................................................................................................................9063
System Diagram................................................................................................................................9063
System Description............................................................................................................................9063
OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................9063
Sleep mode activation.....................................................................................................................9063
Wake-up operation.........................................................................................................................9063
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................9064
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R).......................................................................................................................9065
Diagnosis Description.........................................................................................................................9065
Auto active test..........................................................................................................................9065
Description...........................................................................................................................9065
Operation procedure...................................................................................................................9065
Inspection in auto active test mode...................................................................................................9065
Concept of auto active test...........................................................................................................9066
Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode..............................................................................................9066
CONSULT - III Function (IPDM E/R).............................................................................................................9067
APPLICATION ITEM..........................................................................................................................9067
SELF DIAGNOSTIC...........................................................................................................................9067
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................9067
ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................9068
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................9070
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................9070
Description...................................................................................................................................9070
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9070
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................9070
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9070
B2099 IGNITION RELAY OFF STUCK....................................................................................................................9071
Description...................................................................................................................................9071
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9071
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................9071
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9071
B209A RAM ERROR...................................................................................................................................9072
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9072
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................9072
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9072
B209B ROM ERROR...................................................................................................................................9073
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9073
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................9073
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9073
B2100 EEPROM......................................................................................................................................9074
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9074
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................9074
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9074
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................9075
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9075
ECU DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................9076
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)......................................................................................9076
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................9076
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................9076
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................9078
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................9078
Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -...................................................................................................................9082
Fail Safe.....................................................................................................................................9085
CAN communication control.................................................................................................................9085
If no CAN communication is available with ECM.........................................................................................9085
If no CAN communication is available with BCM.........................................................................................9086
Ignition relay malfunction detection function.............................................................................................9086
Front wiper control.......................................................................................................................9086
DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................9087
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................9088
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................9088
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................9088
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................9089
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)......................................................................................9089
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................9089
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................9089
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9089
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9089
49-Charging System.pdf............................................................................................................................................9090
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
CHARGING SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................................9090
BASIC INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................................9092
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.........................................................................................................................9092
K9K MODELS........................................................................................................................................9092
K9K MODELSWork Flow...........................................................................................................................9092
OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................9092
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................9092
M9R/HR16DE/MR20DE MODELS..........................................................................................................................9093
M9R/HR16DE/MR20DE MODELSWork Flow.............................................................................................................9094
OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................9094
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................9094
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS........................................................................................................................................9097
CHARGING SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................9097
System Diagram....................................................................................................................................9097
K9K models....................................................................................................................................9097
M9R/HR16DE/MR20DE models......................................................................................................................9097
System Description................................................................................................................................9098
Component Parts Location..........................................................................................................................9098
Component Description.............................................................................................................................9098
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS.......................................................................................................................................9099
B TERMINAL CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................9099
Description.......................................................................................................................................9099
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................9099
L TERMINAL CIRCUIT (OPEN).............................................................................................................................9100
Description.......................................................................................................................................9100
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................9100
L TERMINAL CIRCUIT (SHORT)............................................................................................................................9102
Description.......................................................................................................................................9102
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................9102
S TERMINAL CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................9103
Description.......................................................................................................................................9103
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................9103
CHARGING SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................9104
Wiring Diagram - CHARGING SYSTEM (EXCEPT K9K ENGINE MODELS) -.....................................................................................9104
Wiring Diagram - CHARGING SYSTEM (K9K ENGINE MODELS) -............................................................................................9106
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................9108
CHARGING SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................9108
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................................9108
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................9109
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................9109
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"........................................................9109
PREPARATION...............................................................................................................................................9110
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................9110
Special Service Tools.............................................................................................................................9110
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE....................................................................................................................................9111
CHARGING SYSTEM PRELIMINARY INSPECTION................................................................................................................9111
Inspection Procedure..............................................................................................................................9111
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................9112
ALTERNATOR............................................................................................................................................9112
K9K MODELS........................................................................................................................................9112
K9K MODELSExploded View.......................................................................................................................9112
K9K MODELSRemoval and Installation............................................................................................................9112
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9112
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9112
M9R MODELS........................................................................................................................................9112
M9R MODELSExploded View.......................................................................................................................9112
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9112
DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................9113
Type: A3TJ2481ZE......................................................................................................................9113
M9R MODELSRemoval and Installation............................................................................................................9114
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9114
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9114
M9R MODELSDisassembly and Assembly............................................................................................................9114
DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................9114
Rear Cover............................................................................................................................9114
ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................9114
Rear Bearing..........................................................................................................................9114
Rear Cover Installation...............................................................................................................9115
M9R MODELSInspection..........................................................................................................................9115
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................9115
Rotor Check...........................................................................................................................9115
Brush Check...........................................................................................................................9115
Stator Check..........................................................................................................................9116
HR16DE MODELS.....................................................................................................................................9116
HR16DE MODELSExploded View....................................................................................................................9116
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9116
DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................9116
Type: A2TJ0291ZE......................................................................................................................9116
HR16DE MODELSRemoval and Installation.........................................................................................................9117
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9117
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9117
HR16DE MODELSDisassembly and Assembly.........................................................................................................9118
DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................9118
Rear Cover............................................................................................................................9118
ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................9118
Rear Bearing..........................................................................................................................9118
Rear Cover Installation...............................................................................................................9118
HR16DE MODELSInspection.......................................................................................................................9118
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................9118
Rotor Check...........................................................................................................................9118
Brush Check...........................................................................................................................9119
Stator Check..........................................................................................................................9119
MR20DE MODELS.....................................................................................................................................9119
MR20DE MODELSExploded View....................................................................................................................9119
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9119
DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................9120
Type: A2TJ0281ZE......................................................................................................................9120
MR20DE MODELSRemoval and Installation.........................................................................................................9121
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9121
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9121
MR20DE MODELSDisassembly and Assembly.........................................................................................................9121
DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................9121
Rear Cover............................................................................................................................9121
Front Cover...........................................................................................................................9121
ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................9122
Rear Bearing..........................................................................................................................9122
Rear Cover Installation...............................................................................................................9122
MR20DE MODELSInspection.......................................................................................................................9122
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................9122
Rotor Check...........................................................................................................................9123
Brush Check...........................................................................................................................9123
Stator Check..........................................................................................................................9123
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).....................................................................................................................9124
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................9124
Alternator........................................................................................................................................9124
50-Power, Supply, Ground Circuit Elements.pdf.....................................................................................................................9125
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
POWER SUPPLY, GROUND & CIRCUIT ELEMENTS.......................................................................................................................9125
POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................9126
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................9126
BATTERY...........................................................................................................................................9126
How to Handle Battery.........................................................................................................................9126
METHODS OF PREVENTING OVER-DISCHARGE......................................................................................................9126
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................9127
OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................9127
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................9127
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................9129
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................9129
Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -.......................................................................................................9129
Wiring Diagram - ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY -.....................................................................................................9162
Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -......................................................................................................9168
Fuse..........................................................................................................................................9193
Fusible Link..................................................................................................................................9193
Circuit Breaker...............................................................................................................................9193
HARNESS LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................9194
LHD...........................................................................................................................................9194
LHDHow To Read Harness Layout.............................................................................................................9194
CONNECTOR SYMBOL......................................................................................................................9194
LHDOutline................................................................................................................................9195
LHDMain Harness...........................................................................................................................9196
LHDEngine Room Harness....................................................................................................................9197
ENGINE COMPARTMENT....................................................................................................................9197
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT.................................................................................................................9198
LHDEngine Control Harness.................................................................................................................9199
HR ENGINE.............................................................................................................................9199
MR ENGINE.............................................................................................................................9200
K9K ENGINE............................................................................................................................9201
M9R ENGINE............................................................................................................................9202
LHDBody Harness...........................................................................................................................9203
LH SIDE...............................................................................................................................9203
RH SIDE...............................................................................................................................9204
LHDRoom Lamp Harness......................................................................................................................9205
LHDFront Door Harness.....................................................................................................................9206
LH SIDE...............................................................................................................................9206
RH SIDE...............................................................................................................................9207
LHDRear Door Harness......................................................................................................................9208
LH SIDE...............................................................................................................................9208
RH SIDE...............................................................................................................................9209
LHDBack Door Harness......................................................................................................................9210
RHD...........................................................................................................................................9210
RHDHow To Read Harness Layout.............................................................................................................9211
CONNECTOR SYMBOL......................................................................................................................9211
RHDOutline................................................................................................................................9212
RHDMain Harness...........................................................................................................................9213
RHDEngine Room Harness....................................................................................................................9214
ENGINE COMPARTMENT....................................................................................................................9214
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT.................................................................................................................9215
RHDEngine Control Harness.................................................................................................................9216
HR ENGINE.............................................................................................................................9216
MR ENGINE.............................................................................................................................9217
K9K ENGINE............................................................................................................................9218
M9R ENGINE............................................................................................................................9219
RHDBody Harness...........................................................................................................................9220
LH SIDE...............................................................................................................................9220
RH SIDE...............................................................................................................................9221
RHDRoom Lamp Harness......................................................................................................................9222
RHDFront Door Harness.....................................................................................................................9223
LH SIDE...............................................................................................................................9223
RH SIDE...............................................................................................................................9224
RHDRear Door Harness......................................................................................................................9225
LH SIDE...............................................................................................................................9225
RH SIDE...............................................................................................................................9226
RHDBack Door Harness......................................................................................................................9227
HARNESS CONNECTOR.................................................................................................................................9228
Description...................................................................................................................................9228
HARNESS CONNECTOR (TAB-LOCKING TYPE)......................................................................................................9228
HARNESS CONNECTOR (SLIDE-LOCKING TYPE)....................................................................................................9228
HARNESS CONNECTOR (LEVER LOCKING TYPE)....................................................................................................9229
STANDARDIZED RELAY................................................................................................................................9231
Description...................................................................................................................................9231
NORMAL OPEN, NORMAL CLOSED AND MIXED TYPE RELAYS..........................................................................................9231
TYPE OF STANDARDIZED RELAYS...............................................................................................................9231
FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)...................................................................................................................9233
Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement......................................................................................................9233
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX..................................................................................................................9234
Fuse and Fusible Link Arrangement.............................................................................................................9234
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)......................................................................................9235
Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement......................................................................................................9235
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................9236
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................9236
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................9236
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................9237
BATTERY...........................................................................................................................................9237
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................9237
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................9237
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9237
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9237
BATTERY TERMINAL WITH FUSIBLE LINK................................................................................................................9238
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................9238
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................9238
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9238
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9238
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................9240
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................9240
Battery.......................................................................................................................................9240
51-Meter, Warning Lamp and Indicator.pdf..........................................................................................................................9241
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
METER, WARNING LAMP & INDICATOR...............................................................................................................................9241
BASIC INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................................9244
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.........................................................................................................................9244
Work Flow.........................................................................................................................................9244
OVERALL SEQUENCE..............................................................................................................................9244
DETAILED FLOW.................................................................................................................................9244
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS........................................................................................................................................9247
METER SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................9247
METER SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................9247
METER SYSTEMSystem Diagram....................................................................................................................9247
METER SYSTEMSystem Description................................................................................................................9247
COMBINATION METER.........................................................................................................................9247
IPDM E/R..................................................................................................................................9247
METER CONTROL FUNCTION LIST...............................................................................................................9247
ARRANGEMENT OF COMBINATION METER .........................................................................................................9249
METER SYSTEMComponent Parts Location..........................................................................................................9249
METER SYSTEMComponent Description.............................................................................................................9250
METER SYSTEMOperation Description.............................................................................................................9250
TRIP COMPUTER.............................................................................................................................9250
MAINTENANCE...............................................................................................................................9250
CLOCK.....................................................................................................................................9251
METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL................................................................................................................9251
Nighttime Mode........................................................................................................................9251
SPEEDOMETER.......................................................................................................................................9251
SPEEDOMETERSystem Diagram.....................................................................................................................9252
SPEEDOMETERSystem Description.................................................................................................................9252
SPEEDOMETERComponent Parts Location...........................................................................................................9252
SPEEDOMETERComponent Description..............................................................................................................9253
TACHOMETER........................................................................................................................................9253
TACHOMETERSystem Diagram......................................................................................................................9253
TACHOMETERSystem Description..................................................................................................................9253
TACHOMETERComponent Parts Location............................................................................................................9253
TACHOMETERComponent Description...............................................................................................................9254
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE..................................................................................................................9254
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGESystem Diagram................................................................................................9254
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGESystem Description............................................................................................9254
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGEComponent Parts Location......................................................................................9254
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGEComponent Description.........................................................................................9255
FUEL GAUGE........................................................................................................................................9255
FUEL GAUGESystem Diagram......................................................................................................................9255
FUEL GAUGESystem Description..................................................................................................................9255
CONTROL OUTLINE...........................................................................................................................9255
REFUEL CONTROL............................................................................................................................9255
FUEL GAUGEComponent Parts Location............................................................................................................9256
FUEL GAUGEComponent Description...............................................................................................................9256
ODO/TRIP METER....................................................................................................................................9256
ODO/TRIP METERSystem Diagram..................................................................................................................9256
ODO/TRIP METERSystem Description..............................................................................................................9256
ODO/TRIP METERComponent Parts Location........................................................................................................9257
ODO/TRIP METERComponent Description...........................................................................................................9257
SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR..........................................................................................................................9257
SHIFT POSITION INDICATORSystem Diagram........................................................................................................9258
SHIFT POSITION INDICATORSystem Description....................................................................................................9258
MANUAL MODE...............................................................................................................................9258
NOT MANUAL MODE (AUTO MODE)...............................................................................................................9258
SHIFT POSITION INDICATORComponent Parts Location..............................................................................................9259
SHIFT POSITION INDICATORComponent Description.................................................................................................9259
WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS.....................................................................................................................9259
WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPSSystem Diagram...................................................................................................9259
WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPSSystem Description...............................................................................................9260
OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP.................................................................................................................9260
WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPSComponent Parts Location.........................................................................................9260
WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPSComponent Description............................................................................................9260
METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL........................................................................................................................9260
METER ILLUMINATION CONTROLSystem Diagram......................................................................................................9261
METER ILLUMINATION CONTROLSystem Description..................................................................................................9261
METER ILLUMINATION CONTROLComponent Parts Location............................................................................................9261
METER ILLUMINATION CONTROLComponent Description...............................................................................................9261
INFORMATION DISPLAY...............................................................................................................................9262
INFORMATION DISPLAYSystem Diagram.............................................................................................................9262
INFORMATION DISPLAYSystem Description.........................................................................................................9262
DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................9262
MAINTENANCE...............................................................................................................................9262
OIL LEVEL.................................................................................................................................9262
CLOCK.....................................................................................................................................9262
AVERAGE FUEL CONSUMPTION..................................................................................................................9262
AVERAGE VEHICLE SPEED.....................................................................................................................9262
TRAVEL TIME...............................................................................................................................9263
ODO/TRIP METER............................................................................................................................9263
POSSIBLE DRIVING DISTANCE.................................................................................................................9263
AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE...................................................................................................................9263
......................................................................................................................................9263
Correction Process (Ignition Switch ON)...............................................................................................9263
INFORMATION DISPLAYComponent Parts Location...................................................................................................9264
INFORMATION DISPLAYComponent Description......................................................................................................9264
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (METER)..............................................................................................................................9265
Diagnosis Description.............................................................................................................................9265
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS............................................................................................................................9265
START-UP PROCEDURE OF ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS......................................................................................................9265
ERROR CODE....................................................................................................................................9265
CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)..................................................................................................................9267
CONSULT-III FUNCTION (METER/M&A)..............................................................................................................9267
SELF DIAG RESULT..............................................................................................................................9267
DATA MONITOR..................................................................................................................................9267
Display Item List.........................................................................................................................9267
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS.......................................................................................................................................9270
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................9270
Description.......................................................................................................................................9270
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................9270
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................9270
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................9270
B2205 VEHICLE SPEED...................................................................................................................................9271
Description.......................................................................................................................................9271
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................9271
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................9271
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................9271
B2321, B2322 OIL LEVEL SENSOR.........................................................................................................................9272
Description.......................................................................................................................................9272
DTC Logic.........................................................................................................................................9272
DTC DETECTION LOGIC...........................................................................................................................9272
Diagnosis Procedure (HR16DE Engine Models)........................................................................................................9272
Diagnosis Procedure (Except HR16DE Engine Models).................................................................................................9272
Component Inspection (HR16DE Engine Models).......................................................................................................9272
Component Inspection (Except HR16DE Engine Models)................................................................................................9273
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................9274
COMBINATION METER.................................................................................................................................9274
COMBINATION METERDiagnosis Procedure..........................................................................................................9274
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)......................................................................................9274
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................9274
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................9276
2WD...............................................................................................................................................9276
2WDDescription................................................................................................................................9276
2WDComponent Function Check...................................................................................................................9276
2WDDiagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................9276
2WDComponent Inspection [Fuel Level Sensor Unit (Main)].......................................................................................9277
4WD...............................................................................................................................................9277
4WDDescription................................................................................................................................9278
4WDComponent Function Check...................................................................................................................9278
4WDDiagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................9278
4WDComponent Inspection [Fuel Level Sensor Unit (Main)].......................................................................................9279
4WDComponent Inspection [Fuel Level Sensor Unit (Sub)]........................................................................................9279
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................9281
Description.......................................................................................................................................9281
Component Function Check..........................................................................................................................9281
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................9281
Component Inspection..............................................................................................................................9281
OAT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................9282
Description.......................................................................................................................................9282
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................9282
Component Inspection..............................................................................................................................9282
ECU DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................9283
COMBINATION METER.....................................................................................................................................9283
Reference Value...................................................................................................................................9283
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..................................................................................................................9283
TERMINAL LAYOUT...............................................................................................................................9285
PHYSICAL VALUES...............................................................................................................................9285
Wiring Diagram - METER -..........................................................................................................................9289
Fail Safe.........................................................................................................................................9296
DTC Index.........................................................................................................................................9297
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)..........................................................................................9298
Reference Value...................................................................................................................................9298
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..................................................................................................................9298
TERMINAL LAYOUT...............................................................................................................................9300
PHYSICAL VALUES...............................................................................................................................9300
Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -.......................................................................................................................9304
Fail Safe.........................................................................................................................................9307
CAN communication control.....................................................................................................................9307
If no CAN communication is available with ECM.............................................................................................9307
If no CAN communication is available with BCM.............................................................................................9308
Ignition relay malfunction detection function.................................................................................................9308
Front wiper control...........................................................................................................................9308
DTC Index.........................................................................................................................................9309
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................9310
THE FUEL GAUGE DOES NOT MOVE..........................................................................................................................9310
2WD...............................................................................................................................................9310
2WDDescription................................................................................................................................9310
2WDDiagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................9310
4WD...............................................................................................................................................9310
4WDDescription................................................................................................................................9310
4WDDiagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................9310
THE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON........................................................................................................9312
Description.......................................................................................................................................9312
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................9312
THE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF.......................................................................................................9313
Description.......................................................................................................................................9313
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................9313
THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE DISPLAY IS INCORRECT..........................................................................................................9314
Description.......................................................................................................................................9314
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................9314
THE OIL LEVEL DISPLAY IS INCORRECT....................................................................................................................9315
Description.......................................................................................................................................9315
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................9315
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION............................................................................................................................9316
INFORMATION DISPLAY...............................................................................................................................9316
INFORMATION DISPLAYDescription................................................................................................................9316
OIL LEVEL.................................................................................................................................9316
AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE...................................................................................................................9316
POSSIBLE DRIVING DISTANCE.................................................................................................................9316
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................9317
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................9317
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"........................................................9317
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................9318
COMBINATION METER.....................................................................................................................................9318
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................9318
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................9318
Removal.......................................................................................................................................9318
Installation..................................................................................................................................9318
52-Warning Chme.pdf...............................................................................................................................................9319
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
WARNING CHIME SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................9319
BASIC INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................................9321
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.........................................................................................................................9321
Work Flow.........................................................................................................................................9321
OVERALL SEQUENCE..............................................................................................................................9321
DETAILED FLOW.................................................................................................................................9321
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS........................................................................................................................................9323
WARNING CHIME SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................9323
WARNING CHIME SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................9323
WARNING CHIME SYSTEMSystem Diagram............................................................................................................9323
WARNING CHIME SYSTEMSystem Description........................................................................................................9323
COMBINATION METER.........................................................................................................................9323
BCM.......................................................................................................................................9323
BCM warning function list.............................................................................................................9323
WARNING CHIME SYSTEMComponent Parts Location..................................................................................................9324
WARNING CHIME SYSTEMComponent Description.....................................................................................................9324
LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME......................................................................................................................9324
LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIMESystem Diagram....................................................................................................9325
LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIMESystem Description................................................................................................9325
DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................9325
WARNING OPERATION CONDITIONS..............................................................................................................9325
WARNING CANCEL CONDITIONS.................................................................................................................9325
LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIMEComponent Parts Location..........................................................................................9325
LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIMEComponent Description.............................................................................................9326
SEAT BELT REMINDER WARNING CHIME..................................................................................................................9326
SEAT BELT REMINDER WARNING CHIMESystem Diagram................................................................................................9326
SEAT BELT REMINDER WARNING CHIMESystem Description............................................................................................9326
DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................9326
WARNING OPERATION CONDITIONS..............................................................................................................9326
Driver Side Warning Operation Conditions..............................................................................................9326
Passenger Side Operation Conditions...................................................................................................9326
WARNING CANCEL CONDITIONS.................................................................................................................9326
Driver Side Warning Cancel Conditions.................................................................................................9327
Passenger Side Warning Cancel Conditions..............................................................................................9327
SEAT BELT REMINDER WARNING CHIMEComponent Parts Location......................................................................................9327
SEAT BELT REMINDER WARNING CHIMEComponent Description.........................................................................................9327
PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME...............................................................................................................9327
PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIMESystem Diagram.............................................................................................9328
PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIMESystem Description.........................................................................................9328
DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................9328
WARNING OPERATION CONDITIONS..............................................................................................................9328
WARNING CANCEL CONDITIONS.................................................................................................................9328
PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIMEComponent Parts Location...................................................................................9328
PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIMEComponent Description......................................................................................9329
KEY WARNING CHIME (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY)..........................................................................................................9329
KEY WARNING CHIME (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY)System Diagram........................................................................................9329
KEY WARNING CHIME (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY)System Description....................................................................................9329
DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................9329
WARNING OPERATION CONDITIONS..............................................................................................................9329
WARNING CANCEL CONDITIONS.................................................................................................................9329
KEY WARNING CHIME (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY)Component Parts Location..............................................................................9330
KEY WARNING CHIME (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY)Component Description.................................................................................9330
LOW FUEL WARNING CHIME............................................................................................................................9330
LOW FUEL WARNING CHIMESystem Diagram..........................................................................................................9330
LOW FUEL WARNING CHIMESystem Description......................................................................................................9330
DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................9330
WARNING OPERATION CONDITIONS..............................................................................................................9330
LOW FUEL WARNING CHIMEComponent Parts Location................................................................................................9331
LOW FUEL WARNING CHIMEComponent Description...................................................................................................9331
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (METER)..............................................................................................................................9332
CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)..................................................................................................................9332
CONSULT-III FUNCTION (METER/M&A)..............................................................................................................9332
SELF DIAG RESULT..............................................................................................................................9332
DATA MONITOR..................................................................................................................................9332
Display Item List.........................................................................................................................9332
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)................................................................................................................................9335
COMMON ITEM.......................................................................................................................................9335
COMMON ITEMCONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)...........................................................................................9335
APPLICATION ITEM..........................................................................................................................9335
SYSTEM APPLICATION........................................................................................................................9335
BUZZER............................................................................................................................................9335
BUZZERCONSULT-III Function (BCM - BUZZER).....................................................................................................9335
CONSULT-III FUNCTION (BCM - BUZZER).......................................................................................................9335
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................9336
ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................9336
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS.......................................................................................................................................9337
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................9337
COMBINATION METER.................................................................................................................................9337
COMBINATION METERDiagnosis Procedure..........................................................................................................9337
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).........................................................................................................................9337
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)Diagnosis Procedure..................................................................................................9337
METER BUZZER CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................9339
Description.......................................................................................................................................9339
Component Function Check..........................................................................................................................9339
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................9339
SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................9340
Description.......................................................................................................................................9340
Component Function Check..........................................................................................................................9340
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................9340
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................9342
Description.......................................................................................................................................9342
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................9342
Component Inspection..............................................................................................................................9342
WARNING CHIME SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................9343
Wiring Diagram - WARNING CHIME -..................................................................................................................9343
ECU DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................9349
COMBINATION METER.....................................................................................................................................9349
Reference Value...................................................................................................................................9349
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..................................................................................................................9349
TERMINAL LAYOUT...............................................................................................................................9351
PHYSICAL VALUES...............................................................................................................................9351
Wiring Diagram - METER -..........................................................................................................................9355
Fail Safe.........................................................................................................................................9362
DTC Index.........................................................................................................................................9363
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).............................................................................................................................9364
Reference Value...................................................................................................................................9364
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..................................................................................................................9364
TERMINAL LAYOUT...............................................................................................................................9368
PHYSICAL VALUES...............................................................................................................................9368
Wiring Diagram - BCM -............................................................................................................................9380
Fail Safe.........................................................................................................................................9384
Fail-safe index...............................................................................................................................9384
REAR WIPER CONTROL............................................................................................................................9385
TURN SIGNAL LAMP CONTROL......................................................................................................................9385
LIGHT & RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION............................................................................................9385
Auto Light Control........................................................................................................................9385
Front Wiper Control.......................................................................................................................9385
DTC Inspection Priority Chart.....................................................................................................................9386
DTC Index.........................................................................................................................................9386
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................9387
THE LIGHT REMINDER WARNING DOES NOT SOUND.............................................................................................................9387
Description.......................................................................................................................................9387
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................9387
THE SEAT BELT REMINDER WARNING CONTINUES SOUNDING, OR DOES NOT SOUND..................................................................................9388
Description.......................................................................................................................................9388
Trouble diagnosis procedure.......................................................................................................................9388
THE PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CONTINUES SOUNDING, OR DOES NOT SOUND...............................................................................9389
Description.......................................................................................................................................9389
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................9389
THE KEY WARNING DOES NOT SOUND........................................................................................................................9390
Description.......................................................................................................................................9390
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................9390
PRECAUTION................................................................................................................................................9391
PRECAUTIONS...........................................................................................................................................9391
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"........................................................9391
53-Sonar System.pdf...............................................................................................................................................9392
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
SONAR SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................................9392
BASIC INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................................9393
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.........................................................................................................................9393
Work Flow.........................................................................................................................................9393
DETAILED FLOW.................................................................................................................................9393
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS........................................................................................................................................9394
SONAR SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................9394
System Diagram....................................................................................................................................9394
System Description................................................................................................................................9394
Activation condition..........................................................................................................................9394
Obstacle detection distance...................................................................................................................9394
Component Parts Location..........................................................................................................................9395
Component Description.............................................................................................................................9395
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SONAR CONTROL UNIT).................................................................................................................9396
Diagnosis Description.............................................................................................................................9396
DESCRIPTION...................................................................................................................................9396
Identifying malfunctioning sensor system......................................................................................................9396
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS.......................................................................................................................................9398
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................9398
SONAR CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................................................9398
SONAR CONTROL UNITDiagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................9398
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................................................................................................................9399
Description.......................................................................................................................................9399
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................9399
BUZZER DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................9400
Description.......................................................................................................................................9400
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................9400
SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................9401
Description.......................................................................................................................................9401
Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................9401
ECU DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................9402
SONAR CONTROL UNIT....................................................................................................................................9402
Reference Value...................................................................................................................................9402
TERMINAL LAYOUT...............................................................................................................................9402
PHYSICAL VALUES...............................................................................................................................9402
Wiring Diagram - SONAR SYSTEM -...................................................................................................................9403
Fail Safe.........................................................................................................................................9406
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................9407
SONAR SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.................................................................................................................................9407
Symptom Table.....................................................................................................................................9407
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.........................................................................................................................................9408
SONAR CONTROL UNIT....................................................................................................................................9408
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................9408
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................9408
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................9408
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................9408
SONAR SENSOR..........................................................................................................................................9409
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................9409
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................9409
DISASSEMBLY...................................................................................................................................9409
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................9409
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................9409
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................9409
BUZZER................................................................................................................................................9410
Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................9410
Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................9410
REMOVAL.......................................................................................................................................9410
INSTALLATION..................................................................................................................................9410
54-Audio, Visual and Navigation System.pdf........................................................................................................................9411
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
AUDIO, VISUAL & NAVIGATION SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................9411
AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION..................................................................................................................................9415
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................9415
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................9415
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................9415
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................9415
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................9416
AUDIO SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................9416
System Diagram................................................................................................................................9416
System Description............................................................................................................................9416
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION......................................................................................................................9416
Operating signal......................................................................................................................9416
AM/FM Radio Mode......................................................................................................................9416
CD Mode...............................................................................................................................9416
Hands-free phone system...............................................................................................................9416
SPEED SENSITIVE VOLUME....................................................................................................................9417
NATS AUDIO LINK...........................................................................................................................9417
Description...........................................................................................................................9417
Initialization Process for Audio Units That Are Linked to the NATS IMMU...............................................................9417
Normal Operation......................................................................................................................9417
When The Radio Is Locked..............................................................................................................9417
Service Procedure.....................................................................................................................9417
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................9418
Component Description.........................................................................................................................9418
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AUDIO UNIT).....................................................................................................................9419
Diagnosis Description.........................................................................................................................9419
AUDIO UNIT ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION....................................................................................................9419
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS........................................................................................................................9419
Description...........................................................................................................................9419
STARTING PROCEDURE........................................................................................................................9419
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................9420
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................9420
AUDIO UNIT....................................................................................................................................9420
AUDIO UNITDiagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................9420
MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................9421
Description...................................................................................................................................9421
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9421
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................9422
Description...................................................................................................................................9422
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9422
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................9422
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................9424
Description...................................................................................................................................9424
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9424
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................9424
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT................................................................................................................9426
Description...................................................................................................................................9426
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9426
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................9426
ECU DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................9427
AUDIO UNIT........................................................................................................................................9427
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................9427
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................9427
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................9427
Wiring Diagram - AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM (LHD MODELS) -...............................................................................9429
Wiring Diagram - AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM (RHD MODELS) -...............................................................................9435
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................9441
MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS..........................................................................................................................9441
Symptom Table.................................................................................................................................9441
RELATED TO AUDIO..........................................................................................................................9441
RELATED TO HANDS FREE PHONE...............................................................................................................9441
Simple check for Bluetooth............................................................................................................9441
Trouble diagnosis chart by symptom....................................................................................................9441
RELATED TO STEERING SWITCH................................................................................................................9442
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION........................................................................................................................9443
Description...................................................................................................................................9443
RELATED TO AUDIO..........................................................................................................................9443
RELATED TO TELEPHONE......................................................................................................................9443
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................9444
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................9444
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................9444
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................9445
AUDIO UNIT........................................................................................................................................9445
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................9445
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................9445
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9445
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9445
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER................................................................................................................................9446
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................9446
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................9446
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9446
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9446
REAR DOOR SPEAKER.................................................................................................................................9447
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................9447
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................9447
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9447
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9447
TWEETER...........................................................................................................................................9448
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................9448
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................9448
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9448
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9448
STEERING SWITCH...................................................................................................................................9449
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................9449
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................9449
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9449
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9449
MICROPHONE........................................................................................................................................9450
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................9450
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9450
DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................9450
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................9450
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9450
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9450
RADIO ANTENNA.....................................................................................................................................9451
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................9451
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................9451
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9451
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9451
ANTENNA FEEDER (RADIO)............................................................................................................................9452
Harness Layout................................................................................................................................9452
AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION.....................................................................................................................................9453
BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................9453
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................9453
Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................9453
OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................9453
DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................9453
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................................9455
MULTI AV SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................9455
System Diagram................................................................................................................................9455
System Description............................................................................................................................9455
HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM...................................................................................................................9456
When a call is originated.............................................................................................................9456
When receiving a call.................................................................................................................9456
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................9457
Component Description.........................................................................................................................9457
NAVIGATION SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................9459
System Diagram................................................................................................................................9459
System Description............................................................................................................................9459
NAVIGATION SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................9459
Location Detection Principle..........................................................................................................9459
Map-Matching..........................................................................................................................9460
GPS (Global Positioning System).......................................................................................................9460
Traffic Information (RDS-TMC).........................................................................................................9461
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................9462
Component Description.........................................................................................................................9462
REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................9464
System Diagram................................................................................................................................9464
System Description............................................................................................................................9464
Camera image operation principle..........................................................................................................9464
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................9465
Component Description.........................................................................................................................9465
AUDIO SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................9466
System Diagram................................................................................................................................9466
System Description............................................................................................................................9466
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION......................................................................................................................9466
Operating signal......................................................................................................................9466
Screen display........................................................................................................................9466
AM/FM Radio Mode......................................................................................................................9466
CD Mode...............................................................................................................................9466
SPEED SENSITIVE VOLUME....................................................................................................................9466
Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................9467
Component Description.........................................................................................................................9467
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (NAVI CONTROL UNIT)..............................................................................................................9469
Diagnosis Description.........................................................................................................................9469
MULTI AV SYSTEM on board diagnosis function...............................................................................................9469
On board diagnosis........................................................................................................................9469
Description...........................................................................................................................9469
On board diagnosis item...............................................................................................................9469
STARTING PROCEDURE........................................................................................................................9469
Self-diagnosis mode.......................................................................................................................9470
Detection range of self-diagnosis mode................................................................................................9471
Self-diagnosis results....................................................................................................................9471
Self-diagnosis result chart...........................................................................................................9471
COMFIRMATON/ADJUSTMENT MODE...............................................................................................................9473
Display Diagnosis.....................................................................................................................9474
Vehicle Signals.......................................................................................................................9474
Speaker Test..........................................................................................................................9474
Navigation............................................................................................................................9475
ERROR HISTORY.........................................................................................................................9475
Vehicle CAN Diagnosis.................................................................................................................9477
AV COMM Diagnosis.....................................................................................................................9478
Handsfree Phone.......................................................................................................................9478
Bluetooth.............................................................................................................................9478
Delete Unit Connection Log............................................................................................................9479
Feature Restriction Setting...........................................................................................................9479
CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV).............................................................................................................9479
CONSULT-III functions.....................................................................................................................9479
AV COMMUNICATION..........................................................................................................................9479
ECU IDENTIFICATION........................................................................................................................9479
SELF DIAGNOSIS RESULT.....................................................................................................................9479
Self-diagnosis detection range........................................................................................................9480
Self-diagnosis results display item...................................................................................................9480
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................9481
ALL SIGNALS...........................................................................................................................9481
SELECTION FROM MENU...................................................................................................................9481
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (CAMERA CONTROL UNIT)............................................................................................................9483
CONSULT-III Function (REAR VIEW CAMERA).......................................................................................................9483
ECU IDENTIFICATION........................................................................................................................9483
DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................9483
WORK SUPPORT..............................................................................................................................9483
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS...................................................................................................................................9484
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................9484
Description...................................................................................................................................9484
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9484
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................9484
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9484
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)..........................................................................................................................9485
Description...................................................................................................................................9485
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9485
DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................9485
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9485
U1310 NAVI CONTROL UNIT...........................................................................................................................9486
Description...................................................................................................................................9486
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9486
U1200 NAVI CONTROL UNIT...........................................................................................................................9487
Description...................................................................................................................................9487
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9487
U1201 NAVI CONTROL UNIT...........................................................................................................................9488
Description...................................................................................................................................9488
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9488
U1216 NAVI CONTROL UNIT...........................................................................................................................9489
Description...................................................................................................................................9489
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9489
U1217 NAVI CONTROL UNIT...........................................................................................................................9490
Description...................................................................................................................................9490
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9490
U1204 GPS.........................................................................................................................................9491
Description...................................................................................................................................9491
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9491
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9491
U1205 GPS.........................................................................................................................................9492
Description...................................................................................................................................9492
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9492
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9492
U1206 GPS.........................................................................................................................................9493
Description...................................................................................................................................9493
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9493
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9493
U1207 GPS.........................................................................................................................................9494
Description...................................................................................................................................9494
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9494
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9494
U1208 NAVI CONTROL UNIT...........................................................................................................................9495
Description...................................................................................................................................9495
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9495
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9495
U1209 NAVI CONTROL UNIT...........................................................................................................................9496
Description...................................................................................................................................9496
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9496
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9496
U120A NAVI CONTROL UNIT...........................................................................................................................9497
Description...................................................................................................................................9497
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9497
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9497
U120C NAVI CONTROL UNIT...........................................................................................................................9498
Description...................................................................................................................................9498
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9498
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9498
U120D NAVI CONTROL UNIT...........................................................................................................................9499
Description...................................................................................................................................9499
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9499
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9499
U120E NAVI CONTROL UNIT...........................................................................................................................9500
Description...................................................................................................................................9500
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9500
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9500
U120F NAVI CONTROL UNIT...........................................................................................................................9501
Description...................................................................................................................................9501
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9501
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9501
U1210 NAVI CONTROL UNIT...........................................................................................................................9502
Description...................................................................................................................................9502
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9502
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9502
U1211 NAVI CONTROL UNIT...........................................................................................................................9503
Description...................................................................................................................................9503
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9503
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9503
U1212 NAVI CONTROL UNIT...........................................................................................................................9504
Description...................................................................................................................................9504
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9504
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9504
U1213 NAVI CONTROL UNIT...........................................................................................................................9505
Description...................................................................................................................................9505
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9505
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9505
U1214 NAVI CONTROL UNIT...........................................................................................................................9506
Description...................................................................................................................................9506
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9506
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9506
U1215 NAVI CONTROL UNIT...........................................................................................................................9507
Description...................................................................................................................................9507
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9507
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9507
U1243 DISPLAY UNIT................................................................................................................................9508
Description...................................................................................................................................9508
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9508
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9508
U1244 GPS ANTENNA.................................................................................................................................9510
Description...................................................................................................................................9510
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9510
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9510
U1250 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT.........................................................................................................................9511
Description...................................................................................................................................9511
DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................9511
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9511
U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................9512
Description...................................................................................................................................9512
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS DISPLAY ITEM.......................................................................................................9512
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................9513
NAVI CONTROL UNIT.............................................................................................................................9513
NAVI CONTROL UNITDiagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................9513
AUDIO UNIT....................................................................................................................................9513
AUDIO UNITDiagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................9513
DISPLAY UNIT..................................................................................................................................9514
DISPLAY UNITDiagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................9514
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT...........................................................................................................................9514
CAMERA CONTROL UNITDiagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................9515
RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................9516
Description...................................................................................................................................9516
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9516
RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................9517
Description...................................................................................................................................9517
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9517
RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................9518
Description...................................................................................................................................9518
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9518
RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................9519
Description...................................................................................................................................9519
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9519
RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................9520
Description...................................................................................................................................9520
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9520
HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT......................................................................................................9521
Description...................................................................................................................................9521
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9521
VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT........................................................................................................9522
Description...................................................................................................................................9522
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9522
MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................9523
Description...................................................................................................................................9523
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9523
CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (REAR VIEW CAMERA TO CAMERA CONTROL UNIT).............................................................................9524
Description...................................................................................................................................9524
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9524
CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (CAMERA CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT).................................................................................9525
Description...................................................................................................................................9525
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9525
CAMERA ON SIGNAL CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................9526
Description...................................................................................................................................9526
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9526
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................9527
Description...................................................................................................................................9527
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9527
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................9527
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................9529
Description...................................................................................................................................9529
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9529
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................9529
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT................................................................................................................9531
Description...................................................................................................................................9531
Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................9531
Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................9531
ECU DIAGNOSIS.........................................................................................................................................9533
NAVI CONTROL UNIT.................................................................................................................................9533
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................9533
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................9533
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................9533
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................9533
Wiring Diagram - AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM -...............................................................................................9537
DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................9550
Self-diagnosis results display item.......................................................................................................9550
AUDIO UNIT........................................................................................................................................9552
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................9552
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................9552
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................9552
Wiring Diagram - AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM -...............................................................................................9555
DISPLAY UNIT......................................................................................................................................9569
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................9569
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................9569
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................9569
Wiring Diagram - AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM -...............................................................................................9572
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT...............................................................................................................................9586
Reference Value...............................................................................................................................9586
TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................9586
PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................9586
Wiring Diagram - AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM -...............................................................................................9588
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................9602
MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS..........................................................................................................................9602
Symptom Table.................................................................................................................................9602
RELATED TO NAVIGATION.....................................................................................................................9602
RELATED TO REAR VIEW MONITOR .............................................................................................................9602
RELATED TO AUDIO..........................................................................................................................9603
RELATED TO RGB IMAGE......................................................................................................................9603
RELATED TO VOICE ACTIVATED CONTROL........................................................................................................9603
RELATED TO HANDS FREE PHONE...............................................................................................................9603
Simple check for Bluetooth............................................................................................................9604
Trouble diagnosis chart by symptom....................................................................................................9604
RELATED TO STEERING WHEEL SWITCH..........................................................................................................9604
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION........................................................................................................................9605
Description...................................................................................................................................9605
BASIC OPERATION...........................................................................................................................9605
VEHICLE ICON..............................................................................................................................9605
MAP DVD-ROM...............................................................................................................................9606
ROUTE CALCULATION AND VISUAL GUIDANCE.....................................................................................................9606
VOICE GUIDANCE............................................................................................................................9607
VOICE RECOGNITION.........................................................................................................................9607
REAR VIEW MONITOR.........................................................................................................................9607
EXAMPLES OF CURRENT LOCATION MARK DISPLACEMENT............................................................................................9608
THE CURRENT POSITION MARK SHOWS A POSITION THAT IS COMPLETELY INCORRECT...................................................................9611
THE CURRENT POSITION MARK JUMPS...........................................................................................................9612
THE CURRENT LOCATION MARK IS IN A RIVER OR THE SEA........................................................................................9612
CURRENT LOCATION MARK ROTATES WITHOUT OPERATION...........................................................................................9612
WHEN DRIVING ON THE SAME ROAD, SOMETIMES THE CURRENT LOCATION MARK IS IN THE CORRECT PLACE AND SOMETIMES IT IS IN THE INCORRECT PLACE.....9612
LOCATION CORRECTION BY MAP MATCHING IS SLOW...............................................................................................9612
ALTHOUGH THE GPS RECEIVING DISPLAY IS GREEN, THE VEHICLE MARK DOES NOT RETURN TO THE CORRECT LOCATION.....................................9612
THE NAME OF THE CURRENT PLACE IS NOT DISPLAYED............................................................................................9612
THE DISPLAY IS DIFFERENT BETWEEN BIRDVIEW.................................................................................................9612
PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................9613
PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................9613
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................9613
Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis..............................................................................................................9613
AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM...................................................................................................................9613
Precaution for Harness Repair.................................................................................................................9613
AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM...................................................................................................................9613
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR.....................................................................................................................................9614
NAVI CONTROL UNIT.................................................................................................................................9614
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................9614
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................9614
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9614
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9614
AUDIO UNIT........................................................................................................................................9615
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................9615
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................9615
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9615
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9615
DISPLAY UNIT......................................................................................................................................9616
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................9616
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................9616
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9616
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9616
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER................................................................................................................................9617
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................9617
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................9617
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9617
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9617
REAR DOOR SPEAKER.................................................................................................................................9618
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................9618
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................9618
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9618
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9618
TWEETER...........................................................................................................................................9619
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................9619
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................9619
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9619
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9619
STEERING SWITCH...................................................................................................................................9620
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................9620
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................9620
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9620
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9620
MICROPHONE........................................................................................................................................9621
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................9621
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9621
DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................9621
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................9621
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9621
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9621
RADIO ANTENNA.....................................................................................................................................9622
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................9622
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................9622
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9622
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9622
GPS ANTENNA.......................................................................................................................................9623
Harness Layout................................................................................................................................9623
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................9623
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9623
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9624
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT...............................................................................................................................9625
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................9625
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................9625
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9625
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9625
REAR VIEW CAMERA..................................................................................................................................9626
Exploded View.................................................................................................................................9626
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9626
DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................9626
Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................9626
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9626
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9626
Adjustment....................................................................................................................................9626
DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................9626
VEHICLE WIDTH AND DISTANCE GUIDING LINE CORRECTION PROCEDURE..............................................................................9626
ANTENNA FEEDER (RADIO)............................................................................................................................9629
Harness Layout................................................................................................................................9629
ANTENNA FEEDER (GPS)..............................................................................................................................9630
Harness Layout................................................................................................................................9630
55-Maintenance.pdf................................................................................................................................................9631
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX......................................................................................................................................... 0
MAINTENANCE...................................................................................................................................................9631
PREPARATION...............................................................................................................................................9635
PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................9635
Special Service Tool..............................................................................................................................9635
Commercial Service Tool...........................................................................................................................9635
Pre-Delivery Inspection Item......................................................................................................................9635
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE....................................................................................................................................9637
GENERAL MAINTENANCE...................................................................................................................................9637
General Maintenance...............................................................................................................................9637
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..................................................................................................................................9639
Periodic Maintenance..............................................................................................................................9639
ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL MAINTENANCE (HR16DE PETROL ENGINE)................................................................................9639
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE (HR16DE PETROL ENGINE)...........................................................................................9639
ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL MAINTENANCE (MR20DE PETROL ENGINE)................................................................................9640
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE (MR20DE PETROL ENGINE)...........................................................................................9641
ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL MAINTENANCE (K9K DIESEL ENGINE)...................................................................................9642
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE (K9K DIESEL ENGINE)..............................................................................................9643
ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL MAINTENANCE (M9R DIESEL ENGINE)...................................................................................9644
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE (M9R DIESEL ENGINE)..............................................................................................9645
MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS...................................................................................................9646
ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL MAINTENANCE (HR16DE PETROL ENGINE)................................................................................9648
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE (HR16DE PETROL ENGINE)...........................................................................................9649
ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL MAINTENANCE (MR20DE PETROL ENGINE)................................................................................9650
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE (MR20DE PETROL ENGINE)...........................................................................................9651
ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL MAINTENANCE (K9K DIESEL ENGINE)...................................................................................9651
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE (K9K DIESEL ENGINE)..............................................................................................9652
ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL MAINTENANCE (M9R DIESEL ENGINE)...................................................................................9653
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE (M9R DIESEL ENGINE)..............................................................................................9654
MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS...................................................................................................9655
RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS.....................................................................................................................9657
Fluids and Lubricants.............................................................................................................................9657
SAE Viscosity Number..............................................................................................................................9658
GASOLINE ENGINE...............................................................................................................................9658
DIESEL ENGINE.................................................................................................................................9658
Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio......................................................................................................................9659
ENGINE MAINTENANCE (HR16DE)...........................................................................................................................9660
DRIVE BELTS.......................................................................................................................................9660
DRIVE BELTSChecking...........................................................................................................................9660
DRIVE BELTSTension Adjustment.................................................................................................................9660
ENGINE COOLANT....................................................................................................................................9661
ENGINE COOLANTInspection......................................................................................................................9661
LEVEL ....................................................................................................................................9661
LEAKAGE...................................................................................................................................9661
ENGINE COOLANTDraining........................................................................................................................9661
ENGINE COOLANTRefilling.......................................................................................................................9662
ENGINE COOLANTFlushing........................................................................................................................9663
RESERVOIR TANK CAP................................................................................................................................9663
RESERVOIR TANK CAPInspection..................................................................................................................9663
RADIATOR..........................................................................................................................................9663
RADIATORInspection............................................................................................................................9664
FUEL LINES........................................................................................................................................9664
FUEL LINESInspection..........................................................................................................................9664
AIR CLEANER FILTER................................................................................................................................9664
AIR CLEANER FILTERRemoval and Installation....................................................................................................9664
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9664
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9665
ENGINE OIL........................................................................................................................................9665
ENGINE OILDraining............................................................................................................................9665
ENGINE OILRefilling...........................................................................................................................9665
OIL FILTER........................................................................................................................................9665
OIL FILTERRemoval and Installation............................................................................................................9665
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9665
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9665
OIL FILTERInspection..........................................................................................................................9666
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................9666
SPARK PLUG........................................................................................................................................9666
SPARK PLUGRemoval and Installation............................................................................................................9666
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9666
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9666
SPARK PLUGInspection..........................................................................................................................9666
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................9666
EVAP VAPOR LINES..................................................................................................................................9667
EVAP VAPOR LINESInspection....................................................................................................................9667
ENGINE MAINTENANCE (MR20DE)...........................................................................................................................9668
DRIVE BELTS.......................................................................................................................................9668
DRIVE BELTSExploded View......................................................................................................................9668
DRIVE BELTSChecking...........................................................................................................................9668
DRIVE BELTSTension Adjustment.................................................................................................................9668
ENGINE COOLANT....................................................................................................................................9668
ENGINE COOLANTInspection......................................................................................................................9668
LEVEL ....................................................................................................................................9668
LEAKAGE...................................................................................................................................9668
ENGINE COOLANTDraining........................................................................................................................9669
ENGINE COOLANTRefilling.......................................................................................................................9669
ENGINE COOLANTFlushing........................................................................................................................9670
RESERVOIR TANK CAP................................................................................................................................9671
RESERVOIR TANK CAPInspection..................................................................................................................9671
RADIATOR..........................................................................................................................................9671
RADIATORInspection............................................................................................................................9671
FUEL LINES........................................................................................................................................9671
FUEL LINESInspection..........................................................................................................................9672
AIR CLEANER FILTER................................................................................................................................9672
AIR CLEANER FILTERRemoval and Installation....................................................................................................9672
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9672
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9672
ENGINE OIL........................................................................................................................................9672
ENGINE OILDraining............................................................................................................................9672
ENGINE OILRefilling...........................................................................................................................9673
OIL FILTER........................................................................................................................................9673
OIL FILTERRemoval and Installation............................................................................................................9673
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9673
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9673
OIL FILTERInspection..........................................................................................................................9674
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................9674
SPARK PLUG........................................................................................................................................9674
SPARK PLUGRemoval and Installation............................................................................................................9674
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9674
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9674
SPARK PLUGInspection..........................................................................................................................9674
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................9674
EVAP VAPOR LINES..................................................................................................................................9675
EVAP VAPOR LINESInspection....................................................................................................................9675
ENGINE MAINTENANCE (K9K)..............................................................................................................................9676
DRIVE BELTS.......................................................................................................................................9676
DRIVE BELTSExploded View......................................................................................................................9676
DRIVE BELTSInspection and Adjustment..........................................................................................................9676
INSPECTION................................................................................................................................9676
ADJUSTMENT................................................................................................................................9676
ENGINE COOLANT....................................................................................................................................9676
ENGINE COOLANTInspection......................................................................................................................9676
LEVEL ....................................................................................................................................9676
LEAKAGE...................................................................................................................................9676
ENGINE COOLANTDraining........................................................................................................................9677
ENGINE COOLANTRefilling.......................................................................................................................9677
ENGINE COOLANTFlushing........................................................................................................................9678
RADIATOR CAP......................................................................................................................................9678
RADIATOR CAPInspection........................................................................................................................9678
RADIATOR..........................................................................................................................................9679
RADIATORInspection............................................................................................................................9679
FUEL LINES........................................................................................................................................9679
FUEL LINESInspection..........................................................................................................................9679
AIR CLEANER FILTER................................................................................................................................9679
AIR CLEANER FILTERRemoval and Installation....................................................................................................9679
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9679
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9680
ENGINE OIL........................................................................................................................................9680
ENGINE OILDraining............................................................................................................................9680
ENGINE OILRefilling...........................................................................................................................9680
OIL FILTER........................................................................................................................................9680
OIL FILTERReplacement.........................................................................................................................9681
OIL FILTERInspection..........................................................................................................................9681
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................9681
ENGINE MAINTENANCE (M9R)..............................................................................................................................9682
DRIVE BELT........................................................................................................................................9682
DRIVE BELTExploded View.......................................................................................................................9682
DRIVE BELTChecking............................................................................................................................9682
DRIVE BELTTension Adjustment..................................................................................................................9682
ENGINE COOLANT....................................................................................................................................9682
ENGINE COOLANTInspection......................................................................................................................9682
LEVEL ....................................................................................................................................9682
LEAKAGE...................................................................................................................................9683
ENGINE COOLANTDraining........................................................................................................................9683
ENGINE COOLANTRefilling.......................................................................................................................9683
ENGINE COOLANTFlushing........................................................................................................................9684
RESERVOIR TANK CAP................................................................................................................................9685
RESERVOIR TANK CAPInspection..................................................................................................................9685
RADIATOR..........................................................................................................................................9685
RADIATORInspection............................................................................................................................9685
FUEL LINES........................................................................................................................................9685
FUEL LINESInspection..........................................................................................................................9686
FUEL FILTER.......................................................................................................................................9686
FUEL FILTERWater Draining.....................................................................................................................9686
FUEL FILTERAir Bleeding.......................................................................................................................9686
FUEL FILTERFuel Filter Sensor (With Fuel Filter Warning)......................................................................................9687
AIR CLEANER FILTER................................................................................................................................9687
AIR CLEANER FILTERRemoval and Installation....................................................................................................9687
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9687
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9687
ENGINE OIL........................................................................................................................................9687
ENGINE OILDraining............................................................................................................................9687
ENGINE OILRefilling...........................................................................................................................9688
OIL FILTER........................................................................................................................................9688
OIL FILTERRemoval and Installation............................................................................................................9688
REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................9688
INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................9688
OIL FILTERInspection..........................................................................................................................9689
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................9689
CHASSIS MAINTENANCE...................................................................................................................................9690
HEADLAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT (XENON TYPE - LHD).....................................................................................................9690
HEADLAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT (XENON TYPE - LHD)Description......................................................................................9690
PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTING..............................................................................................................9690
AIMING ADJUSTMENT SCREW...................................................................................................................9690
HEADLAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT (XENON TYPE - LHD)Aiming Adjustment Procedure......................................................................9691
HEADLAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT (XENON TYPE - RHD).....................................................................................................9692
HEADLAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT (XENON TYPE - RHD)Description......................................................................................9692
PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTING..............................................................................................................9692
AIMING ADJUSTMENT SCREW...................................................................................................................9692
HEADLAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT (XENON TYPE - RHD)Aiming Adjustment Procedure......................................................................9693
HEADLAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT (HALOGEN TYPE - LHD)...................................................................................................9694
HEADLAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT (HALOGEN TYPE - LHD)Description....................................................................................9694
PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTING..............................................................................................................9694
AIMING ADJUSTMENT SCREW...................................................................................................................9695
HEADLAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT (HALOGEN TYPE - LHD)Aiming Adjustment Procedure....................................................................9696
HEADLAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT (HALOGEN TYPE - RHD)...................................................................................................9697
HEADLAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT (HALOGEN TYPE - RHD)Description....................................................................................9697
PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTING..............................................................................................................9697
AIMING ADJUSTMENT SCREW...................................................................................................................9697
HEADLAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT (HALOGEN TYPE - RHD)Aiming Adjustment Procedure....................................................................9698
EXHAUST SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................9699
EXHAUST SYSTEMInspection......................................................................................................................9700
CVT FLUID.........................................................................................................................................9700
CVT FLUIDInspection...........................................................................................................................9700
CHECKING CVT FLUID........................................................................................................................9700
CVT FLUID CONDITION.......................................................................................................................9701
CVT FLUIDChanging.............................................................................................................................9701
GEAR OIL: RS5F92R.................................................................................................................................9702
GEAR OIL: RS5F92RInspection...................................................................................................................9702
LEAKAGE...................................................................................................................................9702
LEVEL.....................................................................................................................................9702
GEAR OIL: RS5F92RDraining.....................................................................................................................9702
GEAR OIL: RS5F92RRefilling....................................................................................................................9702
GEAR OIL: RS6F94R.................................................................................................................................9702
GEAR OIL: RS6F94RInspection...................................................................................................................9702
LEAKAGE...................................................................................................................................9702
LEVEL.....................................................................................................................................9703
GEAR OIL: RS6F94RDraining.....................................................................................................................9703
GEAR OIL: RS6F94RRefilling....................................................................................................................9703
GEAR OIL RS6F52A (2WD)............................................................................................................................9703
GEAR OIL RS6F52A (2WD)Inspection..............................................................................................................9703
LEAKAGE...................................................................................................................................9703
LEVEL.....................................................................................................................................9703
GEAR OIL RS6F52A (2WD)Draining................................................................................................................9704
GEAR OIL RS6F52A (2WD)Refilling...............................................................................................................9704
GEAR OIL RS6F52A (4WD)............................................................................................................................9704
GEAR OIL RS6F52A (4WD)Inspection..............................................................................................................9704
LEAKAGE...................................................................................................................................9704
LEVEL.....................................................................................................................................9704
GEAR OIL RS6F52A (4WD)Draining................................................................................................................9705
GEAR OIL RS6F52A (4WD)Refilling...............................................................................................................9705
CLUTCH FLUID......................................................................................................................................9705
CLUTCH FLUIDInspection........................................................................................................................9706
TRANSFER OIL......................................................................................................................................9706
TRANSFER OILInspection........................................................................................................................9706
OIL LEAKAGE...............................................................................................................................9706
OIL LEVEL.................................................................................................................................9706
TRANSFER OILDraining..........................................................................................................................9706
TRANSFER OILRefilling.........................................................................................................................9707
REAR PROPELLER SHAFT..............................................................................................................................9707
REAR PROPELLER SHAFTInspection................................................................................................................9707
NOISE.....................................................................................................................................9707
VIBRATION.................................................................................................................................9707
RUNOUT MEASURING POINT....................................................................................................................9707
REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL........................................................................................................................9708
REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OILInspection..........................................................................................................9708
OIL LEAKEGE...............................................................................................................................9708
OIL LEVEL.................................................................................................................................9708
REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OILDraining............................................................................................................9708
REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OILRefilling...........................................................................................................9708
WHEELS (BONDING WEIGHT TYPE)......................................................................................................................9709
WHEELS (BONDING WEIGHT TYPE)Adjustment........................................................................................................9709
TIRE RORATION.............................................................................................................................9709
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL AND LEAKS.......................................................................................................................9709
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL AND LEAKSInspection.........................................................................................................9709
BRAKE LINES AND CABLES............................................................................................................................9709
BRAKE LINES AND CABLESInspection..............................................................................................................9709
BRAKE FLUID.......................................................................................................................................9709
BRAKE FLUIDChanging...........................................................................................................................9710
DISC BRAKE........................................................................................................................................9710
DISC BRAKEInspection..........................................................................................................................9710
DISC ROTOR................................................................................................................................9710
CALIPER...................................................................................................................................9710
BRAKE PAD.................................................................................................................................9710
DISC BRAKEFront Disc Brake....................................................................................................................9710
DISC BRAKERear Disc Brake.....................................................................................................................9711
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE.........................................................................................................................9711
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGEInspection...........................................................................................................9711
STEERING GEAR.............................................................................................................................9711
STEERING LINKAGE..........................................................................................................................9711
AXLE AND SUSPENSION PARTS.........................................................................................................................9711
AXLE AND SUSPENSION PARTSInspection...........................................................................................................9711
DRIVE SHAFT.......................................................................................................................................9711
DRIVE SHAFTInspection.........................................................................................................................9712
BODY MAINTENANCE......................................................................................................................................9713
LOCKS, HINGES AND HOOD LATCH......................................................................................................................9713
LOCKS, HINGES AND HOOD LATCHLubricating.......................................................................................................9713
SEAT BELT, BUCKLES, RETRACTORS, ANCHORS AND ADJUSTERS.............................................................................................9713
SEAT BELT, BUCKLES, RETRACTORS, ANCHORS AND ADJUSTERSInspection...............................................................................9713
BODY CORROSION....................................................................................................................................9713
BODY CORROSIONChecking Body Corrosion.........................................................................................................9713
HEMMED PANELS.............................................................................................................................9713
PANEL JOINT ..............................................................................................................................9713
PANEL EDGE................................................................................................................................9713
PARTS CONTACT.............................................................................................................................9713
PROTECTORS................................................................................................................................9714
ANTI-CORROSION MATERIALS..................................................................................................................9714
DRAIN HOLES...............................................................................................................................9714
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).....................................................................................................................9715
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................9715
DRIVE BELTS (HR16DE)..............................................................................................................................9715
DRIVE BELTS (HR16DE)Drive Belts...............................................................................................................9715
BELT DEFLECTION:..........................................................................................................................9715
BELT TENSION AND FREQUENCY:...............................................................................................................9715
DRIVE BELTS (MR20DE)..............................................................................................................................9715
DRIVE BELTS (MR20DE)Drive Belt................................................................................................................9715
DRIVE BELT................................................................................................................................9715
DRIVE BELTS (K9K).................................................................................................................................9715
DRIVE BELTS (K9K)Drive Belt...................................................................................................................9715
DRIVE BELT................................................................................................................................9715
DRIVE BELTS (M9R).................................................................................................................................9715
DRIVE BELTS (M9R)Drive Belts..................................................................................................................9715
DRIVE BELT................................................................................................................................9715
ENGINE COOLANT (HR16DE)...........................................................................................................................9715
ENGINE COOLANT (HR16DE)Periodical Maintenance Specification...................................................................................9716
ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE).....................................................................................................9716
ENGINE COOLANT (MR20DE)...........................................................................................................................9716
ENGINE COOLANT (MR20DE)Periodical Maintenance Specification...................................................................................9716
ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE).....................................................................................................9716
ENGINE COOLANT (K9K)..............................................................................................................................9716
ENGINE COOLANT (K9K)Periodical Maintenance Specification......................................................................................9716
ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE).....................................................................................................9716
ENGINE COOLANT (M9R)..............................................................................................................................9716
ENGINE COOLANT (M9R)Periodical Maintenance Specification......................................................................................9716
ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE).....................................................................................................9716
ENGINE OIL (HR16DE)...............................................................................................................................9716
ENGINE OIL (HR16DE)Periodical Maintenance Specification.......................................................................................9716
ENGINE OIL CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE).........................................................................................................9716
ENGINE OIL (MR20DE)...............................................................................................................................9716
ENGINE OIL (MR20DE)Periodical Maintenance Specification.......................................................................................9716
ENGINE OIL CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE).........................................................................................................9716
ENGINE OIL (K9K)..................................................................................................................................9717
ENGINE OIL (K9K)Periodical Maintenance Specification..........................................................................................9717
ENGINE OIL CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE).........................................................................................................9717
ENGINE OIL (M9R)..................................................................................................................................9717
ENGINE OIL (M9R)Periodical Maintenance Specification..........................................................................................9717
ENGINE OIL CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE).........................................................................................................9717
SPARK PLUG (HR16DE)...............................................................................................................................9717
SPARK PLUG (HR16DE)Spark Plug.................................................................................................................9717
SPARK PLUG (PLATINUM-TIPPED TYPE) ........................................................................................................9717
SPARK PLUG (MR20DE)...............................................................................................................................9717
SPARK PLUG (MR20DE)Spark Plug.................................................................................................................9717
SPARK PLUG................................................................................................................................9717
ROAD WHEEL........................................................................................................................................9717
ROAD WHEELRoad Wheel..........................................................................................................................9717
2006- 2013 NISSAN QASHQAI J10 COMPLETE SERVICE REPAIR MANUAL – PDF DOWNLOAD:
IMAGES PREVIEW OF THE MANUAL:
2006- 2013 Nissan Qashqai J10 Complete Service Repair Manual – PDF DOWNLOAD2006- 2013 Nissan Qashqai J10 Complete Service Repair Manual – PDF DOWNLOAD2006- 2013 Nissan Qashqai J10 Complete Service Repair Manual – PDF DOWNLOAD
PLEASE NOTE:
This is the SAME exact manual used by your dealers to fix your vehicle.
The same can be yours in the next 2-3 mins as you will be directed to the download page immediately after paying for the manual.
Any queries / doubts regarding your purchase, please feel free to contact [email protected]
S.V
✹
What Our Customers Say
★★★★★Live reviews from customers
Loading customer reviews...
🌟 Related Products
Discover more professional manuals for your equipment
